i.
fal mais {
a eo
pe) Pac
ge arg Sec RE
e\F
TRANSACTIONS
OF THE
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
HELD AT PHILADELPHIA,
FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.
VOL. VI—NEW SERIES.
_ Ubi Oren
Go: be ay
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY.
Philadvelphia:
PRINTED BY JAMES KAY, JUN. & BROTHER, PRINTERS TO THE SOCIETY.
No. 122, CuHEestnut STREET.
1839
EXTRACT
FROM THE
LAWS OF THE SOCIETY RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS.
1. The Transactions shall be published in numbers, at short intervals, under the direction
of the. Committee of Publication.
2. Every communication to the Society, which may be considered as intended for a place
in the Transactions, shall immediately be referred to a committee to consider and report
thereon.
3. If the committee shall report in favour of publishing the communication, they shall
make such corrections therein as they may judge necessary to fit it for the press ; or if they
shall judge the publication of an abstract or extracts from the paper to be most eligible, they
shall accompany their report with such abstract or extracts. But if the author do not approve
of the corrections, abstract, or extracts, reported by the committee, he shall be at liberty to
withdraw his paper.
4. The order in which papers are read before the Society shall determine their places in
the Pransactions, priority of date giving priority of location.
COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION.
Isaac Lea.
Isaac Hays, M.D.
J. Francis Fisher.
OFFICERS
OF THE
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY
FOR THE YEAR 1839.
PaTRON,
PRESIDENT,
VicE-PRESIDENTs,
SECRETARIES,
CounsE.tors elected for three years,
In 1837,
In 1838.
In 1829.
CuraTors,
TREASURER and LIBRARIAN,
VI.—D
His Excellency the Governor of Pennsylvania.
Peter S. Du Ponceau.
Joseph Hopkinson,
Nathaniel Chapman,
1 M. Patterson.
Alexander D. Bache,
Franklin Bache,
John K. Kane,
J. F. Fisher,
Nicholas Biddle,
James Mease,
Thomas Biddle,
Governeur Emerson.
Robert Hare,
William Hembel, Jun.
E. Nulty,
LC. D. Meigs.
William Short,
George Ord,
W. H. Keating,
LC. C. Biddle.
Isaac Hays,
John P. Wetherill,
Franklin Peale.
John Vaughan.
LIST OF MEMBERS ee
. OF THE - 7 & oh
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY, ’
Elected since the Publication of the Fifth Volume, New Series, of their Transactions.
George Campbell, of Philadelphia.
John Green Crosse, Surgeon, of Norwich, England.
Jared Sparks, of Boston.
Charles R. Leslie, of London.
James Cowles Prichard, M.D., F.R.S., of Bristol, England.
‘Thomas L. Winthrop, LL.D., of Boston.
George Tucker, of the University of Virginia.
William Jenks, D.D., of Boston.
Sears C. Walker, of Philadelphia.
Joseph Saxton, of Philadelphia.
William Morris Meredith, of Philadelphia.
Thomas Dunlap, of Philadelphia.
Daniel Webster, of Massachusetts.
Andrew Talcott, late Captain U. S. Engineers.
Thomas W. Griffith, of Baltimore.
Charles G. B. Daubeny, M.D., of the University of Oxford.
Henry Reed, of the University of Pennsylvania.
William Norris, of Philadelphia County.
William Sullivan, of Boston.
William Harris, M.D., of Philadelphia.
Robert Treat Paine, of Boston.
John P. Emmet, M.D., of the University of Virginia.
Hugh S. Legaré, of Charleston, S. C.
Samuel Breck, of Philadelphia.
Sylvanus Thayer, Colonel U. S. Engineers.
Francis Wayland, D.D., of Brown University.
Henry Baldwin, of Pennsylvania.
William H. Prescott, of Boston.
James Prinsep, of Calcutta.
John Edwards Holbrook, M.D., of Charleston, S. C.
-LIST OF NEWLY ELECTED MEMBERS.
John C, Cresson, of Philadelphia.
James C. Booth, of Philadelphia.
Edward Coles, of Philadelphia.
J. F. Encke, of Berlin.
A. Quetelet, of Brussels.
Rev. Humphrey Lloyd, A.M., Professor of Natural Philosophy, University of Dublin.
James K. Paulding, Secretary of the Navy.
John Ludlow, D.D., Provost of the University of Pennsylvania.
Benjamin W. Richards, of Philadelphia.
George W. Bethune, D.D., of Philadelphia.
George M. Justice, of Philadelphia.
Vii
OBITUARY NOTICE.
Since the publication of the last volume of these Transactions, the
Society has been deprived, by death, of the fellowship of the following
members :
Edward Turner, M.D., of London.
John Lewis Tiarks, of Jever, East Friesland.
Rev. Abiel Holmes, of Cambridge, Mass.
Philip Syng Physick, M.D., of Philadelphia.
Carlo Botta.
Dr Francis Blanchet, of Quebec.
Joshua Humphreys, of Philadelphia.
John Eberle, M.D.
Benjamin Dearborn, of Boston.
P. A. Adet.
Nathaniel Bowditch, of Salem, Mass.
Thomas Bradford, of Philadelphia.
Baron Hormayer, of Vienna.
Rodolph Vall-Travers, F. R.S., of Hamburg.
Edward ‘Troughton, F.R.S., of London.
Thomas W. Griffith. of Baltimore.
Talleyrand Perigord.
M. Stainsby, of Prague.
Martinus Van Marum, M.D., of Haarlem.
F. H. Le Comte, of Paris.
Don José Bonifacio de Andrada e Silva, of Brazil.
Alexander Pearson, M.D., formerly of Canton, China.
Prosper, Count Balbo, of Turin.
John Wickham, of Richmond, Virginia.
George Pollok, of North Carolina.
Dr Thomas Cooper, of South Carolina.
CONTENTS.
Laws of the Society relating to the Transactions. —- - - - i
Officers of the Society for the Year 1839. - - - - - -
List of the Members of the Society elected since the Publication of the Fifth Volume,
New Series. - - - a 2 4 HW : 3
Obituary Notice. - - - 2 = 2 z
ARTICLE I.
Description of New Freshwater and Land Shells. By Isaac Lea. - - -
ARTICLE II.
Descriptions of New North American Insects, and Observations on some already de-
scribed. By ‘Thomas Say.—Continued from Vol. IV., N. S., p. 470. - -
ARTICLE III.
Notice of a Vein of Bituminous Coal, recently explored in the vicinity of the Havana,
in the Island of Cuba. By Richard Cowling Taylor, and Thomas G. Clem-
son. s 2 =
ARTICLE IV.
Observations on the Changes of Colour in Birds and Quadrupeds. By John Bach-
man, D.D., President-of the Literary and Philosophical Society of Charleston,
8. C., &e. - - - - - - - - -
ViE——C
191
197
‘ . L .
* @
ww Deieitfiination th Longitude of geveral Stations near i, a ae a
a % Ohio, its of ‘the Moon, and poon-culiay erved in. Tee,
+ by Andrew, Talcott, late Capt. U. S. Engineers. = cas C. ——— :
=.
4
. bs * ARTICLE VI. :
* 4 ‘ . - ys é
On the Magnetic Dip at several places in the State of Ohio, and on ovis
* zontal Magnetic Intensities of Cincinnati and London. By John | D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Pharm., Medical College of Ohio. In Lever oh
Vaughan, Esq., Librarian of the Am. Philos. Soc. a: - ta if
ad * * . ?
2 — ;
* &
.. ARTICLE VIL. _ sol
: a
+ New Formule Relative to Gone By E. Nulty. - i - a - QE
. ARTICLE VII. .
Account of a Tornado, which, towards the end of August 1838, passed over the sub-
urbs of the City of Providence, in the State of Rhode Island, and afterwards over.
part of the Village of Somerset. Also an Extract of a Letter on the same Subject
from Zachariah Allen, Esq., of the City:of Providence. Communicated by Robert
P 4 Hare, M.D., Professor of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. - -
= | bs ’
ARTICLE IX, +" “-
* :
, w Contributions to Electricity and Magnetism. By Joseph Henry, Professor of mae
: Philosophy in the College of New walgreey: iis ssa —No. IL—On Eleetro-Dy-
al namic Induction. - - - “ = = :
B ; %
- : ‘
: ARTICLE X.
_ Engraving and Description of an Apparatus for the Decomposition and Recomposition —
s of Water, employed in the Laboratory of the Medical Department of the University
: of Pennsylvania. By R. Hare, M.D., Professor of Chemistry. eG F
> = = -_" , 7
CONTENTS.
ARTICLE XI.
improved Process for obtaining Potassium. By Robert Hare, M.D., Professor of
Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. - - - - -
ARTICLE XU.
Engraving and Description of a Rotatory Multiplier, or one in which one or more
Needles are made to revolve by a Galvanic Current. By R. Hare, M. D., Profes-
sor of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. - - . -
ARTICLE XIII.
Contributions to the Geology of the Tertiary Formations of Virginia. —Second Series.
By William B. Rogers, Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University of Vir-
ginia, and Henry D. Rogers, Professor of Geology and gp eueedogy | in the Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania. - - - - - - - -
ARTICLE XIV.
Contributions to the Geology of the 'Tertiary Formations of Virginia.—Second Series—
Continued: Being a Description of several Species of Meiocene and Eocene Shells,
not before described. By William B. Rogers, Professor of Natural Philosophy in
the University of Virginia, and Henry D. Rogers, Professor of a roky and Mine-
ralogy in the University of Pennsylvania. - - .
ARTICLE XV.
Report of the Committee on the Solar Eclipse of May 14 and 15, 1836.
ARTICLE XVI.
Abstract of Meteorological Tables in the possession of the American Philosophical
Society. - - - Z = s = 2 :
Donations to the Library and Cabinet. - - - - =
xi
34]
343
347
371
379
399
VIZUB PIO DJUGP RUE
TRANSACTIONS
OF
THE AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY.
ARTICLE I.
Description of New Freshwater and Land Shells. By Isaac Lea.
Read December 19, 1834.
AwnoponTA GiGANTEA. Plate I. fig. 1.
Testir ovata, inflata, antice latissima, postice angulatd, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ;
nalibus prominentibus ; margarita alba.
Shell ovate, inflated, broad before, angular behind, inequilateral ; valves thick; beaks
prominent; nacre pearly white.
Hab. near Port Gibson. T. W. Robeson.
My Cabinet.
Diam. 3:3, Length 4:8, Breadth 7:8 inches.
Shell ovate, inflated, broad before, angular behind, inequilateral ;
substance of the shell thick; beaks prominent, granulate at tip; epi-
dermis dark brown, smooth; anterior and posterior cicatrices both con-
fluent; dorsal cicatrices near the margin anterior to the beaks; cavity
of the shell very deep; cavity of the beaks deep; nacre white and
richly pearly.
VI.—A
is]
DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Remarks.—A single valve only of this species could be obtained,
and that many years ago. Several attempts to procure more have
proved abortive, and I now venture from it to establish the species.
This valve has a greater area than any of the Natades which I have
yet seen, and its capacity is also greater. It differs in outline, as well
as in size, from any species yet described, being broader before and more
angular behind.
AnoponTA oyaTa. Plate II. fig. 2.
Testa ovata, subcompressa, transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus pro-
minulis ; margaritd albd.
Shell ovate, somewhat compressed, transverse, inequilateral; valves rather thin ;
beaks somewhat prominent; nacre white.
Hab. near Marietta, Ohio. Dr Hildreth.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Diam. 1-5, Length 2-2, Breadth 4 inches.
Shell ovate, somewhat compressed, transverse, inequilateral; sub-
stance of the shell rather thin; beaks somewhat prominent and granu-
late at tip; ligament rather short; epidermis greenish brown, wrinkled,
apparently without rays; anterior and posterior cicatrices both conflu-
ent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks;
cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks shallow; nacre white,
sometimes bluish.
Remarks.—Very recently this shell has been sent to me by Dr
Hildreth. I presume it is from the vicinity of Marietta, where he
resides. It is certainly distinct from any species with which I am ac-
quainted. It perhaps most resembles the cataracta (Say), but differs
in being more elliptical. It also differs in the beaks, the cataracta
being undulated, while this shell is rather granulate at tip.
AL
AL : a he
—————SS Sa
Nera
Anodonta ovata
: ‘ Tnzo Vers ties
Unio Bengalensts ‘ CAEL
Drawn om stone by JDray ton
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 3
Unio Bencaensis. Plate II. fig. 3.
Testa ellipticd, transversd, inequilaterali, inflata ; valvulis tenuissimis ; natibus minulé un-
dulatis ; dentibus cardinalibus tenuibus et laminatis; lateralibus sublongis, linearibusque ;
margarita purpured.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, inflated ; valves very thin; beaks minutely
undulated ; cardinal teeth thin and lamellar; lateral teeth rather long and linear; nacre
purple.
Hab. Bengal. Dr Burrough.
Cabinet of Dr Burrough.
Diam. °8, Length 1:3, Breadth 2-2 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, inflated about the umbones ;
substance of the shell very thin; beaks somewhat inflated, beautifully
and minutely undulated, the undulations being parallel and oblique to
the plane of the disk, and angular on the umbonial slope; ligament
thin and straight; epidermis reddish brown and obscurely rayed; car-
dinal teeth very small, thin, lamellar, and single in both valves; lateral
teeth rather long, linear, slightly divided in the left valve; anterior and
posterior cicatrices indistinct, and both confluent; dorsal cicatrices
small, and placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; palleal impres-
sion scarcely perceptible, and remote from the border; cavity of the
shell deep; cavity of the beaks rounded ; nacre very thin and purple.
Remarks.—Among the numerous rare and beautiful shells brought
by Dr Burrough from his last voyage, was the single specimen deseri-
bed above. It was purchased in Calcutta, and Dr B. thinks it inhabits
the Ganges. It is a very distinct species, and differs in the teeth from
all those with which I am acquainted. Without a close examina-
tion it might be taken for an Anodonta, the teeth being very small
and almost linear. In these it resembles somewhat the Symphynota
discoidea (nobis) and S. bi-alata (nobis), but the curve differs, and the
lateral tooth of the left valve is distinctly cleft. In the teeth there is
certainly a strong approximation to that group which possesses teeth
with a simple curve line. In the beaks it is remarkable for the close,
parallel undulations, which extend some distance from their apex, and
make, by being reflected, quite an acute angle on the umbonial slope.
4 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unio venustus. Plate II. fig. 4.
Testa ellipticd, transversd, subcompressd, luted, inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; nati-
bus viv prominentibus ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus subcurvis ; margaritd alba
et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat compressed, yellowish, inequilateral ; valves
somewhat thick; beaks scarcely prominent ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth rather
curved ; nacre pearly white and iridescent.
Hab. Potosi, Missouri. John Perry, Esq.
Cincinnati, Ohio. T. G. Lea.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °5, Length 1, Breadth 1-7 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat compressed, yellowish, inequi-
lateral; substance of the shell somewhat thick; beaks scarcely promi-
nent, pointed at tip, and furnished with very minute undulations;
ligament rather short; epidermis yellow, with green, somewhat sinuous
rays; cardinal teeth small, elevated, deeply cleft in the left valve; late-
ral teeth somewhat long, rather curved and enlarged at the posterior
end; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal
cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the
shell rather shallow; cavity of the beak small and angular; nacre thin
behind, pearly white and iridescent.
Remarks.—The specimen here figured was sent to me some years
since by John Perry, Esq., who obtained it near the lead mines of Po-
tosi, in Missouri. Subsequently my brother, 'T’. G. Lea, has found the
species near Cincinnati. As it very strongly resembles a young U.
erassus (Say), it may very properly be placed in the group of which
that species may be considered the type.
———— end —— —— ———
ae Pe a
— ——
EEE
l/r putcher
Clo ¢
mo Vaughanlanus
Qn
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS.
Unio Vaueuanianus. Plate III. fig. 5.
Testa obovaid, transversd, subinflata, posticé subemarginata, inequilaterali ; valvulis te-
nuibus ; natibus vix prominentibus ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis erectisque; lateralibus rectis ;
margarita salmonis colore tinctd.
Shell obovate, transverse, somewhat inflated, subemarginate behind, inequilateral ;
valves thin; beaks scarcely prominent; cardinal teeth small and erect; lateral teeth
straight ; nacre salmon colour.
Hab. Sawney’s Creek, near Camden, 8.C. Professor Ravenel.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Ravenel.
Cabinet of Dr Blanding.
Unio Carolinensis.* Professor Ravenel’s Letter.
Diam. -7, Length 1-2, Breadth 2 inches.
Shell obovate, transverse, somewhat inflated, enlarged towards the pos-
terior basal margin, behind which it is subemarginate, slightly depressed
before the umbonial slope, inequilateral; substance of the shell thin
and iridescent behind, thicker and salmon coloured before; ligament
rather thin and short; epidermis almost black, and obscurely rayed
posteriorly ; cardinal teeth double in both valves, small, compressed and
erect; lateral teeth straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cica-
trices confluent and scarcely visible; dorsal cicatrices placed in the
centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of
the beaks shallow and angular; nacre salmon coloured and beautifully
iridescent.
Remarks.—Professor Ravenel very kindly sent me specimens of
this shell nearly two years ago, and I owe to Dr Blanding the pos-
session subsequently of others. This species distinctly appertains to
that group of which the U. nasutus (Say) may be considered the type.
It is rayed like that shell, but may at once be distinguished by the
* This name being preoccupied by Bose for a shell of this genus, I have considered it
necessary to give it another, and propose that of the worthy treasurer of this society, John
Vaughan, Esq.
vVI.—B
6 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
bluntness of the posterior portion of the shell, as well as by its en-
largement towards the basal margin.
Unio putcner. Plate III. fig. 6.
Testa ellipticd, transversit, subcompressd, inequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus irregu-
lariter undulatis ; epidermide luted, radiis tenebroso-viridibus ; dentibus cardinalibus erectis ;
lateralibus prope eorum fines majoribus ; margarité colore caryophylli tincta.
Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat compressed, inequilateral ; valves rather thick ;
beaks irregularly undulated; epidermis yellow, with dark green rays; cardinal teeth
erect; lateral teeth enlarged near their termination ; nacre pink coloured.
Hab. near Nashville, Tenn. Professor Troost.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. ‘8, Length 1:3, Breadth 2-2 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat compressed, inequilateral ; sub-
stance of the shell rather thick; beaks rather elevated and irregularly
undulated; ligament rather long and straight; epidermis yellow; rays
dark green, numerous, diverging from the point of the beak over the
whole disk; cardinal teeth large, erect, and disposed to be double in
both valves, in the left widely cleft; lateral teeth rather long, some-
what curved, enlarged near their termination ; anterior cicatrices dis-
tinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the
centre of the cavity of the beaks; palleal impression rather indistinct ;
nacre beautifully pearly and pink coloured.
Remarks.—This species belongs to that group of Uniones of which
the crassus of Say is the type. It differs from the erassus in being a
smaller species, in the undulations of the beaks and in the rays. ‘The
pink colour, which is more intense at the region of the teeth, is strik-
ingly beautiful. The rays of this specimen are very dark, and more
defined than in any species I have remarked. Iam indebted to the
great kindness of Professor Troost for the loan of this shell, to describe
and figure.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 7
Unio opscurus. Plate III. fig. 7.
Testa ellipticd, transversd, inequilaterali, subinflaia ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus irregu-
lariter undulatis ; dentibus cardinalibus elevatis ; lateralibus prope eorum fines majoribus ; mar-
garitd alba et purpured.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, somewhat inflated; valves rather thick;
beaks irregularly undulated; cardinal teeth elevated; lateral teeth larger near their ter-
mination; nacre purple and white.
Hab. near Nashville, Tenn. Professor Troost.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde. (White nacre.)
Diam. °8, Length 1-1, Breadth 2 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, somewhat inflated ; sub-
stance of the shell rather thick ; beaks slightly elevated and irregularly
undulated; ligament rather short; epidermis yellowish brown; rays
placed on the posterior part, and somewhat linear; cardinal teeth double
in both valves, erect, crenulate, widely cleft in the left; lateral teeth
rather long, straight, and enlarged near their termination; anterior cica-
trices distinet; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed
on the inferior part of the lateral teeth; palleal impression distinct ;
nacre white anteriorly, purple posteriorly.
Remarks.—I owe to Professor Troost the opportunity of describing
this shell. ‘There are no very striking characters in it, but it cannot
be classed with propriety with any species which I know. It seems
to possess a resemblance to U. Nashviliianus (nobis), and to U. glans
(nobis), two very different species. It is however distinct, and should
not be confounded with either. The single specimen here noticed is
the only one, I believe, yet found. When more are observed, charac-
ters somewhat different may be noticed.
D
DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unio Fisnerianus. Plate IV. fig. 8.
Testa scalenid, obliquo-transversd, compressd, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus; na-
tibus compressis; dentibus cardinalibus lamelliformibus ; lateralibus longis subcurvisque;
margaritd purpured.
Shell scaleniform, obliquely transverse, compressed, very inequilateral; valves thin ;
beaks compressed; cardinal teeth lamellar ; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved;
nacre purple.
Hab. Head of Chester River, Md. Mr Thomas Fisher.
My Cabinet.
Diam. -6, Length 1-1, Breadth 2-7 inches.
Shell rounded before and acutely angular behind, obliquely trans-
verse, compressed, very inequilateral; substance of the shell thin;
beaks flattened and placed near the anterior margin ; umbones flattened ;
umbonial slope elevated; ligament thin and short; epidermis dark
brown, smooth; cardinal teeth lamelliform, rather conical, widely
cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved; ante-
rior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices
placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; palleal impression im-
perceptible; cavity of the shell very shallow; cavity of the beaks very
small: nacre purple.
Remarks.—This belongs to that group of Uniones of which the
nasulus (Say) is the type. It differs from that species in being more
compressed, in being more angular posteriorly and in being apparently
without rays. In outline it approaches the Grayanus and Shepardia-
nus (nobis), but cannot be confounded with either of them.
I owe this species to Mr Thomas Fisher, who brought it from Ches-
ter River five or six years ago.
7 2 St ~~ — a | 7
——— ia
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 9
Unio sesunus. Plate IV. fig. 9.
Testa suboblongd, valde transversi, compressa, inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus; na-
tibus compressis ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus-longis rectisque; margarita vel
purpurea vel alba.
Shell somewhat oblong, very transverse, compressed, inequilateral ; valves rather
thin; beaks compressed ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and straight ; nacre
purple or white.
Hab. Roanoke.
Also, near Camden, S. C. Dr Blanding.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Blanding.
Diam. °5, Length 1-2, Breadth 2-5 inches.
Shell somewhat oblong, very transverse, compressed, inequilateral ;
flattened on the sides; subbiangular behind; substance of the shell
rather thin; beaks compressed, scarcely prominent; ligament thin
and long; epidermis very dark brown and much wrinkled; cardinal
teeth small, double in the left and single in the right valve; lateral
teeth long, straight, and enlarged at the posterior end; anterior cica-
trices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed
in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell very shal-
low; cavity of the beaks very small; nacre purple or white.
Remarks.—In crossing the Roanoke on the mail-route between
Winton and Tarborough in 1827, I found a few imperfect specimens
of this shell. Last year Dr Blanding had the kindness to give me a
more perfect specimen from near Camden, S. C., which confirmed me
in my previous impression of its being distinct from any described spe-
cies. In its general outline and appearance it strongly resembles the
U. complanatus (Soland.), but is more compressed, and is disposed to
be biangular behind.
VI.—C
10 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unio arcrror. Plate IV. fig. 10.
Testa angulato-ellipticd, valde transversa, compressa ; valvulis subtenuibus; natibus com-
pressis et undulatis; dentibus cardinalibus parvis; lateralibus longis; margarita albii et
salmonis colore tinctd.
Shell narrow-elliptical, very transverse, compressed; valves rather thin; beaks
compressed and undulated; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long; nacre white and
salmon colour.
Hab. Ohio River, near Cincinnati. T. G. Lea.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin.
Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem.
Cabinet of William Hyde.
Diam. -7, Length 1:1, Breadth 2-3 inches.
Shell narrow, elliptical, very transverse, subangular behind, flattened
on the sides; substance of the shell rather thin; beaks compressed, un-
dulated; ligament rather long and slender; epidermis dark brown,
wrinkled; cardinal teeth very small; lateral teeth long, straight, and
enlarged at posterior end; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cica-
trices confluent; dorsal cicatrices situated on the plate between the
cardinal and lateral teeth; cavity of the shell very shallow; cavity of
the beak shallow and subangular; nacre white, salmon colour, and
sometimes purple.
Remarks.—l have for some years been in doubt if this should be
separated from the gibbosus of Barnes, of which it has generally been
considered a variety. After proper examination, believing it to be dis-
tinct, I propose to separate it from that species. It certainly very
closely resembles the gibbosus, but may at once be distinguished by its
being a smaller shell, and possessing much less substance. The gibbo-
sus is generally purple; this species is usually white or salmon colour,
but sometimes purple.
; an mn Ge a a sa
yo ay
jab aia jit Ww wi ti A%
ee ee
; ie!
ere
il — ” — OO aaEaEOO—eeeororrerereee
ia —
URLO COCCLHEMUS.
(urqiau Unio solrd
4QPO14 «
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. ll
’ Unio Turerpus. Plate V. fig. 11.
Testa subrotunda, inflata, tuberculatd, subequilaterali; valvulis crassis; natibus elevatis ;
dentibus cardinalibus grandibus compressisque ; lateralibus brevibus subrectisque; margarita
alba et iridescente.
Shell subrotund, inflated, tuberculated, nearly equilateral; valves thick; beaks ele-
vated; cardinal teeth large and compressed; lateral teeth short and nearly straight ;
nacre white and iridescent.
Hab. near New Orleans. Mr Barabino.
My Cabinet.
Diam. 1, Length 1:3, Breadth 1-6 inches.
Shell nearly round, inflated, tuberculated, nearly equilateral, suban-
gular behind; substance of the shell thick; beaks thick and elevated ;
umbonial slope scarcely elevated; ligament short and thick; epidermis
dark brown; tubercles small, crowded on the umbones, and sparse to-
wards the margin; cardinal teeth very large, compressed, the anterior
section being much elevated and much enlarged; lateral teeth short and
nearly straight; anterior cicatrices deeply impressed and distinct; pos-
terior cicatrices distinct, the smaller being scarcely visible ; dorsal cica-
trices placed on the inferior part of the cardinal tooth; palleal im-
pression deep; cavity of the shell rounded; cavity of the beaks deep
and angular; nacre pearly white and iridescent.
Remarks.—For seyeral specimens of this species I am indebted to the
kindness of the late Mr Barabino. It has more resemblance to the U.
pustulosus (nobis) than any shell with which I am acquainted, but dif-
fers in being more inflated, in the number, size and position of the tuber-
cles. In the pustulosus these are large and more frequent towards the
basa! margin, the beaks being nearly devoid of them, while in the furgi-
dus they are numerous on the umbones and towards the beaks. In the
cardinal teeth there is a still greater disparity. In the former species
these are spread out, while in the latter they are compressed, and pre-
sent a very remarkable character in the great elevation of the anterior
section. The large ray, so generally found on the pustulosus, is not
found on the specimens which I have seen of furgidus. ‘This or more
may perhaps be found on perfect or young individuals.
12 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unto coccinevs. Plate V. fig. 12.
Testa subtriangulari, obliqua et subcompressd ; valvulis antice crassioribus ; natibus sub-
elevatis retusisque ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis ; lateralibus crassis et subeurvis ; margarita
coccined.
Shell subtriangular, oblique and somewhat compressed ; valves thicker anteriorly ;
beaks rather elevated and retuse ; cardinal teeth thick; lateral teeth thick and some-
what curved; nacre bright red.
Hab. Ohio River, near Marietta. Dr Hildreth.
Mahoning river, Ohio. Dr Kirtland.
Near Columbus, Ohio. Mr Lapham.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin.
Cabinet of W. Hyde.
Cabinet of Professor Vanuxem.
Unio coccineus. Dr Hildreth’s letter.
Diam. 1-7, Length 2, Breadth 2-2 inches.
Shell subtriangular, oblique, somewhat compressed ; substance of the
shell thick anteriorly and thinner posteriorly; beaks rather elevated,
retuse, and possessed of one or two undulations at the apex; ligament
rather long and curved; epidermis dark reddish brown, with regular
distinct marks of growth; cardinal teeth large, crenate, and deeply
cleft in the left valve, and emerging from a pit in the right; lateral
teeth rather long, thick, and somewhat curved; anterior cicatrices dis-
tinct, the great one forming a deep pit; posterior cicatrices distinct,
the smaller one being placed at the end of the lateral tooth; dorsal
cicatrices situated on the inferior part of the cardinal tooth; cavity of
the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks rather deep and angular; nacre
bright red, sometimes salmon, rarely white.
femarks.—About eighteen months since, Dr Hildreth sent me a
single specimen of this species, which he communicated under the
name of coccineus. I have since received from Dr Kirtland some fine
y
¢ a
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 13
suites from Poland, Ohio, where they seem to be common. In the in-
terior it resembles U. pyramidatus (nobis). It is, however, easily dis-
tinguished by its being more compressed, less inflated on the umbones,
and in the beaks being less elevated.
Unio souipus. Plate V. fig. 13.
Testa obliqua, inflataque; valvulis crassissimis ; natibus elevatis retusisque ; epidermide
> ,
rufo-viridi ; dentibus cardinalibus crassis ; lateralibus obliquis, brevibusque; margarita alba.
Shell oblique, inflated; valves very thick; beaks elevated and retuse; epidermis
rusty-green; cardinal teeth thick; lateral teeth oblique and short; nacre white.
Hab. Ohio River, at Cincinnati. T. G. Lea.
Mahoning River, Ohio. Dr Kirtland.
My Cabinet.
Diam. 1-1, Length 1-7, Breadth 1-8 inches.
Shell oblique, inflated, much enlarged at the umbones; substance of
the shell very thick; beaks very much elevated, retuse, and possessed
of one or two undulations at the apex; ligament rather short and thick ;
epidermis rusty-green, and sometimes obscurely rayed; cardinal teeth
thick, crenate, and deeply cleft in the left, and emerging from a pit in the
right valve; lateral teeth thick, slightly curved and nearly parallel with
the line of the cardinal teeth; anterior cicatrices distinct, the great one
forming a deep pit; posterior cicatrices distinct, the smaller one being
placed at the end of the lateral teeth; dorsal cicatrices situated on the
interior of the plate between the cardinal and lateral teeth; cavity of
the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks rather deep and angular; nacre
pearly white.
Remarks.—This species has a strong resemblance to the U. undatus
(Barnes), and I have only now, after having had several specimens for
some years in my possession, satisfied myself, by examining complete
suites, of its being specifically different. It may be distinguished by
its being more rounded at the basal margin, by its more elevated beaks,
by its colour being more green, and, when the rays exist, in their be-
VI.—D
14 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
ing more capillary. In the elevation and retuseness of the beaks it
resembles the U. pyramidatus (nobis), but differs in the depression be-
fore the umbonial slope in that shell, and in being white in the nacre,
while that species is red. The undulations of the beaks can only be
observed when the shell is perfect there, and I have observed it so but
in very young individuals.
Unio Hypranvs. Plate VI. fig. 14.
Testi ellipticd, transversd, radiata, valde inequilaterali, subinflatd ; valvulis subcrassis ;
dentibus cardinalibus elevatis ; lateralibus longis, w cardinalibus separatis ; margarita alba et
iridescente.
Shell elliptical, transverse, rayed, very inequilateral, somewhat inflated ; valves rather
thick; cardinal teeth elevated; lateral teeth long and separated from the cardinal teeth ;
nacre pearly white and iridescent.
Hab. Teche River, Louisiana. W. M. Stewart.
Vicinity of New Orleans. Mr Barabino.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Mr Stewart.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Diam. 1:1, Length 1:4, Breadth 2-5 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, usually beautifully rayed, very inequila-
teral, somewhat inflated; substance of the shell rather thick; beaks
placed near the anterior margin; ligament rather long; epidermis yel-
low; rays dark green and extending over the disk; cardinal teeth dou-
ble in both valves, erect, conical; lateral teeth rather long, slightly
curved ; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dor-
sal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; palleal
impression indistinct ; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks sub-
angular; nacre beautifully pearly white and iridescent.
Remarks. The beautiful specimen figured here I owe to the kind-
ness of Mr W. M. Stewart, who brought it from Louisiana about three
years ago. It belongs to the group which contains Unio radiata
Halaman bias
Inte My dvanus
7
¢@
a
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. ones
(Gmel.) and Juteola (Lam.), (siliquoideus, Barnes). It perhaps most
resembles the latter, but differs in being a smaller shell, in being more
pearly, and in having the beaks nearer to the anterior margin. It is gene-
rally found rayed, but in some individuals the rays are wanting ; none
of my specimens have perfect beaks. I have great pleasure in naming
it after one of our most experienced conchologists and most assiduous
students of this branch of zoology, Mr William Hyde.
Unto InTERRuPTUS. Plate VI. fig. 15.
Testi elliptic, compressd, transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; radiis interrupts ;
natibus compressis ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; margarita
alba.
Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse ; inequilateral ; valves somewhat thick; rays
interrupted ; beaks compressed; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth rather long and
curved ; nacre white.
Hab. Harpeth River, Ten. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. -9, Length 1-5, Breadth 2-6 inches.
Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral, subemargi-
nate on the posterior dorsal margin; substance of the shell some-
what thick; beaks rather prominent, somewhat compressed, undula-
ted about the tip; umbones flattened; ligament rather short; epider-
mis yellow, rather smooth; rays green, broad, interrupted, radiating to
all parts of the margin; cardinal teeth small, conical, deeply cleft in
the left valve; lateral teeth long, and somewhat curved, enlarged at
posterior end; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices conflu-
ent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks;
cavity of the shell rather shallow; cavity of the beaks small and sub-
angular; nacre pearly white.
—L——_ ~~,
16 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Remarks.—Two specimens of this beautiful species were sent to me
about three years ago, by Professor Troost, of Nashville. Expecting
to receive other specimens from him, I deferred making a descrip-
tion, least they should prove only a variety of U. crassus (Say), the
young and perfect of which they strongly resemble in many of their
characters. The inéerruptus differs in the rays, in the flatness of its
sides, and particularly in the undulations of the beaks. The broad in-
terrupted rays of this species are striking, and between them may be
usually observed those which are quite capillary. It may be distin-
guished at once from the pulcher (herein described) by its rays, the
latter being smaller and not interrupted.
AMPULLARIA Peawtana. Plate XXIII. fig. 77.
Testa subglobosd, levi, solidd, imperforata, luted, faciata ; spird aculd ; anfractibus qui-
nis; apertura subovata, fasciata.
Shell subglobose, smooth, solid, imperforate, yellow, banded; spire acute ; whorls
five; aperture subovate, banded.
Operculum horny.
Hab. Turbaco, Colombia, South America. T. R. Peale.
My Cabinet.
Philadelphia Museum.
Diam. 1°1, Length 1-3 inches.
Remarks.—Among the fine collection of rare and beautiful objects
in natural history, obtained by Mr Peale during his late journey into
Colombia, was this fine Ampullaria. The yellow ground of the shell
is distinctly marked with rich brown bands, which are visible within.
In being imperforate, it resembles the 2. crassa (Swainson), but differs
in being larger, in being more globose, and in having a more effuse
outer lip. I dedicate with peculiar pleasure this shell to the discoverer,
one of the most enthusiastic and successful cultivators of natural his-
tory in our country. Mr Peale found this species in the dry bed of a
brook which is devoid of water during half the year.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 17
Paupina HyALINA. Plate XXIII. fig. 81.
Testi obluso-conicd, carinatd, pellucida, infra complanata ; anfractibus quaternis ; suturis
valde impressis ; apertura late rotundatd.
Shell obtusely conical, carinate, diaphanous, flattened below ; whorls four; sutures
very much impressed; aperture widely rounded.
Hab. near Poland, Ohio. Dr Kirtland.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Diam. -2, Length -2 of an inch nearly.
Remarks.—Dr Kirtland sent the only specimen of this shell I have
seen to Mr Hyde, under the impression that it was a deformed speci-
men of Planorbis. Mr Hyde communicated it to me as a new spe-
cies, of which there cannot, I think, be adoubt. It is very remarkable
for the flatness of the inferior portion of the last whorl, and for the
carina on the periphery which this causes. It is perhaps thinner and
more transparent than any species yet described.
MeELAnrA INFLATA. Plate XXIII. fig. 98.
Testa conictt, inflaté, tenebroso-corned ; apice obtuso ; anfractibus quinis, subconvexis ; co-
lumella notaté ; labro valde expanso.
Shell conical, inflated, dark horn-colour; apex obtuse; whorls five, rather convex ;
columella marked; outer lip spread out.
Hab. Indian Creek, Vir., West of Alleghany Mountains. P. H.
Nicklin.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin.
Diam. °4, Length -6 inches.
Remarks.—I am indebted to Mr Nicklin for this new species, hav-
VI.—E
18 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
ing been found by him in Indian Creek, between the Salt and Red
Sulphur Springs. ‘The sinus is so small, that at first view it may easi-
ly escape observation. The aperture is large, and in this it has some
resemblance to a Paludina. Near the base of the columella a purple
spot may be usually observed. It resembles most in outline the ©.
tuberculata (nobis), but differs in not being angulated, and being en-
tirely without tubercles. In colour it differs entirely. Some indivi-
duals have three coloured purple bands in the interior, while others
are devoid of them.
Puysa aurEA. Plate XXIII. fig. 106.
Testi sinistrosd, subinflata, aured, pellucida; spirit breviusculd ; anfractibus qualernis ;
labro marginato; apertura subinflata.
Shell sinister, rathe: inflated, golden colour, pellucid, shining; spire rather short ;
whorls four; outer lip margined ; aperture somewhat inflated.
Hab. Hot Spring, Bath county, Virginia. P. H. Nicklin.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of P. H. Nicklin.
Diam. °3, Length °5 inches.
Remarks.—Mr Nicklin informed me that he found the Physa au-
rea in a little water-course, by which a hot and a cold spring discharge
their mingled waters. The former exhibits a temperature of 106 de-
grees, and the latter of about 56 degrees of the scale of Fahrenheit.
Near the meeting of the waters, one side of the little stream is cold
and the other side hot; and multitudes of these beautiful Physz are
to be found on both sides of the line of junction, availing themselves
of the power which the locality affords them, of changing their cli-
mate according to their fancy.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 19
Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, January 2d, 1835.
Unto LaMELLATus. Plate VI. fig. 16.
Testa subovatd, transversd, subinflata, nitidd ; valvulis tennuissimis ; natibus viz prominu-
lis, undulatis ; dentibus cardinalibus longis, tenuibus et laminatis ; lateralibus longis, tenui-
bus subrectisque; margarita ceruled.
Shell subovate, transverse, somewhat inflated, shining; valves very thin; beaks
scarcely prominent, undulated; cardinal teeth long, thin and lamellar; lateral teeth
long, thin and nearly straight ; nacre bluish.
Hab. Bengal. Captain Lang.
My Cabinet.
Diam. 1, Length 1:5, Breadth 2-6 inches.
Shell subovate, transverse, somewhat inflated, carinate behind ; dor-
sal line nearly straight; substance of the shell very thin; beaks some-
what prominent, with minute undulations following the umbonial
slope; umbonial slope furnished with two capillary raised lines, run-
ning nearly parallel; ligament rather short; epidermis dark brown
and finely polished; rays none; cardinal teeth long, thin, lamellar,
single in the /eft valve and double in the r7gh#; lateral teeth long, thin,
and nearly straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices
confluent; dorsal cicatrices situated nearly in the cavity of the beaks:
cavity of the shell somewhat deep; cavity of the beak shallow; na-
ere bluish.
Remarks.—Several specimens of this shell, with the animal, were
brought by Captain Lang in his late voyage to Calcutta. In the con-
formation of the animal I could perceive no difference from that of
our common species. It may be considered to be most nearly allied to
U. Corrianus (nobis). It differs from that shell in its most remarkable
character, its cardinal teeth, which are longer and more lamelliform
than in any species I am acquainted with. The teeth of this species
20 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
are the more interesting, as they present a link approaching those
Naiades which have a single line under the dorsal margin, and which
are connected with this species through the Symphynola Bengalensis
(nobis). Intervening species may be discovered to make the “nuance”
complete. y
Me ania puicaTa. Plate XXIII. fig. 95.
Testa subturritd, plicatd, castaned, tuberculatd, fasciatd ; suturis impressis ; apertura
ovatd.
Shell somewhat turrited, folded, chesnut coloured, tuberculated, banded ; sutures im-
pressed ; aperture ovate.
Hab. Bengal?
My Cabinet.
Diam. ‘8, Length 2 inches.
Remarks.—Among numerous freshwater shells brought by Captain
Lang from Calcutta, I obtained a single specimen of this species.
About one-third the distance below the suture it is furnished with a
row of tubercles, each of which terminates a somewhat oblique fold.
Inferior to this there is a disposition to carination. ‘The tubercles
give the shell slightly the aspect of JZ amarula (Lam.), but it cannot
be mistaken for that species, as its spire is quite elevated. The indivi-
dual above described being decollated, it is impossible to give the num-
ber of whorls, or the character of the apex.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. Q1
Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, September 18th, 1835.
GENUS MEGASPIRA.
Testi clavatii; apertura subovata, inferne rotundatd ; marginibus reflexis, superne dis-
junelis ; columella pluriplicatd, basi integra, non effusd.
Shell clavate; aperture nearly oval, below rounded ; margins reflected, above dis-
joined; columella many-folded, below entire, not effuse.
Remarks.—The genus Megaspira* is proposed for a single species.
It is a most curious and interesting shell, and although it is closely analo-
gous to the genera Bulimus, Pupa and Auricula in some of its cha-
racters, cannot be with propriety placed in either of them. Unfortu-
nately we know nothing of the animal; but if we may judge from the
peculiar form of the shell, it will doubtless be found to differ much
from these genera.
MeeasprraA RuscHENBERGIANA. Plate XXIII. fig. 101.
Testa cylindraceo-turritd, vald? striata, subfuscd, maculis longitudinalibus rufo-fuscis or-
natd, apice consolidatd ; anfractibus tribus et viginti, subplanulatis ; spira ad apicem obtusi-
uscula; columella quadruplicata ; labro reflexo.
Shell subcylindrical, turrited, thickly striate, brownish, furnished with longitudinal
reddish-brown spots, having a solid apex; whorls twenty-three, rather flattened ; spire
obtuse at the apex ; columella with four folds ; outer lip reflected.
Hab. Brazil? W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °5, Length 2:5 inches.
* eyes, Magnus, and omelet, spira.
VI.—F
22 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Remarks.—I owe to the kindness of Dr Ruschenberger, of the
United States navy, the interesting and curious specimen above de-
scribed. It was purchased by him in Rio de Janeiro, its exact habitat
being unknown to him, having been kept perfectly secret by the per-
son from whom he obtained it. The remarkable elevation of this
shell eminently distinguishes it from any species with which I am ac-
quainted. The lower portion of the mouth is slightly thrown back,
and where the lip joins the bottom of the columella, it is reflected on
the whorl, forming a false umbilicus. From this point three connect-
ed folds pass into the interior of the cavity of the shell, and half way
up the columella a larger and better defined fold is placed, which in
the front aspect has the appearance of a tooth. ‘The whorls are slight-
ly curved, and the aperture is about one-sixth the length of the shell.
Pauupina PALLIDA. Plate XXIII. fig. 104.
Testa veniricosd, tenui, pallida, levi; suturis impressis ; anfraclibus quaternis, convewis ;
apertura subrotundd.
Shell ventricose, thin, light horn-colour, smooth; sutures impressed; whorls four,
convex; aperture nearly round.
Hab. near Cincinnati, Ohio. T. G. Lea.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °3, Length -4 of an inch.
Remarks. This shell has been recently found by my brother, and
I believe has not before been observed. It might at first be mistaken
for a young shell, on account of its pale yellow colour and translucen-
cy. In form, however, it differs from any species I have examined,
the last whorl being very much enlarged, and the aperture being very
large.
a
a
We
oe
wl
ote
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 23
Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, February 5th, 1836.
Unto ruminus. Plate VII. fig. 17.
Testi subtriangulari, inequilaterali, postice subbiangulata; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus
prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd ; dentibus cardinalibus grandibus; lateralibus brevi-
bus reclisque ; margarita alba.
Shell subtriangular, inequilateral, behind subbiangular ; valves rather thin; beaks
somewhat prominent ; epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth short
and straight ; nacre white.
Hab. Black River, North Carolina.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °5, Length °8, Breadth 1-1 inches.
Shell subtriangular, inequilateral, behind subbiangular, somewhat
carinate ; substance of the shell rather thin; beaks somewhat promi-
nent; ligament short; epidermis dark brown, and apparently without
rays; cardinal teeth large, and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral
teeth short and straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatri-
ces distinct; dorsal cicatrices situated on the under part of the cardi-
nal teeth; cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks angular ;
nacre bluish white.
Remarks.—A single individual of this species was found by me in
1827, in crossing the Black River, on the road to Fayetteville from
Smithfield. The publication of it has been delayed, in the hope of
other specimens being found. Although it has every appearance of an
adult shell, it may be found larger. Nevertheless, I have no doubt
but that it is among the smallest of the genus. It approaches in most
of its characters the modestus (Fer.), from Brazil, but it is not so thick
a shell, and is rather smaller.
24 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unio TAmprcognsis. Plate VII. fig. 18.
Testa ovatd, inflata, transversi, subcarinatd, inequilaterali; valvulis crassis ; natibus
subprominulis ; epidermide nigricante ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis ; lateralibus longis, sub-
rectis magnisque ; margaritd albd et iridescente, rard rosea.
Shell ovate, inflated, transverse, subcarinate, inequilateral; valves thick ; beaks
somewhat prominent ; epidermis blackish; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth long,
rather straight and large; nacre white and iridescent, rarely rose coloured.
Hab. River Tampico, Mexico.
River Medellin, Mexico. Dr Burrough.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Burrough.
Cabinet of Academy of Natural Sciences.
Diam. 1:7, Length 2°8, Breadth 4:3 inches.
Shell ovate, inflated, transverse, subcarinate, inequilateral ; substance
of the shell thick, thinner behind; beaks somewhat prominent; liga-
ment large and long; epidermis nearly black, and apparently without
rays; cardinal teeth large, and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral
teeth long, rather straight, and large; anterior cicatrices distinct ; pos-
terior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed across the cavity of
the beak, and on the inferior part of the cardinal teeth; cavity of the
shell large; cavity of the beaks somewhat deep and angular; nacre
white and iridescent, rarely rose colour.
Remarks.—The specimen figured here, I owe to the kindness of
Richard Ronaldson, Esq., who procured it from the commander of a
vessel trading to Tampico. It was brought from some distance above
that city. Dr Burrough subsequently procured the same species from
the river Medellin, ten miles south of Vera Cruz. It is a fine shell,
and has not much resemblance to any one of ours. It perhaps, in out-
line and in form of the teeth, most resembles U. crassus (Say). In the
older specimen, the epidermis is almost black—in the younger, it is of
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 25
a yellow brown, and in this stage indistinct rays may occasionally be
observed. ‘The general colour of the nacre seems to be white, with
a disposition to pinkish in the teeth. Sometimes this colour extends
over the whole of the thick parts of the nacre, which is very pearly ;
a tint of salmon colour, in some individuals, may be observed in the
cavity of the shell and beaks. The dorsal line in the specimen before
me, is slightly tuberculated in an irregular manner.
Unio Cumpertanpicus. Plate VII. fig. 19.
Testa ellipticd, transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominulis ; epider-
mide luted, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis rectisque ; margarita
alba et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral; valves thin; beaks somewhat prominent ;
epidermis yellow, radiated ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and straight; na-
cre white and iridescent.
Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. °5, Length -8, Breadth 1-5 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, umbonial slope rounded ;
substance of the shell thin, thicker before; beaks somewhat promi-
nent; ligament short; epidermis yellow, with numerous nearly equi-
distant rays; cardinal teeth small, double in the left valve, and disposed
to be bifid in the right; lateral teeth long and straight; anterior cica-
trices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed
in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell rather
shallow ; cavity of the beaks small; nacre white, and very iridescent
behind.
Remarks.—I| owe this shell to the kindness of Professor Troost. It
most resembles U. iris (nobis), and may easily be mistaken for that
species. It differs in being less transverse, in being more yellow and
in having fewer rays.
vI.—@
26 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unro simus. Plate VIII. fig. 20.
Test ovata, transversd, compressd, inequilaterali, postice subangulatd ; valvulis subcras-
sis; natibus prominulis ; epidermide luteold, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; laterali-
bus longis crassisque; margaritd albé et iridescente.
Shell ovate, transverse, compressed, inequilateral, subangular behind ; valves some-
what thick; beaks somewhat prominent; epidermis somewhat yellow, radiated ; cardi-
nal teeth small; lateral teeth long and thick ; nacre white and iridescent.
Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. °6, Length 1, Breadth 1.7 inches.
Shell ovate, transverse, inequilateral, compressed, subangular be-
hind; substance of the shell somewhat thick, thinner behind; beaks
somewhat prominent; ligament rather short; epidermis somewhat
yellow, indistinctly rayed ; cardinal teeth small, double in the left and
single in the right valve ; lateral teeth long, thickened towards the pos-
terior end; anterior cicatrices distinet; posterior cicatrices confluent;
dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity
of the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre white and
iridescent behind.
Remarks.—This shell was procured by Professor Troost from the
Cumberland River, but whether near Nashville or not, I am not in-
formed. It resembles the Cumberlandicus (nobis), but is a thicker
and heavier shell.
PL .ViT Vole.
Tnia nOleis
Unto saves
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. Q27
Unto Roanoxensis. Plate VIII. fig. 21.
Testa suboblonga, transversa, inequilaterali, posticé biangulatd, compressa ; valvulis cras-
sis ; natibus prominulis; epidermide terebroso-fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; late-
ralibus longissimis subcurvisque ; margaritd alba.
Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, biangular behind, compressed ;
valves thick ; beaks somewhat prominent; epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth small ;
lateral teeth long and rather curved; nacre white.
Hab. Roanoke River, North Carolina.
Altamaha, Geo. Professor Nuttall and Major Leconte.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Major Leconte.
Diam. 1-2, Length 2-2, Breadth 4-7 inches.
Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, biangular behind,
compressed, flattened on the umbonial slope; substance of the shell
thick; beaks somewhat prominent; ligament very large and long;
epidermis dark brown, apparently without rays; cardinal teeth small
and striate; lateral teeth long, large, and somewhat curved; anterior
cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices on
the superior part of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell small ;
cavity of the beak very small; nacre white. -
Remarks.—In crossing the Roanoke some years ago, between Nor-
folk and 'Tarborough, I picked up a few specimens of this shell. Since
that, Professor Nuttall gave me a single valve from the famaha, and
more recently some large specimens have been brought from the same
river by Major Leconte. I found at Tarborough several specimens,
which I presume to be the young of this species. This shell strongly
resembles a gigantic complanatus, and may be considered to belong to
that group. The nacre of all the specimens, however, which f have
seen is white, and filled with deposite of epidermal matter in a clouded
manner. It may perhaps be found sometimes purple.
28 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unio norarus. Plate VIII. fig. 22.
Testa ellipticd, compressa, transversd, inequilaterali, postice subbiangulata ; valvulis te-
nuibus ; natibus subprominulis ; epidermide rufo-fused, vittata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ;
lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; margarita salmonis colore tinctd et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral, behind subbiangular; valves
thin; beaks rather prominent; epidermis reddish brown, spotted; cardinal teeth
small; lateral teeth long and slightly curved; nacre salmon colour and iridescent.
Hab. Cumberland River. Professor Troost.
Cabinet of Professor 'Troost.
Diam. -6, Length 1, Breadth 1-8 inches.
Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral, subbiangular
behind ; substance of the shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent ; liga-
ment rather short; epidermis reddish brown, with spotted rays over
the whole disk; cardinal teeth small, pointed, and deeply cleft in the
left valve; lateral teeth long and slightly curved; anterior cicatrices
distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the
centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell rather shallow;
cavity of the beaks angular; nacre salmon colour and very iridescent.
Remarks.—Another of the fine shells sent by Professor Troost from
Tennessee. In outline it resembles U. Vanuxemensis herein described,
but is not so thick a shell, and differs in having rays (interrupted),
while the other has none. It is also much smaller in the teeth. The
individual before me not being perfect in the beaks, I cannot say if the
undulations be the same.
Unio Jayensis. Plate IX. fig. 23.
Testa angusto-ellipticd, transversd, valde inequilaterali, postic? subangulald ; valvulis te-
nuibus ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus compressis ; lateralibus
longis reclisque ; margarita purpurea.
Shell narrow-elliptical, transverse, very inequilateral, subangular behind; valves
PY EXenVol) 6
PELOILEMLSTS
nto Janens1s = Unie ligt bres
a - -- - i a a ——~ = 4 Fe 7 =
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 29
thin; beaks somewhat prominent ; epidermis brown ; cardinal teeth compressed ; lateral
teeth long and straight ; nacre purple.
Hab. Florida. J.C. Jay, M.D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °8, Length 1-2, Breadth 2-5 inches.
Shell narrow-elliptical, transverse, very inequilateral, subangular
behind; subcarinate; substance of the shell thin; beaks somewhat
prominent; ligament rather long; epidermis brown, and apparently
without rays; cardinal teeth compressed, in the left valve deeply cleft
and elevated; lateral teeth long and straight; anterior cicatrices dis-
tinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices situated in the
centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell small; cavity of
the beaks small; nacre purple and iridescent.
Remarks.—Among other shells for which I am indebted to Dr Jay,
were single opposed valves of two individuals of nearly the same size,
and for which I propose the name of Jayensis. Ido not know from
what part of Florida they came. This species strongly resembles the
nasutus (Say), but is not quite so transverse a shell, approaching the
complanatus. 'The nacre of both the individuals is of a light purple,
bordering on a pinkish tint. In young specimens, it may perhaps be
found to possess rays.
Unto noretronensis. Plate IX. fig. 24.
Testa suboblongd, transversd, inequilaterali, compressi, postice biangulati, ad latus
planulata ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominulis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide tenebroso-
fusca; dentibus cardinalibus parvis; lateralibus longis curvisque; margarita purpured et
iridescente.
Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, compressed, biangular behind, flat-
tened at the sides ; valves somewhat thick; beaks scarcely prominent, undulated at the
tip; epidermis dark brown ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and curved ; nacre
purple and iridescent.
Hab. Hopeton, near Darien. Professor Shepard.
Vi.—H
30 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Shepard.
Diam. °9, Length 1-7, Breadth 3-4 inches.
Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, compressed, bian-
gular behind, flattened at the umbones and sides, carinate; substance
of the shell rather thick; beaks scarcely prominent, undulated at the
tip; ligament thin, long and straight; epidermis dark brown and ob-
scurely rayed ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth very jong, curved and
enlarged at the posterior end; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior
cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity of the
beaks; cavity of the shell rather small; cavity of the beaks small;
nacre purple and iridescent.
Remarks.—This shell was procured by Professor Shepard from his
friend J. H. Cowper, Esq., with several other fine species. They were
found in the canals of the rice fields, where they seem to exist in great
perfection. ,
The Hopetonensis very closely resembles some of the varieties of
complanatus. It differs from it in the teeth, in the carina, and in the
possession of a dark border round the inferior part of the margin. In
the nacre it appears to be the same, and probably, like the complana-
tus, varies into white and salmon colour.
Unio tucusris. Plate IX. fig. 25.
Testa ellipticd, transversd, subinflatd, inequilaterali, postice biangulaté ; valvulis sub-
crassis ; natibus prominulis ; epidermide nigricante; dentibus cardinalibus compressis ; latera-
libus sublongis subcurvisque ; margarita purpurea.
Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat inflated; inequilateral, biangular behind ;
valves somewhat thick ; beaks rather prominent ; epidermis vearly black; cardinal teeth
compressed; lateral teeth rather long and somewhat curved ; nacre purple.
Hab. Hopeton, near Darien. Professor Shepard.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Shepard.
Fh
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. oy |
Diam. °9, Length 1:3, Breadth 2:5 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat inflated, inequilateral, biangu-
lar behind and rounded before ; substance of the shell somewhat thick ;
beaks rather prominent; ligament rather short and thin; epidermis
nearly black, and apparently without rays; cardinal teeth compressed,
single in the right and double in the left valve; lateral teeth rather
long and somewhat curved ; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cica-
trices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of
the beaks; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beak rather small;
nacre purple and iridescent.
Remarks.—This was among the shells procured by Professor Shep-
ard, from near Darien, and may be considered to be between the com-
planatus (Soland.) and confertus (nobis). It is disposed to be more
cylindrical than the former, and has a less elevated umbonial slope than
the latter. The curve of the basal margin is greater than either.
Possessing but a single specimen, I am unable to determine if the co-
lour of the nacre varies in this species as it does in most of those allied
to complanatus.
Unto Barnesianus. Plate X. fig. 26.
Testa subtriangulari, compressa, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis; natibus subprominulis ;
dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus subrectis ; margaritd alba et iridescente.
Shell subtriangular, compressed, inequilateral; valves thick ; beaks rather prominent;
cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth nearly straight; nacre white and iridescent.
Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. °6, Length 1, Breadth 1-4 inches.
Shell subtriangular, compressed, inequilateral ; substance of the shell
thick ; beaks rather prominent, short ; epidermis chestnut brown, with
interrupted rays and strong marks of growth; cardinal teeth small,
somewhat compressed; lateral teeth nearly straight, and enlarged at
the posterior end; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices dis-
32 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
tinct; dorsal cieatrices placed on the interior part of the plate between
the cardinal and lateral teeth; cavity of the shell small; cavity of the
beaks small and angular; nacre pearly white and iridescent.
Remarks.—This pretty little species is one of those for which Iam
indebted to Professor Troost. In its outline it very closely resembles
U. rubiginosus (nobis). It differs from it, however, entirely in the
form and size of its cardinal teeth, and in having green interrupted
rays. A single specimen only has come under my observation.
Unio Zerciertanvs. Plate X. fig. 27.
Testa ellipticd, transversd, inequilaterali, glabra ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus subpromi-
nulis, undulatis ; epidermide luted, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus parvis
subrectisque; margarita purpurea et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, smooth ; valves rather thick ; beaks some-
what prominent, undulated ; epidermis yellow, radiated; cardinal teeth small ; la-
teral teeth small and nearly straight; nacre purple and iridescent.
Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor ‘Troost.
Diam. °6, Length 1, Breadth 1-6 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, smooth, rounded in the um-
bonial slope; substance of the shell rather thick; beaks somewhat
prominent, with fine undulations at the tip; ligament rather short;
epidermis yellow, with fine green rays on the posterior portion; cardi-
nal teeth small, deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth small and
nearly straight ; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices conflu-
ent: dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks;
cavity of the shell rather shallow; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre
purple and iridescent.
Remarks.—This shell resembles the U. Muhlfeldianus, herein des-
cribed, but may be distinguished at once by its being much smaller,
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 33
by being more regularly elliptical, and being smoother and polished.
The nacre of Zeiglerianus, in several specimens before me, is pur-
ple and salmon, some having a white margin. I presume the domi-
nant colour to be purple. I have pleasure in dedicating this shell to
I’. Zeigler, a distinguished zoologist of Vienna.
Unio crererus. Plate X. fig. 28.
Testi subellipticd, transversissina, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus pro-
minulis, undulatis ; epidermide viride; dentibus cardinalibus parvis; lateralibus vix cernendis ;
margarita alba.
Shell subelliptical, very transverse, very inequilateral ; valves somewhat thick ; beaks
rather prominent and undulated at tip; epidermis greenish ; cardinal teeth small ; la-
teral teeth obscure ; nacre white.
Hab. Tennessee. Professor Troost.
“ My Cabinet.
iam. 1, Length 1-4, Breadth 2-7 inches.
Shell subelliptical, subemarginate at base, very transverse, very ine-
quilateral, somewhat flattened over the umbones; substance of the
shell thick anteriorly, thin and iridescent posteriorly ; beaks rather ele-
vated, retuse, and finely undulate at tip; ligament long; epidermis
dark green and obscurely rayed; cardinal teeth small and elevated ;
lateral teeth ovscure, being perceptible only at the termination; ante-
rior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices
in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell deep;
cavity of the beak small; nacre white.
Remarks.—I1 owe to the kindness of Professor Troost the single
valve which I possess of this species. It has some resemblance to the
U. emarginatus (nobis), but perhaps resembles more the U. iris (nobis).
In the structure of the teeth, particularly in the lateral tooth, the cha-
racter is obscure. In this it resembles the U. calceolus (nobis). At
the termination of the ligament there is, however, in my specimen, a
Vi.—t
34 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
well defined terminal point of the lateral tooth, and in other speci-
mens this may be found to be more developed. The anterior lobe of
the cardinal tooth is conical.
Unio cuaser. Plate X. fig. 29.
Testi ellipticd, transversd, compressa, glabra, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus
subprominulis, undulatis ; epidermide luted, radiata; dentibus cardinalibus parvis, elevatis ;
lateralibus longis ; margarita alba.
Shell elliptical, transverse, compressed, smooth and shining, inequilateral ; valves
thin; beaks somewhat prominent and undulated; epidermis yellow, radiated ; cardinal
teeth small and elevated; lateral teeth long; nacre white.
Hab. Holston River, Ten. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. -5, Length °8, Breadth 1-5 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, compressed, polished, somewhat com-
pressed behind, inequilateral, substance of the shell thin, somewhat
thicker before; beaks somewhat prominent, with fine, nearly parallel
undulations at the tip; ligament short; epidermis smooth, yellow, with
numerous fine rays nearly over the whole disk; cardinal teeth small,
rather compressed, elevated ; lateral teeth long; anterior cicatrices dis-
tinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the
centre of the cavity of the beaks and under the cardinal tooth; cavity
of the shell shallow ; cavity of the beaks small, angular; nacre white
and iridescent.
Remarks.—Among the shells brought by Professor Troost from his
geological exploration of the eastern part of Tennessee, was this one
from the Holston. It is allied to U. iris (nobis), but is not so trans-
verse. It differs also somewhat in the rays and beaks, and the epider-
mis is more yellow. The epidermis is smooth and polished ; in these
respects it resembles the young of U. luteola (Lam.), siliquoideus
(Bar.).
|
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 35
Unio creper. Plate X. fig. 30.
Testa triangulatd, compressa, inequilaterali, postice subbiangulatd ; valvulis subcrassis;
natibus prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus
declivibus ; margarita salmonis colore tinctd.
Shell triangular, compressed, inequilateral, behind subbiangular ; valves rather thick ;
beaks somewhat prominent; epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth
inclined; nacre salmon colour.
Hab. Carryfork River, Ten. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor 'Troost.
Diam. -7, Length 1, Breadth 1-8 inches.
Shell triangular, compressed, inequilateral, behind somewhat bian-
gular, elevated on the dorsal margin ; substance of the shell rather thick,
thinner behind; beaks somewhat prominent; ligament short; epider-
mis dark brown, apparently without rays ; cardinal teeth small and
deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth inclining towards the pos-
terior angle; anterior cicatrices nearly distinct; posterior cicatrices
distinct; dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; ca-
vity of the shell very shallow; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre
salmon colour and iridescent behind.
Remarks.—Among the numerous interesting species sent to me by
Professor Troost, is this species from Carryfork river. In its general
character it approaches the U. erassidens (Lam.), (cuneatus, Bar.). It
is, however, a very much smaller shell and more triangular. All the
specimens submitted to me (five) were of a fine salmon colour. It
may, however, be found to vary, like the crassidens and complanatus.
ee ae
36 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unio Vanuxemensis. Plate XI. fig. 31.
Testa ellipticd, compressa, transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis; natibus subpromi-
nulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis ; lateralibus longis subcur-
visque; margarita salmonis colore tincta, et iridescente,
Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral ; valves thick; beaks some
what prominent; epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth large; lateral teeth long
and somewhat curved; nacre salmon colour and iridescent.
Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. -7, Length 1.2, Breadth 1.9 inches.
Shell elliptical, compressed, transverse, inequilateral: substance of
the shell thick, thinner behind; beaks somewhat prominent, and mi-
nutely undulated at the tip; ligament rather short; epidermis dark
brown, apparently without rays; cardinal teeth large and deeply cleft
in the left valve; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved; anterior
cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices pla-
ced across the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell
shallow; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre salmon colour and very
iridescent behind.
Remarks.—This beautiful shell is another of the fine ones obtained
by Professor Troost from Cumberland River. I have peculiar pleasure
in calling it after my friend Professor Vanuxem. In its general cha-
racters it perhaps most resembles the U. Nashvillianus (nobis), but is
more compressed, less transverse, and darker coloured exteriorly. In
the nacre, however, the specimen from which this description is made,
differs very much, being of an intense salmon colour. In other spe-
cimens this character may be found to differ, as colour of nacre is
usually in this family very uncertain.
ee nae RN
PL. XI. Vol 6
; —
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 37
Unio carponanius. Plate XI. fig. $2.
Test subtriangulata, tumidd, transversd, inaquilaterali, subemarginatd ; valvulis crassis ;
natibus subprominulis ; epidermide nigrd ; dentibus cardinalibus grandiusculis ; lateralibus
parvis subcurvisque ; margarita purpured et iridescente,
Shell subtriangular, swollen, transverse, inequilateral, subemarginate; valves thick ;
beaks rather prominent; epidermis black; cardinal teeth rather large; lateral teeth
small and somewhat curved ; nacre purple and iridescent.
Hab. River Medellin, Mexico. Dr Burrough.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Burrough.
Diam. 11, Length 1-4, Breadth 2:4 inches.
Shell subtriangular, swollen, transverse, inequilateral, subemarginate
at the base; substance of the shell thick, thinner behind ; beaks rather
prominent; epidermis black, apparently without rays; ligament rather
long; cardinal teeth rather large, double in the left valve; lateral teeth
rather short, and widely separated from the cardinal teeth; anterior
cicatrices distinet; posterior cicatrices distinct; dorsal cicatrices placed
across the inferior part of the cardinal teeth; cavity of the shell rather
deep; cavity of the beaks deep and angular; nacre purple and irides-
cent behind.
Remarks.—The two individuals which I have before me were kind-
ly sent by Dr Burrough, now resident United States consul at Vere
Cruz. Ever prompt to promote the study of natural history, in the
various climes he visits, he has sent numerous objects from Vera Cruz,
with the view of increasing our cabinets and our knowledge.
The carbonarius has a stronger affinity to 1 erassidens (Lam, ) than
any other species lam acquainted with. It is, however, a smaller shell,
with more proportional diameter, and a more intense purple than I have
seen in that species. ‘he colour in the only two specimens I have
seen, is almost a chocolate, and may be said to resemble the nacre of
the gibbosus (Bar.). The black exterior and the dark interior, give
the shell a very sombre aspect—hence its name.
VI.—K
ee rE
38 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unto rouuicuxnatus. Plate XI. fig. 33.
Testa angusto-ellipticd, transversissimd, vald? inequilaterd, postice subbiangulald ; an-
tice rotundatd; ad latera planulatd; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus vix prominulis ; epider-
mide tenebroso-fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis subcurvisque ; mar-
garitd purpurea et iridescente.
Shell narrow-elliptical, very transverse, very inequilateral, behind subbiangular,
before rounded, flattened at the side; valves rather thin; beaks scarcely prominent ;
epidermis dark brown; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved ;
nacre purple and iridescent.
Hab. Savannah River. Major Leconte.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Major Leconte.
Diam. °é, Length °8, Breadth 2-4 inches.
Shell narrow-elliptical, very transverse, very inequilateral, subbi-
angular behind, rounded before, rather compressed, flattened at the
side; substance of the shell rather thin; beaks scarcely prominent;
ligament long and curved; epidermis very dark brown; cardinal teeth
small and Icbed; lateral teeth long and somewhat curved; anterior
cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices in
the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell small; cavity
of the beak very small; nacre purple and iridescent.
Remarks.—\ owe the possession of this species to Major Leconte,
whose active researches in the rivers of Georgia have produced us seve-
ral new Uniones.
The folliculatus is a remarkably transverse shell, and seems to be-
long to that group of which the complanatus (Soland.) may be consi-
dered the type. It diverges towards the Shepardianus (nobis), but is
by no means so transverse a species. The only two specimens which
I have seen, are purple inside, which may be considered its general
colour. Like the complanatus, it may perhaps be found white and
salmon coloured.
—=a
tea a
wens CR
(nio Lecottant
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 39
Unto mMepetiinvs. Plate XII. fig. 34.
Testa ellipticd, transversd, subcompressa, inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus sub-
ip > ip ’ ,
prominulis ; epidermide luteola, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis sub-
curvisque; margarita alba et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, transverse, rather compressed, inequilateral ; valves somewhat thin ;
beaks rather prominent ; epidermis yellowish, radiated ; cardinal teeth small; lateral
teeth long and somewhat curved; nacre white and iridescent.
Hab. River Medellin, near Vera Cruz. Dr Burrough.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Burrough.
Diam. -7, Length 1-3, Breadth 2-3 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse ; rather compressed, subemarginate at base,
inequilateral; substance of the shell rather thin; beaks rather promi-
nent; ligament rather long and slender; epidermis yellowish, with
numerous green rays over the whole disk ; anterior cicatrices distinct ;
posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of
the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell shallow; cavity of the
beaks very shallow; nacre white and iridescent.
Remarks.—This species was among those sent by Dr Burrough from
Vera Cruz. One of the two specimens received is apparently only
half grown. The very strong resemblance these specimens bear to
U. radiatus (Gmelin), has caused me to hesitate in considering
the species distinct. The younger individual is more transverse than
any specimen of radiatus I have seen, and the emargination is a cha-
racter which that shell does not possess.
40 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unro Lecontranus. Plate XII. fig. 35.
Testa ellipticd, transversd, incequilaterali, subinflata ; valvulis crassis; dentibus cardinali-
bus parvis; lateralibus longis, & cardinalibus separalis ; margarita salmonis colore tinctd.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, somewhat inflated ; valves thick; cardinal
teeth small; lateral teeth long, being separated from the cardinal teeth ; nacre salmon
colour.
Hab. Conoochee River, Georgia. Major Leconte.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Major Leconte.
Diam. 1-2, Length 1-7, Breadth 2-8 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inequilateral, subbiangular behind, some-
what inflated; substance of the shell thick; beaks slightly elevated ;
ligament rather short; epidermis yellowish brown and obscurely ray-
ed; cardinal teeth small and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral
teeth long, enlarged at the posterior end, and separated from the car-
dinal teeth; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent ;
dorsal cicatrices situated on the plate between the cardinal and lateral
teeth; cavity of the shell somewhat deep and rounded; cavity of the
beak small; nacre salmon colour, approaching to white.
Remarks.—Among many other shells from Georgia, which I owe
to the kindness of my friend, Major Leconte, I found this species,
which I believe has not been before described. It is with great plea-
sure I dedicate it to him. The Lecontianus perhaps most resembles
the crassidens (Lam.), cuneatus (Barnes). It is not so large a shell,
and the beak is more medial. The young specimens have distinct
rays, arid their epidermis is quite yellow. In this state they resemble
somewhat the young of crassus (Say). The nacre of all the specimens
I have seen is salmon colour, and salmon running into white or pur-
ple. None of the beaks were sufficiently perfect to observe the form
of undulations.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 41
Unio Muutrevpranvs. Plate XII. fig. 36.
Testd elliptica, subcompressd, transversd, inequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis; natibus sub-
>
prominulis, undulatis ; epidermide luteola radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus subparvis erectisque ;
lateralibus longis rectisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, rather compressed, transverse, inequilateral ; valves rather thick;
beaks somewhat prominent, undulated ; epidermis yellowish, radiated ; cardinal teeth
rather small and erect ; lateral teeth long and straight ; nacre white and iridescent.
Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. °8, Length 1-3, Breadth 2-3 inches.
Shell elliptical, rather compressed, transverse, inequilateral, rounded
before and behind, flattened on the umbonial slope; substance of the
shell rather thick before, thinner behind; beaks somewhat promi-
nent, with fine undulations at the tip; ligament long; epidermis yel-
lowish, with dark green rays on the posterior portion; cardinal teeth
rather small, erect, and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth
long and straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices con-
fluent ; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks;
cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre
white and very iridescent behind.
Remarks.—The specimen before me was brought from the Cum-
berland River by Professor Troost, but I do not know from what part
of it. It seems to be more closely allied to U. iris (nobis) than any
species I have seen, but differs in being less transverse, more flattened
out behind, and in having the rays more distinct on the posterior por-
tion. Idedieate it to the distinguished custos of the Imperial Museum
at Vienna.
A single valve closely resembling this species was sent to me some-
time since by my brother, T. G. Lea, from Cincinnati, but it is not
sufficiently perfect to decide on its being the same.
VI.—L
42 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Marearirana Houstonra. Plate XIII. fig. 37.
Testa subarcuatd, subinflatd, transversd, valde inequilaterali; ad latus planulaté; val-
vulis subtenuibus ; natibus subprominulis, undulatis ; epidermide fuscd ; dentibus cardinali-
bus magnis; margarita albé et iridescente. °
Shell subarcuate, somewhat inflated, transverse, very inequilateral, flattened on the
side; valves rather thin; beaks somewhat prominent, undulated; epidermis brown ;
cardinal teeth large ; nacre white and iridescent.
Hab. Holston River. Professor Troost.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. °8, Length 1-2, Breadth 2-4 inches.
Shell subarcuate, somewhat inflated, transverse, very inequilateral,
flattened on the side, rounded on the umbonial slope; valves rather
thin, thicker before ; beaks somewhat prominent, irregularly and finely
undulated at the tip; ligament rather long; epidermis brown, wrin-
kled, and apparently without rays; cardinal teeth large, and elevated
into three points in the left valve, smaller in the right valve, and ele-
vated into a single point: anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cica-
trices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices placed on the inferior portion of the
cardinal teeth; cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beak
shallow and angular; nacre white and iridescent.
Remarks.—This species is the production of Holston River, but I am
not aware from what part it was procured by Professor Troost, to
whose kindness I owe the privilege of describing it. It is more nearly
allied tothe M. Raveneliana (nobis) than any other species of this genus.
It may be distinguished from it by its being more compressed, in the
form of its teeth, and in being without rays. The last character must,
however, be received with some doubt, as specimens may be found with
rays. The single specimen before me having no rays, does not prohi-
bit their occurrence in others. The teeth of the Jeft valve are re-
markable in being elevated into three distinct points, the two posterior
ones clasping into the cavity of the beak of the other valve.
> er ” eS ee
Margarttana Holstonia
PL,. XU Vol.6
Anodonta
cylindTacea
Marg. deltovitlea Ve f
\
\
Uarg. tabula
7
— 7
—— —
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 43
MARGARITANA DELTOIDEA. Plate XIII. fig. 38.
Testa triangulatd, compressa, inequilaterali; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominentibus, ad
apices undulatis ; epidermide luted, radiata; dentibus cardinalibus erectis ; margarita alba
et iridescente.
Shell triangular, compressed, inequilateral; valves thin; beaks prominent, undula-
ted at the tip; epidermis yellow, radiated; cardinal teeth erect; nacre white and iri-
descent.
Hab. Ohio River, near Cincinnati. T. G. Lea.
Scioto. Dr Kirtland.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of T. G. Lea.
Cabinet of Dr Kirtland.
Diam. °6, Length °9, Breadth 1-4 inches.
Shell triangular, compressed, inequilateral, subemarginate at base;
substance of the shell thin behind, thicker before; beaks prominent
and strongly undulated at the tip; ligament short and thin; epider-
mis yellow, with numerous green rays, which are deficient at the
beaks; cardinal teeth erect, double in the left valve, single and conical
in the right; lateral teeth obsolete; anterior cicatrices confluent; pos-
terior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity
of the beaks; cavity of the shell not deep; cavity of the beaks rather
deep and angular; nacre white and iridescent.
Remarks.—This little sheli has engaged my attention for some time.
having considered it, with a good deal of doubt, a variety of U. calceo-
Jus (nobis). Like that shell it has a very imperfectly formed lateral
tooth; in most individuals it cannot be perceived. In comparison
with the calceolus, it is more triangular and flattened, and the undula-
tions of the beaks are unbroken. ‘The beaks are of a darker colour,
and the anterior lobe of the cardinal teeth seems to be larger in this,
while in the other the posterior seems to be the larger. The de/to-
dea is also a smaller shell.
44 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
MarcGariTana FABULA. Plate XIII. fig. 39.
Testi suboblongd, transversd, inequilaterali, ad basim emarginatd, ad latus planulata ;
valvulis subcrassis ; nalibus prominulis; epidermide subviridi; dentibus cardinalibus parvis
ereclisque; margaritd salmonis colore tinctd.
Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, emarginate at base, flattened on
the side ; valves somewhat thick; beaks rather prominent; epidermis greenish ; cardi-
nal teeth small and erect ; nacre salmon colour.
Hab. Cumberland River, Ten. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. °4, Length °5, Breadth +8 of an inch.
Shell somewhat oblong, transverse, inequilateral, somewhat inflated,
emarginate at base, flattened on the side, raised at the umbonial slope ;
substance of the shell rather thick, thinner behind; beaks rather pro-
minent; epidermis greenish, with indistinct rays; ligament short; car-
dinal teeth small and erect; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior
cicatrices distinct; dorsal cicatrices placed on the under part of the
cardinal tooth; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks an-
gular; nacre salmon colour, lighter before.
Remarks.—This curious and interesting shell I owe, with many
others, to my friend Professor Troost. It is much smaller than any
species which has been heretofore described, and does not seem to ap-
proach very closely any other species in its general characters. The
two specimens which are now before me, the only ones I have seen,
are much eroded. This prevents my knowing if the beaks be, in a
perfect state, furnished with undulations.
WM 4
5 i
a
‘
‘
‘
‘
: |
lt
f
} |
‘
j
i
)
f
i t
% f
i
4 { (
Wa Wardtas.
a
XIV Volb
lnodonta Buchanenstss
yy
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 45
ANODONTA CYLINDRACEA. Plate XIII. fig. 40.
Testa cylindracea, inflatd, valde transversd, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus; natibus sub-
prominulis ; epidermide tenebroso-fusca, radiata ; margarita ceruled.
Shell cylindrical, inflated, very transverse, inequilateral; valves thin; beaks some-
what prominent ; epidermis dark brown, radiated; nacre blue.
Hab. River Medellin, near Vera Cruz. Dr Burrough.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Burrough.
Diam. °9, Length 1-3, Breadth 2-3 inches.
Shell cylindrical, inflated, very transverse, inequilateral, flattened on
the umbones, subbiangular behind ; umbonial slope rounded ; substance
of the shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent; ligament long and slen-
der; epidermis dark brown, with numerous capillary rays over the
whole disk; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices conflu-
ent; dorsal cicatrices not perceptible; cavity of the shell large; cavity
of the beaks small; nacre blue and iridescent.
Remarks.—Two specimens only of this were sent by Dr Burrough.
The one figured appears to be mature and in a good state; the other
is young and imperfect. In outline it differs from any species within
my knowledge. In the nacre it somewhat resembles the .2. tenebri-
cosa (nobis), but is a much thinner and more transverse shell. The
deposit of epidermal matter in the interior, gives it a very clouded
appearance. It is highly iridescent on the posterior portion of the
nacre.
AnoponTa sALMONIA. Plate XIV. fig. 41.
Testi ellipticd, transversd, inflata, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus pro-
minulis; epidermide tenebroso-fuscd ; margarita colore salmonis tinctd, infern? ceruled.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inflated, very inequilateral ; valves thin; beaks somewhat
prominent; epidermis dark brown ; nacre salmon colour, bluish along the base.
Vibe ——— i
Oe —
46 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
. Hab. near Poland, Ohio. J. P. Kirtland, M.D.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Kirtland.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Diam. 1°1, Length 1:4, Breadth 2-7 inches.
Shell elliptical, transverse, inflated, very inequilateral, within salmon
colour and usually very rough; substance of the shell thin; beaks
somewhat prominent and slightly undulated at the tip; ligament ra-
ther short; epidermis dark brown, sometimes with yellow bands; an-
terior cicatrices confluent: posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cica-
trices indistinct; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks shallow;
nacre bluish along the inferior margin, the interior being usually rough
and of a deep salmon colour.
Remarks.—I am indebted to Dr Kirtland, of Poland, Ohio, for seve-
ral specimens of this singular Anodonta. It is remarkably character-
ized in the nacre by the rough or tuberculous deposit of a deep sal-
mon colour. In my specimens this roughness is exhibited most strong-
ly about the anterior cicatrices. In form it most resembles the .2.
Ferussaciana (nobis), but is not quite so cylindrical, and differs alto-
gether in the interior.
Anoponta Warpiana. Plate XIV. fig. 42.
Testa ellipticd, transversd, subinflatd, inequilaterali ; clivo wmboniali rotundato ; valvulis
tenuibus ; natibus prominentibus, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide viridi, radiata; margari-
ta subceruled.
Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat inflated, inequilateral ; umbonial slope round-
ed; valves thin; beaks prominent, undulated at the tip; epidermis green, rayed ; nacre
bluish.
Hab. near Chilicothe, Ohio. J.C. Ward, M.D.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Ward.
Diam. 1:2, Length 1-7, Breadth 3 inches.
~
———
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. AT
Shell elliptical, transverse, somewhat inflated, inequilateral, at the
base subemarginate, dorsal margin curved under the beak; umbonial
slope rounded ; substance of the shell thin; beaks prominent, concen-
trically undulated at the tip; ligament rather short; epidermis green,
disposed to be yellow on the posterior slope and the beaks; anterior
cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices in-
distinct ; cavity of the shell large; cavity of the beaks angular; nacre
bluish.
Remarks.—I have from time to time received specimens of this
species from Ohio, but I owe the perfect ones, now before me, to Dr
Ward, of Chilicothe. Aware of its resemblance to Jn. Ferussaciana
(nobis), and An. areolatus (Swainson), that gentleman gave parti-
cular attention to its habits, and in his letter to me, comparing it to
the latter, which it most resembles, he says: “It more nearly resem-
bles a variety of areolatus than any other species. It, like that shell,
has the strong bend under the beak, which in the areolatus is almost
a tooth. In habit, it totally differs from areolatus. It pierces deeply
in the clay and gravel banks, in which it resembles the An. incerta,
while the areolatus is only found in the deep bed of the stream, and is
partially uncovered.” In the undulations of the beaks, it more resem-
bles the F'erussaciana, these being larger in the areolatus.
AnoponTa Bucnanensis. Plate XIV. fig. 43.
Testa transversd, inflata inequilaterali, inferne emarginatd, ad latus planulaid ; clivo
umboniali elevato ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominulis ; apicibus undulatis ; epidermide sub-
viridi ; margarita alba.
Shell transverse, inflated, inequilateral, emarginate at base; flattened on the side ;
umbonial slope elevated ; valves thin; beaks somewhat prominent, undulated at the tip ;
epidermis greenish ; nacre white.
Hab. Buck Creek, Ohio. R. Buchanan, Esq.
My Cabinet.
48 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Cabinet of Mr Buchanan.
Diam. 1:1, Length 1:3, Breadth 3 inches.
Shell transverse, inflated, subcylindrical, inequilateral, emarginate at
the basal margin, flattened on the sides; umbonial slope elevated and
rounded ; substance of the shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent and
minutely undulated at the tip; ligament rather short and thin; epider-
mis greenish, darker on the posterior slope; anterior cicatrices conflu-
ent: posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices indistinct; cavity
of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks shallow; nacre white, bluish on
the posterior part.
Remarks.—I owe to the kindness of R. Buchanan, Esq., a single
specimen of this shell. It approaches the 4. Ferussaciana more nearly
than any other of our Anodonte with which I am acquainted. In this
individual the beaks are of a bright rusty colour.
Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, July 15th, 1837.
ee
Havine for some years given much attention to the anatomical struc-
ture of the Naiades, I have arrived at some results which may be deem-
ed important enough to attract the further attention of zoologists, and
be of sufficient interest to merit a place in our ‘Transactions.
It is a source of congratulation to those interested in the study of this
branch of natural history, to find that a number of naturalists are giving
their time to examinations in localities peculiarly and fortunately situa-
ted in regard to the number of species, as well as their size, which cir-
cumstances tend greatly to facilitate investigations.
Believing that the oviducts would present to us the means of discri-
mination in some of the species, having found them to be so very dif-
SS er Ser ee ee
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 49
ferent in the Unio irroratus,* my attention had been particularly ad-
dressed to these organs in the few and small species of our vicinity.
While engaged in this investigation, I received a communication
from Dr Kirtland of Poland, Ohio, an ardent and intelligent student
of natural history, in which he informed me of his conviction of being
able to distinguish the female and male shells of the same species, with-
out recourse to the included animal. Very shortly after this, his con-
clusive article on this subject appeared in the American Journal of
Science and Arts, Vol. XXVI. It had been a matter of common ob-
servation, that individuals of the same species differ very much in the
outline of the posterior portion of the shell. In some eases this has
been the sole cause of making species, and apparently with reason.
It has generally been believed by European naturalists, as well as
those of our own country, that these animals were androgynous, a prin-
ciple so repugnant to nature, that it ought to have excited stronger
doubts where the animal structure was so high in the scale of nature,
as is the Naiades.
My attention now became more addressed to sexual characters, and
a very short series of examination satisfied me fully as to the establish-
ment of the difference of sexes.
The female sustaining her very large burden, naturally requires
more space within the valves—hence we generally find an enlarge-
ment of the posterior portion of the shell, differing in its form in vari-
ous species.
In the U. cariosus, ochraceus, radiatus, luteolus, occidens, purpu-
ratus, §e., the female is less transverse than the male, being somewhat
truncate at the posterior margin, and the greatest diameter is near this
portion of the shell. In the species having this distinction, the ovi-
ducts will be found to be placed in the posterior portion of the bran-
chie. (See Pl. XV., fig. 44, 45, representing the oviducts of cariosus
and ochraceus.) On reference to the figure of cariosus (Say), in Nich.
Ency. (Am. Edit.) art. Conch. Pl. IIL, fig. 2, the female character
is evident. The occidens (nobis), Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. III.
Pl. X., is female; and purpuratus (Lam.), ater (nobis), Vol. II. PI.
* See Vol. IL, p. 269.
VIL.—N
50 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
VII., is undoubtedly such. It may be observed, in each of these figures,
that there is an enlargement at the posterior basal margin. ‘lhis, so
far as my knowledge extends, is always indicative of the female cha-
racter in this form of shells, and this enlargement of the valve cor-
responds with the position of the charged oviducts. In the eariosus
I have observed frequently, that the oviducts were so full as to be pro-
truded when the animal was at rest, and when disturbed it retracted
them with sluggishness. Ina single case of a female radialus which I
touched in the river, the oviducts were visibly outside of the line of
the shell, and the sudden alarm caused so rapid a closing of the valves:
as to cut off several of the sacks, which floated away.
There are a few species very remarkable in the shell for a charac-
ter, which I refer to sex entirely, but never having had the advantage
of examining the anatomy of the included animals, I do not present it
as an undoubted fact. In my description of U. areeformis, Trans. Am.
Phil. Soe., Vol. IV., page 116, I noticed the enlargement and dentate
appearance of the posterior margin. In this species, the brevidens, sul-
eatus,* capiilaris, and triangularis,+ we find an enlargement to com-
mence at a middle age before or along the umbonial slope, and each
mark of growth on this enlargement is disposed to be dentate. In the
brevidens it is so abrupt as to resemble a large cord on the inferior por-
tion of the valves. In the arcxformis it is somewhat flattened and but
slightly influences the plane of the margin. In the capillaris it is more
spread out, but the enlargement and dentition are still very percepti-
ble. One of my specimens of the sulecvfus presents the dentitions
more complete than I have observed in any other species. In all the
species where this enlargement takes place, a corresponding groove may
be observed in the interior part of the valve. In corroboration of my
conclusion, that these are female shells, we have specimens of full
growth of undoubtedly the same species which have not the least ap-
pearance of anenlargement; and all those which have not attained more
than one-third or half their growth never in any case present it.
* See my remarks, Vol. III., p. 431.
t ‘The male differing so much in form in the posterior part, induced me to think it to be a
distinct species, and as such, I described it in Vol. LV., p. 111, under the name of formosus.
See Plate XVL., fig. 41.
Unio cartosius
(0 raddiatits
Anodonta
ochraceus
undilata
Anodonta fluviatilis
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 51
On examining the peculiarity of this structure, we are led to the con-
clusion, that these grooves are adapted to the enlargement of the ovi-
ducts, and I have no hesitation in believing, that when the animal shall
be examined, it will be found to be adapted to this structure. Ina
former memoir, Vol. III. p. 271, I have described the very curious
conformation of the oviducts of the irroratus. No species which has
come under my notice since, presents any thing resembling it. The
situation of the oviduct being about the centre of the vaive, we do not
find that the form of the margin is changed by its sexual character.
The phaseolus (Hildreth) presents a very peculiar arrangement of
the oviducts, resembling no other species which I have examined.
The line of the branchie being very long, a continued folding of
the whole length seems to be necessary. This is accurately repre-
sented in Mr Say’s “ American Conchology,” plate 22. In the few
female specimens of this species which I have examined, I have not
been able to notice a difference of form in the shell from the male.
The females of the U. perplexus and capseformis, are distinguished
by a remarkable spreading out and extension of the whole of the pos-
terior part of the shell. ‘This very naturally has been taken for a
deformity.
So far as I have been able to examine the nodontx, I have found
them to differ in their structure as regards the oviducts. They do not
appear to be divided into sacks like the U. ochraceus, cariosus, §c., but
to present an even mass from the anterior to the posterior part. I have
examined numerous individuals of the two species, An. fluvialilis* and
undulata (Say), which exist in our vicinity, and several Ferussaciana
(nobis), of the western waters which have been sent to me by my
brother, T. G. Lea, in a preserved state. The whole lobe of the supe-
rior branchiz being charged with ova, I presume that the Anodonte
produce more young than the Uniones. In October 1834, I examined
a large number of our two species from the Schuylkill, and found the
females very much advanced in gestation. The specimens of fluvia-
tilis (see Plate XV. fig. 46), apparently, were ready to discharge their
burdens. By the pressure of the finger cn the side of the oviducts,
* Myt. fluviatilis (Soland.); An. cataracta (Say).
we. ao Pe 2 7 c
52 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
the young and perfect shells, lying as closely as possible, came from
the orifices at the inferior part of the lobe. ‘This I considered con-
clusive as regards this species, but I have not been able to decide so
satisfactorily as to the mode of the Uniones discharging their young.
I have been in the habit of keeping many living specimens in water,
that I might observe them at convenience, and have placed them so
near the surface of the water, in basins, as to examine their oviducts
with a good lens. In one case, only, have I seen any discharge, and
this was in a good sized complanatus, which sent out, while I watched
it, perhaps a dozen sacciform oviducts in quite a quick succession. My
draughtsman, Mr Drayton, happened to be in my room at the time,
and witnessed this operation. Frequently, since that period, I have
endeavoured to obtain the same result, but in no case has it recurred.
I have, therefore, had my doubts (although I then considered it con-
clusive) whether it might not have been the effect of accident arising
from the unnatural position of the animal—perhaps weakness or ap-
proaching dissolution. The An. undulata (see Plate XV. fig. 47) seemed
nearly ready to spawn. ‘The following observations were made on
one which was kept, and opened December 21. The mass of the lobes
in this species differs from the fluviatilis, in presenting a darker ap-
pearance and a very curious arrangement of the oviducts. The ova
are placed in a kind of sack whieh lie across the lobe, presenting one
end to the stomach and the other to the mantle of the animal. They
lie so close together, as to take the form, on the exterior, like the cells
of the honeycomb. This is, of course, caused by pressure. Some of
these sacks, when carefully removed, were found to contain as many
as twelve ova, each with a perfect living shell in it, having a brownish
epidermis.
Fig. a, represents a sack with its ova.
Fig. 6, represents the ovum with its perfect young shell included.
Fig. c, represents the honeycomb appearance, and is eight times
magnified.
Among the species which I had under examination, were numerous
specimens of U. radiatus, and, very much to my surprise, I found the
females putting on two quite different forms as regards the inferior
posterior portion of the mantle.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 53
Plate XV., fig. 48, represents a female, with the parts protruded, as
she lay at the bottom of a basin of water. The inferior portion of
both sides of the sacciform branchiz are visible, and bordered with
black. ‘The fringe of the mantle bordering this portion is furnished
with brownish palpi, of one-eighth to three-eighths of an inch long,
the two longest being the anterior ones, and opposed to each other.
This part of the mantle is in frequent motion, as if in the action of
throwing the water on the oviducts.
Plate XV., fig. 49, exhibits avery different apparatus for this part of
the mantle. In the place of the palpi, we have a gray, spotted, fleshy
ciliate prolongation of the mantle, which terminates in two long flexi-
ble feelers, nearly an inch long. At the posterior end of this portion
there is a remarkable black spot on each side, surrounded by a white
ring, presenting an extraordinary resemblance to an eye.
The difference between these two forms of the same portion of the
mantle of the radiatus is truly curious. It seems difficult to be-
lieve it possible that they should not differ specifically. In the charac-
ters of the shells, however, I can find no difference whatever, and no one
has, I believe, thought of dividing the radiatus of our rivers. Further
investigation may throw some light on this apparent deviation in na-
ture, and | trust the attention of the observant naturalist will be given
to it. Circumstances have prevented me from following up these exa-
minations, but it is my intention to resume them again.
I had commenced with the examination for sexual character with a
good deal of ardour, and intended to have carried this through every
month of the year, so far as the seasons permitted. The circumstances
alluded to above, prevented the execution of this being as complete as I
desired, and { propose to give extracts from my notes, rather than at
present to draw conclusions.
Oct. 12, 1834.—I opened a large number of shells from the Schuylkill.
Twenty-five U. complanatus. These were all found to be without
charged oviducts!!
Eleven U. nasutus. Four were found to be females, seven males.
Twenty-four U. cariosus. 'Ten were found to be females, fourteen
males.
Vi.—o
54 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Twenty-four U. ochraceus. Ten were found to be females, fourteen
males.
Six Margaritana undulata. One was found to be a female, five
males.
One Margaritana marginata. Sex female.
Four Anodonta undulata. One was found to be a female, three
males.
Six Anodonta fluviatilis. ‘Three proved to be females, three males.
Oct. 23, 1834.—Opened a fine specimen of Marg. marginata and
found the oviducts forming a lobe like the 4n. fluviatilis, there being
no apparent sacks, but the whole mass was largely distended. ‘The foot
and surrounding portions were found to be of a salmon colour, as well
as the edge of the mantle, which diminishes in intenseness as it ap-
proaches the sides and back. The perfect shells could be observed,
but they were not so far advanced as to be yet brown.
Opened five specimens of Marg. undulata. Only one had charged
oviducts, which were found to be similar to the above, but not quite |
so far advanced. ‘Termination of the foot slightly salmon colour.
Opened two U. ochraceus. One male, the other female. The lat-
ter fully charged.
Nov. 16, 1834.—Examined three specimens of U. eariosus, all ob-
tuse at posterior end.—Found them all fully charged.
Two U. ochraceus. Obtuse. Fully charged.
One U. radiatus. Obtuse. Fully charged.
One U. nasutus. Obtuse. Just commenced to swell on the bor-
der of the branchiz.
Two U. complanatus. Both males.
Two M. undulata. Both males.
Two An. fluviatilis. One male, one female.
Dec. 24, 1834.—Opened the following shells, which had been kept
in water some four, some twelve weeks, in the house.
Four U. cariosus. One female, three males.
Three U. complanatus. All without charged oviduets.
Two M. marginata. Without charged oviducts.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 55
Two M. undulata. Without charged oviducts.
One Mn. undulata, with reddish charged oviducts, displaying, in a
beautiful manner, the honeycomb appearance.
Jan. 18, 183£.—Re-examined a keg of Waiades, received from T.
G. Lea, two years since. Found An. Ferussaciana to be charged in
its oviducts like An. undulata. One U. calceolus partly charged, and
one fully charged. One U. parvus, thickened along the edge of the
oviduct, but did not appear to be perfectly developed. One An. eden-
tula was found charged like An. undulata.
Jan. 25, 1835.—Opened a large keg from T. G. Lea, taken near
Cincinnati. U. cornutus was found to differ in its form of the ovi-
ducts from other species, the sacks being inclined, and lying parallel to
each other, and pendent to the posterior part of the branchiz only. U.
trigonus, animal of a deep nearly red colour. U. sopus, orange co-
Jour. U. cylindricus, colour pale orange with a blackish line along
the lower part of the foot. U. seewris was found with the oviducts
like cariosus. Sym. complanata, colour fine orange. U. ovatus, very
like to cariosus in the oviducts. Sym. gracilis, oviducts like cariosus,
but much finer and closer. UW. triangularis, oviducts small and some-
what like cariosus, but more oblong and bent in. U. foliatus had
small oviducts.
U. clavus,* found the animal to be orange colour.
U. retusus, has oviducts on the posterior part of the branchie only ;
they resemble those of eariosus, but are smaller,
U. ellipsis. The oviducets are like retusus.
U. orbiculatus, has oviducts like cariosus.
U. rectus, has oviducts close to the posterior end.
March, April, May 1835.—During these months numerous speci-
mens were examined, which confirmed my previous observations.
May 26.—1 opened a keg containing various species, from Cincin-
nati the preceding autumn.
Twenty An. Ferussaciana. Seventeen had charged oviducts.
Four An. incerta were apparently all males.
* Scalenius ? (Rafinesque).
56 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Three An. edentula. All had charged oviducts.
Four Unio calceolus. All had charged oviducts.
One Unio planulatus. Oviducts charged.
Four Unio luteolus. Two with charged oviducts.
Several Unio crassus. Only one with charged oviduets.
A few specimens of mulliplicatus, tuberculatus, asperrimus, ecrassi-
dens, alatus, gracilis, &c., proved to be without oviducts; doubtless all
being male.
July 1835.—During this month examined some fifty or sixty speci-
mens of various species, in none of which did I find the oviduets
charged.
Aug. 11, 1835.—Received three fine specimens of U. heterodon from
Mr Clark, of Manayunk. One of these was found to be charged nearly
the whole length of the brancbize with ova. These were so small as
to require the microscope to make them out.
Sept. 6, 1835.—Opened a specimen of U. heterodon, found a few
days since in the Schuylkill. The oviducts were charged nearly the
whole length of the branchia, and the ova very perceptible with the
microscope.
Sept. 11, 1835.—Examined another U. heterodon, and found it simi-
lar to the last mentioned.
Sept. 13, 1835.—Opened a number of various species. Found three
An. undulata, with their oviducts charged, being sufficiently forward
to exhibit very plainly their singular position across the lobe of the
branchie. Also four Marg. undulata, with charged oviducts, but by
no means in a forward state.
Dec. 13, 1835.—Examined a large Marg. margaritifera, which
proved to be without oviducts. Had a strong dorsal muscular attach-
ment. The palpi along the fringe of the mantle were more grouped
than those which I have observed on the Uniones. On the branchie
were spots of a nankin yellow colour, quite consistent, but yielding to
the pressure of the knife.
Also a large Marg. marginata, nearly three inches in width. This
had oviducts filled with minute ova, just perceptible with the micro-
scope. "These two fine specimens were taken for me in Crum Creek,
——_-
=
Fe a a
p i
at ig ig Dinah aa
Oe Sean a ee eee
7
Fb}
y i “tat ev A a
oi
ee re i
i
p
f
i
i
t
t
ua
He
PL XVI Vol.6
- 1 f
/
Nig =
- - — ATLL PANRISUS ‘ “
/ en —— —_
Lia z
qontad ancqulata
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 57
by Dr Griffith. Also examined a U. radiatus, with enlarged oviducts,
but not sufficiently advanced to observe any ova with a common micro-
scope. Several others examined proved to be males.
June 5, 1836.—Opened an obtuse U. ochraceus, with large and full
oviducts. ‘The ova only so far progressed as to be visible with the mi-
croscope.
Unio spinosus. Plate XVI. fig. 50.
Tesi spinosd, subtriangulari, inflaté, inequilaterali, postice acuto-angulatd ; valvulis
subcrassibus ; clivo umboniali carinato; natibus vix prominentibus ; epidermide atro-fuscd,
glabra; dentibus cardinalibus deorsum inclinantibus ; lateralibus subgrandibus subcurvisque ;
margarild purpured.
Shell spinous, subtriangular, inflated, inequilateral, acutely angular behind ; valves
rather thick; umbonial slope carinate ; beaks scarcely prominent; epidermis dark brown,
shining ; cardinal teeth inclining downwards ; lateral teeth rather large and curved ;
nacre purple.
Hab. Altamaha, Hopeton, near Darien, Geo. James Hamilton
Cowper, Esq.
Hab. Altamaha, Liberty County, Geo. Lewis Leconte, Esq.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Shepard.
Cabinet of Professor Ravenel.
Cabinet of Major Leconte.
Diam. 1:2, Length 1:8, Breadth 3-3 inches.
From tip to tip of fourth pair of spines, 2-6 inches.
Shell spinous, subtriangular, inflated, inequilateral, acutely angular
behind; arcuate on the dorsal margin; substance of the shell rather
thick, thinner behind; spines erect, opposed in each valve, placed in a
row before the umbonial slope and nearly parallel thereto; umbonial
slope carinate; beaks scarcely prominent; ligament short and thick;
epidermis dark brown, shining, finely wrinkled; cardinaP teeth in-
VI.—P
58 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
clining downwards, single in the right and double in the left valve,
enlarged and truneate at the anterior end; lateral teeth rather large,
thickened and curved in the inferior portion; anterior cicatrices
distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the
inferior part of the cardinal teeth; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of
the beaks angular; nacre purple.
Remarks.—The genus Unio has particularly attracted the attention
of naturalists, in the fact of its presenting specimens which resemble
many of the genera and species of other families. ‘Thus we have them
to resemble an rea, a Venus, a Solen, a Modiolus, &c. ‘The shell de-
scribed above resembles that which I never expected to see in the
Jaiades, viz. the Cytherea Dione! The Unio spinosus is certainly the
most extraordinary species of this genus which has come under my
notice. Having seen but a single specimen, [ am not prepared to say
that the number of spines is uniform. ‘There are apparently four pairs.
I say apparently, for I find no antagonist spine on the right valve
opposed to that nearest the tip of the beak. The beak being slightly
eroded there, may account for its absence. That which remains on
the left valve, nearly a quarter of an inch from the tip of the beak, is-
only one-tenth of an inch long, but, being fractured, may have been
originally much larger. This I call the first pair.
The second pair is placed nearly half an inch from the same point,
and the spines directly opposite to each other. That on the left valve
is half an inch long, but, being fractured at the apex, most likely was,
in a perfect state, one-tenth of an inch longer. At the base it is nearly
one-tenth of an inch thick, at the top one-twentieth. That of the right
valve is about four-tenths of an inch long, and bifurcates two-thirds of
the way up, at an angle of nearly forty degrees, the apex of each branch
being fractured.
The spines of the third pair are not exactly opposed to each other,
but this I attribute to accidental causes in this specimen. In the
left valve the spine is placed nearer to the umbonial slope than those
which are next to it, while that of the right valve is further removed
from it; consequently neither stand exactly in the line of the row of
the whol@ on each valve. hat of the left valve is broken off three-
tenths of an inch from its base; that of the right valve is six-tenths of
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 59
an inch, and presents the only perfect apex of a spine. This apex is
rounded, perfectly smooth, and covered over with epidermal matter.
The fourth pair is nearly three-fourths of an inch from the third,
and the spines are much thicker and stronger, and are both rather over
half an inch long; that of the left valve bifurcates near the top, and a
little lower down there is the rudiment of a third branch; that of the
left valve presents no bifurcation, but has the rudiment of a branch at
the same height as that of the other valve. All the spines are flattened,
the greater diameter being transverse—their upper sides are wrinkled,
and particularly those of the inferior pair—their lower sides flattened
and smooth. This is exactly what we might expect in the formation
of these spines. 'They are constructed like the tubercles on the nodu-
lous shells and the horns on the cornutus. The border of the mantle
having deposited the calcareous matter, and the epidermal matter over
it, outside of the plane of the shell, where the base of the spine is placed,
continues to do this until the apex of the spine is reached. We would
then have the larger longitudinal part finished, with its epidermis com-
plete, and the centre would form a kind of channel to the apex. This
being reached, the mantle forms the same operation, descending in the
lower side, filling up the channel, and covering the deposit with epider-
mis, and presenting somewhat the appearance of a cicatrix. All the
spines which are broken display the remains of the channel, and at first
view might be thought to be perforate. This, however, is not the case ;
the interior of the valves indicating no appearance of the position of
the spines, except a little roughness below the last pair.
The teeth of this shell differ in some of their characters from any
Unio with which I am acquainted. The highest part of the dorsal
curve is equidistant from the extreme ends of the two teeth. The ear-
dinal teeth are remarkable for their form and position, being very much
enlarged at the anterior end, and pointing to the anterior margin. The
lateral teeth are lamellar, and unusually enlarged on the inferior por-
tion—thus forming an inverted curve, the inferior portion of the double
lamellar tooth being very much larger than the superior one.
The nacre of the shell is purple, approaching a rose colour, and is
very beautiful. The beaks being slightly eroded, renders it unable
60 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
to determine if there be any undulations there. I doubt when per-
fect specimens are found, if there will be any observed.
The above description and observations being made under the disad-
vantage of the examination of a single specimen only, it is proper to men-
tion that they may not apply to all. It is very probable that some indivi-
duals may have no bifurcation of the spines, while others may have all the
spines possessing that character. The colour of the nacre may also vary.
Professor Shepard informs me that two other specimens, now in the
cabinet of Professor Ravenel, were quite imperfect. “One of them
had but two (nearly obliterated) pairs of spines, and the other but a
single pair. The shells being eroded in the vicinity of the spines, all
traces of them had disappeared. The largest specimen was one-third
larger than that now sent.”
The existence of this curious species was first communicated to
me by Major Leconte, in 1830 or 1831, and he then very kindly pro-
mised to procure it for me through his brother. In a letter recently
received from him, he says, “I first heard of, and in fact saw, a frag-
ment of the Unio spinosus in the year 1830, as being found, along with
several other species (cf which single valves were given to me), in
the Altamaha River. Since then my brother (Lewis Leconte) has
repeatedly endeavoured to obtain specimens of it, without success, until
last winter. He once went to the situation where they are most plen-
tifully found (a distance of fifty miles, and in an almost uninhabited
country), but failed in procuring any.”* About two years after Ma-
jor Leconte first called my attention to this shell, I found that it had
been observed by Bartram in his “Travels.” In the summer of 1777
he seems to have observed it in the Mississippi. If it be not the same
species, it must be very like it. He says, “'The next morning I set off
for Point Coupé; passed under the high pointed cliffs, and then set
our course across the Mississippi, which is here near two miles over;
touched at a large island near the middle of the river, being led there,
Since the above was written, I have a letter from Major Leconte, of New York, (June
13, 1836), in which he mentions having just received his specimens of this curious Unio,
with some others which are very interesting, and he has kindly promised to place a specimen
in my cabinet,
~
PLLXAVIL Vol.o.
II a
Te beet
on FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 61
a little out of our way, in pursuit of a bear crossing from the main.
After resting a while, we re-embarked, and continued on our voyage,
coasting the east shore of the island to the upper end; here we
landed again, on an extended projecting point of clean qaad and peb-
bles, where were to be seen pieces of coal sticking in the gravel and
sand, together with other fragments of the fossil kingdom, brought
down by inundations and lodged there. We observed a large kind of
muscle in the sand; the shell of an oval form, having horns or protube-
rances near half an inch in length, and as thick as a crow-quill, which
I suppose serve the purpose of grapnels to hold their ground against
the current. Embarked again, doubled the point of the island, and
arrived at Point Coupé in the evening.” — Travels, p. 431.
I have several times endeavoured to procure the shell mentioned by
Bartram, but have not been fortunate enough to succeed. The speci-
men figured here belongs to Professor Shepard, to whom I am indebt-
ed for several other fine species from the same locality. Professor
Shepard informs me that he received three individuals from his friend
Mr Cowper, with the remark that they were obtained with difficulty
during the last summer from a bar in the Altamaha. Two of these
specimens were given to Professor Ravenel, to whose kindness [ am
indebted for the promise of one of them.
Unto piicirervs. Plate XVII. fig. 53.
Testa ellipticd, inequilaterali, subinflatd, postice undulata ; valvulis antic? crassioribus ;
natibus prominulis ; epidermide atro-viridi ; dentibus cardinalibus submagnis ; lateralibus
reclis ; margarita purpured.
Shell elliptical, inequilateral, somewhat inflated, undulated behind ; valves thicker
before ; beaks rather prominent ; epidermis blackish green ; cardinal teeth rather large ;
lateral teeth straight; nacre purple.
Hab. Mexico. Dr Burrough.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Burrough.
Cabinet of Academy of Natural Sciences.
VI.—Q
}
|
]
62 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Diam. °8, Length 1-2, Breadth 2-1 inches.
Shell elliptical, inequilateral, somewhat inflated, furnished with nu-
merous small folds on the posterior slope and side; substance of the
shell thick before, and thinner behind; beaks rather prominent; liga-
ment short and light horn-coloured ; epidermis very dark green ; cardi-
nal teeth rather large, single in the right valve and double in the left;
lateral teeth rather short and straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; pos-
terior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices situated on the base of the
cardinal teeth ; cavity of the shell rather deep ; cavity of the beak angu-
lar; nacre purple, rarely white.
Remarks.—Among the shells recently sent by Dr Burrough from
Mexico, were many specimens of this species, which I believe not to
have been before described. It is remarkable for the numerous small
folds on the posterior slope, and these in some individuals extend over
the umbonial slope and posterior half of the side. In the old speci-
mens the posterior margin is disposed to be biangular, and the epider-
mis is quite black—in the younger it is dark green, and obscure rays
may sometimes be observed. Among the specimens examined, two
were white in the nacre, and one of these salmon-coloured within the
beaks. The lateral teeth, where the beaks are eroded, are somewhat
curved.
Unio Tappanranus. Plate XVII. fig. 55.
Tesi obovatd, subinflata, inequilaterali, postice dilataté ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus sub-
prominentibus, undulatisque ; epidermide fulvo-fusca ; dentibus cardinalibus compressis cur-
visque ; lateralibus tenuis; margarita subsalmonia.
Shell obovate, rather inflated, inequilateral, dilated behind; valves thin; beaks
somewhat prominent and undulated ; epidermis yellowish brown ; cardinal teeth com-
pressed and curved ; lateral teeth thin ; nacre somewhat salmon.
U. viridis (Conrad), not Rafinesque.
Hab. Juniata, near Hollidaysburg. Dr. Kirtland.
Schuylkill, and a small stream near Lancaster. Mr Hyde.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 63 }
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Kirtland.
Cabinet of Judge Tappan.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Diam. -7, Length 1-1, Breadth 2 inches.
Shell obovate, rather inflated, inequilateral, dilated behind, subalate ;
umbonial slope rounded, inflated ; substance of the shell thin and trans-
parent behind, opaque and thicker before; beaks somewhat prominent,
furnished with double undulations ; ligament rather short and slender ;
epidermis yellowish brown, with dark rays, more numerous on the
portion behind the umbonial slope ; cardinal teeth lamellar, curved out-
ward, single in the right and double in the left valve; lateral teeth aci-
cular; single in both valves, and nearly straight; anterior cicatrices
distinct; posterior cieatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed on the
base of the cardinal teeth ; cavity of the shell deep and rounded ; cavity
of the beak small and angular; nacre somewhat salmon coloured.
Remarks.—Dr Kirtland found this shell near Hollidaysburg, on the
Juniata, where he obtained it last autumn; and to his kindness I owe
the specimen in my cabinet. In outline it resembles U. modiolifor-
mis (nobis), but cannot be easily confounded with that shell, being less
inflated, less obovate, and more carinate. In the teeth it differs also,
and is peculiar. The specimens which have come under my notice
have the lateral teeth single in both valves; in the left valve there is a
slight disposition in one of the specimens to duplication. The nacre
of the shell is very iridescent and satin-like, the border dark ochre
brown: this causes the stages of growth to be distinct.
It is remarkable that, being an inhabitant of the Schuylkill, there
should have been but a single specimen taken, that river having been
almost daily searched by so many active zoologists.
T name it after my friend, Judge Tappan, of Ohio.
ee
: S nectithee ~
-* ee ee ae ee quien:
64 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Anoponta DECORA. Plate XX. fig. 63.
Testa ellipticd, inequilaterali, valde inflatd ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominulis, ad
®
apices undulatis ; epidermide glabra, und vittatd ; margarité alba, salmonis colore tinetd.
Shell elliptical, inequilateral, very much inflated ; valves thin ; beaks somewhat pro-
minent and undulated at the tip; epidermis smooth and single banded ; nacre white
and salmon colour.
Hab. Canal near Cincinnati, Ohio. T. G. Lea.
Canal near Chilicothe, Ohio. Dr Ward.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of TI’. G. Lea.
Cabinet of Dr Ward.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Diam. 1:8, Length 2°5, Breadth 3-9 inches,
Shell elliptical, nearly straight on the dorsal margin, subangular be-
hind, inequilateral, very much inflated; substance of the sheli thin;
beaks rather prominent, and undulated in a double series at the tip;
ligament rather long and straight; epidermis smooth and shining, fur-
nished with green rays beyond the dark transverse band situated about
the middle of the valve; posterior slope dark, with three rays on each
valve; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dor-
sal cicatrices situated in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity
of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks rather small; nacre slightly
salmon-coloured in the cavity, and white on the remaining portion.
Remarks.—My brother, T. G. Lea, called my attention some years
ago to this shell. It, however, so nearly resembled 4. plana (nobis),
that I was disposed to consider it only a variety of that species. A re-
markably fine suite, however, recently received from Dr Ward, has satis-
fied me that it ought to be separated from it. Indeed these specimens
are so much inflated, as to have induced Dr Ward to suppose they might
belong to An. Stewartiana (nobis). ‘The broad and distinct band which
in adults transversely crosses the valve about half way between the beak
and the margin, is very remarkable in this species. This band defines
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 65
the extent, in the interior, of the tint ofsalmon colour. Beyond this the
epidermis is usually of a fine green and rayed, while the umbones and
beaks are almost without rays.
Buuimeus tactevs. Plate XXIII. fig. 100.
Testd ovato-conicd, imperforatd, nitida, lacted, tenui, subdiaphand, minutissime transver-
sim striatd, inferne bruneo vittata ; anfractibus senis ; apertura subparva ; labro acuto.
Shell ovately conical, imperforate, shining, milky, thin, somewhat transparent, trans-
versely and minutely striate, base with a brown band; whorls six; aperture rather
small ; outer lip acute.
Hab. about one hundred miles up the Magdalena River, Colombia.
T. R. Peale.
My Cabinet.
Philadelphia Museum.
Diam. °4, Length -7 of an inch.
Remarks.—This is one of the new shells brought by Mr Peale from
his scientific expedition into Colombia. It may be distinguished by
the brown band, which immediately surrounds the base of the columella.
One of the individuals under my inspection is more transparent and
less white than the other.
Buus Peautanus. Plate XXIII. fig. 106.
Testi ovato-conicd, imperforatd, levi, nitidd, cinered, subcrassa ; flammulis purpureis lon-
gitudinalibus picta ; anfractibus senis ; apertura patuld, purpurea ; labro acuto, reflexo.
Shell ovately conical, imperforate, smooth, shining, ash coloured, rather thick ; fur-
nished with longitudinal purple spots ; whorls six ; aperture widened out, purple ; outer
lip acute, reflected.
Hab. near the Rapids of Angostura, Colombia. T. R. Peale.
Wile —— IR;
66 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Philadelphia Museum.
Diam. -4, Length 1-1 inches.
Remarks.—During Mr Peale’s travels in Colombia, he found a sin-
gle specimen of this beautiful species, and I am indebted to his kind-
ness for the privilege of describing it. In this individual the longitu-
nal spots are more numerous on the whorl next to the body-whorl,
there being none on that part near to the outer lip.
Buuimus Cotompranus. Plate XXIII. fig. 110.
Testd elongato-turritd, perforata, nitidd, alba, tenui, minutissime transversim striata ; apice
aurea; anfractibus septenis ; apertura subparva ; labro acuto.
Shell elongately turrited, perforate, shining, white, thin, transversely and minutely
striate ; apex golden colour; whorls seven ; aperture rather small; outer lip acute.
Hab. about one hundred miles up the Magdalena River, Colombia.
T’. R.. Peale:
Philadelphia Museum.
Diam. °5, Length 1-2 inches.
Remarks.—The spire is long, and the aperture about one-third the
length of the shell. It is nearly milk white, and so thin as to be
somewhat translucent.
Buiimvus cornevs. Plate XXIII. fig. 111.
Testa ovato-conicd, umbilicatd, corned, tenui, pellucida; anfractibus septenis; apertura
parva ; labro acuto.
Shell ovately conical, umbilicate, horn-colour, thin, pellucid ; whorls seven ; aperture
sraall; outer lip acute.
Hab. Buenavista, Colombia. T. R. Peale.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 67
My Cabinet.
Philadelphia Museum.
Diam. °3, Length -7 of an inch.
Remarks.—In form and size this resembles the B. lactea, herein
described, but may be distinguished at once by its colour, its umbilicus,
and the absence of a band. Owing, apparently, to the roughness of
the epidermis, its surface is scarcely shining. I owe this shell to the
kindness of Mr Peale.
Heuix Warprana. Plate XXIII. fig. 82.
Testa orbiculato-converd, umbilicata, inferne depressd, nitidd, corned, diaphand ; anfrac-
tibus senis, longitudinaliter striatis ; striis confertis ; spird obtusa ; labro acuto, intus spis-
sata.
Shell orbicularly convex, umbilicate, flattened below, shining, horn-coloured, trans-
lucent; whorls six, longitudinally striate ; striae close; spire obtuse ; outer lip acute,
within thickened.
Hab. near Cincinnati, Ohio. T. G. Lea.
near Chilicothe, Ohio. C. J. Ward, M.D.
j My Cabinet.
Cabinet of T. G. Lea.
Cabinet of C. J. Ward, M.D.
Diam. °4, Length -3 of an inch.
Remarks.—While I had several specimens of this species from my
brother, T. G. Lea, holding them somewhat in doubt as to their being
distinct from H. ligera (Say), I received several fine specimens from
Dr Ward, who informed me that “the inhabitant is differently marked
from ligera.” He says, “the base of the foot is white, posteriorly
acute. Body white, with blackish brown spots over it, and one large
and two smaller black longitudinal bands extending from the neck to
the end of the body.”
68 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
CycLtostoma MacunATa. Plate XXIII. fig. 87.
Testa suborbiculata, transversim striatd, carinatd, maculata, diaphand, umbilicata ; an-
fractibus quinis ; spird subbrevi; ultimo anfractu medio carino cincto ; labro margine albo,
reflexo.
Shell suborbicular, transversely striate, carinate, spotted, transparent, umbilicate ;
whorls five ; spire rather short; carinate on the middle of the last whorl; margin of
the lip white and reflected.
Hab. Manilla. W. W. Wood.
Philadelphia Museum.
Diam. °4, Length °5 of an inch.
Remarks.— This pretty little species of Cyclostoma was sent by Mr
Wood to Mr T. R. Peale, to whom I owe the opportunity of describing
it. Its transparency and numerous brown spots distinguish it at once
from all other species with which I am acquainted. In the individual
before me, there is a second obscure carination above that on the mid-
dle of the whorl. In others this may be found to be more distinct
or entirely wanting.
Puianorsis tens. Plate XXIII. fig. 83.
Testa parva, lenticulari, lato-umbilicatd, ad peripheriam carinatd, pellucida, corned ; an-
fractibus ternis ; apertura magna.
Shell small, lenticular, widely umbilicate, carinate on the periphery, pellucid, horn-
coloured ; whorls three ; aperture large.
Hab. near Cincinnati, Ohio. R. Buchanan.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of R. Buchanan.
Cabinet of T. G. Lea.
Diam. 3-20ths, Length 1-20th of an inch.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 69
Remarks.—This is the smallest of the Planorbes which has come
under my notice, and may at once be distinguished by its lenticular
form. ‘The specimens in my possession I owe to my brother, T. G.
Lea. They were first pointed out to him by Mr Buchanan.
Nore.—I would be glad to be permitted to mention here, that the Helicina pulcherrima
(Vol. V. page 49), and Helix purpuragula (Vol. V. page 51), supposed to be from Java,
really inhabit Cuba, having recently received some collected on the mountainous part of that
island.
Recently, in examining with a lens a very perfect specimen of Carocolla spinosa (See Vol.
IV. page 104), I observed a remarkable character which had before escaped me. The supe-
rior part, in very perfect specimens, exhibits a crimped epidermis of a peculiar nature, being
very irregular in the sizes of the crimps. Beneath the epidermis the shell is striate.
Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, August 19th, 1836.
GENUS MARGARITA.
Supcenvus Unro.
Unto cranirervs. Plate XIX. fig. 60.
Testa nodulosa, subrotunda, inflata, ponderosd ; valvulis crassibus; natibus vald2 promi-
nentibus ; epidermide atro-fuscd ; dentibus cardinalibus grandibus ; lateralibus brevibus sub-
rectisque ; margarita colore cocao.
Shell nodulous, subrotund, inflated, ponderous ; valves thick ; beaks very prominent ;
epidermis dark brown ; cardinal teeth large ; lateral teeth short and nearly straight ;
nacre chocolate-colour.
Hab. Ohio River, near Cincinnati. T. G. Lea.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of T. G. Lea.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
VA)
70 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Diam. 1-4, Length 1:9, Breadth 1-9 inches.
Shell nodulous, subrotund, emarginate behind, inflated, ponderous,
suleate on the posterior slope; substance of the shell very thick ; um.
bones large; beaks very prominent; tubercles not numerous, rather
small, disposed to be erect and transverse ; ligament rather short; epi-
dermis dark brown; cardinal teeth large and spread out; lateral teeth
short, thick, and nearly straight; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior
cicatrices distinct; dorsal cicatrices situated on the inferior portion of
the cardinal teeth; cavity of the shell small; cavity of the beaks deep
and angular; nacre chocolate-colour.
Remarks.—This shell is very closely allied to the verrucosus
(Barnes), and has been, I believe, generally considered as a variety of
it. In several of its characters, however, it is quite distinct. It differs
in being a smaller shell, in being much more inflated over the umbones,
in the granules or tubercles being smaller, more erect and more trans-
verse. In the epidermis it is much darker. In my youngest specimen
the beaks are nearly perfect, and at the tip they are very minutely and
closely undulated.
Unio spLenpipus. Plate XIX. fig. 61.
Testa ellipticd, valde inflata ; valvulis subcrassibus; natibus prominentibus ; epidermide
vald? radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus subcompressis ; lateralibus remotis lamellatisque ; mar-
garitd: splendidé rosdque.
Shell elliptical, very much inflated ; valves rather thick; beaks prominent; epidermis
very much rayed; cardinal teeth somewhat compressed ; lateral teeth separate and
lamellar ; nacre splendid rose-colour.
Hab. Altamaha River, near Darien, Geo. James Hamilton
Cowper, Esq.
Hab. Altamaha, Liberty County, Geo. Lewis Leconte, Esq.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Shepard.
Cabinet of Major Leconte.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 71
Diam. 1-4, Length 1-7, Breadth 2-8 inches.
Shell elliptical, very much inflated; substance of the shell rather
thick; umbones large; umbonial slope carinate; posterior slope with
three indistinct ribs on each valve; beaks prominent; ligament rather
long and somewhat thick; epidermis yellowish, with numerous dark
green rays over the whole disk; cardinal teeth somewhat compressed,
double in both valves, enlarged at the anterior portion; lateral teeth
separated from the cardinal teeth, lamellar, the inferior division of that
of the left valve enlarged, and longer than the superior one; anterior
cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices with-
in the cavity of the beaks under the cardinal tooth; cavity of the shell
deep and angular along the carina of the umbonial slope; cavity of beaks
deep and rounded ; nacre splendid rose-colour.
Remarks.—I owe this species, which came into my possession some
months since, to Professor Shepard, who procured it from his friend
Mr Cowper. It very closely resembles the U. ochraceus (Say), but
may be distinguished from it by its carinate umbonial slope, and its
being more inflated. The colour of all the specimens I have examined
is, in the nacre, of a rose tint. A single one has a slight salmon colour
mixed with it. When more are examined, there may be some found
entirely salmon or white.
I owe to the kindness of Major Leconte some very fine specimens
from Liberty county, where they were found with the U. spinosus.
SuspcGenus MArGARITANA.
M. arcuna. Plate XXII. fig. 69.
Testa plicata, triangulari, valde inflata ; valvulis tenuissimis ; clivo umboniali carinato ;
natibus valde prominentibus ; epidermide atro-viride, radiatd ; dentibus laminatis, irregulari-
bus; margarita ceruled.
Shell plicate, triangular, very much inflated ; valves very thin ; umbonial slope cari-
nate ; beaks very prominent ; epidermis dark green, radiated; teeth lamellar, irregu-
lar; nacre bluish.
~
i)
DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Hab. Altamaha, Liberty County, Geo. Lewis Leconte, Esq.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Major Leconte.
Diam. 1-6, Length 1-7, Breadth 2-2 inches.
Shell plicate, triangular, very much inflated; substance of the shell
very thin; umbones very large; umbonial slope acutely carinate ; pos-
terior slope very much flattened, having an indistinct furrow along the
edge of the carina; folds about eight, large on the beaks, and diminish-
ing along the edge of the carina; ligament small; epidermis dark green,
with numerous green rays over the whole disk; teeth lamellar, irregu-
lar; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices not perceptible ;
dorsal cicatrices not perceptible ; cavity of the shell very deep, acutely °
angular under the carina, having two furrows leading from the beak to
the posterior margin; cavity of the beak very deep and angular; nacre
very thin, bluish, often tinted with pink.
Remarks.—I owe to the kindness of Major Leconte the possession
of this very interesting species. It is entirely distinct from any I am
acquainted with, and is peculiar for the folds which are placed along
the umbonial slope, and lie at right angles with it. It is among the
most inflated species of the family, and the substance of the shell is
thinner than in any species of its size which I know. ‘The posterior
slope is so flat, that the valves when placed on that part will rest there.
In the folds it has some resemblance to the Alas. undulata (Say), but
in this species they are larger and more numerous than in the undulata.
In outline it resembles U. triangularis (Barnes). Taking a posterior
view of it, one is reminded, by the outline, of Cardium cardissa.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 73
Continuation of Mr Lea's Paper. Read, Nov. 4th, 1836.
Unio Dorreumuanvus. Plate XVII. fig. 54.
¥
Testa subtriangulari, inflata, tuberculata, inequilaterali; valvulis precrassis ; natibus
magnis elevatisque; dentibus cardinalibus magnis erectisque ; lateralibus brevibus curvisque ;
margarita alba.
Shell subtriangular, inflated, tuberculate, inequilateral; valves very thick; beaks
large and elevated; cardinal teeth large and erect; lateral teeth short and curved ;
nacre white.
Hab. Ohio River. Mr Dorfeuille, Cincinnati.
My Cabinet.
Diam. 2-2, Length 2°6, Breadth 2-9 inches,
Shell subtriangular, inflated, tuberculate on the umbones ; substance
of the shell very thick; beaks large, very prominent and recurved ;
ligament short and thick; epidermis dark brown and transversely stri-
ate ; cardinal teeth large and erect; lateral teeth short, thick and curved ;
anterior cicatrices distinct, the great one forming a very deep pit; pos-
terior cicatrices distinct; dorsal cicatrices situated on the inferior part
of the cardinal tooth ; cavity of the shell deep; cavity of the beaks deep
and angular; nacre white.
Remarks.—A single specimen of this species belonged to the Mu-
seum of Mr Dorfeuille, who very obligingly presented it to me. I do
not know from what part of the Ohio it was obtained, and although a
single specimen, and resembling two species, I have considered it pro-
per to propose it as a new species, being unable to class it with any
one known to me. In general outline and thickness it resembles
U. trigonus (nobis), but, having higher beaks and being tuberculated,
cannot be classed with that species. In the possession of tubercles it
resembles U. pustulatus (nobis), but differs from it in having very ele-
vated thick beaks, in having very few tubercles (these are scattered over
VI.—T
74 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
the central portion of the disk only), and in the outline being suban-
gular.
Unio piscus. Plate XVIII. fig. 57.
Testa ellipticd, vald? compressd, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominentibus ;
dentibus cardinalibus magnis ; lateralibus longis, & cardinalibus separatis ; margarild purpurea
et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, very much compressed, inequilateral; valves thick; beaks promi-
nent; cardinal teeth large ; lateral teeth long, being separated from the cardinal teeth ;
nacre purple and iridescent.
Hab. India.
My Cabinet. “y
Diam. 1°4, Length 3:3, Breadth 5-2 inches.
Shell elliptical, very much compressed, biangular behind, inequilate-
ral; substance of the shell thick; beaks prominent; ligament long
and thick; cardinal teeth large, regularly sulcate and deeply cleft in
the left valve; lateral teeth long, thicker at the posterior end, and sepa-
rated from the cardinal tooth; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior
cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed across the base of the cardi-
nal tooth; cavity of the shell very shallow; cavity of the beaks Ta-
ther small and subangular; nacre purple and iridescent.
Remarks.—This description is made from a single decorticated valve,
procured of Mr B. Tanner, who purchased it in a Jot of shells brought
from India. When [I first saw this specimen it was evident to me
that it differed from any known American species; and finding, subse-
quently, that it was most probably a native of India, I could no longer
hesitate as to its being new. It bears some resemblance to U. crassidens
(Lam.) and U. alatus (Say). It differs from the former in being flatter,
more spread out, and the substance of the shell being less thick. From
the latter it differs in being thicker in the substance of the shell, in
being ovate, and being without a wing. It is very much to be regret-
ted that the exterior should be so much deprived of its epidermis as to
“9
eS a
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 75
render it impossible to form a correct opinion as to its appearance in
a perfect state.
Unto contraveEns. Plate XVIII. fig. 58.
Testa obovald, subinflaid, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus; natibus subprominentibus
undulatisque ; epidermide subviridi ; dentibus cardinalibus lineatis, duplicibus in valuulam dex-
tram; lateralibus tenuibus subcurvisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.
Shell obovate, rather inflated, inequilateral ; valves thin ; beaks rather prominent and
undulated ; epidermis greenish ; cardinal teeth linear, the double one in the right valve ;
lateral teeth thin and somewhat curved ; nacre pearly white and iridescent.
in El ay Fane
My Cabinet.
Diam. -7, Length 1-1, Breadth 1-9 inches.
Shell obovate, rather inflated, smooth, inequilateral; substance of the
shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent, with numerous small undula-
tions extending on the posterior slope; ligament rather long and thin;
epidermis yellowish green over the whole disk, except the posterior
slope, which is green; cardinal teeth long, linear, single in the left
and double in the right valve ; lateral teeth long, thin, and somewhat
curved; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cieatrices confluent;
dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity
of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks rather shallow and angu-
lar; nacre pearly white and iridescent.
Remarks.—I am not acquainted with the habitat of this shell, having
purchased it of a dealer, who did not know from what waters it was
obtained. In the exterior and general appearance it resembles U. Tup-
panianus (nobis). ‘The remarkable character of its cardinal teeth will
distinguish it from that and all other species with which I am acquaint-
ed. The single and double tooth have here changed places, the single
_being in the left valve. ‘They are thin, and run nearly paraliel to the
margin. ‘The undulations about the region of the beaks are remarka-
bly fine and beautiful.
;
_ +. Gall Ane
aw 2
76 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Unro Menxranus. Plate XIX. fig. 59.
Testa ellipticd, subcompressd, inequilaterali, valvulis subtenuibus ; natibus subprominenti-
bus undulatisque ; epidermide fulvd et multiradiata ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis erectisque ;
lateralibus longis subrectisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, rather compressed, inequilateral ; valves rather thin; beaks some-
what prominent and undulated; epidermis yellow and much rayed; cardinal teeth
small and erect ; lateral teeth long and nearly straight; nacre pearly white and iri-
descent.
Hab. Harpeth River, Ten. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. ‘9, Length 1:5, Breadth 2°5 inches.
Shell elliptical, rather compressed, inequilateral, radiated over the
whole disk; substance of the shell thin behind, thicker before; beaks
somewhat prominent and undulated at tip; ligament rather long and
thin; epidermis yellow, rather smooth, with numerous rather large,
green rays, radiating to all parts of the margin; cardinal teeth small,
conical, deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth long and nearly
straight ; anterior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dor-
sal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of
the shell rather shallow; cavity of the beaks rather small and subangu-
lar; nacre pearly white and iridescent.
Remarks.—This is another new species of the many I owe to the
kindness of Professor Troost. It has some resemblance to U. inferrup-
tus (nobis), and may be said to connect that shell with UW crassus (Say).
The two specimens which I have before me are covered with beautiful
green rays over the whole disk, they being thicker and darker on the
posterior half. The undulations of the beaks are small and numerous,
[ name it after the able German conchologist, Dr Menke.
A
PL .XTX Vol.6.
f
F po
PE ie
Tmo graniterws
Unto Menktanius Unio splendidus
Drawn ve by Jd. Drayton
PL.XX VoLG,
ke a
tnadonta Wahlamatensts
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. ae
AnoponTa NurrauuiAna. Plate XX. fig. 62.
Testa alala, ellipticd, compressa, glabra, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus connatisque ;
natibus compressis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide politd ; margarité alba.
Shell winged, elliptical, compressed, smooth, inequilateral; valves thin and connate ;
beaks compressed and undulated at the tip; epidermis polished ; nacre white.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro.
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. -7, Length 1-5, Breadth 2-3 inches.
Shell winged, elliptical, flattened on the side and enlarged on the
umbonial slope, subemarginate at base, smooth, inequilateral ; substance
of the shell thin, the valves being connate over the ligament; beaks
compressed and undulated at the tip; umbonial slope furnished with
several impressed lines; epidermis smooth and polished, having a dark
broad band at the line of growth near the margin; cicatrices scarcely
visible ; cavity of the shell very small; cavity of the beaks very small;
nacre white.
Remarks.—I am greatly indebted to the learned and enterprising
traveller, Professor Nuttall, for this and two other species of MAnodonia,
which come from an entirely new locality. The rivers beyond the
Rocky Mountains had not before been examined in regard to their
mollusca, and we have now for the first time the pleasure of seeing a
specimen of this family from these waters. The Wahlamat is the river
known in Lewis and Clark’s Travels under the name of Multnoma.
This species has some resemblance to ln. Benedictensis (nobis), but
may be distinguished by its flattened sides and dark band, as well as its
polished surface.
VE.—U
78 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Anoponta Wantamatensis. Plate XX. fig. 64.
Testa alata, triangulari, subinflatd, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus connatisque ; natibus
subcompressis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide subfulgidd ; margarild alba.
Shell winged, triangular, somewhat inflated, inequilateral ; valves thin and connate ;
beaks rather compressed and undulated at the tip; epidermis somewhat shining ; nacre
white.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. °8, Length 1°8, Breadth 2-5 inches.
Shell winged, triangular, inflated on the lower posterior part, inequi-
lateral; substance of the shell thin, the valves being connate over the
ligament; beaks rather compressed, undulated at the tip, and yellow as
far as the first stage of growth ; epidermis rather smooth and shining, hav-
ing a small dark band at the line of growth near the margin; cicatrices
scarcely visible; cavity of the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks very
shallow; nacre white.
Remarks.—This is one of the species brought by Professor Nuttall
from his late expedition to the Cclumbia River, over the Rocky Moun-
tains. It has some resemblance to the Wuttalliana, but cannot be easily
mistaken for that species, being different in outline and more inflated.
In its outline and in the inflation of the lower posterior portion of the
shell, it resembles Alas. complanata (Barnes). Professor Nuttall also
met with this and the above species in Lewis’s River, a branch of the
Shoshonee.
AnoponTa pAyontsa. Plate XXI. fig. 65.
Testa elliptica, inflata, valde radiata, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ;, natibus prominu-
lis, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide glabra ; margarita ceruled. —
Be 4dnodonta Newtonensts ~
nodonta pavonta Anodonta Oréeyonensis
Irawin by J Dray
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 79
Shell elliptical, inflated, very much radiated, inequilateral ; valves thin ; beaks some-
what prominent and undulated at the tip; epidermis smooth ; nacre bluish.
Hab. head waters of the Little Beaver, Ohio. J. P. Kirtland, M.D.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Kirtland.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Cabinet of Dr Jay.
Diam. 1:1, Length 1:5, Breadth 3 inches.
Shell elliptical, inflated, very much radiated, inequilateral ; substance
of the shell thin; beaks somewhat prominent and furnished with ra-
ther large undulations at the tip; ligament rather short and thin; epi-
dermis smooth, shining and furnished with numerous dark green rays,
which diverge to the whole margin, the larger ones being generally
about the centre of the valye; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior
cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices placed on the interior of the curve
at the point of the beaks; cavity of the shell deep and large; cavity of
the beak small and angular; nacre bluish.
Remarks.—I owe to Dr Kirtland this beautiful Mnodonta, which
he has recently discovered in the Little Beaver, in considerable
quantities. In the interior it very much resembles An. Ferussacia-
na (nobis) and has, like that shell, an incipient tooth at the immediate
point of the beak. In the exterior it is distinguished from all the
species with which I am acquainted, by its numerous and very beau-
tiful dark green rays, which so much pervade as to give the disk, in
some individuals, almost a black appearance.
Avoponta Newrontensis. Plate XXI. fig. 66.
Testa ellipticd, inflata, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ; natibus subprominentibus, ad apices
undulatis ; epidermide fulgida ; margarita alba.
Shell elliptical, inflated, inequilateral ; valves thick ; beaks rather prominent and un-
dulated at the tip; epidermis shining ; nacre white.
80 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Hab. Newtown Creek, New Jersey, near Philadelphia. Wm. Hyde.
Also Schuylkill, at Fair Mount.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Diam. 2-1, Length 2:3, Breadth 4-6 inches.
Shell elliptical, inflated, inequilateral; substance of the shell thick;
beaks somewhat prominent and rather largely undulated at the tip; liga-
ment rather short; epidermis dark brown, smooth, shining and ap-
parently without rays; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices
confluent; dorsal cicatrices obsolete; cavity of the shell deep; cavity
of the beaks very small; nacre white, sometimes salmon colour.
Remarks.—The large specimen here figured was found by Mr
Hyde in Newtown Creek, nearly opposite to Philadelphia, many
years since, and is the only full grown or large one I have seen.
Within five or six years, from time to time, I have found near Fair
Mount, six individuals, which, although they appeared not to be mature
shells, were evidently different from any described nodonta, and I
have not hesitated to refer them to this species observed by Mr Hyde.
The specimens from Fair Mount are rather thin in the substance of the
shell, while that from Newtown Creek is somewhat thick. This may
be referred to difference of age. In all the specimens there is an en-
tire absence of rays and the young are possessed of a yellow epidermis.
This species differs from the An. fluviatilis, (cataracta, Say), in being
more transverse, in the beaks being more medial and in having the
undulations of the beaks larger; while the fluviatilis is more granulate.
AnoponTa Oreconensis. Plate XXI. fig 67.
Testiz subalata, elliptica, subinflata, inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus viv promi-
nentibus, ad apices undulalis ; epidermide subfulgida striataque ; margarita alba.
Shell subalate, elliptical, somewhat inflated, inequilateral ; valves thin ; beaks scarcely
prominent, undulated at the tip; epidermis rather shining and striate ; nacre white.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 81
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. 1, Length 1°8, Breadth 3°2 inches.
Shell somewhat winged, elliptical, rather inflated, inequilateral ; sub-
stance of the shell thin; beaks scarcely prominent and undulate at tip:
epidermis somewhat shining and striate; posterior and anterior cica-
trices both confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the ca-
vity of the beaks; cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beak
very small; nacre white.
Remarks.—Another species for which I am indebted to Professor
Nuttall, procured in his late journey. It has some resemblance to An.
eygnea, but is still more closely allied to Mn. Benedictensis (nobis).
ANopONTA Exits. Plate XXII. fig. 68.
Testa lala, valde compressa, inequilaterali; valvulis tenuibus; natibus vix prominulis ;
epidermide glabra ; margarita ceruled et iridescente.
Shell wide, very much compressed, inequilateral ; valves very thin; beaks scarcely
prominent ; epidermis smooth; nacre bluish and iridescent.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °8, Length 1-6, Breadth 3-4 inches.
Shell wide, very much compressed, slender, rounded before and an-
gular behind, inequilateral; dorsal and basal margin nearly parallel ;
substance of the shell very thin; beaks scarcely prominent; ligament
long and thin; epidermis smooth, brown, apparently without rays; an-
terior cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices
posterior to and below the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell wide
VIL—V
82 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
and shallow; cavity of the beaks very small; nacre bluish and irides-
cent.
Remarks.—I procured this remarkably compressed nodonta from
Mr Warren, of Boston. Its habitat, unfortunately, was not known.
It may be distinguished from all the other species with which I am
acquainted by its compressed and slender form.
IrnminA caLestis. Plate XXII. fig. 70.
Testa latissimd, subcylindraced, levissima, vald2 inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus
prominulis ; epidermide polita, tenebrosa ; margarita ceruled et iridescente.
Shell very broad, subcylindrical, very smooth, very inequilateral ; valves thin ; beaks
somewhat prominent ; epidermis polished, very dark; nacre bluish and iridescent.
Hab. Africa.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Jay.
Diam. -7, Length 1-1, Breadth 3-4 inches.
Shell very broad, subcylindrical, very smooth, very inequilateral,
straight on the dorsal margin, rounded before and angular behind ; sub-
stance of the shell thin and delicate; beaks somewhat prominent, and
apparently without undulations at the tip; epidermis highly polished,
nearly black on the anterior, posterior and inferior portion of the valves,
obsoletely rayed ; cicatrices scarcely visible; cavity of the shell rather
deep; cavity of the beaks very small; nacre bluish, with a tint of pur-
ple on the anterior portion, very iridescent.
Remarks.—The first specimen of this shell which came under my
notice I purchased from a dealer in New York, who informed me it
came from Africa. For a second specimen, I am indebted to Dr Jay,
who gave me the same habitat. It was sent to him under the impres-
sion of its being the “ Mufel” of Adanson. By a comparison with
Adanson’s figure, it will be at once observed to differ from it entirely
mh {,
Ps dal
ia
PL.XNIT Vol.6
Mitch AX. Helt Nardiana 3 VITEPIS 104 Paludin
4 r 83 Planorh s M4 “uicina 105 Bulimus
Viana 34 Heli 15 Melania plicata 106 Physa
ff Ia os r ENE if SudLLInwes VLPVULS 107 Succinea
56 Melons OOSTL AT 17 virde 108 Bulimu
27 98 Melania intlate t 109 Patwdir <
’ lia Tix maagniti 99 Bulimus Cibbonius 10 Bulimi u
lf ATT Viitta na 100 » lactéus Lil
2 i Wit te Vegaspira Ruschenbergiana 172 1a
Z ts ] 7 LTTILLA MAalCUuULS
I2 | f 03 Altra RELA
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 83
in outline. It cannot easily be confounded with any of the described
species of Jridina. It is a small species, and may be distinguished at
once by its dark ebony epidermis, and beautiful blue and iridescent
nacre. In none of the specimens which I have seen, is there the least
disposition to crenulation on the dorsal margin. On the carina there
is a small line below, and nearly parallel to the dorsal margin.
Buiimus Guanpirormis. Plate XXIII. fig. 92.
Testa ovata, rugosa, subinflata, imperforata, subcrassd, granosd, rufo-fuscd, albo-macu-
lata ; anfractibus quaternis, ultimo magno; apertura purpured, ovata, submagnd ; labro re-
fleco ; columella levi.
Shell ovate, rugose, somewhat inflated, imperforate, rather thick, granose, reddish
brown, white spotted ; whorls four, the last being large ; aperture purple, ovate, rather
large ; outer lip reflexed ; columella smooth.
Hab. New Granada, between La Plata and Tocaima. J. H. Gib-
bon, M.D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °7, Length 1-3 inches.
Remarks.—This species is about the size of and somewhat resembles
an acorn. Its rugosity is owing to the surface being covered with nu-
merous small pits. ‘The spots are few, and placed nearly at the termina-
tion of the last whorl. On the same whorl, further removed from the
tip, there are numerous indistinct white marks. The body-whorl is
about five-sixths the length of the shell, the superior whorls being lighter,
and having a dark indistinct line along the suture. The apex is obtuse,
and the reflected lip white and rounded like a cord. I am indebted
to Dr Gibbon for this species, obtained during his recent travels in New
Granada.
84 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Buuimvus parvus. Plate XXIII. fig. 96. °
Testa conicd, imperforatd, carinati, lacted ; apice rufo ; anfractibus senis, planulatis ; aper-
turd ovata; labro acuto; columellé levi, subangulata.
Shell conical, imperforate, carinate, milky white ;- apex reddish ; whorls six, flatten-
ed; aperture ovate ; outer lip acute ; columella smooth, subangular.
Hab. near Carthagena, $8. A. J.H. Gibbon, M. D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °3, Length °5 of an inch.
Remarks.—A very small species, of which I received from Dr Gib-
bon only a single specimen. There are some marks on it which in-
duce me to believe that it may sometimes be found banded.
Buuimus yirco. Plate XXIII. fig. 97.
Testi conico-acutd, perforata, nitidd, diaphand, longitudinaliter striata; anfractibus septe-
nis, convexiusculis ; apertura ovata ; labro acuto ; columella angulata.
Shell acutely conical, perforate, shining, longitudinally striate, diaphanous ; whorls
seven, slightly convex; aperture ovate ; outer lip acute; columella angular.
Hab. near Carthagena, S. A. J.H. Gibbon, M. D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °3, Length -9 of an inch.
Remarks.—A single specimen only of this was brought by Dr Gib-
bon. It resembles in size, and some of its characters, the maculatus
herein described. It may, however, be at once distinguished by its
want of spots, the absence of a black apex, and in being perforate.
~—
oo
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 85
Buuimus Greponius. Plate XXIII. fig. 99.
Test& ovatd, ventricosd, perforatd, subcrassd, granosd, tenebroso-fuscd, atro-maculatd ;
anfractibus quinis, ultimo magno ; apertura purpurea, magna, obliqua; labro reflexo; columella
albida.
Shell ovate, ventricose, perforate, somewhat thick, granose, dark brown, black ma-
culate; whorls five, the last being large ; aperture purple, large, oblique ; outer lip re-
flexed ; columella whitish.
Hab. New Granada, between La Plata and Tocaima. J. H. Gib-
bon, M. D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. 2-4, Length 3-5 inches.
Remarks.—I owe the possession of this fine shell to the kindness of
Dr Gibbon, who obtained it during his expedition to the Pacific Ocean,
by Panama; and to him I dedicate it. It is remarkable for its dark
colour, the substance of the shell being of a dark purple. The spots
are dark, small, irregular and indistinct, and the surface irregularly pit-
ted and minutely granulate. The body-whorl is about five-sixths the
length of the shell, the superior whorls being darker, and having a
white indistinct line along the suture. The apex is pointed.
Buuimus cGracinis. Plate XXIII. fig. 102.
Testa subfusiforma, nitidd, subperforata, albidd, trivittatd, longitudinaliter striata ; an-
fractibus planulatis ; apertura ovata ; labro reflexo ; columella levi, purpurea.
Shell subfusiform, shining, subperforate, whitish, with three imperfect bands, longi-
tudinally striate; whorls flattened; aperture ovate; outer lip reflexed; columella
smooth and purple.
Hab. near Carthagena, S. A. J.H. Gibbon, M. D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °6, Length 1-4 inches.
VI.— Ww
D
is)
DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Remarks.—Among the fine land shells which I owe to Dr Gibbon
was a single specimen of this graceful looking species. Other indivi-
duals may be more or less coloured. In this one the bands are indis-
tinct, and are of a brownish tint, being more strongly marked in the
interior.
Buutimus pecoratus. Plate XXIII. fig. 108.
Testa subturrita, imperforatd, nitidd, croced, trifasciatd ; anfractibus senis, convexiusculis ;
apertura ovatd, caniculata ; labro subreflexo ; columella arcuata.
Shell somewhat turrited, imperforate, shining, reddish saffron, three-banded ; whorls
six, somewhat convex; aperture ovate, channeled; outer lip slightly reflexed; colu-
mella arched.
Hab. near Carthagena, 8. A. J. H. Gibbon, M. D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °5, - Length 1-2 inches,
Remarks.—A singularly beautiful species, and remarkable for its fine
colour, its three yellow bands, and the channel at the base. It is among
the finest of the species brought by Dr Gibbon from his late voyage
to New Granada.
Buximus Macunatus. Plate XXIII. fig. 112.
Testi conico-acula, imperforata, nitidd, alba, rufo-maculata; apic? nigro; anfractibus
. - 4 A A n
septenis, subplanulatis; apertura ovata; labro acuto ; columella subangulata.
Shell acutely conical, imperforate, shining, white, with reddish spots; apex black ;
whorls seven, rather flattened; aperture ovate ; outer lip sharp; columella somewhat
angular.
Hab. near Carthagena, S$. A. J. H. Gibbon, M.D.
My Cabinet.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 87
Diam. -3, Length -9 of an inch.
Remarks.—A delicate little species, of which I received but a sin-
gle specimen, and this not entirely perfect in the mouth. The spots
are quadrate, and arranged in a double series on the four lower whorls.
Hevix Mircneiuiana. Plate XXIII. fig. 71.
Testd superne obtuso-conicd, inferne inflatd, longitudinaliter et subtiliter striata, corned, dia-
phand, imperforatd ; anfractibus quinis ; aperturd subrotundatd; labro reflexo; columelld levi.
Shell above obtusely conical, below inflated, longitudinally and finely striate ; horn-
colour, transparent, imperforate ; whorls five ; aperture nearly round ; outer lip reflexed ;
columella smooth.
Hab. Ohio. J. K. Mitchell, M. D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. -7, Length +4 of an inch.
Remarks.—I am indebted to Dr Mitchell for this shell, which was
sent to him by afriend from Ohio. It is rather larger than the H. clausa
(Say) and H. jeyuna (Say), but in form resembles them. It may be dis-
tinguished from the latter in not being perforate, and from the former
in having a sharper lip. In its stria it is distinct from both, in having
them larger and much better defined. 3
Heuix Vancovyerensis. Plate XXIII. fig. 72.
Testd plano-converd, inferne planulata, nitidd, longitudinaliter striat@, corned, late wmbili-
cata ; anfractibus quinis, rotundatis; apertura subrotundata ; labro inferne subreflexo, supern?
depresso ; columelld brevi. callosd.
Shell plano-convex, below flattened, shining, longitudinally striate, horn-colour, wide-
ly umbilicate ; whorls five, rounded; aperture roundish; outer lip below somewhat re-
flexed, above depressed ; columella short, callous.
88 «» DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Hab. Fort Vancouver, Oregon. Professor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. 1°1, Length -5 inches.
Remarks.—Professor Nuttall informs me that this species is common
to the shores of the Columbia River. Young individuals very closely
resemble H. concava (Say). In the older specimens the lip will at
once distinguish it. ‘The depression of the superior part of the outer
lip is a remarkable character. In the older specimens the inferior and
superior termination of the outer lip are joined by a remarkable callus.
Heurwx Norravuana. Plate XXIII. fig. 74.
Test@ obtuso-conicd, subtus planulatd, umbilicatd, longitudinaliter minute striald, superne
luted, infern? tenebroso-fuscd, prope carinam fasciald ; anfractibus septenis ; apertur@ subro-
tundati, intus fasciatd; labro subreflexo ; columella levi.
Shell obtusely conical, beneath flattened, umbilicate, longitudinally and minutely
striate, above yellowish, below dark brown, near the carina banded ; whorls seven ;
aperture nearly round, banded within ; lip somewhat reflexed ; columella smooth.
Hab. from Fort Vancouver down to the ocean, Oregon. Professor
Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. 1.3, Length -8 inches.
Remarks.——This may be considered to be the finest Helix found
within the territory of the United States. It has little resemblance to
any of our species yet known. It most resembles the HZ. solilaria, but
is rather larger than that species. I owe to the kindness of Professor
Nuttall two specimens—one is darker on the superior part than the
other, being brownish. The dark band about the middle of the whorl
is remarkable—above it are two indistinct bands.
a oe
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 89
Hevix Corumprana. Plate XXIII. fig. 75.
Test@ obluso-convexd, inferne subrotundatd, nitidd, longitudinaliter striald, corned, dia-
phand, umbilicatd ; anfractibus senis, subrotundatis ; apertura subrotundatd; labro albo et re-
flexo, inferne subcalloso ; columelld levi.
Shell obtusely convex, rounded below, shining, longitudinally striate, horn-coloured,
transparent, umbilicate ; whorls six, roundish; aperture rather round; outer lip white
and reflexed, slightly callous below; columella smooth.
Hab. Fort Vancouver, Oregon. Professor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
: Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. -7, Length -4 of an inch.
Remarks.—One of the new shells brought by Professor Nuttall from
his late expedition. It very closely resembles a small individual of #.
thyroideus (Say), but may be distinguished by its having the striz more
distant, and in having a more depressed spire.
Hexix maenirica. Plate XXIII. fig. 8s.
Testd obtuso-conicd, subcarinald, longitudinaliter striata, fasciis flammeis, rubris albisque
picld, sublus seriebus pluribus punctorum rufescentium ornatd, lat? umbilicatd ; anfractibus
quinis, superne planulatis, inferne subconvevis ; apertura transversd ; labro sinuoso, reflexo ;
columell@ levi.
Shell obtusely conical, subcarinate, longitudinally striate, with white and red flame-
shaped bands, beneath furnished with many series of reddish spots, widely umbilicate ;
whorls five, above flattened, below rather convex; aperture transverse ; outer lip sinu-
ous, reflexed ; columella smooth.
Hab. New Granada. J. H. Gibbon, M.D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. 2-7, Length 1-2 inches.
Remarks.—This remarkably fine shell was among the collection
VI.—x
6G. «a DESCRIPTION OF NEW
which I owe to Dr Gibbon. In many respects it very closely resem-
bles the H. pellis serpentis (Lam.). It may, however, be at once dis-
tinguished from that species by its being striate and not granulate, a cha-
racter in pellis serpentis not noticed by Lamarck, but which exists in
all I have examined. It is also a much larger shell, and much more
flattened above. ‘The umbilicus is larger, and the area around it white.
Beneath these are seven revolving lines, which are red and white
spotted.
PaLupINA SrINIsTROSA. Plate XXIII. fig. 78.
Testa sinistros@, ventricoso-conoided, subtenui, tenebroso-corned, striald, late umbilicatd ;
suluris impressis ; anfractibus quinis, valde convewis ; aperturd subrotundald, intus purpuras-
centi.
Shell sinistral, ventricoso-conoidal, rather thin, dark horn-colour, striate, widely um-
bilicate ; sutures impressed; whorls five, very convex; aperture nearly round, purplish
within. .
Hab. .... East Indies. Miss Hodges.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Miss Hodges.
Diam. 1:1, Length 1-3 inches.
Remarks.—This is the only sinistral species of Paludina which has
come under my notice, and Iam indebted to the kindness of Miss
Hodges, of Salem, Massachusetts, for one of the two specimens which
were in her fine cabinet. This species is so ventricose that it might
be almost mistaken for an Ampullaria. It cannot, however, be con-
founded with that from the Nile (mp. carinata, Caill.). The interior
is purple brown, being at the edge of the lip bordered with white.
Under the lens the longitudinal striz will be observed to be very close
and small.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 9]
Patuprina virens. Plate XXIII. fig. 93.
Testd obliqua, crassa, subgranosd, viridi ; anfractibus subinflatis; apertur@ ovata.
Shell oblique, thick, somewhat granose, green; whorls rather inflated; aperture
ovate.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia river. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. -2, Length -4 of an inch.
Remarks.—The apices of all the specimens which Professor Nuttall
gave me are destroyed, so that it is impossible to give some of the cha-
racters of this species. It is remarkably solid for so small a species.
PanupiIna NuCLEA. Plate XXIII. fig. 103.
Testa obtuse turritd, corned, levi; suturis impressis ; anfractibus quinis ; apertura alba,
ovald.
Shell obtusely turrited, solid, horn-colour, smooth ; sutures impressed ; whorls five ;
aperture white, ovate.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia river. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. 2, Length -4 of an inch.
Remarks.—This is a small solid species, and is more oblique than
P. decisa (Say). Like it, the apex is usually cut off. Round the
mouth there is a black border, which contrasts with the pale horn-
coloured epidermis.
92 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Patupina Nickurmrana. Plate XXIII. fig. 109.
Testé turrit@, viridi, levi; apice obtuso ; anfractibus quaternis, convewis ; apertura ovata.
Shell turrited, green, smooth; apex obtuse ; whorls four, convex; aperture ovate.
Hab. Hot Springs, Virginia. P. H. Nicklin.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Mr Nicklin.
Diam. 2-20ths, Length 3-20ths of an inch.
Remarks.—This shell, with several other species, was brought by
Mr Nicklin from the Hot Springs of Virginia, and kindly placed in
my cabinet. It lives in a rivulet, whose channel is supplied by the
waters of a hot anda cold spring. The Physa aurea inhabits the same
stream. [It is the smallest species I know in our country, except the
granosa of Say. It is rather larger, and very much resembles the vi-
ridis (Lam.). Its habitat, however, is very different, as the viridis
lives in “cold fountains.”
Mexania Troostrana. Plate XXIII. fig. 86.
Testd elevatd, fuscd, multistriald ; apice acuto ; anfractibus decem, supra carinalis ; aper-
turd ovatd.
Shell elevated, brown, thickly striated ; apex acute; whorls ten, above carinate ;
apertare oval.
Hab. Mossy Creek, Jefferson County, Ten. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Diam. -5, Length 1-2 inches.
Remarks.—I owe to Professor Troost this interesting species. It
differs from any American species with which I am acquainted, in hav-
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 93
ing a sharp carina, which is placed on the inferior part of the superior
whorls. In its numerous striz it resembles the MM. multilineata (Say),
which is now I believe acceded to be only a variety, much striated, of M.
virginica of the same author. Most of the specimens which have come
under my notice are white inside, with a purple spot on the columella,
and an indistinct light band along the inferior part of the suture. Some
individuals are, however, entirely purple inside, and this gives the epi-
dermis quite a black appearance.
Note.—When I described a Melania under the name of tuberculata, I had not seen Spix’s
work on the fresh water shells of Brazil. Finding there the same name used for a Melania,
mine must of course be changed, and I would propose the name of Spixiana for it.
MEeELaAnia PLICIFERA. Plate XXIII. fig. 90.
Testa acuto-turritd, subcrassd, tenebrosd ; spird plicifera ; apice truncato ; anfractibus
convexiusculis, ultimo superne levi, inferne striato; apertura alba.
Shell acutely turrited, rather thick, nearly black; spire full of folds; apex truncate;
whorls somewhat convex, the last being smooth above and striate below ; aperture
white.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. °4, Length 1-1 inches.
Remarks.— Among the fine shells brought by Professor Nuttall from
beyond the Rocky Mountains, was this single species of Melania. It
is remarkable for its numerous folds, or ribs, which fill the superior
whorls. The inferior whorl is entirely without these ribs, but the
inferior portion is furnished with transverse striae. I am indebted to
Professor Nuttall for many specimens of this shell, all of which are
more or less truncate at the apex. The most perfect one, which is
small, has nine whorls.
VI.—¥
94 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
~ Cycnostoma Popayana. Plate XXIII. fig. 76.
Testa obtuso-converd, albida, pellucida, longitudinaliter striata, late umbilicatd, unifas-
ciatd ; anfractibus quaternis ; apice acuminato ; labro acuto ; operculo subcrasso.
.
Shell obtusely convex, whitish, translucent, longitudinally striate, widely umbilicate,
with a single band ; whorls four; apex pointed; lip sharp; operculum rather thick.
Hab. New Granada, near Popayan. J. H. Gibbon, M.D.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °8, Length °5 of an inch.
Remarks.—Brought by Dr Gibbon from his recent expedition to
South America. It very closely resembles C. striata (nobis), but may
at once be distinguished by its longitudinal striae, the striata being
transversely striate. The specimens were generally worn. That which
is represented is the only one which had any part of the epidermis
remain ng.
LymneA sotipa. Plate XXIII. fig. 91.
Testa elevato-conica, solida, levi, corned; spird subturritd ; anfractibus quinis ; columella
reflecd ; apertura subovatd.
Shell acutely conical, solid, smooth, horn colour ; spire rather turrited; whorls five ;
columella reflected ; aperture subovate.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. 5-20ths, Length 8-20ths of an inch.
Remarks.—A single specimen of this species was among the shells
given to me by Professor Nuttall. It differs from any species which
I know, in being more solid. In this specimen the interior is brownish.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 95
Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, July 21st, 1837.
Unto Raneranus. Plate XVIII. fig. 56.
Tesla obliqua, subcompressd, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus prominen-
tibus ; dentibus cardinalibus parvis ; lateralibus longis rectisque; margarita albd.
Shell oblique, somewhat compressed, very inequilateral; valves rather thick ; beaks
prominent ; cardinal teeth small; lateral teeth long and straight; nacre white.
Hab. Ohio River, near Cincinnati. T. G. Lea.
near Poland, Ohio. Dr Kirtland.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Cabinet of Dr Kirtland.
Diam. .8, Length 1-2, Breadth 1-8 inch.
Shell oblique, somewhat compressed, flattened before the umbonial
slope, very inequilateral; substance of the shell rather thick before,
thinner behind; beaks prominent; ligament rather short; epidermis
yellowish, covered with numerous green rays; cardinal teeth small;
lateral teeth long and straight; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior
cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed on the inferior part of the
cardinal tooth ; cavity of the shell small; cavity of the beaks angular;
nacre white.
Remarks.—This shell has been known to our naturalists for some
years, and has usually been considered a variety of U. perplexus (nobis),
without the tubercles. In some of their characters they agree entirely,
and the female, in both, has the same spreading out of the posterior
inferior portion, which is usually of a darker green. It is a smaller
shell than perplexus, and may be distinguished at once by its want of
tubercles and by its having nearly equidistant distinct marks of growth
which are scarcely visible in the other. In some of its characters it re-
4,
96 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
sembles U. capseformis (nobis), but that shell is elliptical while this is
oblique.
I owe to Dr Kirtland a fine suite of male and female specimens, and
it was the examination of these which induced me to assign a distinct
place for it among the species.
I name it after an ardent student of the Mollusca, Mons. Sander
Rang.
AnopontTa Pepinianus. Plate XVI. fig. 51.
Testa trapezio simili, inqwuilaterali, transversd; valvulis tenuibus ; natibus prominentibus ;
clivo umboniali subelevato; epidermide striata; margarild alba.
Shell trapezoidal, inequilateral, transverse; valves thin; beaks prominent ; umbonial
slope rather elevated; epidermis striated; nacre white.
Hab. Lake Pepin, Portage County, Ohio. B. Tappan, Esq.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Judge Tappan.
Diam.;-7, Length 1-2, Breadth 2 inches.
Shell trapezoidal, rather inflated, flattened on the sides, carinate be-
hind, inequilateral, transverse; substance of the shell thin; beaks pro-
minuent; umbonial slope rather elevated and rounded ; epidermis trans-
versely striated, with the lines of growth strongly marked and appa-
rently without rays. Anterior and posterior cicatrices both confluent;
dorsal cicatrices in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the
shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks rather deep; nacre white.
Remarks.—I owe this shell to the kindness of my friend, Judge
Tappan, who informs me that has observed it only in Lake Pepin. In
its colour, and being fragile, it resembles the 4n. fragilis (Lam.). It
may be distingnished from any of our species by its trapezoidal out-
line. The two specimens in my possession, are both in the naere slightly
incrusted with yellow spots. The smaller one being young and having
the beaks perfect, exhibits numerous fine undulations at the tip.
The specimen represented is of the largest size which Judge 'Tap-
pan has seen.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 97
AnoponTa ancuLaTa. Plate XVI. fig. 52.
Testd obovatd, snbinflatd, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis subtenuibus, natibus subpromi-
nulis ; clivo wmboniali carinato ; epidermide luteold, subradiatd ; margarita alba.
Shell obovate, rather inflated, very inequilateral ; valves rather thin; beaks some-
what prominent; umbonial slope carinate; epidermis yellow, somewhat radiated ; na-
cre white.
Hab. Lewis’s River. Professor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °8, Length 1-1, Breadth 2-4 inches.
Shell obovate, rather inflated, flattened before and behind the um-
bonial slope, very inequilateral; substance of the shell rather thin;
beaks somewhat prominent; umbonial slope acutely carinate ; epider-
mis yellow, obscurely radiated on the posterior slope dark green; an-
terior cicatrices distinct ; posterior cicatrices confluent ; dorsal cicatrices
placed in the centre of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell
rather deep and angular; cavity of the beaks shallow; nacre white.
Remarks.—A single valve, and that with a small fracture, of this
species was brought by Professor Nuttall. It is very peculiar in pos-
sessing a carinate umbonial slope, and might, on account of this cha-
racter, at first sight be mistaken for a wide specimen of Margaritana
marginata. In this individual the cavity of the beak is salmon colour,
but this may not be a permanent character. ‘The anterior margin
being small, and the posterior one large, gives it the outline of a Modtola.
Among the shells of this family brought from the Columbia River
by this distinguished traveller and naturalist, were several specimens
of Margaritana margaritifera. To find that this species inhabits the
waters flowing into the Pacific, is of peculiar interest. Its being com-
mon to the European rivers and those of the United States flowing
into the Atlantic, gave it an importance in regard to its geographical
VI.—Z
98 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
distribution, which had attracted attention, as it is the only species
which has been observed on both continents. Its discovery, now, in
the Columbia River, adds much to that interest, as it proves it to exist
on a very large portion of the circuit of our globe. It should be re-
marked that the nacre of these specimens is purple, a character not
observed from other localities. In all other characteristics there is not
apparently any difference whatever.
Carocotua Hyprana. Plate XXIIFE. fig. 73.
Testa orbiculatd, utrinque converd, subfuscd, minute granulata, late umbilicata ; anfrac-
tibus quinis; apertura subtriangulata, plicis quaternis inequalibus coarclatad; marginibus —
connewis, reflexis, subrufis.
Shell orbicular, on both sides convex, brownish, minutely granulated, widely umbi-
licate ; whorls five ; aperture subtriangular, contracted, with four unequal folds ; mar-
gin continuous, reflected, reddish.
Hab. near Porto Cabello, S. A. J.H. Gibbon, M.D.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Mr Hyde.
Diam. 1:9, Length -9 of an inch.
Remarks.—I owe the possession of this fine shell to the kindness of
Dr Gibbon. It resembles so closely C. dabyrinthus (Lam.), that I have
had some hesitation in proposing it as a new species. ‘There appears,
however, to be a difference in the form of the mouth, in the number
of the teeth, and in the surface being minutely granulate. The figure
in Wood’s Catalogue (HZ. plicata, No. 27), is no doubt intended to re-
present Lamarck’s labyrinthus, but the lower part of the mouth seems
to be represented by three distinct folds. In some specimens of our
shell the fourth tooth is wanting, and I presume this is owing to its
immaturity. I have great pleasure in dedicating this species to my
friend William Hyde, Esq.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 99
Heuix Cauirorniensis. Plate XXIII. fig. 79.
Test@ globosd, imperforatd, granosd, fused, unifasciatd; anfractibus quinis ; apertura
subrotundatd ; labro reflexo; columella levi.
Shell globose, imperforate, granose, brownish, single banded ; whorls five; aperture
nearly round; outer lip reflected ; columella smooth.
Hab. St Diego, Upper California. Professor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. -7, Length -6 of an inch.
Remarks.—This species is remarkable for its globoseness and the
single small dark band placed in the middle of a light and broader one
immediately above the centre of the whorl.
—_—_—
Hexix Townsenprana. Plate XXIII. fig. 80.
Testa obtuso-conicd, longitudinaliter striata, rugosd, fusca, umbilicaté 3 anfractibus quinis ;
aperturd subrotundatd ; labro reflexo ; columellé levi.
Shell obtusely conical, longitudinally striate,"rough, brownish, umbilicate ; whorls
five ; aperture nearly round; lip reflected ; columella smooth.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. 1, Length -6 of an inch.
Remarks.—In general form, and nearly in size, this species resembles
H.. thyroidus (Say), but differs from it in being of a darker colour and
in being rugose. Under the microscope minute transverse strize may
be observed. The lip is beautifully white, and the last whorl near its
100 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
termination yellow. I name it after Mr Townsend, who accompanied
Professor Nuttall in his travels to the Pacific.
Heurx Nicexuinsana. Plate XXIII. fig. 84.
Testd subglobosd, tenuiculd, albidd, longitudinaliter striata, nubild, perforata, unifascia-
ta ; anfractibus quinis ; apertur@ rotundatd ; labro subreflexo ; columella levi.
Shell subglobose, rather thin, whitish, longitudinally striate, clouded, perforate, sin-
gle banded; whorls five ; aperture round ; lip slightly reflected ; columella smooth.
Hab. St Diego, Upper Calefornia. Professor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. °9, Length -7 of an inch.
Remarks.—This species resembles #7. Caleforniensis (herein de-
scribed), but differs in being less globose and in having no broad light
band, as well as in being larger. ‘The whole shell, except the apex,
is mottled, the inferior part of the whorls being lighter. In the spe-
cimens before me the umbilicus is very nearly closed.
Heuix Oreconensis. Plate XXIII. fig. 85.
Testa subcarinatd, tenui, levi, rufo-fuscd, ad carinam bifasciatd, supern? subconvexd, in-
ferne subinflatd.
Shell subcarinate, thin, smooth, reddish brown, double banded on the carina, above
slightly convex, below somewhat inflated.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. °6, Length -4 of an inch.
si
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 101
Remarks.—It is much to be regretted that Professor Nuttall was
unable to procure a mature specimen of this beautiful species. The
description being made from a young individual is, of course, defective.
It is impossible to say whether it be umbilicate and whether it may
possess a reflected lip when mature. It may also acquire a much lar-
ger size. It is remarkable for a dark brown and a white band on the
carina. ‘That part of the specimen which has the epidermis, presents
in it, under the microscope, a remarkable waved appearance.
SuccineEA APERTA. Plate XXIII. fig. 107.
Testa subrotunda, tenui, flavescente, levi; spird brevissinad; anfractibus binis, ultimo
grandissimo ; aperturd latissima.
Shell subrotund, thin, yellowish, smooth; spire very short; whorls two, the last
being very large; aperture very wide.
Hab. Banks of Columbia River. Professor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. -4, Length -& of an inch.
Remarks.—This is one of the interesting shells brought by Mr
Nuttall. It is remarkable for its fullness, for the size of the last whorl,
and its mammiform apex, which is remarkably small.
Patupina Nutrauuiana. Plate XXIII. fig. 89.
Testa subglobosd, corned, levi ; suturis subimpressis ; anfractibus quaternis ; apertura
alba, subrotunda.
Shell subglobose, horn-coloured, smooth ; sutures rather impressed ; whorls four ;
aperture white, nearly round.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
‘VI.—2 A
102 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. °3, Length 4 of an inch.
Remarks.—There is a very close resemblance between this species
and P. nuclea (herein described). It is, however, less oblique, larger,
and less elevated in the spire.
Lymnea apicrna. Plate XXIII. fig. 94.
Testa obtuso-conicd, subsolidd, levi, corned ; spird breviuscula; anfractibus quaternis ;
columellé reflexd ; apertura subovata.
Shell obtusely conical, rather solid, smooth, horn-coloured; spire rather short; whorls
four; columella reflected ; aperture subovate.
Hab. Wahlamat, near its junction with the Columbia River. Pro-
fessor Nuttall.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Nuttall.
Diam. °3, Length -4 of an inch.
Remarks.—This small species is rather more globose than usual.
It is distinguished by a dark apex. Within the outer lip there is a
dark brown band.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 103
Coxtinuation of Mr Lea’s Paper. Read, January 5th, 1838.
Unio pouapreFormis. Plate XXIV. fig. 113.
i ellipticd, i it, 1 i AAS vulis crassis ; natibus inflatis inentibusque ;
Tesla elliptica, inflata, inequilaterali ; valvulis crassis ; natib lis prominentibusque ;
epidermide levi; dentibus cardinalibus sublamellatis; lateralibus longis lamellatisque; mar-
garitd alba et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, inflated, inequilateral; valves thick; beaks inflated and prominent ;
epidermis smooth; cardinal teeth somewhat lamellar; lateral teeth long and lamellar ;
nacre white and iridescent.
Hab. Altamaha River, Liberty County, Georgia. Lewis Leconte,
Esq.
Hab. Altamaha River, near Darien. Professor Ravenel.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Major Leconte.
Cabinet of Professor Ravenel.
Diam. 2:1, Length 3, Breadth 4-5 inches.
Shell elliptical, inflated, inequilateral; substance of the shell thick,
thinner on the posterior portion; beaks inflated and prominent; liga-
ment rather short and very thick; epidermis brown, finely wrinkled,
polished ; umbonial slope somewhat carinate, obscurely rayed; car-
dinal teeth not very large, compressed; lateral teeth long, lamellar,
curved, and separated from the cardinal teeth; anterior cicatrices dis-
tinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices very large, and
placed on the inside of the plate between the cardinal and lateral
teeth; cavity of the shell large and deep; cavity of the beaks large
and subangular; nacre pearly white, iridescent, sometimes pinkish in
the teeth and cavity of the beaks.
Remarks.—There is a group of Uniones to which this belongs,
which have a close resemblance to each other in nearly all their cha-
racteristics. The U. ovatus (Say) may be considered the type of this
104 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
group, and it has been with some hesitation that I have added another
species. The dolabraformis stands between ovatus (Say) and occidens
(nobis), and when young I should suppose would resemble U. globosus
(Lea). This shell was among those sent by Lewis Leconte, Esq. to
his brother, to whom I am greatly indebted for the possession of many
fine species. The strong resemblance this species bore to the occt-
dens (nobis) induced me to defer, when I described the other new
ones, the description of this for better specimens to decide upon. The
acquisition of several fine ones from Professor Ravenel no longer left
any doubt in my mind of the propriety of proposing it as a new spe-
cies. The female shell, like the oecidens, is very broad at the posterior
margin.
Unio Novi-Esoract. Plate XXIV. fig. 114.
Teslii ellipticd, subcompressd, inequilaterali; valvulis subcrassis ; natibus subprominen-
libus, ad apices undulatis ; epidermide luteola, radiata ; dentibus cardinalibus magnis erec-
tisque; lateralibus longis rectisque ; margarita alba et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, somewhat compressed, inequilateral; valves rather thick; beaks
somewhat prominent, undulated at the tip; epidermis yellow and radiated; cardinal
teeth large and erect; lateral teeth long and straight; nacre white and iridescent.
Hab. Oak Orchard Creek, Orleans County, New York. J.C. Jay,
M.D.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Jay.
Diam. -7, Length 1-1, Breadth 2-2 inches.
Shell elliptical, somewhat compressed, inequilateral; substance of
the shell rather thick, thinner on the posterior portion; beaks some-
what prominent, and minutely undulated at the tip; epidermis yellow,
with green rays nearly over the whole disk; cardinal teeth large, erect
and deeply cleft in the left valve; lateral teeth long, straight, and sepa-
rated from the cardinal teeth; anterior cicatrices distinct; posterior
cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices placed in the centre of the cavi-
ty of the beaks; cavity of the shell shallow; cavity of the beaks sub-
+
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 105
angular and shallow; nacre white, and very iridescent on the posterior
portion.
Remarks.—This species more nearly resembles U. iris (nobis) than
any other I am acquainted with. It is, however, a thicker shell, more
angular behind, and not quite so transverse. The epidermis is more
yellow. I am indebted to the kindness of Dr Jay for the specimen
in my cabinet, from which the figure is taken.
Unio Cuarmornensis. Plate XXIV. fig. 115.
Testa ellipticd, subinflata, inequilaterali; valvulis crassis; natibus subprominentibus ;
epidermide luteola, levi; dentibus cardinalibus parvis; lateralibus longis lamellatisque ;
margarild alba et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, somewhat inflated, inequilateral; valves thick; beaks somewhat pro-
minent; epidermis yellow, smooth; cardinal teeth small ; lateral teeth long and lamel-
lar; nacre white and iridescent.
Hab. Alabama River, near Claiborne. Judge Tait.
My Cabinet.
Diam. -6, Length 1, Breadth 1-7 inches.
Shell elliptical, somewhat inflated, inequilateral; valves thick;
beaks somewhat prominent; ligament rather long and thin; epider-
mis yellow, smooth, with a few obsolete rays; cardinal teeth small and
compressed ; lateral teeth long, lamellar, and nearly straight; anterior
cicatrices distinct; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices
placed in the interior of the cavity of the beaks; cavity of the shell
not very deep; cavity of the beaks small; nacre pearly white and iri-
descent.
Remarks.—Among the number of fine shells sent to me some years
since by the late Judge Tait, was one whole specimen and an odd
valve of this shell. In hopes of procuring more and better specimens.
I delayed bringing it forward as a new species, and regret now to have
to figure and describe an individual not mature, the odd valve being
VI.—2 B
106 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
considerably larger. It has a strong resemblance to U. luteolus (Lam. )
and to U. Hydianus (nobis), but does not, like them, possess distinct
rays.
ANODONTA SUBCYLINDRACEA. Plate XXIV. fig. 117.
Tesla ellipticd, inflata, subcylindraced, valde inequilaterali ; valvulis tenuibus; natibus
subprominentibus undulatisque; epidermide fusca; margarita subcaruled et iridescente.
Shell elliptical, inflated, nearly cylindrical, very inequilateral; valves thin; beaks
somewhat prominent and undulated ; epidermis brown; nacre bluish and iridescent.
Hab. Oak Orchard Creek, Orleans County, New York. J. C. Jay,
M. D.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Dr Jay.
Diam. ‘8, Length 1-1, Breadth 2-2 inches.
Shell elliptical, inflated, rounded at both ends, nearly cylindrical,
very inequilateral; substance of the shell very thin; beaks somewhat
prominent and minutely undulated at the tip; epidermis brown, and
without rays; anterior cicatrices confluent; posterior cicatrices con-
fluent ; dorsal cicatrices not perceptible; cavity of the shell deep; cavi-
ty of the beaks very shallow; nacre bluish and iridescent.
Remarks.—This Anodonta resembles, particularly in an immature
state, the dn. Ferussaciana (nobis). It is not, however, so large a shell,
and the beak is more terminal. The undulations of the beaks, which
are nearly concentric, are also smaller. Dr Jay very kindly placed
the shell above described at my disposal many months since.
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 107
Potyeyra DorreuituiaNna. Plate XXIV. fig. 118.
Testi supern? obtuso-conicd, inferne subinflatd, nitidd, corned, longitudinaliter striata,
late umbilicata ; anfractibus senis ; apertura lunatd, tridentata.
Shell above obtusely conical, below somewhat inflated, shining, horn-colour ; longi-
tudinally striate, widely umbilicate; whorls six; aperture lunate, three-toothed.
Hab. Ohio. Mr Dorfeuille, Cincinnati.
My Cabinet.
Diam. °3, Length -2 of an inch.
Remarks.—I adopt Mr Say’s genus Polygyra, believing the divi-
sion, though very artificial, quite as good as many made by Lamarck.
This species has, like Polygyra fatigiata (Say) and P. plicata (Say),
one large tooth on the left lip and two smaller ones on the right lip.
It differs from the first in not being carinate, from the last in being
larger and having larger strie. In the Dorfeuilliana the tooth on the
left lip is large and square, with an indentation in the centre. The
view into the mouth is nearly obstructed by the teeth, leaving, to ap-
pearance, three nearly square apertures. The superior part of the shell
is striate, while the inferior part is nearly smooth, and exhibits two
volutions. I have seen but a single specimen, which I believe is the
only one obtained by Mr Dorfeuille, who obligingly sent it to me.
Potyeyra Troostiana. Plate XXIV. fig. 119.
Testa superne subplanulata, inferne subinflatd, corned, longitudinaliter striat@, late umbi-
licata ; anfractibus senis ; apertura lunatd, tridentata.
Shell above nearly flat, below somewhat inflated, horn-coloured, longitudinally stri-
ate, widely umbilicate ; whorls six; aperture lunate, three-toothed.
Hab. Tennessee. Professor Troost.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Professor Troost.
Diam. -4, Length -2 of an inch.
108 DESCRIPTION OF NEW
Remarks.—This species strongly resembles P. Dorfeuilliana, here-
in described, being nearly of the same size, and possessing most of its
characters. It differs, however, in the large solid tooth on the left lip
being more angular, and in the two teeth on the right lip being some-
what differently placed. In the stria it differs much, these being lar-
ger, much better defined, and passing entirely over the whorls. In
the umbilicus it is wider, and shows more of the two whorls. This
shell forms the fourth of a group, the form of the apertures of which
is exceedingly alike, viz. P. fatigiata (Say), P. plicata (Say), and P.
Dorfeuilliana (nobis).
Continuation of Mr Leas Paper. Read, January 19th, 1838.
Unio Browntanus. Plate XXIV. fig. 116.
Testa trigoni, inflatd, vald? inequilaterali, alata ; valvulis crassis ; natibus prominentibus ,
epidermide striata; dentibus cardinalibus subgrandibus ; lateralibus longis; margarilé
alba.
Shell triangular, inflated, very inequilateral, winged; valves thick; beaks promi-
nent; epidermis striated; cardinal teeth rather large; lateral teeth long; nacre
white.
Hab. River Amazon, South America. Captain George Brown.
My Cabinet.
Cabinet of Captain Brown.
Diam. 1, Length 1, Breadth 2 inches.
Shell triangular, inflated, very inequilateral, winged on the poste-
rior part; substance of the shell thick; beaks prominent; ligament
rather long and thin; epidermis dark brown, finely striate, and polish-
ed on the umbones; umbones inflated; umbonial slope carinate ; car-
dinal teeth rather large and striate; lateral teeth long and nearly
FRESHWATER AND LAND SHELLS. 109
straight; anterior cicatrices distinct, the smaller being situated above
the large one; posterior cicatrices confluent; dorsal cicatrices very
small; cavity of the shell rather deep; cavity of the beaks shallow.
Remarks.—This shell belongs to Lamarck’s genus Hyria, which, in
my proposed arrangement, I have placed among the Uniones having
one cardinal and one lateral tooth. Iam induced to believe in the
propriety of this remaining so, until we shall have a better knowledge
of the whole family, and of course a natural arrangement. In a pre-
vious memoir* I noticed the fact, that in the genus Hyria the cicatrix
of the extensor muscle was placed over that of the anterior adductor
muscle. In the Brownianus we find them in the same relative posi-
tion.
I am indebted to Captain Brown for the examination of three spe-
cimens of this species, which he brought from the Amazon, with the
other two species already known to exist there. It most resembles 7.
syrmatophora, but differs from it in being more transverse, being less
carinate, having a shorter cardinal tooth, which is more striate, and in
having a wing much less elevated. The umbones are also more infla-
ted before the umbonial slope. It may be proper to remark here, that
in some individuals of the genus Hyria an imperfect crenulation of
the lateral tooth may be found, somewhat similar to the genus Casta-
hia (Lam.), and this is the case with one of the specimens of the spe-
cies proposed above. :
* Vol. IV., p. 67.
yi.—2 ¢
SYSTEMATIC INDEX
OF
THE SHELLS DESCRIBED IN MR LEA’S MEMOIR.
Page _ Page
Unio arctior - - ) Unio Muhlfeldianus - - 41
Barnesianus - - 31 notatus = - - - 28
Bengalensis - - - 3 Novi-Eboraci - - 104
Brownianus - - 108 obscurus = - - 7
carbonarius - - - 37 pliciferus - - - 61
Claibornensis - - 105 pulcher - - - 6 .
coccineus - - - 12 pumilus - - e. 23
contradens - - 75 Rangianus - - 95 os
creperus - - - 33 Roanokensis = - - - 27 . a .
Cumberlandicus— - - 25 simus - - - 26 a
discus - - - 74 splendidus - : - 70
dolabreeformis : - 103 spinosus - - - 57
Dorfeuillianus - - 73 solidus - - - 13 e
Fisherianus - - 8 Tampicoensis : - 24 1 ,
folliculatus - - - 38 Tappanianus” - - - 62
gibber - - - 35 turgidus- - - 11
_glaber - - - 34 Vanuxemensis - - 36
graniferus - - 69 Vaughanianus - : 5
Hopetonensis - : - 29 venustus - - - 4
Hydianus - - - 14 Zeiglerianus - - 32
interruptus : - - 15 Margaritana arcula - - = 7
Jayensis - - - 28 _deltoidea = - - 43
jejunus = % - 9 fabula_ - a 41a
lamellatus - - - 19 Holstonia - - 42 -
Lecontianus = - - - 40 Anodonta angulata = - : - 97
lugubris- - - 30 Buchanensis - - 47
Medellinus - - - 39 cylindracea - - 45 "
Menkianus - - 76 decora - - - 64
SYSTEMATIC INDEX OF MR LEA’S MEMOIR.
Anodonta exilis - -
gigantea
Newtoniensis
Nuttalliana
Oregonensis
ovata -
Pepiniana -
pavonia -
salmonia -
subcylindracea
Wahlamatensis
Wardiana
Tridina celestis - -
Helix Californiensis
Columbiana -
magnifica -
Mitchelliana -
Nickliniana -
Nuttalliana -
Oregonensis
Townsendiana~ -
Vancouverensis
Wardiana -
Carocolla Hydiana -
Polygyra Dorfeuilliana -
Troostiana
Bulimus Columbianus~ -
corneus -
decoratus -
Page
81
100
100
107
107
Bulimus Gibbonius
glandiformis
gracilis -
lacteus -
maculatus -
parvus -
Pealianus -
virgo -
Succinea aperta -
Megaspira Ruschenbergiana -
Cyclostoma maculata
Popayana
Planorbis lens -
Physa aurea -
Lymnea solida -
apicina
Melania inflata -
plicata
plicifera -
Troostiana
Paludina hyalina
Nickliniana
nuclea -
Nuttalliana
pallida -
sinistrosa
virens -
Ampullaria Pealiana
1
Page
102
101
it) mo) “Aue 10
a4
an rroltlinaly wg) ; ret
Mims ~ i Ailionty ~ WW, ‘ se, pd s .
Ay pee = wapoul vr Hit pom i a
is 7 annfoowae aT) i i ;
af we Ae
7 2 unt liin ey Ae :
aa) »- onal y “oy. , 7 5 cts .
101 C= may domiaggth SRY) Qe sé et aa?
ig wit wine uns wianyn hh ths os » ipl ~
Pa hel Ahir antabroly: 1 oe Ay ‘duals »
WV bowearpa’t iy. - -
ely onal fhianall $e
+i aura nayh he a
bu ahiioe nana tet ths
roi - HAH ’ Wii
i f z: e. litt wn vos «
mn _ Basile (hp) oe - Al
i custo Cer a
ie = i fadhyoryt qutiie a Z " lids 0 at a
j 7 vitiforgrl aap hates wT =» a. : 4 is
th paratitla ¥ Me} _er > s i is Vi Ay =
Ai Hols ey ny is — a Tail in) hs
ial oy F diet univ aU is =o Ainih i “on™
¥ ’ Ahibig : ny it ‘ ‘yt Vien & :
ia nad daltby >is i =
iG : ~ anti ange rye a" me, / “ ioe :
uf - = ausilen’ t evn tluguta ii os Soe “ty
7 he % : a
es
Continuation of Mr Lea’s Paper.
SYNOPSIS
OF
THE FAMILY OF NAIADES.
Tue following table of arrangement and synonymy was undertaken
purely with the view and in the hope of clearing away the difficulties
which had incumbered one of the most interesting families of the
Mollusca. In this attempt the author met, while pursuing his task,
with obstructions and difficulties which he little anticipated at its com-
mencement. The want of some of the books of reference, and the
confusion which reigned throughout many of them, sometimes pre-
sented obstacles which seemed almost insurmountable. Inattempting
to establish the synonymy, he has endeavoured to render the strictest
justice, and if in any case it is found he has failed to do this, it will be
a matter of sincere regret to him.
In the following tables there will be found in the family 323 recent
species as admitted, 29 unknown to me or doubtful, and 22 fossil; in
all 374.
Of the subgenus Unio, there are 235 species in a recent state, and
20 which I have not been able to admit as certain ; of fossil species 21,
viI.—2 D
114 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
Of the subgenus Margaritana there are 20 admitted species, and 2
which are unknown to me.
Of the subgenus Dipsas I know of but 2 species, both of which
are recent.
Of the subgenus Anodonta there are 58 admitted species, and 7
which are unknown to me. Of fossil species there is one which is
doubtful.
The subgenus Jridina has 2 species, both recent.
The subgenus Spatha has 6 species, all recent.
Most of the distinguished authors who have written on the subject
of the division of the Family Naitades of Lamarck, have acknowledged
the extreme difficulty they have encountered in separating it into sub-
divisions. This difficulty is not peculiar to the Naiades. In most of
the families where a great number of species have been observed, we
find these species so merging, and in some of their characters so fading
away into each other, that we scarcely know how, indeed in some
instances it is impossible, to make the separation with precision. “ Na-
tura non facit saltum.” In the vegetable kingdom the same obstruc-
tions to a system are encountered. The observations of Lindley* are
so just and philosophic, that I cannot refrain from quoting them here :—
“Species are created by Nature herself, and remain always the same,
in whatever manner they may be combined: they form the basis of
all classification, and are the only part of it which can be considered
absolute. For although ina natural system, all other combinations,
whether genera, tribes, orders, or by whatever name they may be
known, comprehend species agreeing much more with each other than
with any thing else, and having a positive general resemblance in the
majority of their features, yet no fixed limits can be assigned to any of
* See Introd. to Botany, p. 307.
THE FAMILY OF NAIADES. 115
them; on the contrary, they pass, by means of various intermediate
species, into the other genera, tribes, orders, &c., to which they are
most nearly allied. For this reason, viz., that no fixed limits can be
assigned to orders, genera, &c., we find the ideas about them fluctuat-
ing with the degree of our knowledge; which is the true cause of those
changes in the limits of genera, &c., which persons unacquainted with
the subject are apt to consider arbitrary; but which, in skilful hands,
are dependent upon a progressive advance in the knowledge of science.”
Blainville, in his “ Manuel de Malacologie,” divides the Matades (his
Sub-Mytilacea) into Anodonta and Unio, but thinks that species will
be found which will make these to be united.*
Sowerby says, “the difficulty of ascertaining to which genus of La-
marckian JVatades certain species belong, arises from the very general
similarity of form,” &c.; “in fact, an examination of a sufficient num-
ber of species will prove that no dependence can be placed upon the
characters by which authors usually attempt to discriminate between
these genera, and that the transition from one to another is so gradual
in some instances, and so strongly marked in others, that it is not sur-
prising that authors who having only met with certain species, and not
being aware of such intermediate links, should have considered them
as the types of new genera.”+ And further, “we think we have al-
ready said enough to prove, that unless it be thought wise to elevate
each of the peculiar sorts we have mentioned, and many more, into dis-
tinct genera, it will be positively necessary to unite them altogether
under one generic appellation.” Swainson (Zool. Illus., second series)
divides this family into Unio, Hyria, Iridina, Anodon, and Alasmodon,
but in describing An. areolatus speaks of the genera gliding into each
other.
Deshayes, in his edition of Lamarck’s “Animaux sans Vertebres,”
says it is impossible to separate the genera of the Waiades. “Nous
pourrions prendre pour exemple celui des genres qui est consideré
comme l’un des mieux caractérisés. Le genre Symphynote est fondé
sur ce caractere remarkable que les deux valves sont soudées entre elles
le long du bord superieur,” etc. “Nous concluons que tout ce grand
* See page 540. t Zool. Journ. Vol. I.
116 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
ensemble ne peut et ne doit former qu’un seul genre constituent a lui
seul la famille des ayades.”*
It might be expected that some attempt of the application of M’Leay’s
circular system should be made in regard to this family. Swainson
says that “the progression of every natural series is in a cirele.”+ In
my attempts to verify this, I have not been successful. That the came
idea exists in the construction of species is evident through a great num-
ber, but that this idea is returned to the point at which it commenced
I am not prepared to admit.
To form a systematic, and, so far as possible, a natural arrangement
of this family, has long occupied my serious attention.
I was, from my first knowledge of the family, struck with the very
different aspect of the winged species, and, taking the hint of Lamarck,t
I thought that an important division could be made by separating the
connate from the free shells, and proposed the name of Symphynota
for such as were connate. I was not satisfied at that time in separating
a genus of this family by a character differing from that of the teeth,
but presumed that the family would be taken up by some one, if not
by myself, and that the first division of it would be symphynote and
non-symphynote Natades. 'The numerous new species which have
been made known since, have satisfied me that this character cannot
be so extensively and usefully applied as I then thought it could, and
that it is not in fact free from the same objection which pervades so
many generic characters as adopted by the most intelligent naturalists,
viz. that perfect fading and mingling of character which interferes with
all the systems yet formed.
Vol. VI. p. 526.—I will be excused in taking this opportunity to correct an erroneous
impression on the mind of M. Deshayes. He says that I was not able to examine the collec-
tion of the Museum of Paris. ‘‘ Malgré cette imperfection qu’il ne pouvait empécher, le travail
de M. Lea se recommende & l’attention des naturalistes par ces observations judicieuses, des
descriptions exactes,”’ ete. It would be strange, indeed, if after spending so many years in
the study of this family, that I should neglect, while in Paris, to see the collections from
which Lamarck made so many descriptions. I was frequently at the museum, and on one
particular occasion, by appointment of MM. Blainville and Ferussac, arranged, in the pre-
sence of these and other gentlemen, all the species of the Naiades that were in the museum,
and named them; and also presented to the museum about fifteen species which were new to
that great national institution. I also did the same thing for Baron Ferussac, having desig-
nated every specimen in his cabinet belonging to this family.
+ Swainson, in Lard. Cycl. Nat. Hist. p. 247. tee VOleov ls p37.0,
THE FAMILY OF NAIADES. 117
Sowerby, after examining into the propriety of dividing the family
into genera, came to the conclusion of keeping but one genus, viz. Unio:
this he divided into A without teeth, B with teeth. These he subdi-
vided into winged and not winged. Another subdivision followed
these, on the presence, form, and absence of teeth. There is evidently
much merit in this division; but it is not perfect; nor ought we to ex-
pect perfection, I believe, in any system. Ferussac informed me, when
in Paris, that he proposed to consider the Family Naiades to consist of
one genus, Margaritifera, which genus he divides into the following
subgenera: 1. Anodonta; 2. Iridina; 3. Dipsas; 4. Triquetra;* 5.
Alasmodonta; 6. Unio.
In Vol. 3 of our Trans. p. 398, Mr Nicklin expresses the opinion
“that the seven genera, now referred to the family of Naiades, are
founded in artificial distinctions, and not in nature ; and that in fact the
family contains but one genus.”
After mature reflection, I have come to the conclusion, in forming
this systematic arrangement and catalogue, to divide the family into
two genera, Margarita and Platiris, and both of these into subgenera.
Under this system, the best place for the symphynote shells would be
a division of the subgenera into Symphynote and Non-Symphynote.
* Klein. This it would appear Baron F. intended should embrace my genus Symphy-
nota, as he included all he knew of them except S. bialata.
vVI.—2E
FAMILY NAIADES
I. GENUS MARGARITA
= w 2
. Subgenus Unio,
. Subgenus Dipsas,
LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
Symphynote—Unio alatus,"
Xe.
Non-Symphynote—U. picto-
Having a cardinal and lateral tooth. “4
rum,’ Xc.
nata,° Ke.
Subgenus Margaritana, Symphynote—Alas. compla-
Non-Symphynote—Alas. un-
Having one tooth (cardinal).
‘{ dulata,’ &c.
Symphynote—Dipsas _plica-
Having a linear tooth under the dor- tus.”
sal margin.
Subgenus Anodonta, fica,’ &e.
Non-Symphynote—An. flu-
Having no teeth.
L
f Symphynote—Sym. magni-
|
viatilis,’ Xe.
= { 1. Subgenus Iridina, PHP ERIDE re exoti-
&
= Having a crenulate dorsal margin.
a
£ ) 2. Subgenus Spatha say ts
e 6 =~ Non-Symphynote—I. Niloti-
F Having the dorsal margin non-cre- ca.
. nulate.
After the divisions of Symphynote and Non-Symphynote shells, we
have what appears to me four very natural subdivisions, viz.
a Of Say.
b Of Lamarck.
© Of Barnes.
a Of Say.
© OflLeach. Only two species yet known, this and S. discoidea, Lea.
£ Lea.
8 Mytilus fluviatilis, Sol., Dill. &c. An. cataracta, Say.
h Of Lamarck.
' Of Sowerby,
— ee — lO
THE FAMILY OF NAIADES. 119
1. Plicate shells.* 3. Spinous shells.t
2. Nodulous shells.t 4, Smooth shells.
Each of these subdivisions may be again separated, according to the
form of their outline, thus:
1. Quadrate.* 6. Subrotund.*
2. 'Triangular.° 7. Wide.‘
3. Oblique.* 8. Obovate."
4. Oval.’ 9. Arcuate.’
5. Oblong.°
The shell is supposed to be lying on its side with the ligament fur-
thest removed from the observer, and the beak to the right of it. The
base will of course be nearest to him, and the anterior margin to his
right, while the posterior margin will be to the left. This is my mode
of arranging my whole cabinet, which contains over 2100 specimens
of this family, each differing in some character or locality.
In attempting to make acomplete synopsis of the Naiades, much la-
bour has necessarily been expended. I do not present this as a perfect
work, but it has been made as much so as the opportunities in my pos-
session permitted. Errors may have arisen from two sources: first,
default of judgment; second, from accident, owing to the mass of re-
search necessary to accomplish the object, considering the crude state
As Unio plicatus. Lesweur.
As Unio pustulosus. Lea.
As Unio spinosus. Lea.
As Unio complanatus. (U. purpureus. Say.)
No regard of course is paid in this division to the folds or undulations of the beaks, as all
the species are more or less disposed to this character.
2 As U. asperrimus. Lea.
As U. triangularis. Barnes.
As U. clavatus. Lam.
As U. crassus. Say.
As U.complanatus. Solander.
As U. circulus. Lea.
As U. rectus. Zam.
As U. modioliformis. Lea.
As M. margaritifera. (Al. arcuata. Barnes.)
Wr a OK
“wm rohan
120 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
the subject was in. I shall be most agreeably disappointed if there be
not parts pointed out as erroneous which are substantially correct. It
will be observed that the works of M. Rafinesque are but little quoted.
This has arisen from the utter impossibility of satisfying myself as to
his species, causing me at an early period to abandon the task of mak-
ing out his very imperfect descriptions. His own discrepancy in the
names sent to Ferussac,* and those which are attached to specimens
here, together with the want of accordance in the tables made out by
his friends, have induced me to regard his claims as being too slender
torely upon the decisions, so contradictory, of the several parties, in the
absence of the individual specimens noted. In the absence of these
specimens, which no naturalist has, I believe, ever seen but the Profes-
sor, I feel myself compelled to prefer other authorities, which are now
almost universally received by our men of science. I am the more
fortified in this conclusion, when I see that his most ardent advocate
acknowledges that he has made six species from a single one ;} and the
absurdity is still stronger when we turn to Professor R.’s monograph,
and find that this single species has furnished several gencra, and is
placed in fact in two different sub-families !!!
In regard to the Catalogue published last year by Baron Ferussac,
in which he gives precedence to many of Professor Rafinesque’s names,
it must be remembered that this has been done on the authority of
others, and not from the inspection of the subjects themselves. Had
he known the manner in which these claims had been brought for-
ward, he certainly would have admitted them with doubt.
‘« Les erreurs involuntaires qui échappent & M. Rafinesque dans ses envois augmentent
aussi la difficulté de reconnaitre ses espéces. Nous avons recu de lui les mémes coquilles
sous différents noms, et d’autres avec les noms évidemment autres que ceux qu’elles portent
dans sa Monographie. II en est résulté une difficulté inextricable pour la détermination de
ses espéces, et pour pouvoir établir une synonymie exacte entre lui et les autres qui, depuis,
se sont occupés des Mulettes.”’"—Magasin de Zoologie, p. 13.
+ Conrad’s Synoptical Table on New Fresh Water Shells of the United States, p. 72.
U. triangularis.
THE FAMILY NAIADES. 121
FAMILY NAIADES.—Zamarck.
GENUS MARGARITA.
I. SUBGENUS UNIO.
TRIANGULAR.
TRIANGULAR. Hyria avicularis. Lam. Crouch.
*angulatus. Lea. Hyria syrmatophora. Sow.
Hyria corrugata.t Lam. Sow. Hyria elongata?|| Swain.
Mya angulata. Wood. Unio caudatus.§ Wagner.
si Unio corrugata. Blain. Prisodon obliquus. Schum.
3 Unio rugosus. Wagner.§ Prisodon truncatus. Schum.
m Paxyodon ponderosus. Schum. Diplodon furcatum.§ — Spiz.
Triplodon rugosus. Spix.§
n :
z a *Brownianus. Lea.
S gigas. Lea. =
Zz 4 . 6 i
L dia gigas. Swain. Zz
# a a na = |e *levissimus. Lea.
= 48 Symph. levissima. Lea, in Trans.
S *inflatus. Lea. Sq ier ae °
= aaa Ton A ecle Am. P.S. Eaton.
= eee ean Trans. Ain. bri Unio levissima. Deshayes.
= Ps: Aa
> =
: :
*alatus. Say. *eracilis. Barnes. Hild.
Unio alatus. Say. Lam. Swain. Unio planus. Barnes.
Jey eAth Unio fragilis. Swain.
Mya alata. Wood. Symph. gracilis. Lea, in Trans. Am.
Symph. alata. Lea, Trans. Am. P.S. P.S. Eaton.
*syrmatophorus. Lea. *compressus. Lea.
Mya syrmatophora. Gronovius. Gmel. Symph. compressa. Lea, in Trans.
Wood. Dill. Am. P.S.
ee
SMOOTH.
* All the species preceded by an * are in my Cabinet. ‘The inner column forms the Synonyms.
+ It will be observed, throughout this Synopsis, that where any change has been made of generic or speci-
fic names, that I have placed my name there. This is not done with a view to claim any merit, but in accord-
ance with that which is usually done. The object is to show the author of the change, and nothing further.
t This specific name having been used by the older conchologists, as well as Lamarck, for a shell from In-
dia (Unio corrugata), it becomes necessary, as I retain that as the older, to change this, which I do to Wood’s
name.
§ On the authority of Ferussac.
|| Mr Gray thinks this to be a « perfectly distinct species.” I have never seen the shell, and feel too much
in doubt to insert it as such.
VI.—2 F
122 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
( {QUADRATE. TRIANGULAR.
*Nicklinianus.t Lea. Cast. quadrilatera.|| D?’ Orb.
Cast. inflata. D? Orb.
*celatus. Con. ban
PAE *foliatus.4] Hild.
*multiplicatus.{ Lea. Unio flexuosa? Ref
Unio heros. Say, in Disseminator. Unio Aces eau: Con. ee eniaes
Unio undulatus. Say, Am. Conch. Shik uaae , >
é y pe le
No. 2. Deshayes. : : :
Unio foliatus. ‘ =
Unio heros. Say, Am. Conch. No. 6. tcoat Comer tnplale 4, Mo
*undulatus. Bar. Valen. Hild. Desh.
Unio costata? Raf.
Unio costatus. Con.
OVAL.
*pliciferus. Lea.
WIDE.
*multistriatus. Lea. D’Orb.
Diplodon ellipticum? —Spix.
*plicatus. Lesueur. Say. Bar. Eat. Hild.
Unio Peruviana. Lam.
Unio rariplicata. Lam.
Unio Dombeyanus. Valen.
Unio undulata. Desh.
Unio multiplicata. Desh.
PLICATE.
*subtentus. Say. Con.
*Conradicus. Lea.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
PLICATE
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNLONES.
sope
aculissimus. Lea.
Lea.
Unio crassidens. Lam. Var. a.
*Murchisonianus. Lea.
Unio interruptus.§ Say.
Unio Douglasiz. Gray.
TRIANGULAR. *Grayanus. Lea.
*ambiguus. Lea. ‘
Castalia ambigua. Lam. D’Orb. ARCUATE.
Unio ambigua. Blain. Desh. Sow. ponderosus. Lea. ‘
Mya ambigua. Wood. Mya ponderosa. Solan. Dill.
Tetraplodon pectinatum. Spiz. Mya crassa. Wood.
| *trapezoides.
+ This distinct and beautiful species was described from a single valve not entirely perfect. When the
whole shall be found perfect, I think it likely to prove symphynote.
{ When I deseribed the multiplicatus in 1830, I had had several specimens for two or three years, and was
not aware that Mr Say had published a shell under the name of heros, which he subsequently abandoned as the
undulatus of Barnes; but in 1834 reclaimed as heros. I consider that Mr Say’s abandonment of the species
entitles me to it, if my previous claim be not sufficient.
§ Mr Say, in his “Synonymy,” claims precedence in this species, although my Memoir bears date May
1830, while his is December 1831. (See Transylvania Journal, Vol. V.) ‘The reader will not after this be
surprised to be told that Mr Say does not allow me, in his very incorrect ‘‘ Synonymy,” to be the discoverer of
a single new species of Unio from our western waters! ! I may be allowed also to state, that I do not under-
stand why he gives the same name to two of his different numbers: thus, he calls No. 17, U. interruptus, Ra-
fin.; and No. 47, U. interruptus, Say. The species are evidently distinct.
| Lowe to the kindness of M. D’Orbigny specimens of this and inflata. I regret, however, that I am compelled
to differ in opinion with this distinguished naturalist, believing, as I do, that there has been as yet observed but
one species of Lamarck’s Castalia.
§ The male of foliatus is certainly a triangular shell—the female differs in form very much, having a deep
THE FAMILY NAIADES. 123
QUADRATE. TRIANGULAR.
*lacrymosus.t Lea. *cornutus. Bar.
Unio reflexa? Raf.
*asperrimus.{ Lea. Unio reflexus. Con.
Unio quadrulus. Say.
SUBROTUND.
*fragosus.§ Con. *pustulosus. Lea.
Unio verrucosus. Bar. Var. b.
Phillipsii. Con. Unio verrucosa. Valen.
- &, Unio verrucosus albus. Say; but
eI *pustulatus. Lea. SI not of Hildreth.||
S S
Bi *Schoolcraftensis. Lea. S *turgidus. Lea.
ae Unio prasinus. Con. A|s Unio Mortoni. Con.
OJA OW-g
m) a Zs *C rl Lea
& | | rrrancurar. aie oe ca j
a :
= SEDER oy Re ; *verrucosus. Bar. Lat.
z a @ Unio tuberculata? Raf.
fo epee Was S Unio tuberculosa. Valen.
z 4
tek Unio verrucosus purpureus. Hild.
Se eee ian Unio rabereniaiie ea
*stapes. Lea. *oraniferus. Lea.
*metanever. Lea. *nodulosus. Lea.
Unio metanevra. Raf. Mya nodulosa.§[ Wood. Dill.
Unio nodosus. Bar.
Uniorugosus (Flat). Bar. *jrroratus. Lea. Eaton.
L Unio metanevrus. Con, Unio verrucosus albus. Hild.
inflection on the posterior basal margin. It may be doubted if this should be considered a plicate shell. I con-
sider that the folds of the growth, particularly in the male shells, require it to be placed here.
+ It is a matter of some doubt if this be more than a beautiful variety of asperrimus (nobis). Future ob-
servation must determine. Ferussac and some other zoologists believe it to be distinct. Dr Ward says they
‘‘are certainly distinct.”
it Mr Say supposed this to be the rwgosus, Barnes. Two specimens referred to by Mr B. as rugosus were
under my inspection, and proved to be—the one a flat metanevra, Rafin., the other a plicafus (Lesueur). Mr
B. in his reclamation recognises his rugosus as U. Peruviana, Lam., which shell is undoubtedly the plicatus,
(Lesneur and Say).
§ This shell has been considered the female of asperrimus (nobis), but I am, after the examination of
many specimens, disposed to think it to be distinct. Some of our best western naturalists think it to be the true
rugosus of Barnes.
|| A specimen sent to me by Dr Hildreth as Unio verrucosus albus, proved to be a true trroratus (nobis).
4 This shell, as figured by Wood in his ‘‘ General Conchology,”’ seems to me to be distinct from the pus-
tulosus (nobis), with which it has been confounded. The figure of Wood is longer than any pustulosus I have
seen, and the epidermis is much darker (‘bottle green’’). The nodules are more numerous about the beaks, and
the lateral tooth is longer and thicker. I doubt if the nodulosus be an American species.
124 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
( {SUBROTUND. :
= { WIDE.
* 4 °
dromas. Lea. = *spinosus. Lea.
2
ee QUADRATE
*sopus. Green. =
5 he *arceformis. Lea.
Unio cicatricosus. Con. ; not of Say. Unio nexus.¢ Say
Unio varicosus. Con.; not of Lea. , .
TRIANGULAR.
*triangularis. Bar. Eat. Hild. Say.
Unio formosus.§ Lea. (Male.)
*varicosus. Lea.
Unio cicatricosus? Say.t
*perplexus. Lea.
P Unio cuneatus. Swain.
1s Unio gibbosus? Raf.
: ae if *elegans.|| Lea.
8 Unio gibbosus. Con. bi
&
°
8 . : ;
saa = donaciformis.4] Lea.
*Leaii. Gray.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
*zigzag. Lea. Eat.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
*granosus. Brug. Lam. Pane :
eterodon. Lea.
*tuberculatus. Bar. Eat. Hild.
*penitus.t+ Con.
Nove Hollandie. Gray.
*securis. Lea. Eat.
Unio depressa.t¢ Raf; but not of
Lam.
*cylindricus. Say. Eat. Hild.
Unio naviformis. Lam. Blain. Valen.
+ Never having seen the specimen described by Mr Say as cicatricosus, I am unable to decide if it be the
same with varicosus (nobis). ‘T'wo things mentioned by Mr Say induce me to doubt it. He calls his ‘a com-
mon species,”’ and says it is ‘‘ distinguishable by the single series of transverse elevations on the middle.’’ The
latter remark does not apply to varicosus, and I have always deemed it a rare shiell.
t Say and Conrad both commit the error of giving precedence to nexus. My description of arcxformis is
in my memoir, read before the American Philosophical Society May 20, 1831, while Mr Say’s was first de-
scribed in the Transylvania Journal of December 1831. Subsequently he republished it in his American Coneh-
ology, No. 6, where he places erroneously the date of 1832 to my memoir.
§ Mr Barnes’s description of triangularis was made from a female shell, and mine of formosus from the
male. There being an obvious distinction of the sexes in every specimen, my error was a very natural one, as
we were not at the time acquainted with the sexual differences in the Naiades.
| Mr Say thinks that Mr Barnes’s wdulatus, Var. a, is the same with elegans. I think differently, and
would fortify my opinion in the fact, that Mr B. does not mention the zigzag rays which are strikingly singular
in the elegans, and could not have failed to have elicited his remarks had it been under his eyes.
§| Ihave expressed my doubts, Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. IV., page 84, (page
94 in ‘* Observations on the Genus Unio,’’ &c.,) if this be more than a fine variety of zigzag (nobis). Mr Say
gives it as a synonym to nervosus, Raf., and Mr Conrad as truncata, Raf.
t+ I received from Judge Tait of Alabama, in 1830, several specimens of this species, but they were not
sufficiently perfect to induce me to publish them. Mr Conrad does not mention the rays, a very peculiar cha-
racter of which is their being dotted somewhat like those of secwris (nobis), but in a lighter manner.
ti Mr Conrad makes depressa, Raf., ellipsaria, Raf., and securis (nobis), synonymous with lineolata,
THE FAMILY NAIADES. 125
TRIANGULAR. TRIANGULAR.
*camelus. Lea. *pileus. Lea.
*ovatus. Say. Lam. Bar. Valen.
Eat. Hild. Con.
Unio ventricosus. Desh. *trigonus. Lea.
Unio subovatus. Desh.
Unio occidens. Desh.
*Sowerbianus. Lea.
--—___—_———.,
*solidus. Lea.
*subovatus.t Lea. *obliquus. Lam.
Unio undatus. Bar.
Unio trigonus.§ Say and Con.; not
of Lea.
Unio mytiloides. Eat.
Unio undulatus. Desh.
Unio cordatus? Raf.
Unio cordatus. Con.
*crassidens.{ Lam.
Unio cuneatus. Bar. Eat. Hild.
Unio niger? Raf.
Unio niger. Con.
*carbonarius. Lea.
NON. SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
sMooTH
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
SMOOTH
*gibber. Lea.
gibber. Lea *pyramidatus. Lea.
*pumilis. Lea. Unio rubra? Raf.
Unio mytiloides. Con.
* ioj x
rubiginosus. Lea. *mytiloides.| Raf
*Barnesianus. Lea. Mya obliqua. Wood.
Raf. Mr Say does the same, with the exception of ellipsaria, which he considers distinct; while Mr Rafinesque
himself places /ineo/ata and ellipsaria in different subgenera! !
+ Mr Say makes ‘ ventricosus, Bar., occidens (nobis), subovatus (nobis), (var.), and capaa, Green, (var.),”’
synonymous with cardium, Raf. In my opinion they form at least three, perhaps four distinct species.
t Crassidens, Var. a, Lam., is trapezoides (nobis).
§ Say and Conrad both give érigonus (nobis) as a synonym to undatus, Barnes. It is difficult for me to
understand why they should not at once on comparison be recognised as different species. The frigonus is
always more angular on the umbonial slope, and the undulations at the tips of the beaks differ. ‘This may be
observed particularly in the young and perfect specimens. If a doubt could be admitted as to the difference of
the form of the shell, the colour of the animal in frigonus would at once settle the question. It is peculiar, and
differs from all the species I know in being of so deep a colour as to be almost red.
Some years since, when I described this species, I deposited a specimen in the Academy of Natural Sciences
of this city, with its proper name appended. Subsequently, I found the Academy had prefixed the name of
undatus, Barnes, to the label, and I presume this error is still continued there.
|| It is a matter of great doubt if this name ought to be admitted at ail in this table. It was applied many
years since, by the naturalists of this city, without reference to any particular specimen, but, as it now appears
nearly certain, incorrectly. Dr Ward says the description and outline would ‘ equally well apply to six or
eight different species.” ‘The difficulty of recognising Mr Rafinesque’s species is well illustrated in this one.
Mr Conrad considers triangularis, Raf., as the type, and gives the following names of the same author as sy-
nonyms, viz. lateralis, sintoxia, pachostea, mytiloides, and rubra; thus charging him with making six species
of one. But what is still more extraordinary, this single species, (agreeably to Mr Conrad’s synonyms) is not
only divided by Mr R. into different subgenera, but into different genera, and even into two DIFFERENT sUB-
yVI.—2 G
126 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
{ { OBLIQUE. OVAL.
*Troostensis. Lea. *Tampicoensis. Lea.
Unio trabalis. Con.
eae *Lecontianus. Lea.
*Tigtis. Fer.
* .
ae erdix. Lea.
*Taitianus. Lea. P
cor. Con. pectorosus. Con.
truncatus. Swain. *ventricosus. Bar.
*“decisus. Lea. Con.
*occidens.|| Lea.
*clavus. Lam. Con. Unio ventricosus. Say.
Unio scalenia. Raf.
Unio modioliformis. Say; not of Lea.
LS
*dolabreeformis. Lea.
SMOOTH,
—“
*patulus. Lea. *globosus. Lea.
Sn ee pl Sym. globosa. Lea, Trans. Am. P. 8.
Unio capax? Green.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
SMOOTH
*Rangianus. Lea,
*splendidus. Lea.
*sulcatus. Lea. Eat. Say.
Unio ridibundus. Say. Eat. (Fe-
male. )$
*ochraceus. Say. Con.
Sym. ochracea, Lea. Trans. Am.
Rois:
*Haysianus. Lea.
*ellipsis.§ Lea. Eat. *cariosus. Say. Bar.
Unio brevialis? Sow. Unio cariosa.4{ Lam.
| Unio ovata. Valen.
*castaneus. Lea. Unio luteola. Con.; not of Lam.
FAMILIES!! See ‘‘ New Fresh Water Shells of the United States,’ p- 72, and Mr Rafinesque’s ‘* Monographie.”
In Mr Say’s “* Synonymy,” triangularis, Raf., is considered to be the same as ellipsis (nobis) !
+ Mr Conrad has subsequently published a different species under this name.
t For some years I was satisfied that Mr Say’s ridibundus was only a variety of selcatus (nobis). There
can now, however, scarcely be a doubt that it is the female of that species; but it must be remarked, that
this serrated shell is usually found smaller than the other; a circumstance not common with the females of other
species. Mr'S. describes and figures ridibundus in No. 1 of ‘* American Conchology,”’ but does not insert it
in his ‘* Synonymy” in No. 6.
§ Mr Say in his * American Conchology,” refigures this, and recognises my name. Subsequently, in his
‘** Synonymy,”’ he makes it a synonym of triangularis, Raf. Mr Conrad says it is olivarius, Raf.
| This and the preceding shell are so nearly allied, that it is a matter of doubt with me if it would not be
preferable to unite them. Dr Ward thinks they are male and female. Subsequent examination may throw suf-
ficient light upon them to decide with certainty. Among Mr Barnes’s varieties of ventricosus, it is evident there
are several distinct species.
{ U. cariosa, Lam. (Var. 2,) is the Alas. marginata, Say.
THE FAMILY NAIADES. 127
fovar: (ovaL.
perovatus. Con. Mya gravis. Wood.
| Unio fasciatus. Con.
altilis. Con.
*orbiculatus. Hild.
*multiradiatus. Lea. Unio abruptus.§ Say.
Unio fasciola? Raf. Unio crassus. Con.
Unio fasciolus. Con. :
| Unio ligamentina. Desh. australis. Lam.
| *Novi-Eboraci. Lea. *Hydianus. Lea.
n n
a a] : F
a perovalis. Con. z *Claibornensis. Lea.
2 | el |
2 *capseformis. Lea. » luteolus. Lam.
B | F ; zs FI Unio siliquoideus.|| Bar. Con.
& chert
z 3 Greenii. Con. 543 Unio inflatus. Bar.
= Bla
= un =
S *pictus. Lea. = Childreni.] Gray.
2 a
Zz - Zz
fe} teeniatus. Con. fe) pulcher. Lea.
a Zz
* ; .
“interruptus. Lea. radiatus. Lam. Bar. Hild.
Unio Virginiana. Lam.
H EMeniinniaee Le: | Mya radiata. Gmel. Wood. Dill.
Mya oblongata. Wood.
eee WOE | Mya pictorum tenuis. Chem.
*Medellinus. Lea.
*crassus. Say. Bar. |
Unio ellipticus. Bar. He Statigte Bea
Unio carinatus. Bar.
Unio ligamentina. Lam. | *Vanuxemensis. Lea.
t+ Mr Barnes made eleven varieties of crassus ; most of which were no doubt distinct species, some were
plicate.
t+ Mr Conrad thinks the crassus of Say is fasciata of Mr Rafinesque. An examination of his description
ought to satisfy any one that the crassus of Say could not have been under the eye of the author when he made
his description of fasciata.
§ The specimen figured by Mr Say in Amer. Conch. No. 2, is a female shell. ‘The male shell is not abrupt
at the posterior margin.
|| Mr Say makes siliguoideus the same with viridis, Raf. Ferussac, in his cabinet, makes it the same with
fasciata, Raf. Mr Conrad makes it the same with vittata, Raf. Ferussac, in his ‘‘ Observations,’’ states the
inextricable difficulty resulting from the confusion caused by Mr Rafinesque. See ‘ Observations,’’ p. 13, in
Magazin de Zoologie.
4] Ihave never seen this species, but presume, from the figure in Griffith’s Cuvier, very poor as it evi-
dently is, that it is a distinct species,
128 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
{ OVAL. OVAL.
*Nashvillianus, Lea. Unio fusculus. Mihi.
Unio gibba. Mihl. Pfeif.
*Zeiglerianus. Lea. Unio Labacencis. Mihl.
Unio reniformis. Schmidt.
lienosus. Con. Unio fuscus. Zeig.
Unio consentaneus. Zeig.
Unio amnicus. Zeig.
Unio carynthiacus? Zeig.
*obscurus. Lea.
*delodontus. Lam. Unio decurvatus. Rossmaeslers
on Unio lacteolus. Lea. D’Orb. a Unio sinuatus. Stud.
z Zz Unio planus. Stud.
I *charruanus.t D’Orb. S Unio ater.§ Nil.
=) >
B | *lamellatus. Lea 2 ‘
5) 5 : : S E *Cumberlandianus. Lea.
a *Bengalensis, Lea. ai Smithii.|| Gray.
= =
al
5 *ceruleus. Lea. Ben. 2 vibex. Con.
2) 2)
Zz A
*olivarius. Lea. Ben. *Miihlfeldianus. Lea.
. : *creperus. Lea.
Batavus. Lam. Pfeif. Flem.
Mya pictorum. Chem. Schroeter.
Monti *olaber. Lea.
Mya ovalis.t Soland. :
Mya Batava. Wood. Maton. Dill. *Hildrethianus. 4] Lea.
Mysca Batava. Turton. Al. ambigua? Say.
Unio riparia. Pfeif.
Unio pictorum. Drap., pl. 11, fig. 3. *fabalis. tt Lea.
+ The two specimens sent to me by M. D’Orbigny are so like delodontus, that I am strongly induced to
believe that they will prove to be the young of that species.
t On the authority of Dillwyn.
§ On the authority of Ferussac.
Never having seen this shell, I place it here on the authority of Mr Gray.—See his figure in Griffith’s
Cuvier, Vol. XII. -
© Iretain this species among the Uniones, although it does not possess a perfect lateral tooth. As it is,
however, thickened along the dorsal margin, and puts on the appearance of a tooth, I have concluded that it was
better not to remove it to the Sub. Gen. Margaritana, to which it has little resemblance in its general characters.
These observations may apply to U. oriens (nobis), and partially to U. monodonta, Say, (U. soleniformis,
nobis.) Mr Say’s deseription of ambigua answers well to Hildrethianus, but I am not sure it is the same, as
he has given no figure of it. He seems to have abandoned it, as he does not insert it in his « Synonymy.”
Mr Conrad also avoids the insertion of it in his Synoptical Table.
++ Say and Conrad both in their catalogues give precedence to lapillus. Fabalis is in my Memoir read
before the Am. Philos. Soc., May 7, 1830, and inserted in the Transactions ; capillus was first inserted in the
a
THE FAMILY NAIADES. 129
{ OVAL OVAL.
| Unio capillus. Say, Transylvania Mya nodosa? Gmel. Wood. Dill.
| Journal, Vol. V. Myaspuria. Gmel.? Wood.
U. lapillus. Say, Am. Conch. No. 5, Unio spuria. Lam.
| Con. Unio triradiata. In “ Museum” at
Paris,
: *parvus. Bar. Eat.
: Unio parvus. Con. # *Niloticus. Fer. Caill.
3 = Mya pictorum. Forkael.t
S | *olans.t Lea. g
a] > *Egyptiacus.§ Caill. Fer.
2 =} “divaricatus, Lea. |e
| aa S) 3) osLone.
SI | *faba. D’Orb, 2a 2 *brevidens. Lea.
z Burroughianus. Lea, D?Orb. a tetralasmus. Say.
: E
“discus. Lea. qi *camptodon.|| Say.
Unio declivis.4] Con.
*simus. Lea.
| *obesus.tt Lea.
| *corrugatus. Lam.
Mya corrugata, Miller. Chem. *Hopetonensis. Lea.
| Gmel. Wood. Dill.
L Mya rugosa. Gmel. Wood. Dill. t *Roanokensis. Lea.
December number (1831) of the Transylvania Journal, and subsequently in the ‘* Amer. Conch.” No. 5, (Aug.
1832) under the name of /apillus. Mr Say does not mention why he changed the name on redescription. I
should prefer the first, as a more descriptive name, were I to choose between the two.
+ Mr Say doubts if the glans be not the same with parvus. Ido not see how there can be any difficulty
in distinguishing them. ‘The glans is a much heavier shell, and the nacre of all the specimens I have seen is
more or less purple, while that of parvus is always, I believe, white. Among many hundred specimens which
have come under my notice, I have never seen one of any other colour. ‘The texture of the nacre is also totally
different, the latter being more pearly than any other of our Uniones. In the epidermis and beaks they also
differ essentially.
t On the authority of Ferussac.
§ The specimen of this species which I received from M. Caillaud, the traveller, is so much like Néloticus,
that I certainly would not myself have separated it.
|| This fine shell, as well as the preceding one, both of which are Mr Say’s, seem to have been overlooked
in the formation of his catalogue. They are described in his Amer. Conchology. I have never seen the shell
he calls tetralasmus,—they may possibly prove to be the same.
4 The shell in the Academy of Nat. Sci., described and figured by Mr Conrad in his ‘*Monography,”’ page
45, as declivis, Say, I consider to be a middle aged camptodon, Say. This, however, is not the opinion of all
our conchologists.
t+ Ferussae believes that this is Carolinianus of Bosc. Not having seen the specimen described by Bosc,
nor having access to his description, I am unable to decide. ‘The fact, however, of Bose’s having visited Caro-
lina some forty years since, renders it highly probable to be so. Ferussac gives his ¢rapezium as a synonym
to Carolinianus. In my table of the Uniones made in 1829, I considered Carolinianus as the corplanatus :
in which I was most likely wrong.
VI.—2 =
130 LEA’S
OBLONG.
“jejunus. Lea.
Lea.
Mya complanata.
*complanatus.
Unio violaceus.¢ Spangler.
Unio purpureus.{ Say. Bar.
Unio rarisuleata. Lam.
Unio coarctata. Lam.
Unio purpurascens. Lam.
Lan.
Lam.
Unio Georgina. Lam.
Unio glabrata. Lam.
Unio sulcidens. Lam.
Unio fluviatilis. Green.
Mya rigida? Wood.
*Griffithianus. Lea.
SMOOTH,
| Unio rhombula.
Unio carinifera.
*auratus. Lea.
Nifia aurata. Swain.
Unio obtusa.§ Fer.
Unio depressus.§ Less.
*atratus. Lea.
Nida atrata.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
Swain.
Nida fragilis. Swain.
*confertus. Lea.
*paliatus. Ravenel’s Letter.
Lea.
L Unio Raveneli.||
Watereensis.
Con.
Soland. Dill.
SYNOPSIS OF
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
SMOOTH.
OBLONG,
*fulvus. Lea
Unio icterinus.
Con.
*Congareus. Lea.
*declivis. Say.
Unio geometricus.4] Lea.
*Blandingianus. Lea.
*depressus. Lam. D?Orb.
angustus. Lam.
*modestus. Fer.
*litoralis. Lam. Pfeif. Des Moul. Grat.
Unio crassus. Schr. Retz. Neil.
Speng.
Unio rhomboidea. Schr.
Unio brevialis. Lam.
Unio semirugata. Lam.
Unio nana. Lam.
Unio subtetragona. Mich.
Unio incurvus. Lea.
Unio Pianensis. Farines.
Unio granosus. Schum.
Mysca ovata. Trt.
Mya depressa, Don.
SUBROTUND.
*circulus. Lea. Eat.
Mya rotunda? Wood.
*lens.ft Lea.
4
+ On the authority of Ferussac.
+t Mr Conrad is wrong in his ‘*Synoptical Table,’’ in giving Mr Say’s name precedence, making compla-
~atus a synonym.
§ On the authority of D’Orbigny.
| Prof. Ravenel’s name being previously used for a Unio (Amer. Phil. Soc. Trans., Vol. V.), it becomes
necessary to change Mr Conrad’s name, which I do, to that of the river in which it was found.
© Ido not find either of these names in Mr Say’s Synonymy.
++ I have some doubts whether this should be considered more than a variety of circulus.
ever, sure, that it is not distinct.
He has, however, priority.
T am not, how-
THE FAMILY NAIADES, US
SUBROTUND SUBROTUND
rubellus. Con. *Kirklandianus. Lea.
Masoni. Con. *subrotundus. Lea.
Unio politus? Say.
*rotundatus. Lam. Unio brevialis? Crouch.
Unio suborbiculata. Lam. Blain.
Unio glebulus.t Say. infucatus. Con.
Unio subglobosus. Lea.
3 *coccineus. Lea.
a *Paranensis. Lea. D? Orb. a Unio coccineus. Dr Hildreth’s Letter.
a Unio Solisiana. D’Orb. S) Unio coccineus. Con.
z a Unio catillus. Con.
ze membranacea.{ Lea. a].
5 | a Myt. membranacea. Mat. BS Als
5 : ‘ = 4 2+ WIDE.
Zi) 8 Myt. Matoniana. D?Orb. bm |e : é
es Z| 2 Shepardianus. Lea.
a4 eee &
z variabilis. Lea. =
n | | Mya variabilis.§ Mat. Wood. Dill. Z *folliculatus. Lea.
6 Unio rotundus. Wag. 9
a *rectus. Lam. Eat.
*personatus. Say. Unio prelongus. Barn. Hild.
Unio capillaris. Lea. Unio recta. Valen.
Unio Sageri?|| Con.
*retusus. Lam. Con. Mya prelonga. Wood.
Unio torsa. Raf. Eat.
Se
| #eBa nak a Dea: dehiscens. | Say.
Unio mytiloides. Con. ; not Raf. Unioloriens. | Tea.
maculatus. Con. *angustatus. Lea.
t+ Although Mr Say had published this shell in the Transylvania Journal, and in his Am. Conchology, he
omitted it altogether in his ‘‘ Synonymy.” Other species are inserted from the vicinity of New Orleans.
t I formerly placed this with the Anodonte, but D’Orbigny, who has seen the shell in its native waters.
having placed it among the Uniones, 1 follow him, never myself having seen the shell. ‘The figure of Dr
Maton (Linn. Trans. Vol. X) is without teeth, and the text says expressly ‘‘cardo edentulus.’’ Notwithstand-
ing this, I am inclined to believe that D’Orbigny is right, for the form of the shell is such as I have not seen in
the Anodonte. Not knowing what induced M. D’Orbigny to change Dr Maton’s name, I have restored it.
§ The figure of this shell in the Lin. Soc. Trans., Vol. X., although so much smaller a shell than Para-
nensis (nobis), is so much like it, that I should not be surprised if they should prove to be the same.
|| Mr Conrad’s figure so nearly resembles the male specimens of U. rectus, from Green Bay, in my cabinet,
that I am persuaded the Sageri will not prove to be a distinct species. Drs Kirtland and Ward, and Judge
Tappan, consider it a variety of gibbosus of Barnes.
{| Mr Say gives Mr Rafinesque’s name of /ata precedence. Mr Eaton says that An. lata, Raf., is Sym.
tenuissima, Lea,
1382 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
P WIDE. WIDE,
*lanceolatus.f Lea. Mya angustata. Schret. Klein.
Mysea pictorum. Trt.
“Anodontoides. Lea. Unio rostrata. Lam. Pfeif. Mich.
Unio teres? Raf. Desh. Bouil.
Unio teres. Con. Unio manca. Lam.
Unio elongatula, Michi.
*parallelopipedov. Lea. D?Orb. Unio Turtonii. Payraud.
Unio Capigliolo. Payraud.
*platyrhynchus.{ Rossmaesler. Unio Requienii. Mich.
Unio Deshayesii, Mich.
: *Cailliaudii. Fer. ; Unio limosa. Nil.
nN n . : . A
= | Unio longirostris. Zeigl.
Zz Z Se ate
S *ovalis. Flem. Sow. |S Unio Limovianscee. Fer.
S Mytilus angustior.§ List. es
Bie Mya ovalis. Monta. Z| e| “*elongatus. Pfeif.
BS Myaovata. Don. Mat. Wood. Dill. 945
ihe Mya depressa. Don. Be productus. Con.
= Mysca solida. Turt. =
> ; a
@ Unio nodulosa. Lam. ; ; mB *nasutus. Say. Barn. Swain.
A Unio tumida. Retz. Pfeif. Nil. zi Tinie vocemitaee aman
z Unio Michaudiana? Des Moul. 4 M sort :
Unio ovata. Boul ya nasuta. Wood.
: ¥ Unio subrostratus? Say.
Unio Limagne. Bouil.
*pictorum. Lam. Pfeif. Drap. Blain.
Crouch. Flem. Des Moul. Grat.
Bouil.
Mya pictorum. Lin. Poli. Dill.
Wood. Mat.
Mya corrugata Maroccana.|| Chem.
Long thick horse mussel. Peliv.
*Jayensis. Lea.
*lugubris. Lea.
*marginalis, Lam.
Unio rostrata. Stud. |
| *Fisherianus. Lea.
L L
Unio anodontina. Lam.
2
+ M. Deshayes (2d edit. Lamarck) doubts if danceolatus be not the young of nodontoides. ‘The first has been
found only in the waters east of the Alleghany mountains, the last only in the western waters. There cannot
be a doubt of their being distinct species. In size they differ altogether.
t This is a curious and very interesting new species which I recently received from Vienna. Its habitat is
Carynthia.
On the authority of Fleming. .
Chemnitz figures this shell, Vol. VI. table 3, fig. 23 & 24, From the description and outline, { have
little doubt of its being a young pictorum, more than usually undulated in the region of the beaks, Its being ru-
gose over the whole surface, as mentioned by him, is not evidence against its being such. As the first growth
subsequently forms the beak of the shell, it ought of course to be rugose, if that be the character of the shell.
The inside view is without teeth, but this is doubtless the fault of the draftsman or engraver, as the author
speaks of the hinge being like the common mussel.
THE FAMILY NAIADES, 133
WIDE. WIDE.
*iris.f Lea. *Vaughanianus. Lea.
Unio nebulosus. Con. Unio Carolinensis. Prof. Ravenel’s
Letter.
*tenuissimus. Lea.
Symp. tenuissima. Lea, in Trans.
OBOVATE.
Am. P. 5.
* :
An. purpurascens. Swain. purpuraye: ee
Unisivelunt, Say Mya ventricosa.§ Solan. Hum-
phreys ?
*bilineatus. Lea. Ben. Unio ater. Lea.
Symp. bilineata. Lea, in Trans. Am. Unio lugubris. Say.
RUS: Unio Poulsoni. Con.
*Corrianus. Lea. rhombeus. Wag.
*phaseolus. Hild. Eat. Diplodon rhombeum. ‘Spiz.
Unio planulatus. Lea.
Unio cuneatus.{ Barn. (White
var.)
SMOOTH.
*cuprinus. Lea.
Unio metallicus. || Say.
arcus. Con.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
ao
lam eS ee
NON-SYMPHYNOTE UNIONES.
SMOOTH
*modioliformis. Lea.
Fee aera Unio delumbis. Con.
*tenerus. Rav.
Unio tenebrosus. Con.
*sibbosus. Bar. Eat. Hild.
Unio mucronatus. Bar.
Unio nasuta. Lam.
Unio dilatatat Raf.
*Tappanianus. Lea.
| Unio dilatatus. Con.
Een *contradens. Lea.
*arctior.
[ *Patagonicus. D’ Orb. stramineus. Con.
+ Mr Say in his ‘* Synonymy”’ gives iris as a synonym to his subrostratus. If they were the same I would
be entitled to precedence, as my description bears date March 1829, while his is January 1831. His descrip-
tion, however, of subrostratus does not apply to my iris, and certainly this shell could not have been under his
eye when his description was made. He says that the swbrostratus ‘“ may be said to be the analogue of the
Unio nasutus (nobis) of the western waters.’”’ As the U. nasutus inhabits the western waters, a variety of that
species may have been described by him for subrostratus.
{ In note to Dr Hildreth’s Memoir on the shells in the vicinity of Marietta, Ohio, published in Silliman’s
Journal.
§ On the authority of Ferussac.
| Mr Say in his *Synonymy”’ claims precedence. My Memoir bears the date of May 7, 1830; his that of
January 1, 1831. :
yI.—2 1
134 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
{ { ARCUATE. Unio hylea, D’ Orb.
| *crassissimus. Fer. Des Moul. Grat. Unio Guaraniana. D’ Orb.
Ea Mya crassissima.t Klein.
z Unio auricularis.¢ — Speng. The following species are supposed to exist in a
Zz Unio margaritacea. Drap. fossil state. As the casts only are usually observ-
St 4 Unio sinuata. Lam. Blain. Pfeif. | ed, itmust be a matter of great doubt as to the pro-
SIE Desh. priety of making species where that is the case :—
ae Unio rugosa.t Poir. ? Unio crassiusculus. Sow. Flem.
=|* Unio concinnus. Sow. Flem,
z . Unio uniformis. Sow. Flem.
a monodontus. Say. Eat. Unio acutus. Sow. Flem.
iS Unio soleniformis. Lea. Unio Listeri. Sow. Flem.
mi Unio Solandri. Sow. Flem.
lease ee eae ea Unio porrectus. Sow.
§ : : Unio compressus. Sow.
Unio antiquus. Sow.
Unio aduncus. Sow.
Being unacquainted with the following species, Unio cordiformis. Sow.
I have deemed it best simply to insert a list of them, Unio crassissimus.{ Sow. Flem.
with the hope of their being determined at a future Jnio subconstrictus. Sow. Flem.
period :— Jnio hybridus. Sow. Flem.
U
U
Unio rubens. Menke. Unio Urii. Flem.
Unio rugatus. Menke. Unio abductus. Phil.
Unio Grenlandicus.t Schro. Fer. Unio peregrinus. Phil.
Unio orientalis, Fer. Unio petrosus. Mort.
Unio nitidens. Fer. Unio tumulatis. Mort.
Unio obtusus. Fer. Unio terrenus. Mort.
Unio preciosus. Fer. Unio saxulum. Wort.
Unio pulchellus. Fer.
Unio purpuriatus. Say.
Unio musivus.t Speng.
Unio gibbus.f Speng.
Unio trubcatus.¢ Speng.
Unio oviformis. Con.
II. SUBGENUS MARGARITANA.S$§
o ( TRIANGULAR.
Unio furvus. Con. =| ; *complanata. Lea.
Unio Juliani. Rang. ze Alas. complanata. Bar. Hild.
Unio psammoica. D?Orb. Z| 3 Symp. complanata. Lea, Trans.
Unio rhuacoica. D’Orb. =i ae uN
. 1:0...
Unio Fontainiana. D’Orb. a
+ On the authority of Ferussac.
t This name is pre-occupied by Ferussac. '
§ The genus Margaritana was proposed by Shumacher in his “ Essai d’un Nouveau Systéme des Habita-
tions des Vers Testacés,” published in 1817, for the Mya margaritifera, Lin. (Unio elongata, Lam. and Alas-
modonta arcuata, Bar.) Mr Say, in 1818, proposed to establish this same division under the generic name of
Alasmodonta. The Danish zoologist having priority of date must have his name preferred, unless, as Mr Gray
thinks, Leach’s name of Damalis has priority of both. Unfortunately, I have not the means of referring to his
description.
THE FAMILY NAIADES. 135
{ QUADRATE. TRIANGULAR.
*confragosa. Lea. Mya undulata. Wood.
Alas. confragosa. Say. Unio hians. Valen.
Unio glabratus. Sow.
TRIANGULAR.
*arcula. Lea. OVAL.
*Raveneliana. Lea.
OBLONG.
*marginata. Lea.
Alas. marginata. Say. Bar.
Alas. truncata.t Say.
Unio cariosa. (Var. 2.) Lam.
Unio varicosa. Lam.
Unio calceolus. Say, not of Lea.
Mya regulosa. Wood.
radiata.$ Lea.
Alas. radiata. Con.
*calceola.§ Lea.
Unio calceolus. Lea, Trans. Am.
Pas:
Alas. marginata.|| Say.
Alas. truncata. Con., not of Say.
*rugosa. Lea.
{ Alas. rugosa. Bar. Eat. Hild.
Alas, abducta. Say.
OBOVATE.
*Bonellii. Lea.
Alas. Bonellii. Fer.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE MARGARITANA.
ee 0800 OOO
PLICATE
NON-SYMPHYNOTE MARGARITANZ.
SMOOTH
(aes ea Unio depressa. Pfeif. Mithl.
é | *deltoidea. Lea. Unio compressa. Wenke.
& i
2 *undulata. Lea. i *Paraguayana. Lea.
Alas. undulata. Say. Bar. | | Monocondylwa. Paraguayana.{]
Q Alas. sculptilis (young). Say. eam D Orb.
—-
+ Several specimens of fine marginata have been sent to me from the west, marked as. truncata, Say, being
one of his unpublished names, but given by him to various conchologists under thatname. I have never consi-
dered it distinct from the marginata of the eastern rivers, although it is generally larger and of finer colour in
the exterior,
{ This shell, in the teeth, except in the size of them, very closely resembles the .2n. areolatus, Swain.
which Mr Say described as Alas. edentula. Although in both these shells there is a small cardinal tooth, in all
their other characters they so closely resemble the Anodontz, that it is a matter of doubt with me as to the pro-
priety of separating them. An examination of the animals, when satisfactorily dissected, may show the ne-
cessity of placing them both, notwithstanding their possessing small teeth, with the Anodontz.
§ Inmy Memoir in the Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., Vol. II. page 420, (page 34 of ‘¢ Observations on the Genus
Unio,”’) I mention this shell as being closely allied to the genus 4lasmodonta of Say. In this Synopsis I have
deemed it better to transfer it to the subgenus Margaritana, as the lateral tooth is observable in very few indi-
viduals. Deshayes says it is between Unio and Alasmodonta.
|| Mr Say in his “Synonymy”? makes calceolus and Alas. marginata the same. I am surprised at this, as
their characters, in many respects, are very different, and I have never heard it even suggested before that they
eould be confounded.
§ D’Orbigny, the distinguished traveller in South America, forms the genus J/onocondylea for a group of
shells which he has first observed, and which possess a single cardinal tooth. ‘This tooth certainly differs from
that of the Margaritana fluviatilis, Schum., Alasmodonta, Say ; but for the present, at least, I prefer placing
them in Schumacher’s genus. The possession of one cardinal tooth, and the absence of a lateral one, is the dis-
tinguishing character of both of them. I am indebted to the great kindness of M. D’Orbigny for the first five—
136 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
{ OBOVATE. The following species are unknown to me :—
*Parchappii. Lea. Alasmodonta Tripolitana. Fer,
Monoc. Parchappii. D' Orb. Alasmodonta incurya, Fer,
*Corrientesensis. Lea. a
Monoc. Corrientesensis. D’Orb.
*Guarayana. Lea. . III. SUBGENUS DIPSAS.
Monoc. Guarayana. D’Orb. \
TRIANGULAR.
*plicatus.t Leach.
Barbata plicata.{ Humph.
Myt. plicatus. Soland.
Myt. dubius. Gmel. Dill.
Cristaria tuberculata. Schum.
An. dipsas. Blain. Fer.
*fossiculifera. Lea.
Monoc. fossiculifera. D’ Orb.
Minuana. Lea.
Monoc. Minuana. D’Orb.
PLICATE.
ARCUATE.
*margaritifera. Lea.
Mya margaritifera. Lin. Chem.
Knorr. Dill. Desh. Wood.
Mat. Monta. Mihl. Retz. Nil.
Margaritana fluviatilis, Schum.
Unio elongata. Lam. Mich. Bouil.
Unio sinuata. Pfeif.
Unio Roissyi. Mich.
Unio margaritiferus. Pfeif. Drap.
Turt.
Unio rivalis. Zeig.
Alas. margaritiferum. Flem.
Alas. arcuata. Bar.
An. tuberculatus. Fer.
An. alatus. Sow.
Symph. bi-alata. Lea, Trans. Am.
PAS.
Unio bi-alata. Desh.
SYMPHYNOTE DIPSADES.
OVAL.
*discoideus.§ Lea.
ee baci Lea, Trans. Am,
NON-SYMPHYNOTE MARGARITAN/.
sMOoTH
SMOOTH.
a, Gray.||
An. tenuis. Gray.||
*Holstonia. Lea. a
*fabula, Lea.
the sixth one I place here with some hesitation, as to its proper situation, never having seen it. It is certainly
a most interesting group, and it is to be regretted that we have no description of the animal.
+ Perfect specimens show the whole linear tooth, and the folds on the posterior slope and on the posterior
wing, but old and imperfect specimens sometimes exhibit neither. The imperfect figure and description by
Leach of this fine shell, led me to believe that it could not be the same with that which I described under the
name of Sym. bi-alata.
~ On the authority of Gray.
§ ‘The posterior termination of the tooth shows some disposition to duplication, and evidently inclines to pass
into the subgenus Unio.
In Griffith’s Cuvier.
THE FAMILY NAIADES. 137
Schum. Wood. Monta, Tur. Dill.
Mat.
Myt. stagnalis. Gmel. Bose. Dill.
Sow.
Myt. fluviatilis.§ Gmel.
Myt. fucatus. Dill.
Myt. Zellensis. Gmel. Schro. Bosc.
Myt. Avonensis. Monta. Wood.
IV. SUBGENUS ANODONTA. ff ke
TRIANGULAR.
*Wahlamatensis. Lea.
OVAL.
‘magnifica. Lea.
Symp. magnifica. Lea, Trans. Am.
P.S.
SYMPHYNOTE ANODONT#.
—S— err —————————EE EE ea—AEAr
—e a ——_——_
i : Ed. Encyclopedia.
Sop pgodionas: Lea. Myt. radiatus.|| JMihl. Schro.
= Symp. Woodiana. Lea, Trans. Am. Meera Shey
ae Myt. macula. Shep.
#Renedietensiaianiens : An. anatina. Lam. Dill. Drap.
Symp. Benedictensis. Lea, Trans. 5
‘ a toa ; : E MMoul. Bouil.
An. suleata. Lam.
An. dentiens. Menke.
An. intermedia. Lam. Pfeif. Bouil.
An. variabilis. (Var. b.) Drap.
An. cellensis. Pfeif.
An. ventricosa. Pfeif.
An. ponderosa.§] Pfeif.
An. paludosus. Tur.
An. grossa, Zeig.
An. compressa ?{{ Zeig.
An. obvolutattt Zeig.
An. spuria. Count Yoldi’s Letier.
An. proboscidalis, Zeig.
An. piscinalis. Nil.
*Nuttalliana. Lea.
OROVATE.
*crispata. Lam.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE ANODONT#,
a a
PLICATE.
| Sow. Pfeif. Elem. Grat. Des
|
Pfeif. Turt. Des Moul. Flem.
Grat. Bouil.
Myt. cygneus. Gmel. Chem. Schro.
Dill. Mithl. Monta. Mat.
Shep. Tur.
Myt. anatinus. Gmel. Chem. Schro.
SMOOTH.
|
t+ Thave, after a good deal of consideration and examination of my specimens, and the figures in the nume-
rous works describing the Naiades, satisfied myself that An. cygnea and An. anatina are not specifically dis-
tinct. Ifthe observation of M. Poiret, that the first is viviparous and the last oviparous, be correct, then they
should be certainly separated. I feel perfectly persuaded, however, that he must be in error. ‘Turton,
in his recent work on the Land and Fresh Water Shells of Great Britain, says he is ‘‘ inclined to think that all
our supposed species of this genus may be justly resolved inte one.”’
t # of Maton and Racket (Lin. Soc. Trans., Vol. IV.) is evidently, judging from the figure, Unio litoralis.
§ Gmelin states this shell to be from the fresh waters of Europe, and allied to Anatina. If this be true,
there cannot be a doubt of its being the same with cygnea. The fluviatilis of Solander and Dillwyn is said to
be from North America, and is no doubt the cataracta of Say.
|| On the authority of Dillwyn.
4 This and the grossa are certainly very different in aspect from the cygnea, Lam., being more ponderous
and less produced behind. This difference may, however, be effected by locality. Should it prove constant,
ponderosa ought to be considered a distinct species, and I am much disposed to think that such will prove to
be the fact.
tt On the authority of Ferussac.
vVI.—2 kK
NON-SYMPH. ANODONTE.
OVAL,
| *cygnea.t Drap. Lam. Crouch. Blain.
—
138 LEA’S SYNOPSIS OF
OVAL. OVAL.
Anodontiles cygnea.t Poir. *Ferussaciana. Lea.
Anodontites anatina. Poir.
*salmonia, Lea.
*Oregonensis. Lea.
*incerta.|| Lea.
*Pepiniana. Lea. imbecillis? Say.
*fragilis. Lam. “Newtonensis. Lea.
*fluviatilis. Lea.
Myt. fluviatilis.§] Soland. Dill.
Wood.
Myt. illitus. Soland.
An. cataracta. Say.
An. marginata. Say.
An. implicata? Say.
An, teres. Con.
uniopsis. Lam.
Chaiziana.{ Rang.
*undulata. Say.
Anodon rugosus. Stain.
Anodonta Pennsylvanica. Lam.
SMOOTH,
a
*Wardiana. Lea.
A. virgata. Con. *Mortoniana. Lea.
Medecialn. Abae An. Chiquitana. D’ Orb.
Alas. edentula. Say.
Anodon, areolatus. Stain. Coop.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE ANODONTS.
SMOOTH
*olauca.tt Valen.
An. glauca. Lam.
*pavonia. Lea.
*ovata. Lea.
*limnoica. D’Orb.
*plana. Lea.
trigona.§ Spi. An. declivis. Con.
NON-SYMPHYNOTE ANODONTS.
A
—_—
co:
purpurea, Valen. *decora. Lea.
+ On the authority of Des Moulins.
t M. Rang informs us that this species has the singular power of maintaining its vitality in the desiccated
marshes of Africa, through six months of the burning sun of that region ; and that he had a specimen sent to him
in Paris, which was killed nearly thirteen months after it had been taken from its native bed, having occasion-
ally been dipped in water for an hour or two only. He also mentions that the /ridina rubens is found with the
Chaiziana in the Senegal, and possesses the same peculiarities of remaining in a state of torpidity during the
season of great heat.
§ Ferussac considered trigona as the same with crassa of Swainson. The two figures, however, appear
to me to be too different to be considered the same.
Dr Kirtland informs me, that a specimen of this shell, which he showed to Mr, Say, was considered by
Mr S. to be his imbecillis. If this be so, Mr Say’s name is entitled to precedence. I have never seen the shell
described by Mr S. as imbecillis.
§ See note on An. cygnea, page 137.
++ The figure of this shell resembles some individuals of Myt. fluviatilis, Soland. (Say’s 4n. cataracta), but
is straighter on the superior margin. In this character it resembles the ¢rapezialis. ‘The observations of Barnes,
being made when little was known of this genus, cannot now be admitted.
4d
THE FAMILY NAIADES. 139
{ { OVAL. OBOVATE.
*oigantea.t Lea. | | *lato-marginata.{ Lea. D’Orb.
An. trapezius?§ Spia,
| | subvexa. Con. An. rotundus? Spi.
| *Stewartiana. Lea. *Spixii. D’ Orb.
i | *gibbosa. Say. ej porcifer.|| Gray.
ole An. inflata. Major Le Conte’s Cabi- | % *trapezialia. | Lam. Blain,
ne S An. exotica.§[ Lam. D’Orb.
|
ARTICLE II.
Descriptions of new North American Insects, and Observations on
some already described. By Thomas Say.—Continued from Vol.
IV., N. S., p. 470. Read June 17, 1836.
ALEOCHARA, Grav.
9.* A.simplicicollis. Blackish; antenne, feet, inner tip of the elytra
and posterior margins of the segments of the tergum reddish brown.—
Inhab. Missouri. :
Body with short prostrate hairs: head black : anfennz reddish brown ;
transverse joints somewhat darker: e/ytra on the sutural margin, par-
ticularly towards the tip, obscure reddish brown; common emargina-
tion at tip very obvious: ¢ergum with the posterior margins of the
segments dull reddish brown: feef reddish brown or honey-yellow.—
Length about one-tenth of an inch.
Distinguished from the two preceding species by the simplicity of
the thorax and the margined segments of the tergum.
10. A. falsifica. Black; with converging hairs; elytra and feet
yellowish.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body black, with rather long, prostrate hairs: head with the hairs
* In the description of the preceding species (A. semicarinata, see Vol. IV., N. S., p.
470), the following details were accidentally omitted :—
Length less than one-tenth of an inch.
Resembles A. propera, but may be distinguished by the double thoracic groove, forming
an inclined carina.
VI.—2 0
156 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
converging to the middle line, and directed forward: antenne black-
ish; basal joints obscure piceous: palpi dull yellowish: thorax with
the hairs converging to the middle line and directed forwards: elytra
dull yellowish, darker on the base, suture and outer margin; the hairs
somewhat arranged so as to resemble striae: /eef honey-yellow.—
Length about one tenth of an inch.
11. A. verna. Black; distinetly punctured ; inner top of the elytra
dull yellowish.—Inhab. Missouri.
Body with scattered hairs: head polished, with sparse irregularly
arranged, rather large punctures: anfennzx of the basal joints hardly
tinged with piceous: ¢horaz polished, with numerous, rather large,
unequal and irregularly scattered punctures; middle line destitute of
punctures: feet black-piceous.—Length about one tenth of an inch.
The more conspicuous and irregular puncturing will distinguish
this species from the above described.
12. A. exigua. Black; punctured; antennz and feet hardly tinged
with piceous.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body black, a little polished, with short hair; punctures numerous,
somewhat regular: anfennz at base, and palpi very slightly tinged with
piceous : elyfra a little indented at the scutel ; at tip the common emar-
gination obtuse, not profound: feet black-piceous.—Length one-twen-
tieth of an inch.
13. A. minima. Black; elytra and feet dull yellowish.—Inhab.
Indiana.
Body black, with numerous prostrate hairs: anfenne towards the
base with a very slight tinge of piceous: elytra dull yellowish: fergum
dirty yellowish at tip: feet whitish-yellow, dull.—Length nearly one
tenth of an inch.
Var. a. Thorax nearly the colour of the elytra.
14. A. bilobata. Dark reddish brown; thorax subcordate, canali-
culate, feet pale-—Inhab. Missouri and Indiana.
Body very dark reddish brown, with numerous regular punctures:
antenn, two basal joints paler: mouth beneath, excepting the termi-
nal joints of the maxillary palpi, pale testaceous: ¢horax rounded be-
fore and narrower behind ; very deeply canaliculate; groave abruptly
abbreviated on the basal margin: elyfra at tip and sides with smaller
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 157
punctures than the thorax; suture indented: feet pale testaceous: ter-
gum, segments with dilated punctures at base. —Length less than three-
twentieths of an inch.
The thoracic canal is less dilated, but at least as profound as that of
the canaliculata, Grav. ; the thorax is more contracted behind, and the
head more prominent, and distinctly separate from the thorax by a
short neck.
The genus Aleochara, as is obvious to entomologists, needs reforma-
tion. The present species, and some others of Gravenhorst’s first di-
visions, may be separated from it under the following name and cha-
racters.
Genus Aleodorus. Head prominent, with a distinct neck, not in-
serted into the thorax; antenne inserted into the anterior internal orbit
of the eye; three basal joints longest; maxillary palpi long, terminal
joint acicular; thorax longitudinal, rounded on the sides, or without
lateral edge: feet simple.*
BUPRESTIS, F.
1. B. virginica. Turton’s Linn. p. 411 ; Drury’s Ins., vol. L., p. 66,
pl. 30, fig. 3.
This species very closely resembles B. mariana, L., and notwith-
standing the magnitude of Drury’s figure, it is somewhat smaller than
the latter species, the posterior part of the thorax is a little narrower
and the curvature of its lateral edge is somewhat different. It inhabits
the eastern and middle states.
2. B. liberta, Germ. This differs more in colour from the virgini-
ensis, than the latter species does from the mariana; but it corresponds
with virginiensis in the form of the thorax. Iam still inclined to
consider it a variety of that species, which Germar does not refer to in
his description of liberta.
3. B. lurida, F. (and Melsh. Catal.)
This is the corrosa, Deg. MSS. Herbst. Olivier did not observe
the anal points, which are sometimes obscured by the hair.
* lam indebted to Professor Wiedeman for the two very useful works on ‘‘ Coleoptera
Microptera” by Gravenhorst. They contain detailed descriptions of many North American
species of the Linnean genus Staphylinus, which now constitute a large family.
158 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
4. B. divaricata, Nob. That this insect is closely allied to acumi-
nata, F., there can be no doubt, and Dejean (in a letter) considers it
the same; but, on reference to the description of that species by Gyl-
lenhal (Insecta Svecica*), I find the following characters, “ thorax ante
scutellum puncta duo impressa: anus emarginatus.” In the present
species is only a single indentation at the base of the thoracic groove,
and immediately anterior to the scutel, and the anus is tridentated, the
middle tooth being more slender and acute. A variety in my collec-
tion is destitute of the punctured striz of the elytra.
4. B. obscura, F. (and Melsh. Catal.)
Herbst says the side of the thorax is rectilinear, not arcuated. This
would agree better with durida, F.; my specimens of obscura are rec-
tilinear only from before the middle to the base.
5. B. dentipes, Germar. This is the characteristica of Melshei-
mer’s Catalogue; but, as no mere catalogue can establish a name, Ger-
mar’s must be of course retained, because it is the first name recogniz-
able by a description.
6. B. hybernata,F. From the specimen in my collection, I am led
to believe that the hybernata, F. is but a variety of the frontalis, Oli-
vier, and that both have serrate elytra; but I have not at present the
means of referring to Olivier’s work. My specimen is reddish purple ;
thorax immaculate ; elytra serrate, with but five green spots; and the
anterior thighs are armed with a prominent tooth.
7. B. sexguttata, Nob. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Se.). This name being
preoccupied by Herbst for an American species, we change it to sex-
signata.
8. B. gibbicolis, Nob. (Journ. A. N.S.). This name is pre-occu-
pied by Illiger for an European species, it must therefore be changed.
9. B. pulchella, Herbst. The volvulus, F. is probably the same
species; but which of the two names has the priority I cannot now
ascertain, not having the date of Herbst’s volume. There is some con-
fusion amongst the species of the small group to which this belongs, in
consequence of the short descriptions of Fabricius. Herbst’s descrip-
tion of this species cannot well be mistaken. J have found it in Penn-
For this very accurately descriptive work, I am indebted to the politeness of the author.
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 159
sylvania, Florida and Arkansa. It is the ornata of Dejean’s Cata-
logue ; and Germar, in a letter, considers it a new species under the
name of olydonia.
10. B. ornata, F. About the size of the preceding, though per-
haps a little more robust, of a much darker colour; and may also be
distinguished from it by the thorax having the dorsal line deeply in-
dented, more especially on the posterior margin, and being obtusely
angulated behind the middle of the lateral edge. Dejean supposed it
a new species, and gave it, in MSS., the name of multiguttata, but I
think there is no doubt that it is the Fabrician ple
11. B. fubulus, F. This species is described as having but five yel-
low punctures on the elytra, placed 2.2.1, the latter being the largest.
But it varies considerably in this respect, sometimes having eight or
nine spots, and again other specimens occur with not more than are
indicated by Fabricius, if we consider the posterior larger one as being
composed of two confluent ones. ‘The rest of the description agrees
precisely, and even the noted size corresponds with our insect; as Fa-
bricius says, “statura omnino B. volvuli, at duplo minor.” It may
indeed be at once distinguished from pulchella by its much inferior
size, very different colour, and the greater regularity of its elytral spots;
but the lateral edge of its thorax has a similar curvature. It is the
smallest of our species of the group distinguished by the want of scu-
tel, &c., and approaches the ornata by its colouring and the somewhat
similar arrangement of the elytral spots, but differs in the regular cur-
vature of its lateral thoracic edge. It is the volvulus of Dejean’s Cata-
logue. Germar believed it new and gave it the name of zanthocyma:
it is the culéa of Weber; and Dr Harris has described it under the name
of geranii. :
12. B. acornis. Brassy black ; antenne short; scutel green; be-
neath cupreous.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body with dense, rather large, confluent punctures: head a little
tinged with cupreous, particularly towards the tip; tip of the clypeus
not narrowed, not emarginate, but with a slight concave curvature:
labrum hardly prominent, not visible when viewed from above: anten-
nz very short, not reaching the vertex, the three basal joints together
about as long as all the others combined: ¢horax in breadth at least
VI.—2 P
160 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
twice the length, with transverse confluent punctures: scutel bright
green: elyéra with transversely confluent punctures ; serrate from near
the humerus; surface obsoletely undulated : beneath cupreous: anterior
thighs with a prominent acute spine.—Length seven-twentieths of an
inch.
A small and distinct species.
13. B. impedita.* Elytra bluish-green, grooved and punctured.—
Inhab. Pennsylvania.
Head confluently punctured, green with a cupreous reflection: an-
fenne steel-blue, at base green: labrum green, ciliate at tip: thorax
cupreous, with green confluent punctures; on some parts of the disk
the punctures are sparse: scutel oval, regularly concave, green: elytra
densely punctured, with five dilated grooves and four elevated lines,
the latter sparsely punctured; green, gradually shaded into a blue vitta
along the middle; suture and outer margin cupreous; tip somewhat
truncated: beneath green cupreous.—Length three-fifths of an inch.
The specimen was taken near Philadelphia. It is evidently related
to salishuriensis, as described by Weber, to decora, F., and splendens,
F. of China. But Weber’s description states the former to have stri-
ated elytra, without elevated lines. The splendens has only three ele-
vated lines on the elytra, and the decora is larger, with the tip of the
elytra two-toothed. Neither can it be the striata, Oliv., as the elytra
are not slightly bidentate, nor are their two inner elevated lines abbre-
viated. A variety found by my brother, B. Say, in New Jersey, is
much tinted with copper, and is smaller, but the sculpture and form
are the same.
I may add, as closely allied to the impedita and to the salisburiensis,
Web., in point of colouring, a specimen which I found in New Jersey
many years since, and which I then described under the name of wi-
tramarina; but the description was mislaid and never published, and
the specimen is now deprived of its head and thorax. The following
is a description of what remains of it.
Dr Harris is of opinion that this species, the awrulenta of Linneus and Olivier, and the
striata of Fabricius are the same; and that the decora, F. and salisburiensis, Weber and
Herbst, are identical. ‘The latter differ from the aurulenta, L. in not having elevated lines on
the elytra.
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 16]
Scutel orbicular, disk indented: elytra blue on the disc ; submargin
and subsuture green, passing into golden towards the margin and suture,
which are brilliant coppery or red golden; basal margin green golden;
surface with seven or eight stria of dilated profound punctures ; the
interstitial lines with each a single series of smaller punctures; no ele-
vated lines; tip /runcated, with a slight projection at the inner angle:
beneath green-golden, with a slight coppery tinge: ¢ibi# coppery.—
Length of the elytra two-fifths of an inch.
It is more brilliant than either the impedita or pare Nice From
the former it is distinguished by being destitute of elevated lines on the
elytra, and from both by its regular series of large profound punctures.
14. B. viridicornis, Nob. This has been-mistaken by an European
entomologist for the agrilus ruficollis, F.; but it is very different in
form, which is much more like that of a true Buprestis ; and the colour
is also different, though that of the head and thorax probably deceived
him, being coppery in each, though much more obscure in our insect.
I have taken a variety in this state differing greatly in colour, so much
so, that it might lead to error unless actually compared.
The colour is bright green; thorax on the disc tinged with coppery,
with a common green triangle extending from the humerus to beyond
the middle; beneath the green colour is less brilliant. Another variety
has the cupreous colour of the thorax confined to the lateral margin.
the remainder being of the colour of the elytra.
I may add to the specific description that the head has an orbicular
indentation between the eyes, and aslightly indented line on the ver-
tex; the scutel is altogether destitute of a transverse elevated line; it is
convex, and widely triangular; the elytra are minutely serrate at tip.
This species has characters in common with buprestis and agrilus,
and it may perhaps belong to the latter.
AGRILUS, Megerle.
1. A. ruficollis, F. We may add to the Fabrician characters that
the head is profoundly indented on the vertex; the indented line is
continued down the front; the elytra are scabrous, and at tip, as well
as that of the abdomen, serrate.
Var. 4. Thorax obscure green.
162 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
Var. B. Thorax colour of the elytra.
The great indentation of the vertex distinguishes this species from
others of this country. Herbst’s figure only tends to mislead, if indeed
it can be intended for this insect at all. It is too robust, the thorax is
not represented as indented, and the elytra are punctured in stria, with
large punctures.
2. A. geminatus, Nob. A numerous species; the colour of the
head and thorax often resembling those of the preceding species, but
the acute, arcuated, elevated line at the posterior angles, is similar to
that of the Jinearis, F. of Austria, which it very much resembles.
3. A. politus, Nob. Much like areuatus, but a little more robust,
and of a brilliant colour. Like the other species its elytra are denti-
culated at tip. Having examined numerous specimens, I find that it
is not ofa larger size than geminatus.
4. A. arcuatus, Nob. A little larger than geminatus, and resem-
bling it in the character of the elevated line at the posterior thoracic
angles, but the antenne are much more slender and elongated.
5. A. granulatus, Nob. ‘This species has three hardly visible ful-
vous spots on the elytra; one on the depressed base, one near the suture
before the middle, and one behind the middle, also near the suture. I
have a specimen in which these spots are not at all visible.
The elevated line at the posterior angles of the thorax is short, but
very obvious.
6. A. bilineatus, Weber, Nob. In my printed description an error
occurs. When describing the elytral vitte, instead of “extended to-
wards the tip, where it gradually approaches the scutel,” I should have
said sufure instead of “scutel.”
7. A. lateralis, Nob. I stated in the description that the elytra are
entire; I would add that they are not obviously denticulated at tip.
8. A. pusillus, Nob. The smallest North American species I have
yet seen.
The above species of agrilus, excepting the first, I described in the
Journal Acad. Nat. Sc. and the Annals of the Lyceum of Nat. Hist. of
New York, under the genus Buprestis, to which most entomologists
yet refer their kindred species.
e
Ps
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 163
9. A. fallax. Elytra with about three spots on each, which exhi-
bit a different reflection.—Inhab. Indiana.
Brassy-greenish: head green, sometimes cupreous on the vertex;
impressed line hardly obvious: thorax with a dorsal and lateral in-
dented line; the former more obvious behind, the latter oblique and
dilated ; more or less tinged with cupreous; an arcuated, elevated line
at the posterior angles; posterior angles acute: elyfra with the basal
indentation, subsutural spot behind the middle, composed of minute
prostrate hairs, producing a different reflection from that of the gene-
ral surface ; tip denticulate: beneath blackish-brassy.
Var. 4. Dull cupreous; thorax brighter.
Length more than one-fifth of an inch.
Distinguished by the elytral spots offering a different reflection from
the remainder of the surface. In some positions they are hardly ob-
vious; but seen from before or behind they are distinct, particularly
the posterior one.
10. A. putillus. ‘Thorax transversely indented before and behind
the middle; elevated line of the posterior angle none.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body blackish-brassy: head greenish; longitudinal impressed line
very distinct: thorax with a transverse indentation before, a much
larger transverse indentation behind the middle, and a more profound
lateral one parallel with the lateral margin; posterior angles destitute
of an elevated line, rectangular or rather more obtuse; elytra, basal
indentation ovate-oblong, oblique; tip denticulated, from the suture to
the middle concave; suture rather prominent.—Length over one-tenth
of an inch.
Only three of the before mentioned species are destitute of an ele-
vated line at the posterior thoracic angles, viz. the ru/icollis, bilineata
and Jateralis, to these we may add the cogifans, Weber. From all these
the present is separable by its inferior size, excepting the /ateralis,
which has no denticulations at the tip of the elytra. One of my spe-
cimens has the head green before.
11. A. otiosus. Line of the thoracic angles short and obtuse; front
but slightly punctured.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body greenish, or brassy-blackish, rather slender: head with the
punctures obsolete, excepting on the vertex, where they are not pro-
VI.—2 Q
164 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
found or well defined; beneath the middle of the front with short
whitish hairs: ¢horax with two slight indentations placed longitudi-
nally, a more obvious one on the lateral margin, and another each side
of the basal middle; elevated line of the posterior angles less than one-
fourth of the length of the lateral edge, but slightly elevated and ob-
tuse: elyéra depressed from the suture to the middle; tip denticulated.
—Length nearly one-fifth of an inch.
Resembles geminatus, but its form is rather more slender, the fron-
tal punctures are obsolete, and the elevated line of the thoracic angles
is much shorter and less distinct.
12. A. cogitans, Weber. The thorax is described to be serrate ;
but on close examination the edge will be found to be entire, and the
upper surface of the edge, or extreme margin only, is serrate. The
body is more dilated than in any other of our species.
TRACHYS, F.
1. 'T. tessellata, F.
2. T. ovata, Weber, Obs. p. 76.
Our species vary greatly, or are very numerous.
GENUS METONIUS, Say.
Thorax short, wide, and deeply emarginate before for the reception
of the head; not lobate behind: antenne subclavate, concealed when at
rest in a groove of the thorax; body short, wide before and narrow be-
hind: tibia angulated, and when at rest the tarsi are applied to the
outer edge: presternum prominent to the mouth, and behind applied
evenly to the poststernum by a transverse line.
This genus differs from Trachys in the thorax being not lobed be-
hind; in the presternum terminating by a straight line; by the dilata-
tion of the tibia, &c.
i. M. ovatus, Nob. (Trachys) Ann. Lye. New York. Those who
will retain this species in Zrachys must change the name to devigatus,
as the other is preoccupied in that genus.
2. M, purpureus. Ovate, black; elytra purple-—Inhab. Indiana.
Body black: head with distinct punctures; front with an indented,
at
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS, 165
abbreviated line placed low down: ¢horax with scattered discoidal
punctures; no lateral indentation: e/ytra purple; indented at the mid-
dle of the base and behind the humerus; punctures rather large but
not deeply impressed, placed in series and obsolete behind: ¢ibiw an-
gulated.—Length under three-twentieths of an inch.
This insect is certainly congeneric with the preceding, but it cannot
be placed in Trachys, or even in Aphanisticus, if pusillus, Olivier, can
be considered as a type of it.
APHANISTICUS, Zafr.
A. gracilis, Nob. (Trachys) Ann. Lyc. New York. The thorax is
not laterally dilated and reflected.
MELASIS, Oliv.
M. nigricornis, Nob., Journ. A. N.S.
I was deterred from referring this species to Cerophytum, Latr., by
the character “le pénultiéme article des tarses bifide. Le corps est
ovale.” Our insect cannot therefore be the Me/asis picea, Beauv.,
which is referred to Cerophytum.
ELATER, Z.
+ Tarsi not lobed beneath.
1. E. oblessus, Nob. (discoideus, Fabr.). The Fabrician phrase,
when describing the elytra, is, “elytra striata, atra, margine baseos la-
teralique late albo;” but as the whitish portion occupies about two-
thirds of the whole surface and might lead to error, it would be better
to say, elytra whitish, with the sutural margin and exterior edge except-
ing at base, black.
I change the Fabrician name, because it is preoccupied by Weber
for a very different species of this country.* )
2. E. morio, F. Herbst. E. /evigatus, F. Herbst. E. piceus, De-
geer, Turton’s Linn.
* Dr Harris says that Weber’s species, here referred to, is the hematus of Fabricius ; and
that Mr Say does not seem to have known the later discoideus of Fabricius, which is quite
distinct from the above named oblessus.
.
166 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND ORSERVATIONS ON
This species is subject to vary through all the intermediate grada-
tions between smooth elytra and deeply striated elytra; which is the
cause why several species have been made of it. The Jateral edge of
the thorax is grooved.
3. E. abruplus, Nob., Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York. Like mo-
rio, but more convex above, more impressed at the junction of the
thorax and abdomen; more densely and minutely punctured; a little
more robust; each joint of the antenne originates much nearer the
posterior angle of the preceding joint; and the lateral edge of the tho-
rax is destitute of a groove, of a somewhat different form, and the head
is not impressed, but is rounded on the front.
4. E. altenuatus. Reddish brown; elytra somewhat attenuated,
blackish and mucronate behind.—Inhab. U. S.
Body bright reddish-brown, almost sanguineous, with small close
set punctures: head not indented before : anfennz, joints not elongated :
thorax convex, lateral margin arcuated ; narrowed before ; line from the
posterior angle rectilinear, acute, diverging from the lateral edge so as
to be as near to the inner edge: region of the scutel rather widely in-
dented: elytra with smaller punctures than those of the thorax; with
obsolete strie; terminal oblique third black; tip somewhat attenu-
ated and mucronate: feet a little darker.—Length four-fifths of an
inch.
A variety occurs of which the elytra are obscure, but still the ter-
minal third, and the exterior margin also, are black. In a particular
light is a slight sericeous effect.
5. E. viridipilis, Nob. The thorax in form resembles those of ocw-
latus and myops, F. but is proportionally longer.
The posterior angles are curved considerably downward. _ It is rare.
6. E. eylindriformis, Nob. In the description “a prominent edge
above the antennz, which disappears before ;” instead of the three last
words, read, which is obtusely emarginate. 'The head, thorax and base
of the elytra have rather long, prostrate hairs; the remainder of the
elytra has short hairs. ‘Tarsi simply hairy beneath.
It may be referred to the genus Campylus, Fischer, but the head is
inserted nearly to the eyes in the thorax; and the palpi are hardly
filiform. ie
-
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 167
7. E. rubricollis, Herbst, Nob. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Se.). This is
the verticinus, Beauvois, but I do not know which has the priority.*
8. E. limbalis. Thorax fulvous, dise black; elytra blackish, with a
testaceous margin.—Inhab. U.S.
Head blackish; antenne wide, deeply serrate; three basal joints
taken together not longer than the fourth joint; second and third very
short, equal transverse: thorax fulvous-testaceous: disc in the middle,
basal and posterior part of the lateral margin black: elytra testaceous
all around and blackish along the middle: beneath blackish piceous;
pectus with an oblique, fulvous spot near the posterior angles: feet
piceous.—Length less than half an inch.
This is the imbalis of Melsh. Catal.,and I have it noted inmy MSS.
interrogatively as the imbalis of Herbst, but I have not now his work
to refer to.
9. E. ectypus. Blackish brassy ; antenne and feet rufous; thoracic
spines very short.—Inhab. U. S.
Blackish or dark brown, tinged with brassy: clypeus very obtuse,
almost truncated before, not appressed ; above plane, with two obsolete
indented lines: antenne dark rufous, not dilated, and hardly serrate ;
second joint more than two-thirds the length of the third; terminal
joint not abruptly contracted near the tip: fhorax convex; dorsal line
obvious; spines short, their excurvature hardly obvious, carina nearly
parallel with the exterior edge: sewtel a little convex: elytra with
punctured striz; interstitial spaces with numerous, small, definite, or-
bicular punctures: feet rufous: tarsi simple.—Length nine-twentieths
of an inch.
It may be distinguished from the appresifrons, Nob., which it re-
sembles, by the more convex thorax, of which the spines are much
shorter and not much excurved; the antenne are more slender, and
the terminal joint is not abruptly narrowed near its tip, and the punc-
tures of the interstitial spaces of the elytra are obviously orbicular, and
definite.
10. E. pyrrhos, Herbst. Elongated: the thorax is narrow, the spines
* Dr Harris remarks that Herbst’s name undoubtedly has the priority ; for that of Palisot
de Beauvois does not seem to have been sanctioned by a description.
VI.—2 R
a EE
168 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
hairy: the joints of the antenne are in length about three times their
greatest breadth, even the second joint is in the same proportion with
respect to the third: the length of the antennz is equal to half that of
the body: clypeus subquadrate, concave towards the tip.——Length se-
ven-tenths of an inch.
11. E. suleicollis, Nob. (E. parallelus, Say, Ann. Lyc. New York).
Dejean informs me that the name parallelus is preoccupied, and pro-
poses to substitute for it that which I now give. An expressive name
would be inversicoilis, the thorax being as wide, or rather wider before
than behind.
12. E. viridis, Nob., Ann. Lyc. New York. Antenne short: joints
in their greatest breadth nearly equal to their length; second joint
hardly half as long as the third: clypeus at tip not prominent, but only
distinguished by a line: thoracic spines with a carinate line parallel to
the exterior edge.
13. E. auripilis, Nob., Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. I obtained another
specimen in the N. W. Territory.
It is remarkable for the deep indentations of the clypeus.
14. E. semiviltatus, Nob., ({bid.). In the only specimen at present
in my cabinet, is a transverse indented line in the middle of the lJate-
ral margin: the thoracie dorsal line is polished behind the middle.
15. E. obesus, Nob. (Ibid.). The clypeus is not prominent, and
the thoracic spines are not carinated; the elytra, in one specimen, are
acuminated at tip: the nails are very robust on the basal half, which
terminates at the middle in a prominent tooth, separated by a deep
fissure.
16. E. viridanus, Nob. (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.). The thorax has
two orbicular indentations before the middle.
‘17. E. mancus, Nob. (Journ. A. N.S.). Second joint of the an-
tennz rather longer than the third. Clypeus not prominent.—Inhab.
New Hampshire, Harris.*
[Among Mr Say’s suppressed descriptions is the following, which may be of use in
determining the species, and is therefore worth preserving. |
18. E. linteus. Black; elytra whitish, tip and sutural edge black.—Inhab. U. S.
Body black : clypeus not prominent, rounded at tip: antenne robust, deeply serrate ; se-
cond joint transyerse, nearly orbicular, very small: thorax gradually narrowed before by a
--
SUME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 169
is. E. converus, Nob. (Journ. A.N.S.). With a good magnifier
the interstitial lines appear to have minute punctures; the third and
fourth, and fifth and sixth striz of the elytra are confluent before the tip.
19. E. cardisce. Thorax rounded, convex, with an elongated lateral
fissure at base.—Inhab. U. S.
Body, blackish: head with short, dense, prostrate, cinereous hair;
clypeus elevated above the front, edge a little reflected : antenne nearly
as long as the thorax, second joint shorter than the third: ¢horaz ele-
vated, convex, with a slight violaceous tinge, and short, prostrate, cine-
reous hair; regularly arcuated each side; lateral edge hardly raised,
placed low down and obsolete before the middle; basal margin pro-
foundly bisinuate, with an elongated fissure near the lateral angles and
a small prominence in the middle ; angles short, abrupt: scwfel cordate,
having a basal fissure: elytra, striz deeply impressed, third and fourth,
fifth and sixth confluent before the tip; very short hair; interstitial
lines convex, minutely rugulous, an obsolete paler spot in the middle
and another beyond the middle: beneath slightly tinged with violaceous:
tibie and farsi dark rufous. —Length three-tenths of an inch.
I have taken it in Pennsylvania, and Dr Harris in Massachusetts.
It resembles convexus, S., but the thorax is much more narrowed be-
hind, Xe.
20. E. discalceatus. Clypeus prominent, triangularly impressed.—
Inhab. New Hampshire.
Body hairy, rufous; discs of the thorax and elytra a little dusky:
head densely punctured ; clypeus prominent and obtuse before, with a
larger triangular indentation: ¢horaz a little dusky on the anterior
margin; posterior angles a little excurved, obtuse, carinated line pro-
rectilinear edge almost to the anterior margin; an impressed line at base; posterior angles
carinate, rather acute: scufel convex, acute behind: elytra whitish, with strie of dilated
punctures; tip black; a narrow, black, sutural margin, and exterior edge, behind the middle,
black: feet piceous: farsi, fourth joint hardly shorter than the third.—Length over three-
tenths of an inch.
Can this be the miaxtus, Herbst? It is the dewstus of Melsheimer’s Catalogue ? a name
preoccupied by Thunberg for a species of Ceylon.
[This description Mr Say originally arranged immediately after that of E. mancus, in the
papers printed at New Harmony, during the summer of 1834, but omitted it with the follow.
ing remark : |
Leconte says that it is the /ugubris, Beauv.
170 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
minent, acute, not parallel with the edge: elylra with the punctires
of the stria not longer than broad: beneath much paler.—Length
nearly half an inch. ,
The antenne are not longer than the thorax, and the terminal joint
is not remarkably contracted near its tip. The individual was sent to
me for examination by Dr Harris. It resembles eucullalus, S., but is
destitute of tarsal lobes.
21. E. apicatus. Elytra bright rufous, black at tip.—Inhab. New
Hampshire.
Body black, with short yellowish hairs: elypeus convex, anterior
edge not obtusely rounded, declining, but distinct at tip: anfennz dark
piceous, rather shorter than the thorax, second and third joints subequal :
thorax wider at the posterior angles; lateral edge rectilinear from the
middle to the tip of the posterior angles, which are prominent and
acute: elytra bright rufous, with a longitudinal black spot at tip; striae
impressed, rather wide, punctured; interstitial spaces convex, punc-
tured: farsi piceous.—Length nine-twentieths of an inch.
The specimen was kindly sent to me by Dr Harris for examination.
Resembies sanguinipennis, S., but is larger, with a black spot at tip of
the elytra. tei
22. E.hamatus. Blackish, thorax with golden hair ; elytra whitish,
with a dusky hooked line at tip.—Inhab. Massachusetts.
Body blackish piceous: antennx dull rufous, hardly as long as the
thorax, second and third joints subequal, ultimate joint oval, not longer
than the preceding one: thorax convex; posterior angles excurved,
prominent, obtuse at tip; hairs golden, prostrate ; carinated line parallel
to the edge: elytra yellowish-white, with a piceous vitta on the outer
margin from the tip to near the middle, where it curves inward and
backward towards the suture and tip ; striz impressed and punctured :
feet rufous.—Length over two-fifths of an inch.
Sent to me by Dr Harris.
23. E. fallax. Clypeus appressed to the front anteriorly ; posterior
thoracic angles short.—Inhab. New Hampshire.
Body blackish-piceous, with yellowish sericeous hair: elypews anteri-
orly confluent with the front : anfenne about as long as the thorax ; joints
hardly longer than their greatest breadth: /horax narrowed before ;
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. Lk All
lateral edge a little arcuated; punctures minute; posterior angles short,
rather wide, scarcely excurved ; carina short; basal margin somewhat
depressed, with a longitudinal indentation in the middle, and a slender
impunctured line extends to the anterior edge : elytra striate, the striae
not very obviously punctured, third and fourth confluent before the
tip; greatest breadth posterior to the middle: ¢ibi# and farsi rufous.—
Length two-fifths of an inch.
This species was sent to me by Dr Harris. The particular disposi-
tion of the hair on the elytra of the specimen gives the appearance of
a broad band at base, another beyond the middle, and a subsutural spot
in the middle, blackish.
24. E. armus. Black ; shoulder rufous.—Inhab. U. S.
Body black: elypeus with large punctures, somewhat triangularly
depressed ; anterior edge obtusely arcuated, distinct from the anterior
part of the head: antennzx, joints as broad at tip as long, second and
third equal, terminal one large, ovate acute, not abruptly smaller to-
wards the tip: ¢horax convex; punctures rather distant, larger before ;
lateral edge subrectilinear, a little undulated; posterior angles short,
their exterior edge very much arcuated, so that the tip points inward
and backward, carina diverging and distant from the edge, and not very
obvious: elytra with punctured striz, third and fourth confluent before
the tip; interstitial spaces punctured ; humerus rufous.—Length one-
fourth of an inch.
Different from scapularis, S., of which the tarsi are lobed. It inha-
bits the middle states, and Dr Harris sent me one from Massachusetts,
25. KB. agonus. Posterior thoracic angles very short and rounded ;
antenne longer than the thorax.—Inhab. Massachusetts, Harris. Penn-
sylvania.
Body violaceous-blackish : clypeus very obtuse before and hardly dis-
tinct from the anterior part of the head; punctures small: anfennez ru-
fous, the tip of.the ninth joint reaching the tip of the posterior thoracic
angle, third joint a little longer than the second, which is globular;
terminal joint obtuse at tip: ¢horax with small punctures, and, like
the head, with prostrate hair; lateral edge slightly arcuated to each
extremity; at base an impressed line in the middle, and an oblique one
each side; posterior angles very short, obtusely rounded: elytra with
VI.—2 58
172 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
short hairs, dull rufous, with punctured stria, of which the third and
fourth are confluent before the tip: feet and venter on the margin ru-
fous.—Length seven-twentieths of an inch.
The posterior thoracie angles are unusually short and rounded.
26. F. vernalis, Hentz. Also inhabits Indiana. I obtained several
specimens in the autumn on the root of an overturned tree.
27. KE. hieroglyphicus, Harris; Catal. Bronzed-black ; elytra pale
rufous, with two undulated black bands.—Inhab. Massachusetts and
New Hampshire. Harris. Pennsylvania.
Body short, robust: head with yellow prostrate hair: clypeus angu-
lated before and but little elevated: antennez rufous ; second joint half
as long as the third; last joint not larger than the preceding one: tho-
rax convex, covered with prostrate, yellow hair, lateral edge regularly
but not prominently arcuated; posterior angles excurved, subacute,
slightly carinated, with a small sinus at their inner origin: elytra pale
yellowish rufous, striated ; striae without very distinct punctures, third
and fourth confluent before the tip; interstitial spaces punctured; a
blackish undulated band from the humerus, is connected by a subsu-
tural blackish vitta, with another undulated band behind the middle,
which is decurrent along the subsuture nearly to the tip: beneath tinged
with rufous: feet rufous.—Length less than half an inch.
In some specimens the posterior band is also decurrent along the
exterior margin nearly to the tip.
2s. E. choris. 'TYhorax rugulous, black, with yellow hairs; elytra
yellowish bifasciate with black.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body biack: antennx piceous, dull yellowish at base: thorax longi-
tudinally rugulous, black, with numerous, golden, prostrate hairs ; pos-
terior angles acute, but not much elongated ; carinated line prominent,
elongated, arcuated: elytra pale yellowish, with a black spot at base,
an angulated band on the middle, interrupted into a spot towards the
suture, and another black angulated band, dilated near the suture,
which it does not reach, but passes abruptly backward towards the tip ;
strie as broad as the interstitial lines: beneath tinged with piceous:
feet pale yellowish.—Length one-fifth of an inch.
I took three individuals.
29. E. dorsalis, Nob. (Journ. A. N.S.). This name was given by
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 173
Paykull to an insect which proved to be the marginatus, Fabr. But
if it be determined, nevertheless, that the present name be changed,
that of mellillus may be substituted. It is found in Indiana, and I ob-
tained a specimen at New Orleans.
30. E. pectoralis. Yellowish; thorax rounded; head and elytral
band black.—Inhab. Missouri. ;
Body yellowish with a slight rufous tinge ; punctures hardly percep-
tible: Aead blackish-piceous: c/ypeus very obtusely rounded at tip to
the eyes: antenne and palpi pale yellow: thorax with the lateral edge
much and regularly arcuated to the origin of the spines, where it be-
comes a little excurved; spines short, acute, carinated: seutel suborbi-
cular: e/ytra with obsolete striae; a transverse black band behind the
middle running down the suture and exterior margin: pectus with the
middle segment dilated.—Length less than one-tenth of an inch.
Resembles areolatus, Nob., but is much smaller, the thorax more
rounded, the spines smaller, the middle segment of the pectus is di-
lated, &c. A variety from Dr Harris has the elytral fascia extending
to the tip, and in size is a little longer.
31. E. curiatus. Blackish; elytra yellowish with a black band;
thorax with a fissure each side at base.—Inhab. U. S.
Body blackish-livid, with minute punctures : elypeus obtusely round-
ed, edge reflected: anéennz rufous, rather robust, a little serrate ; se-
cond joint two-thirds the length of the third ; ultimate joint hardly
longer than the preceding one: thorax with a fissure in the posterior
edge near the spines; spines not carinate, but the lateral edge is some-
what reflected: scufel oblong, concave: elytra with well impressed,
punctured striz; yellowish-white, with a dusky band on the middle
expanding a little on the margin and suture: /eef pale yellow.—Length
three-tenths of an inch.
I obtained three specimens in June.
32. E. sanguinipennis, Nob. (Journ. A. N.S.). Closely resembles
preustus, Fabr., which, however, has the colours much more vivid;
the punctures rather larger and more dense, particularly those of the
interstitial lines of the elytra; the thoracic spines longer; and the
second and third joints of the antenne of our species are more cylin-
drical.
174 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
33. E. inflatus, Nob. (Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist.). Resembles holose-
riceus, Fabr., but is still more robust, the thoracic spines are longer,
and the thoracic punctures more obvious.—Inhab. also Massachusetts.
Harris.
34. E. fenestratus, Nob. (Ibid.). As respects the elytral spot, it
may be compared to the diguftatus, Fabr., but is not much longer
than the head and thorax of that species.
35. kK. obliquus. Piceous; thoracic disc and elytra blackish; the
latter with an oblique spot before the middle.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body yellowish-piceous, punctured, with yellowish hairs: head
black: clypeus not much elevated, obtusely angulated at tip: labrum
piceous: anfenne distinctly serrate ; second joint two-thirds the length
of the third; fourth to tenth subequal ; ultimate one not suddenly
contracted near the tip: ¢horax blackish on the disc; lateral edge ar-
cuated near the anterior angles, rectilinear from before the middle to
the tip of the spines; spines moderate, not distinctly carinate: elytra
with punctured striae, and slightly punctured interstitial lines; a very
oblique yellowish band from the humerus, gradually dilating to the
suture and terminating before the middle, leaving a rather large black
scutellar area: pectus paler than the postpectus: /eef paler than the
pectus: farsi and nails simple: venter with an obsolete darker vitta
each side.—Length nearly one-fifth of an inch.
This species somewhat resembles the areolatus, Nob.
To this division of the genus must be added those species which I
have described under the following names, viz. : badius, erosus, rotun-
dicollis, plebejus, erylropus, collaris, rubricus, mendica, silaceus, quer-
cinus, basilaris, and areolatus, as well as the stigma and nigricollis, of
Herbst.
tt Tarsal joints lobed heneath.
36. E. lobatus, Nob. This species, Germar thinks, is the castani-
pes, Herbst; but it certainly cannot be castanipes, Fabr. The anterior
part of the clypeus agrees with that of Campylus, Fischer.
37. Bilobatus. Dark chestnut; front indented ; spines obtuse ;
second and third joints of the tarsi lobed beneath.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body dark chestnut, punctured, with numerous short hairs; head
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 75
with large, very dense punctures: fronf a little concave: clypeus not
prominent, rather depressed between the antenne: anfennz a little
paler; second joint rather more than half as long as the third; terminal
joint abruptly smaller near the tip, so as to appear like two joints:
thorax with the punctures as large as those of the head, but less dense ;
spines obtuse, not elongated, destitute of carina: edytra with deep striae,
in which are rather large, close set punctures ; interstitial lines convex,
with minute punctures: feef, colour of the antennz, honey-yellow ; se-
cond and third tarsal joints extended beneath into a membranaceous,
rounded pulvillus.—Length less than seven-tenths of an inch.
This species may be distinguished by the obtuse thoracic spines, and
the lobed second and third tarsal joints.
38. E. inquinatus. Honey-yellowish, head and suture blackish.—
Inhab. U. 8.
Body small, honey-yellow, with short hair: head dusky or blackish:
antenne pale: clypeus terminating anteriorly in a rectangle: thoraa
dusky on the anterior margin; lateral edge rectilinear ; posterior angles
acute ; base each side with an elongated fissure: elytra, strie distinctly
punctured ; sutural margin widely dusky at base, and tapering to the
tip: beneath reddish brown: feet yellowish ; farsi with the penultimate
joint only, obviously lobed.—Length under one-fifth of an inch.
This species occurs in Pennsylvania, and Dr Harris obtained it in
New Hampshire, and from North Carolina.
39. E. memnonius. Brown more or less dark: antenne rufous,
compressed ; Jength of the joints at least twice their terminal breadth ;
longer than the thorax: head densely punctured; front concave, ante-
rior edge depressed in the middle by the concavity, but still elevated :
thorax densely, not confluently punctured, convex, laterally arcuated,
widest in the middle; posterior angles very little excurved, and at their
tips somewhat incurved ; carinated line nearly parallel with the edge,
elevated and acute; basal edge with an acute sinus near the posterior
angles: elytra with punctured impressed striae; punctures nearer each
other than their own length; interstitial spaces convex, densely punc-
tured ; third and fourth striz abbreviated and confluent at tip ; apicial
margin a little elevated: beneath, margins and feet paler.—Length less
than four-fifths of an inch.
Vi.—2 T
176 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
E. nemnonius, Herbst, Melsh. Catal. p. 42.—Inhab. middle states.
Terminal joint of the antenne abruptly smaller at tip, and the tho-
rax is longitudinally indented behind the middle.
40. E. baridius. Resembles the preceding, but is much larger,
more robust, the thorax more rounded each side, the second and third
striz of the elytra abbreviated and confluent at tip.—Length over nine-
tenths of an inch.
Of this I have seen but one specimen, which was sent me for exa-
mination by Dr Harris. It was taken in North Carolina.
41. Hemipodus, Nob. (Ann. Lye. N. Y.). Black-brown : antenne
with obconic-compressed joints, not obviously serrate; second joint
more than half the lengih of the third : thoracic spines rather short
and obtuse: the carina parallel with the outer edge: /arsi, first, second
and third joints extended beneath into pulvilli: ¢horax with a slight
fissure on the basal margin, near the posterior angles.
42. E. soleatus. Chestnut; clypeus prominent, rounded ; second
and third tarsal joints extended beneath into a prominent lobe.—Inhab.
Indiana.
Body dark chestnut brown, punctured; with very numerous, short
hairs, not prostrate: c/ypeus prominent before, and obtusely rounded:
antenne a little serrate, rufous; second joint not longer than broad, not
more than half the length of the third: ¢horax rather convex, dorsal
indentation none, excepting sometimes a very slight one at base; late-
ral edge rectilinear from before the middle to the tip of the spines;
spines not excurved, prominent, subacute, carinate ; the carina nearly
parallel to the exterior edge : indentation between the thorax and ab-
domen deep; scufel somewhat indented: elytra with punctured strie,
and with minutely and irregularly punctured interstitial lines : beneath
rufous; second and third joints of the tarsi each extending beneath into
a prominent, flattened, membranaceous lobe, that of the third much
more obvious, rounded at tip, and extending much beyond the tip of
the penultimate joint, which is very small.—Length from seyen-twen-
tieths, to more than eleven-twentieths of an inch.
This varies considerably in size, and the prominent obtuse clypeus,
together with the elongated, membranaceous lobe of the antepenulti-
ee
=e * Fer
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 177
mate tarsal joint distinguish it from other species. Resembles eucul-
latus.
43. E. eucullatus, Nob. (Ann. Lye. N. Y.). May be distinguished
from soleatus by the clypeus being obviously indented above, and more
obtuse, almost emarginate on the anterior edge; the antenne are more
slender, and the last joint not, or hardly longer than the preceding one;
thorax more slender, and the spines more obtuse, shorter, and rounded
at tip: the larger lobe of the tarsi is not so prominent. The thoracie
spines resemble those of hemoroidatis, Fabr., but are more excurved.
44. E. dilectus, Nob. (Ibid.). The penultimate tarsal joint of this
species is produced beneath into a membranaceous lobe. Near the de-
scription of bilineatus, Web., Fabr.
45. KE. vespertinus, Fabr. ‘The penultimate tarsal joint is minute,
but is extended beneath into a dilated membranaceous lobe, half the
length of the last joint. This species varies considerably; the elytra
have generally a connecting black band beyond the middle; they are
rarely nearly all black, with one or two small spots, tip and humerus
testaceous: the thoracic vitta are sometimes reduced to very small
spots: scutel always testaceous.
46. E. cirewmscriptus, Germ. The penultimate tarsal joint is at
least half the length of the last, and is produced beneath into a lobe.
47. E. bisectus, Nob. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc.). Penultimate tarsal
joint remarkably short above, hardly visible, but produced beneath into
a dilated lobe, two-thirds the length of the ultimate joint.
48. E. exstriatus, Nob. ‘This is the E. geminatus, Nob. (Ann. Lye.
N. Y.). Elytra destitute of striz ; joints of the tarsi, excepting the
terminal one, with dilated lobes beneath. I change the name, as that
of geminatus was previously given by Germar toa Brazilian species.
49. E. bellus, S. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Se. UI., p.168.). The penul-
timate tarsal joint is dilated beneath into a lobe. A very pretty little
species.
50. E. binus. Black; with two large testaceous spots on each ely-
tron.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body black, with short yellowish hairs, almost sericeous, punctured :
elypeus rounded at tip, somewhat prominent: anfenne scarcely serrate,
rufous ; second joint more than half as long as the third; terminal joint
178 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON-
not, or hardly, longer than the penultimate one : /boraz on the lateral
edge rectilinear from before the middle to the tip of the posterior spine,
which is rather long, acute, carinate: seutel black: elytra with punc-
tured striz, and minutely punctured interstitial lines; on each a large
testaceous spot, extending from the base nearly to the middle, not
reaching the suture, and a smaller one beyond the middle: pecfus in
the middle piceous: feet honey-yellow : farsi, penultimate joint minute,
but extended beneath into a lobe, almost half the length of the ulti-
mate joint.—Length from one-fourth to two-fifths of an inch.
51. E. seapularis. Clypeus concave; antennz longer than the tho-
rax; humerus yellowish.—Inhab. Indiana.
Head greenish black: e/ypeus somewhat prominent, obtusely round-
ed at tip, much indented above: anfennex longer than the thorax, ser-
rate ; second joint one-third the length of the third, which is dilated at
tip like the following ones, and somewhat longer than the fourth:
thorax greenish black, rather long ; sides a little contracted before the
spines ; spines robust, not attenuated, rounded at tip and yellowish:
scutel piceous: elytra dull yellowish on the basal margin: with rather
deep striae, punctured; interstitial lines rounded with transversely
confluent punctures: feef piceous: farsi with the second, third, and
fourth joints dilated beneath into rather short lobes, that of the third
much wider and more prominent; fourth joint more than half the
length of the third; ultimate joint equal in length to the first, and
equal to the second, third and fourth taken together.—Length less
than two-fifths of an inch.
This is rather slender, and the yellowish bases of the elytra are dis-
tinguishing and obvious characters.
52. E. acanthus. Brown; clypeus concave above; spines com-
pressed, short, rounded.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body rather slender, punctured: Ahead blackish brown, with small
punctures more distant than the length of their diameters: e/ypeus
prominent, obtusely rounded before, and concave above: anfennz longer
than the thorax, not serrate; second joint more than half the length of
the third: ¢horax blackish brown; long, lateral edge rectilinear, hardly
broader behind than before; anterior angles a little prominent, and
slightly truncate; punctures not discoidal, small, profound, and more
SUME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 179
distant than the length of their own diameters; spines very short,
rounded at tip, compressed, without carina, and reflected a little from
the side: elytra paler, with dilated, punctured striae, and transverse
wrinkles on the interstitial spaces: beneath, excepting the pectus, rather
paler than the elytra: farsi, second and third joints produced beneath
into membranaceous lobes, that of the third more prominent; fourth
joint minute, hardly wider than the base of the ultimate joint.—
Length three-tenths of an inch.
Very much like cuculfalus, S.; is smaller and more slender; the
punctures of the head and thorax are not discoidal, as in that species,
and the thoracic spines are entirely destitute of carina, are more ob-
tuse, compressed, and reflected from the sides. Rare.
53. E. claricollis. Black; antenne, mouth, and feet yellowish;
thoracic spines very short, without carina.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body black, polished; punctures minute and remote: elypeus not
prominent, tip a little reflected and rounded: anfennz hardly as long
as the thorax, not serrate, yellowish; first joint robust; second joint
but little shorter than the third; terminal joint not longer than the
penultimate one: mouth, excepting the tip of the mandibles, honey-
yellow: thorax polished, a little narrowed at the anterior angles ; late-
ral edge almost rectilinear, or hardly perceptibly arcuated from near
the anterior angles to the base; spines very short, obtusely rounded,
without any carina: scutel large, angulated behind: elytra with pune-
tured strie ; interstitial lines with minute, distant punctures: pectus,
in the middle near the mouth, honey-yellow: feet pale yellow ; tarsi,
fourth joint small, but produced beneath into a dilated lobe; terminal
joint shorter than the first.—Length one-fourth of an inch.
The thorax is remarkably polished.
54. E. finitimus. Dusky, obsoletely margined with rufous; tarsi,
fourth joint lobate.—Inhab. N. Carolina.
Body with dense, small punctures, black brown: vertex longitudi-
nally indented: clypeus obtusely rounded before, prominent: antenne
pale rufous, third joint a little longer than the second, terminal joint
not obviously contracted abruptly towards the tip: thorax rather nar-
rowed anteriorly, with an obsolete, dull, rufous margin and dorsal line ;
VI.—2 U
180 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
posterior angles very slightly excurved, rather long, acute, with the
carinated line very near to the edge: sewfel dull rufous: elytra with
the striae impressed, not confluent, and in which the punctures are not
very obvious; interstitial lines depressed ; an obsolete, rufous, humeral
spot, and another on the middle of the exterior submargin: beneath
pale rufous: feef paler; penultimate joint of the /arst with a membra-
naceous lobe. —Length three-tenths of an inch.
The body is more elongated than either dilectus, S., or bisectus, S.
I am indebted to Dr Harris for an opportunity to examine a specimen.
55. E. decoloratus, Harris, MSS. Black; elytra, antenna and feet
rufous.——Inhabits New Hampshire and Pennsylvania.
Body blackish, with pale hairs, and minute punctures : clypeus with
larger punctures than the thorax; two obsoletely impressed diverging
lines; anterior edge subangulated, and the angles so depressed as to
appear confluent with the anterior part of the head: anfenne rufous, a
little hairy; second joint two-thirds the length of the third; last joint
longer than the first, not abruptly contracted towards the tip: thorax
convex, blackish ; base with a fissure each side; posterior angles point-
ing backward, rather obtuse and somewhat broad, with the carinated
line rather short, and not much elevated: elytra dull rufous ; impressed,
slightly punctured striaz, more deeply indented at base, and the third
and fourth confluent before the tip: /eef pale rufous; fourth joint of
the /arsi not so distinctly lobed as the preceding joints.—Length half
an inch.
Rare in Pennsylvania. Approaches the description of E. semirufus,
Germar, which, however, I believe to be smaller.
ttt Tarsi dilated, operculiform.
56. E. marmoratus, F. Our largest species of this division that I
have seen. Ihave found it as far north as Canada, and Mr Nuttall
presented me a specimen from Arkansa. It occurs both in Pennsyl-
vania and Indiana, and Dr Harris sent to me a specimen which was
found in N. Carolina. ‘The thorax may be described as unequal, as
it has several indentations; the pectus has deeply impressed tarsal
grooves; and the clypeus is concave.
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 181
57. E. operculatus, S. (Ann. Lye. N. Y.*). Belongs to this divi-
sion. Dr Harris sent me specimens from Massachusetts and New
Hampshire.
58. E. auroratus. Blackish, sprinkled with golden scales ; pectoral
tarsal impressions not profound.—Inhab. New Hampshire.
Body blackish, punctured, with bright yellow scales: clypeus not
conspicuously concave before: thorax convex; a longitudinal, im-
pressed, but not much dilated line, obsolete on the anterior third; late-
ral edge regularly arcuated to the origin of the posterior angles, which
are rather broad, acute, and extending outward and backward, with
their exterior edge perfectly rectilinear to the tip; basal edge sinuous:
elytra destitute of cievated lines at base: pectus, tarsal impressions not
deeply marked, but distinct, concave: farsi rufous.—Length eleven-
twentieths of an inch.
Sent to me for examination by Dr Harris. The lateral edge of the
thorax is not undulatedly arcuated, as in E. marmoratus, F., and E.
operculatus, S.
59. E. obfectus. ‘Thorax with a much dilated groove; elytra with
elevated lines at base, one of which extends beyond the middle.—In-
hab. Massachusetts.
Body blackish piceous : clypeus transversely concave before: thorax
rather short and wide; dorsal groove much dilated, the tcp of its late-
ral elevations being equidistant from the middle of the exterior edge ;
exterior edge arcuated, not undulated ; lateral margin broadly depressed ;
posterior angles rather broad, extending outwards and backwards, their
exterior edge rectilinear to the tip: elyfra with elevated, obtuse lines
at base, one of which is obliquely elongated and is obsolete behind the
middle: tarsal groove of the pectus none.—Length three-fifths of an
inch.
For this species I am indebted to Dr Harris. It is as large as mar-
moratus, F., and operculatus, S., to the latter of which it approaches in
being destitute of the tarsal grooves of the pectus, and in the short,
wide thorax; but it differs from it in the more regular arcuation of the
lateral edge of the thorax, the exterior edge of the posterior angles
* [This is an error. ‘There is no species in the Ann. Lye. N. Y. bearing the name of
operculatus. Is it not the erosus, S., Ann. Lyc., I., p. 258 1—H.]
182 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
being rectilinear, and in the crimped appearance of the base of the
elytra, &ce.
60. E. discoideus, Weber.* Remarkable by the golden hairy head
and sides of the thorax. This is the pennatus, Fabr.; but Weber’s
name bas the priority, and must therefore be adopted.
61. E. lepturus. Blackish; spines acute; elytra with approximated
series of punctures.—Inhab. U. 8.—Pennsylvania, Indiana, and North
Carolina. Harris.
Body Dlack-brown, punctured, rather slender: elypeus concave,
truncate at tip, and emarginate each side at the insertion of the an-
tenne: anfennz rufous, serrate ; second joint not half the length of the
third: thorax with a dorsal, slightly indented line; lateral edge not
arcuated ; a little narrowed before, and contracted at the spines; spines
excurved, acute: seufel rounded behind: elyéra with approximate series
of deep punctures, with an appearance of stria, the series alternately
larger: peclus, tarsal grooves obvious.—Length two-fifths of an inch.
Resembles discoideus, Weber, but is always destitute of the golden
hair of the head and thorax. It is the depfwrus of Melsheimer’s Cata-
Jogue.
62. E. impressicollis, S. (Ann. Lyc. N. Y., I, p. 260.). Resem-
bles lepturus, S.; but may be distinguished by its ferruginous colour.
63. E. rectangularis, S. (Ann. Lye. N. Y., 1., p. 263.).° The pos-
terior angles of the thorax are rectangular, and the antenna remarkably
short.
64. E. avitus. Blackish; rather long; scales yellow and black;
spines acute, hardly excurved.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body black, with a slight tinge of piceous, punctured ; scales inter-
mixed, black and bright yellow; rather slender: elypeus hardly ele-
vated before ; anterior edge very obtusely arcuated, a little concave:
antennez serrate, rufous; second joint small, subglobular: éborax with
an obtusely indented line behind the middle ; lateral edge very slightly
arcuated, and slightly excurved at the spines; spines very slightly ex-
curved, acute, not carinated: scufel concave, rounded behind: clytra
* « Qbservationes Entomologice.” This work, which was presented to me by Professor
Wicdeman, was published in the same year with the Syst. Euleut.; but, as Fabricius quotes
Weber’s work, the priority of the latter is evident.
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 183
with hardly perceptible, raised, obtuse lines; punctures profound, dense-
ly and irregularly set: feef piceous: pectus, tarsal grooves none.—
Length eleven-twentieths of an inch.
Smaller than E. marmoratus, F., and more slender, with a more
equal thorax; larger than E. lepturus, S., discoideus, Weber, impressi-
coltis, S., and rectangularis, S., and the punctures of the elytra are not
in regular series. It seems to approach nearer to E, operculatus, 8.,
but the elytra are more obtuse at tip, and have much more profound,
large, and close set punctures. I have not now an entire specimen of
the latter species, and therefore cannot compare with the anterior part
of the body.
tttt Claws pectinated.
65. E. corticinus, 8. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc., III., p. 174.). The
second and third joints of the antenne are rounded, equal. The basal
margin of the thorax has a fissure each side, near the lateral spines.
It varies in size. ‘The smallest one that I have seen is seven-twen-
fieths of an inch. Can it be the dispar of Herbst?
66. E. cinereus, Weber. Second joint of the antenne about half
the length of the third: the thorax is more rounded at the sides than
the preceding. It varies considerably in size. The basal margin of
the thorax has a fissure each side.—Length from three-tenths to seven-
tenths of an inch. ‘The former size is rare; but the more usual length
is about half an inch.
This is the vulgaris and pilosus of Melsheimer’s Catalogue. It re-
sembles the brunnipes, Ziegler; but the thoracic punctures are rather
larger, and less crowded, the thoracic spines are longer and more acute,
and the second joint of the antenne is a little longer in proportion to
the third.*
* [Among Mr Say’s manuscripts is a description of the cinereus, under the rejected name
of fissilis, which, as it contains the characters of this species somewhat in detail, it may be
proper to insert here. |
EK. fissilis. Brown; base of the thorax with a fissure near the posterior angles.—Inhab.
U.S.
Body chestnut-brown, punctured, somewhat sericeous with short hairs: head convex:
elypeus rounded at tip: a@2fennz rufous; second joint half as long as the third; ultimate joint
not abruptly contracted near the tip: thorax with the lateral edge regularly arcuated, not con-
vVI.—2 V
184 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
67. E. communis, Schonherr, is much like the preceding, but the
thorax is eanaliculate.
68. E. insipiens, S. (Ann. Lye. N. Y., 1, p. 267.). The fissure in
‘he posterior margin of the thorax, near the spines, is distinct.
69. E. recficollis, S. (Journ. Acad. Nat. Sc., IIT., p. 168. ).*
Distinguished from the preceding species by the lobed joints of the
tarsi. In those species the joints have projecting hairs beneath, but
not lobes. The clypeus descends rather low, and is almost rectangular
at tip.
70. E. quietus. Black; antenne and labrum rufous; palpi and
feet pale yellow.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body black-brown ; sericeous with short, yellowish hairs; slender ;
with numerous, minute, but not close set punctures : clypeus very ob-
tusely angulated in front, almost rounded: anécnne rufous, not serrate ;
first joint rather long, and a little arcuated; second and third joints
subequal, the second rather longer and more robust: labrum rufous,
prominent: ¢horaz rectilinear on the lateral edge from near the ante-
tracted near the spines; spines rather short and somewhat obtuse, sub-bicarinate; basal mar-
gin, near the lateral spines, with a distinct fissure: e/yfra with punctured strie, and depressed,
minutely punctured interstitial lines; suture somewhat paler: feet dull rufous: tarsi beneath
with rather dense hairs: nai/s pectinated.—Length over half an inch.
The thoracic fissures readily distinguish this species. 1 formerly marked it in my cabinet
interrogatively as the brevicollis, Herbst; but it can hardly be that species, as no notice is
taken of the fissures. Can it be the cinerews, Weber?
[The following description, which was marked to be omitted by Mr Say, contains se-
veral characters not laid down in the Journal of the Acad. Nat. Sciences on the page above
quoted. Itseems to apply rather to a variety of the recticollis that was proposed originally
by Mr Say as a distinet species, under the name of E. inscius, but was subsequently referred
to the previously described E. recticollis. For the reasons above stated, it may be useful to
insert the rejected description in this place. ‘I. W. II.]
E. reclicollis (inscius, S., MSS.). Brown; clypeus subangulated before ; suture dusky.—
Inhab. Indiana.
Body \ight brown, somewhat sericeous, with yellowish hairs, and with numerous minute
punctures : c/ypeus but little elevated, tip obtusely angulated: antennx hardly serrate, pale
rufous; first joint rather long, arenated, robust; second and third joints subequal: head dusky:
thorax dusky on the middle; lateral edge nearly rectilinear, areuated at the anterior angles,
and a little excurved at the spines; not elongated; spines acute, not carinate; posterior edge
with a fissure from which a line extends forward upon the margin: elytra with punctured
striz and minute punctures on the interstitial lines ; sutural margin dusky: beneath piceous :
pectus honey-yellow: feet honey-yellow: farsi, third and fourth joints Jobed beneath.—
Length less than one-fourth of an inch.
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 185
rior angles, where it is hardly arcuated, to the tip of the spines; spines
acute, carinate; the carina, as in the preceding species, forms the ap-
parent edge, and extends more than half the length of the thorax; pos-
terior edge with a fissure each side, extending in an obvious line upon
the margin: seufel angulated obtusely behind: elytra with punctured
strie and minutely punctured interstitial lines: beneath black piceous:
Jeet pale yellow; farsi, third and fourth joints lobed beneath; nails
pectinated with but few rather robust teeth.—Length less than one-
fifth of an inch.
Closely resembles the preceding, but is more slender, the pectens of
the nails have fewer teeth, and the clypeus is much more obtuse at
tip, and the colour is different.
71. E. pertinaz. Black; antenne and feet rufous; punctures
sparse.—Inhab. Pennsylvania. Massachusetts, Harris.
Body black, immaculate, with distant grayish hairs: elypeus with
large punctures, anteriorly obtusely rounded and elevated, the edge a
little reflected: antenne rufous; third joint a little longer than the
second: ¢horax with distant punctures and hairs; lateral edge nearly
rectilinear behind the middle, the posterior angles divaricating but
slightly outwards ; base with the lateral fissures rather long: elytra
with regular series of punctures, the striz not being impressed, except-
ing at base and the sutural one : feeé rufous.—Length seven-twentieths
of an inch.
72. E. tenaz. Black; antenne and feet rufous; posterior thoracic
angles not excurved.—Inhab. Massachusetts.
Closely resembles E. pertinaz, S., but is much smaller; the punc-
tures of the thorax are much more numerous, the posterior angles not
at all excurved: elytra with the strie distinctly impressed and punc-
tured, the interstitial spaces with rather large punctures: feet rufous.
—Length less than three-tenths of an inch.
For this species I am indebted to Dr Harris.
ISG DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
EUCNEMIS, Ahrens? Mannerheim.
+ Pectus not inflected at the edge, nor canaliculate beneath, lo receive
the antennex.
Tarsi simple.
1. E. museidus, 8. (Later muscidus, Ann. Lye. N. Y., 1, p. 256.).
The largest known species of the United States.
2. E. unicolor, 8. (Elater unicolor, Ann. Lye. N. Y., 1, p. 255.).
Also a large species.
3. E. heterocerus. Light brown, sericeous; three last joints of the
antenne largest.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body light reddish brown, sericeous, with bright yellow hair; punc-
tures minute, universal: anfennz, first joint as long as the three next
together; second joint smallest; third nearly as long as the two next;
fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh and eighth short, equal; remaining joints
each nearly as long as three of the preceding ones together, and some-
what dilated : ¢horaz with an indented line at base; spines prominent,
acute: scuée/ rounded behind: elyfra with impunctured strie: peclus
on the lateral margin slightly concave.—Length half an inch.
The singular form of the antenne will distinguish this fine species
from any other yet known. It will form a separate genus.
4. E. quadricollis. Uead and thorax with large crowded punctures ;
posterior thoracic angles nearly rectangular.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body piceous black, with yellowish hairs: head with crowded, large
punctures, longitudinally confluent on the vertex: anfennx rather dis-
tant at base, not seated in approximated sinuses, but under frontal ele-
vations; second joint more robust than the third, and equally long;
fourth joint rather longer than the third; remaining joints obconie,
subequal, the last a little longer: palpi, terminal joint oval: thorax
transverse quadrate, with punctures like those of the head, but not
much confluent; anterior angles rounded ; lateral edges nearly parallel,
very slightly contracted towards the posterior angles, which are nearly
rectangular, a little acute, not continued backward beyond the line of
the base: elytra with punctured striz and minutely punctured inter-
stitial lines: pectus with less crowded punctures than the thorax:
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 187
middle segment very broad; no groove: feet, like all beneath, dark
piceous; ¢arsi a little paler.—Length over one-fourth of an inch.
This species is not perhaps in all its characters perfectly coincident
with those of the genus, particularly in the remote origin of the an-
tenne; but the form of the prasternum and the great inflection of
the head agree very well.
5. E. frontosus. Antenne submoniliform; thorax indented each
side of the middle.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body blackish piceous, with short yellowish hair, punctured: front
longitudinally indented: antennx ferruginous, serrato-moniliform ; basal
joint arcuated, obliquely truncated at tip; second joint arcuated at base :
thorax with a longitudinal impressed line, and an indentation each
side of the middle; posterior angles prominent: elytra, striz not deeply
impressed: feet piceous.—Length one-fifth of an inch.
The very short and submoniliform joints of the antennz, as well as
the general form of the body, give to this species a resemblance to the
monilicornis, Mannerh., but the thoracic indentations, &c. distinguish it.
6. E. ruficornis, 8. (Melasis ruficornis, Journ. Acad. N. S., IIL. p.
165.). This species, having a very small spine, and slight indentation
instead of a recipient cavity, may perhaps be placed here. By the
very robust antenne it seems to approach the genus Mematodes, Latr.
7. E. obliquus. Elytra black, inner portion, bounded by a line
from the middle of the base to beyond the middle of the length, yel-
lowish.—Inhab. Indiana.—Length less than one-fifth of an inch.
In general form, and in its antenne, this species resembles the ru/i-
cornis, 5.
* * Tarsi, terminal joint short and dilated.
8. E. atfropos. Thorax with two impressed dots and dorsal line.—
Inhab. Indiana.
Body blackish piceous, somewhat sericeous, with bright yellow hair,
minutely punctured: head with the hairs radiating from the middle of
the front: antennz, first joint as long as the three next together, hardly
arcuated; second joint at least as long as the fourth ; third nearly equal
to the fourth and fifth together ; remaining joints rather larger than
the fourth and fifth: thorax convex before, almost vertical at the sides;
vVI.—2 Ww
1ss DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
like the head, dark chestnut; a well impressed dot each side, a little
before the middle; an impressed, acute, longitudinal line behind the
middle, extending obsoletely to the anterior edge; spines prominent,
acute: scufel with a slightly impressed line: elytra blackish, with im-
punctured striae; punctures towards the base somewhat transversely
confluent: pecfus with the lateral margin slightly concave: farsi, pe-
nultimate joint extended beneath into a lobe, a little dilated and trun-
cated.—Length three-tenths of an inch.
Behind each of the dots of the thorax is an abbreviated, obsolete,
impressed, transverse line. ‘The dots of the thorax are more anterior
than those of the pygmezus, Fabr.
tt Pectus canaliculate on the lateral margin.
9. E. ealceatus. Reddish brown: an elevated line on the front over
the base of the antenna.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body reddish brown, or chestnut, slightly sericeous, and with mi-
nute punctures: head blackish, with an obvious, transverse, raised, gla-
brous line over the antenne, a little advanced in the middle: antennz
chestnut; first joint about as long as the head, somewhat robust, ob-
liquely truncated at the end; second hardly shorter, but less robust
than the third, attenuated and arcuated at base, at its junction with the
first joint; fourth joint a little shorter than the third; remaining joints
gradually a little longer to the tip, subequal: thorax dusky, not ele-
vated; dorsal line hardly perceptible, even at base; spines prominent,
acute: elytra rather slightly striate; strie impunctured: beneath par-
ticularly sericeous: pecfus with the lateral groove well marked: fars?,
penultimate joint with a short, rather broad lobe beneath.—Length
from one-fifth to three-tenths of an inch.
10. E. eylindricollis. Black; thorax longitudinally and widely in-
dented behind.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body blackish, a little sericeous, subcylindric, minutely punctured :
antenne dark rufous, shorter than the thorax; first joint cylindrical,
hardly arcuated, at base rather abruptly narrowed, at tip obliquely
truncated, blackish; second joint obconic, attenuated and arcuated at
base ; third longer than the two following ones together ; remaining ones
to the last, subequal; terminal one nearly as long as the third: thorax
SOME NORTH AMERICAN INSECTS. 189
obscurely subiridescent, subeylindric, the sides being almost parallel ;
not remarkably elevated; behind the middle a much dilated, oblong
triangular, rather deeply indented line, extending to the base; spines
acute, not much elongated: scufel rounded at tip: elytra with the striz
obsolete, the subsutural obvious: pectus with the lateral groove very
obvious: ¢ibie and farsi rufous; penultimate tarsal joint produced
beneath into a dilated, obtuse lobe.—Length less than three-tenths of
an inch.
The dilated, elongate triangular indentation, or dilated dorsai line,
extending from the undule to the base of the thorax, is probably some-
what similar to that of the capucinus, Ahrens; but the general form is
much more cylindric.
11. E. elypeatus, S. (later c., Ann. Lyc. N. Y., I., p. 266.).
12. E. amenicornis. Black; antenne pectinate, second and third
joints, and feet rufous.—Inhab. Indiana and New Hampshire.
Body small, black, densely punctured above and beneath: antennz
with a process on each joint excepting the three basal ones, black, the
second and third joints dull rufous: ¢horaz convex, simple; posterior
angles a little excurved, acute, without carinated line; base without
fissures: elytra, third and fourth striz only half the length of the ely-
tra : feet rufous.—Length over three-twentieths of an inch.
Resembles E. pygmezus, Fabr., but the thorax is without indenta-
tion. I obtained two specimens in Indiana, and received one from Dr
Harris.
ttt Pectus canaliculate each side of the middle.
13. KE. triangularis, 8. (later t., Journ. Acad. N. §., TI., p. 170.).
Antennz, first joint slightly arcuated, obliquely truncate at tip; se-
cond obconic, small, arcuated at base: fhoraz with an impressed line
behind the middle ; anterior margin piceous.
It occurs in Indiana as well as Missouri.
14. E. humeraiis. Black; elytra rufous at base.—Inhab. Indiana.
Body black, minutely punctured, and with minute hairs; froné with
an obsolete indented line: anfennz rather hairy; first joint slightly
arcuated, obliquely truncate at tip; second obconic, arcuated at base ;
third shorter than the two following ones together ; remaining joints
190 DESCRIPTIONS OF AND OBSERVATIONS ON
subequal, to the last, which is a little longer; ¢horaa convex, but not
much elevated: elytra striate ; basal fourth rufous: feet rufous: pectus
distinctly canaliculate each side of the middle-—Length three-twen-
tieths of an inch.
Note.—I am indebted to Count Mannerheim of St Petersburg, Rus-
sia, for his excellent observations on this genus. His descriptions are
detailed and perspicuous. I have adopted, for the present, his views
of this genus.
THROSCUS, Latr.
T. constrictor.
This species is the approximate analogue of the ads/ricfor, Fabr., of
Europe, to which I had always referred it: but on comparing our in-
sect with a specimen of the adstrictor, for which I am indebted to the
politeness of Professor Germar, I am inclined to consider it a distinct
species, and I give to it the above name, which that distinguished ento-
mologist proposes in his letter. This insect, compared with the ad-
strictor, is of a paler colour, and a little different in form ; being less
attenuated behind; in size it is much the same; it is also somewhat
more obviously punctured.
i- “s
f
a PY
j
‘
}
i
i
i
i
cd
Y
a ey ; ive - “g: va 7
i i adhe Nh GRUB Ay hg uae ‘a
coal ‘e fay ss , Seay i j : ¥
Fi reales : ' : : 2 ou
are , y = t 7 u ] Pe 7
(Seay yj ye mit : rare 7 eee ; ; 7 : vy 319 1}
of A E a 7 : 7 7 A
mer iin 5 rs \ a _ : ; !
‘ ; , at Pe ; ;
. , i : P _ a = By
= AF ie oe: A Be a 7 vail cee a : .
] : Pe = = ; a : ny
e F 2
4 ; ,
: 7 ae art
: ; “ ’ i] wa
: - | os / a
= rn 1 q
j 5 Ne
4 ne ? v , , * : i i fa
a 3 i 5 i we ~
= =
See ‘! . ' i Th :
mc ee e q ee ee is 7 rad {relh saya? 4 ae _ i is
On AE) a a Pe : OS ci alae ' va
ped) re Se Hn ww a i a : ) a 7 | +. a , he Shs
See es eeyirie ayer hm. 625 Se A ae
\
‘
WYN) £0 Wf MW Aiea
AE ATTEIN? wa
NOILOUG
NV tal
UQNNOND
ARTICLE III.
Notice of a Vein of Bituminous Coal, recently explored in the vicinity
of the Havana, in the Island of Cuba. By Richard Cowling Tay-
lor, Lsq., F. G.S., and Thomas G. Clemson, Esq. Read August
19, 1836.
Tue bituminous coal mine of Casualidad is situated about three
leagues east of the city of Havana, and on a main road (Camina Real)
leading to the city of Guanabacoa, from which place it is distant six
miles, and from the sea at a place of embarkation, only two miles.
The surface of the country, from Guanabacoa eastward to the mining
property above mentioned, is undulating, and partakes of those charac-
ters which are so marked elsewhere in this island, where the serpen-
tines and the euphotides are the predominant rocks.
In leaving Regla, on the south side of the bay of Havana, the eupho-
tides, which Monsieur de Humboldt has described here, and which we
found also to exist, with similar characters, in the distriet of Halguin,
towards the northeastern end of the island, are here evidently the most
predominant rocks; occupying a breadth of about two leagues, within
which area the city of Guanabacoa and the adjacent Petroleum springs
are situated.
Having next passed a belt of about a mile in breadth of white roek,
succeeded by a narrow slip of serpentine, and again by a similar white
rock, which we had not sufficient leisure to examine closely, we arrived
Vi—2 x
192 NOTICE OF A COAL VEIN IN
within half a mile of the coal vein in question, when a fragile, dirty-
gray coloured argillaceous rock succeeds, which alternates with the
euphotides.
‘Towards Guanabacoa, and indeed throughout a large portion of the
island of Cuba, the prevailing course of the rocks is about east and west ;
but in the vicinity of the coal we unexpectedly found that the diree-
tion is changed to north and south.
The coal vein of Casualidad is visible at opposite extremities of an
excavation thirty feet deep, of a quadrangular form, descending on one
side by steps cut in the soft rock or clay, which bounds the coal on
either side. ‘This soft rock is fragile, incoherent, distorted; of a yel-
lowish green colour, like the prevailing euphotides, of which it is a
variety. A few feet to the eastward of the vein, there occurs a hard,
blue, siliceous rock, containing small cavities, that are partially filled
with a leek-green mineral, which we conceive is a variety of serpen-
tine. In close connection with the above, a beautiful diorite occurs,
the base of which is petrosiliceous, tinged with green; which colour is
caused by a mixture of serpentine. This rock is very hard, and has a
highly crystalline structure. It crops out at several points.
The siliceous, blue rock, the diorites, and the euphotides, alternate
the one with the other. The two first mentioned are in much less
proportion than is the third, which is by far the most predominant
rock of the country.
All these are highly inclined, and frequently vertical: their direc-
tion, as before stated, being north and south in the neighbourhood of
the mine.
Appearance of the Coal Vein.
The vein commences, or crops out, immediately under the alluvial
soil of the surface, and follows an irregular but nearly perpendicular
direction downwards, as shown in the drawing.
It is visible to the depth of full thirty feet. The bottom of the ex-
eavation was covered with mud, washed in during the rainy season, so
that we could not there readily define the breadth of the vein; but it
was stated by the overseer to be nine feet. From this pit many tons
of pure coal have been extracted.
THE VICINITY OF THE HAVANA. = 93
On the north side of the excavation the vein issolid ; havinga thick-
ness gradually increasing to four feet.
The coal is formed in parallel layers of from one to four inches in
thickness. Sometimes these layers, instead of being perfectly horizon-
tal, are slightly curved, especially towards their extremities. This is
particularly the case where an accidental derangement has taken place
in the vein. On its sides, near the walls of the vein, the coal for a
few inches in breadth is deflected, as if it had been pressed by the
sides or walls. Here the structure becomes baccillary, and the coal,
on the slightest effort, divides into irregular polyhedrons. The surface
of this coal, when detached from the walls, instead of being smooth, or
covered with any kind of bituminous shale, is rough, and presents a
baccilo-fibrous appearance, similar to the structure observed in arrago-
nites and other fibrous minerals. ‘Two or three small branches, or
filons, are seen passing from the main vein at about the depth of twenty
feet, occupying smaller fissures in the rock.
On the south side of the opening, the coal, in rising towards the
surface, parts off into two separate veins, and is apparently more dis-
seminated through the rock than on the north side, as may be seen in
the ground plan accompanying this article.
We have here, in the strictest sense of the word, a coal vein, and
unlike any we have before witnessed in any part of the world! It is
distinguished from the ordinary deposites of coal, inasmuch as they
occur in distinctly stratified beds, and almost invariably exhibit abun-
dant traces of organic remains, for the most part of vegetable origin:
whereas we have here before us what was evidently, originally, an ir-
regular open fissure, terminating above in a wedgelike form, having
various branches, all of which have been subsequently filled with car-
bonaceous matter, as if injected from below, and that not by slow de-
grees and by an infinite succession of depositions, but suddenly and at
once.
This coal is wholly unaccompanied by traces of vegetable remains,
or by the beds of bituminous or other shales, which almost invariably
envelope or accompany ordinary coal seams, whether in secondary or
transition formations. The layers, of which we have spoken, are for
the most part horizontal; that is to say, at right angles to the sides of
194 NOTICE OF A COAL VEIN IN
the vein; and when otherwise are accidental, or are produced by an
after cause. This fact, together with the baccilo-fibrous structure,
observed where the coal is in contact with the walls, are among the
reasons which lead us to lean towards the supposition that the fissure
was charged or filled at onee, and that these characteristics are the
result of the carbonaceous matter having passed to a more solid state
in its present position.
It would be rash to pronounce an opinion on the presumed extent
of this deposite, as well as on the probable magnitude of the vein be-
low the point at which it is visible, or the depth to which we have
had access; but if the vein continues to enlarge downwards, in the
same proportion as it has augmented in the first thirty feet, or even if
it holds the present breadth of nine feet, the quantity of this mineral
must be very great, and will prove a highly acceptable discovery, so
near a great city, and in a district from which nearly all the timber
for fuel has been Jong ago removed.
Quality of the Coal.
This coal is unusually light: its specific gravity being not more than
1-142; and two other experiments on heavier specimens gave 1°18, 1:19.
It is perfectly jet black; having a resplendent lustre, which is much
greater in one sense, cr under one aspect, than in the other, and it
divides in parallel layers in the mass. The surface of the divisions, or
partings, in the coal, is brilliantly shining. Its cross fracture is rough,
and has a glimmering, pitchy appearance.
We have now to advert to an external character, which is very com-
mon, and in fact is of constant and universal occurrence in this coal;
a featare which distinguishes it from all other coals which have come
to our knowledge, in any quarter of the globe. Its horizontal fracture
or surface is marked by numerous concentric, or rather eccentric, rings
of various sizes, from a twentieth part of an inch to a foot in diameter.
They are perfectly regular and uniform in shape, smooth, shining ;
resembling the impressions made by a seal in black wax; or, when
first seen, appear like the casts of the flat valves of some shells.
This coal is exceedingly friable, breaking into small fragments under
the hammer. Its powder is brown, and when pressed under the pestle,
i
THE VICINITY OF THE HAVANA. 195
takes a polish like certain resinous substances. It burns with much
flame and smoke; melts, and gives a light voluminous cake, which,
when incinerated, leaves comparatively a small proportion of cinders or
ashes.
The following analysis, which was made by one of us, gave, per
cent, as follows:
Volatile matter (gas, &c.), : 5 ; A : 63-00
Carbon, . s ‘ 2 ‘ : : : : 34:97
Ashes, . : ; : : , : J ‘ 2°03
100.00
The foregoing examination of this bituminous coal, fixes definitively
the respective proportions of its component parts; consequently, it de-
termines the applications to which that combustible would be the best
adapted. Its quality of burning with a long, licking flame, gives it
many advantages for evaporating, heating surfaces, &c., over many
combustibles which contain a smaller quantity of volatile matter.
For the generating of steam power, for the boiling or concentrating
the juice of the sugar cane, or for the manufacture of gas, this coal is
singularly well adapted. As it contains no sulphuret of iron, the gas
manufactured would be free from that very deleterious portion or ad-
mixture, which it is so difficult to separate from those gases usually
manufactured from bituminous coals containing sulphur. It might
also be employed with advantage in manufacturing lamp black (noir
de fumée).
Quantity.
As we have no knowledge of coal being ever before found in forma-
tions similar to those in which the mine of Casualidad occurs, no op-
portunity is offered us of reasoning from analogy, and from the expe-
rience derived from similar deposites. It will therefore be admitted
that, whatever observations we might be induced to hazard, concern-
ing the extent of carbonaceous matter existing here, they would ne-
cessarily be founded more or less upon conjecture.
VI.—2 ¥
196 NOTICE OF A COAL VEIN NEAR THE HAVANA.
The outerop of this singular vein was accidentally discovered where
the public road winds down the point of a small ridge, and is worn
down sufficiently deep to expose the coal and attract attention.
In whatever way we may account for the origin of this remarkable
coal deposite, in a rock of this age, we must be led to view it, in some
measure, in connection with the petroleum which is found in the
rocks of this region. We observed it in a liquid form, filling cavities
in a mass of chalcedony, a few yards only from this coal vein; and
whilst breaking fragments of various rocks in this vicinity, during a
hot day, we perceived a strong odour of pitch or tar arising after every
blow of the hammer.
The Petroleum springs, which rise from the fissures in the serpen-
tine at Guanabacoa, two leagues to the west, have long ago attracted
attention.
Round the bay of Havana, petroleum is still collected at low water,
under the name of chapapote, and is employed, in the manner of tar,
for paying vessels.
It is matter of history that Havana was originally called, by the dis-
coyerers of the island, by the name of Carine, because there they ca-
reened their ships, and pitched them with the tar which they there
found washed on the shores of this beautiful bay.
The position we have described is not the only one in the island of
Cuba where this remarkable variety of coal exists. It has been ob-
served between the cities of Havana and Matansas, not far from the
sea coast.
We are not aware that any other of the West India islands contain
coal in sufficient quantity to be worked. In Jamaica it appears, on the
authority of M. De la Beche, coal exists in veins of an inch or two in
thickness, occurring stratified with the usual coal measures and carbo-
niferous rocks: but these veins are too insignificant to be worth mining.
Of the geology of St Domingo we know very little, and shall pro-
bably remain ignorant for some time to come.
It were an interesting fact, if it be, as we conceive, that this is the
first discovery within the tropics (in this part of the globe at least) of
workable veins of remarkably pure coal.
is
ARTICLE IV.
Observations on the Changes of Colour in Birds and Quadrupeds. By
John Bachman, D.D., President of the Literary and Philosophical
Sociely of Charleston, S. C., &c. Read May 19, 1837.
No attentive observer of nature can have failed to remark the strik-
ing and wonderful mutations to which some birds and quadrupeds are
subject, from the young to the adult state, and at different periods of
the year. ‘The young ofour Indigo bird, and Blue Grosbeak, are clothed
with brown, but in the adult state are brilliantly blue. The young
of the Painted Bunting is of an humble ash colour ; and, after undergo-
ing asuccession of changes, puts on-a livery of bright purplish lilac,
vermilion and glossy green. ‘The young of the White Ibis and the
Whooping Crane wear a homely brown garb, whilst the adult is pure
white; on the other hand, the young of our Blue Heron and Reddish
Egret are white; and the adult in the one case bright blue, and in the
other rufous. There are other birds, such as the Reed bird, the Ame-
rican Goldfinch, the Yellow crowned Warbler (S. coronaéa), and various
species of Gulls and Sandpipers, that disguise themselves so during
six months of the year, whilst on their migrations, as to be with dif-
ficulty recognisable. Some of our quadrupeds also, as if seeking for
notoriety, at one season are clothed in white; and, as if courting ob-
scurity in the other, assume the humbler dress of the earth and the
dried leaves around them. To account for these mutations, or even to
198 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
describe the process by which they are effected, has been a source of
much perplexity to naturalists and philosophers. In Europe, Cuvier,
Yemminck, Yarrell, Drs Flemming and Whitear, Mr Montagu, and
several writers in the recent numbers of the journals of Paris, Dres-
den and Halle, have indulged in various speculations, and adopted a
number of contradictory theories. Some have contended that birds
moult but once, others twice a year; some that the annual mutations
are produced by a gradual fading or brightening of the feathers; whilst
others have contended that it is produced by a sudden moult. Dr
Flemming, who adopts the theory that the feathers of birds do not ar-
rive at maturity and drop off till they are a year old, supposes that
those feathers which are received in spring, remain till the following
spring, and that those added in autumn, moult on the succeeding au-
tumn, thus making two irregular moultings in a year. One school of
naturalists has supposed that the change in those quadrupeds which
become white in winter, is effected by the gradual lengthening and
blanching of the summer fur; whilst another presumed that this won-
derful mutation can only occur by a shedding of the summer hair,
which is replaced by the snowy pelage of winter. In our own country,
few observations have been made on this subject. Our celebrated or-
nithologists, Wilson, Bonaparte and Audubon, appear to have dwelt
very sparingly on the changes of plumage in birds, which, however
overlooked, seems to belong to their department; and, with the excep-
tion of a paper by Mr Ord, in the Transactions of the American Phi-
losophical Society, I do not recollect having read any article on this
department of the physiology of birds and quadrupeds. In our inves-
tigations of nature, we are perhaps too prone to build our theories first,
and afterwards seek for the facts which are to support them. Hence,
naturalists, having the same field of inquiry before them, and reading
from the same book of nature, which is open to all, are very apt to be
swayed by their preconceived notions, and thus retard the progress of
science by unprofitable disputes.
The time perhaps has not yet arrived, when any certain theory can
be built on this part of physiology. A sufficient number of experi-
ments and observations have not been made with care and judgment;
nor have such a body of facts been collected as will enable us to judge
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 199
which. theory is founded on nature and truth. Systems which we
adopt in haste, from an examination of a few isolated facts, without
awaiting the slow progress of time, are frequently obliged to be aban-
doned in after years. When Bonaparte wrote his long, spirited and
interesting article on Peale’s Egret Heron, and framed his theory that
“the Egret Herons are entirely of asnowy whiteness, without any co-
loured markings on the plumage whatever,” he could not have con-
ceived that the next student of nature who visited the spot where his
specimen was obtained, should discover that this identical species be-
came brown and rufous; and thus compelling nature herself to scatter
his fine spun theory to the winds.
It is proposed in this article to give such facts relating to the moult-
ing of birds and quadrupeds, as some experience has enabled me to
collect. Should this have a tendency to elicit further inquiry, on a
subject so interesting to naturalists, and lead to the study of the causes
of these wonderful changes, my object will be attained.
1. Does the change of plumage in some birds arise from a change
of feathers, or from the feathers themselves assuming at one period a
different colour from that which they have at another?
On this head the following observations were made.
Falco leucocephalus. A pair of birds were sent to me in the spring
of 1830, taken from a nest in the neighbourhood of Beaufort, 8. C.,
two years before. ‘The old birds having appeared unusually large, and
destitute of the white heads and tails of the Bald Eagle, the individual
who had preserved the young, sent them to me under an impression
that they were the long disputed Sea Eagle (F. albicilla) of Europe.
Perceiving that they were the young of our F. /ewcocephalus, and being
aware that some of these birds, when in confinement, required five
and six years before they attained their full plumage, I did not much
value these troublesome and expensive pets. Ona closer examination,
however, I observed that the male had some of the feathers of his head
streaked with white, whilst the outer edges were bordered with brown.
I discovered also, when he spread out his tail, that some of the inner
portions of his feathers were broadly and irregularly patched with
white. I concluded that the important change I was desirous of wit-
nessing was in progress. The birds were therefore carefully fed and
VIL—2 Z
200 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
noticed. The female had evidenced no appearance of change, or pro-
gress towards a change, until the moulting season arrived. ‘This com-
menced in June: both birds moulted freely, the female three weeks
later than the male. In the latter, the feathers of the head came out
nearly pure white; those of the tail continued still irregularly barred
with brown and ash, but became gradually whiter till about the latter
end of October, when he had all the markings of an adult bird. The
feathers of the female assumed nearly the colours of the male, at
the time I first received him. In the beginning of November, all fur-
ther change in the plumage of the female appeared to have been
checked. The birds remained in my possession till the following Ja-
nuary, when they were sent to Europe.
The above observations, in addition to the facts they present with
regard to the process by which changes in colour are effected in this
species, enable us to form some idea of the time it may require to
produce the full plumage. Birds in confinement, deprived of the ex-
ercise, air and food to which they are accustomed in a state of nature,
often moult irregularly, and the time they attain full plumage is con-
siderably protracted. An individual of this species which was for
some time in my possession, did not moult for eighteen months, al-
though apparently in good health; and when at last this process took
place, it was in January, the coldest month of the year in Carolina.
In the present instance the male received the white feathers in his head
and tail a year earlier than the female, which, I have reason to believe,
would not have been the case if they had been left at liberty. Here,
however, is one instance established, with a tolerable degree of cer-
tainty, of this species arriving at full plumage in three years.
Strix asio. 'The young of this species was first described under the
above name; and the old as striz nevia. Its general colour above is
reddish brown, but when it receives its mature plumage it is mottled
with white, ash and pale brown. J have possessed very few opportu-
nities of examining the change of plumage in this species. Having,
however, once found an individual sitting on its nest while yet in the
red stage, I conclude that they do not arrive at full plumage till they
are more than a year old.
Im the month of February (the year was not noted, and is unneces-
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 201
sary to our present inquiry) I saw in the possession of some lads, who
were dragging it through the streets by a string, an individual of this
species, so singularly marked that I was induced to ask them for it.
They stated that they had found it with a broken wing in the woods.
The wing was nearly severed, but the wound apparently healed; a
proof that the injury was of long standing. The bird, though lean,
was in moult. ‘The lesser wing coverts,a portion of the head, and an
irregular spot on the breast, had nearly attained the markings of the
mature bird; the rest of the feathers that had not been moulted re-
mained the colour of the young. It survived but a few days. Whe-
ther this was a spring moult, or that of summer retarded in conse-
quence of the wound, I had no means of ascertaining.
Psittacus Carolinensis, Carolina parrot. This bird has become so
rare in Carolina, that I only once noticed a small flock of five or six
among the cypress trees of the Salt Katcher swamps. In the autumn,
however, of 1831, a friend received from St Augustine five young
birds of this species. ‘They were never in my possession, but I visited
them occasionally, and scarcely ever without the expense of a wound,
which they were at all times ready to inflict upon any strange visiter.
They continued in the uniform plumage of the young of this species
till the beginning of February, when they all about the same time
commenced moulting, more perceptibly and more extensively in some
of the individuals than in others. A striking increase of brightness
was visible in ail the new feathers. Those on the neck, which first
came out a yellowish green, gradually and irregularly became bright
yellow; but in all cases, as far as I had an opportunity of judging, the
change of plumage was in the new feather. Absence from the city
prevented me from seeing these birds after they had arrived at full
plumage.
Icterus Baltimore, Baltimore Oriole. The only opportunity afforded
me of observing the changes of colour in this beautiful species, was in
the state of New York, in May 1815. A young male had been ob-
tained and confined in a cage, where it was for some time fed by its
parents. In the month of October of the same year it moulted; the
young feathers were much brighter than those which were dropping
out; and in two months afterwards the bird was in full plumage. Our
202 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
af
ornithologists, Wilson and Audubon, who state that this bird requires
three years before it arrives at full plumage, may have been led into
this mistake from having seen birds of the late brood of July, not in
perfect plumage in the following spring. Mr Audubon, indeed, re-
cently informed me that he had satisfied himself of this errer, in exa-
mining an aviary kept by some gentleman in Baltimore, and I acknow-
ledge myself indebted to him for the hint which induced me to refer
to the long neglected notes I had made on this species.
Icterus spurius, Orchard Oriole. This sprightly species was for
several years preserved in an aviary, where I employed my leisure
moments in studying the habits of this beautiful race. There, among.
various others of the feathered tribe, it built its pensile nest, and reared
annually two broods of young. Its curious gesfures, its varied and
often melodious notes, as well as its continually varying colours, ren-.
dered it one of the most interesting and admired species. The young
were yellow on the under surface, and the males could scarcely be
distinguished from the females. They moulted in autumn, the last
brood not until January, being two months later than the first. There
was no perceptible change in colour for two weeks, when the birds of
the first brood assumed the black patch under the throat; the later
birds still remained yellow in those parts. ‘They retained these co-
lours during spring, whilst they were engaged in the cares and duties
of reproduction. ‘The moulting season now commenced in August,
when the elder males became mottled on the back with irregular
streaks, and the younger assumed the black patch under the throat.
In the month of January the first assumed the bright chestnut colour
on the breast, and were in full plumage, and the others but one stage
removed from it; thus passing through all their variations of colour to
their full plumage in less than two years. Our naturalists have ex-
tended the time to four years; a pretty long time to be concealed under
a mask.
Fringilla cerulea, Blue Grosbeak. A pair of young birds of this
species was taken from the nest in May 1836, and raised by a friend,
who since presented them to me. They were then of an humble drab
colour, and commenced moulting about the beginning of December.
The female died in the moult. The new feathers in the male came
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 203
out blue, edged outwardly with brown; the moulting has proceeded
rather slowly, owing, no doubt, to the cold weather. On the 21st of
March young feathers were still making their appearance on various
parts of the body, whilst the first feathers that appeared after the moult
were bright blue, even to their extremities; the latter ones are still,
along their outer edges, near their points, tipped with brown and drab,
which continue to brighten as the feathers become more matured.
The male undoubtedly attains his bright and perfect plumage before
he is a year old. Although I have occasionally seen a young male in
early spring with a few brown feathers (the result, no doubt, of an
imperfect moult), yet, out of many hundreds that I have noticed in
the breeding season, I have never seen any males that were not in full
plumage. They are not subject to a change of colour during winter,
as supposed by Wilson, nor do they require three years to attain their
full plumage, as stated by Audubon.
Fringilla ciris, Painted Bunting. This beautiful and social species
is very common among the caged birds of the south. Having long
preserved it in an aviary, where it raised two or three broods in a sea-
son, I have it in my power to state, from personal observation, the
changes through which it passes from immature to perfect plumage.
For the period of a year, the male strongly resembles the female, being
of an olive green colour above. The birds moulted late im autumn,
without any perceptible change of colour. In this homely dress they
in the following spring commenced building their nests, rearing their
young, and, with their sprightly song, cheering the females engaged in
incubation. In August and September they began to moult ; thenew
feathers on the head came out bright blue; those on the breast of a
light ash colour, tinged with carmine ; the colours on the head appeared
to have been received in their full perfection, immediately after the
moult ; those on the breast and neck continued to brighten gradually
for some weeks. The perfect plumage, as far as it is acquired in this
species in confinement, was obtained in less than two years. Our or-
nithologists have assigned the period of four or five years for this pro-
cess. To the objections which may be urged against experiments
made on birds in confinement, as affording no certain guide in ascer-
taining the time at which they arrive at full plumage, it may be ob-
VI.—3 A
204 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
served, that in caged birds, excluded from the full influence of sun, air
and suitable food, the period may be extended, but not accelerated.
The above instance may suflice to show the process which nature
pursues in effecting the changes of plumage, from the young to the
adult state, in land birds. I shall, therefore, omit adding the notes I
had prepared on several others: particularly on those of Polyborus vul-
garis, Carracara Eagle, from Florida, a pair of which I have now in
confinement; Falco borealis, Red Tailed Hawk; Picus erythrocepha-
lus, Red Headed Woodpecker; Fringilla cardinalis, Red Bird; Tana-
gra rubra, and estiva, Scarlet Tanager, and Summer Red Bird; Co-
lumba leucocephala, White Crowned Pigeon, &c. In all of them,
however, there is a striking uniformity, the changes being effected
during the space of a year, and in most of them the feathers become
eradually brighter immediately after the moult.
I shall now proceed to note a few observations on those water birds
that are subject to striking variations in plumage, from the young to
the adult state, which will prove that nature, although varying in some
particulars in some of the species, is still subject to the same general
laws.
Grus Americana, Whooping Crane. 'The young of this bird is ofa
brownish ash colour, and at a year old is still one fourth smaller than
the adult bird. In this state it has been considered by all our writers
on American ornithology, with the exception of Audubon, as a distinct
species.
Grus Canadensis, the Canada Crane. Dr Richardson, who found
its eggs (which were smaller than those of the Whooping Crane) in
the polar regions, is also under the impression that it is a distinct spe-
cies. It will be recollected, however, that all our birds, as far as we
are acquainted with their histories, breed at a year old, even before
they have attained their full plumage ; and that young birds lay smaller
eggs than old. How long a time the Whooping Crane requires to ar-
rive at full maturity, I have had no means of ascertaining. I however
had an opportunity of witnessing the change of colour in a pair of this
species, which convinced me that the Canada Crane was the young of
the Whooping Crane. The birds were obtained, it was said, from
Florida, in what manner I was not informed, and were represented as
Lo
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDs. 205
two years old. They were very tame, feeding from the hand, and
evidencing no vicious disposition ; preferring, as food, the sweet potatoe
(Convolvulus batata) and Indian corn (Zea mays). They had not quite
completed their moult. They appeared a shade lighter than the Ca-
nada Crane, and considerably larger. ‘The feathers were white nearly
to their extremities, where the ash colour prevailed; the brown edges
on the feathers continued to become narrower. At each successive
visit the change was rendered more visible. In a few weeks some of
the feathers became pure white, while others were slightly tinged with
a cinereous colour. ‘The change was not perfect, though nearly so,
when the birds were removed from the city, and all who saw them
unhesitatingly pronounced them Whooping Cranes.
Ardea cxrulea, Blue Heron. Our writers on American ornithology
were not, until recently, aware that the young of this species was white.
In this state of plumage it so much resembles the Snowy Heron (.r-
dea candidissima) that it can searcely be distinguished from that species,
except by its black legs and toes. I had many opportunities of wit-
nessing the changes of plumage to which this bird is subject, and dis-
covered that, both in captivity and in a state of nature, the time and
process do not materially vary. The young birds continue pure white
till late in autumn, when they moult. No perceptible change in co-
lour takes place, except in a very few instances; a few feathers have a
slight tinge of biue near their inner webs. All the old birds retire
south of Carolina in winter; a few of the young, in white plumage,
remain. When this species return from their winter retreat in Flo-
rida and Mexico, they possess their beautiful trains, some white, others
white and blue. Even in spring, a few new feathers may be seen
here and there pushing forwards, and are easily known by their having
a tinge of blue. On some the breasts are spotted ; some of the feathers
haying become blue, others still remaining white: every where, how-
ever, a tendency to the change which is approaching, is visible in each
new feather, its inner vaine being more or less marked with blue. A
few still continue white, probably the late brood of the former year.
It is amusing to witness the breeding place of these birds. A. thou-
sand nests may sometimes be seen on some small islands among the
reserve dams of the rice fields of Carolina. Here is seen an indiseri-
206 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
minate mixture of all colours, engaged in incubation and providing for
their families. A blue male may be seen mating with a white female,
a blue female choosing for her companion a white male. Birds strangely
spotted, some with white, others with blue trains sweeping through
the air, rising in hundreds over your head, and presenting so many va-
riations in plumage, that the young ornithologist is tempted to believe
that he has a half dozen new species to describe. In Augusta regular
moult commences, and before the old birds leave Carolina,in autumn,
they have acquired their blue colour; thus attaining their full plumage
in less than two years.
Ardea rufescens, Reddish Egret. This Heron, which I have had in
a state of domestication, in its changes of plumage, and the period in
which these changes are effected (as far as an imperfect experiment
was made), seems to partake strongly of the character of the last men-
tioned species.
The various and opposite changes which our species of Grus and
irdea undergo, from the young to the adult state, is striking and won-
derful. In all of them there is no perceptible difference in the plu-
mage of the sexes of each species, except in the least Bittern (Ardea
exilis), where it is very striking. In the Ardea herodias, 4. minor,
4. Ludoviciana, 42. virescens and 4. exilis, no very striking mutations
take place, from the young to the adult. The Ardea occidentalis
(great White Heron of Audubon), .2. alba and 4. candidissima are
white in all stages of growth, and at all seasons. The Grus Americana
and .rdea nycticorax are ash or brown, when in the first year of
their existence, and then the former becomes white, and the latter
greenish black and white; whilst, on the other hand, the Ardea ceru-
lea and Ardea rufescens are white when young, and blue or rufous
when in full plumage.
Plotus anhinga, Black Bellied Darter. I discovered several nests
of this rare and singular species in the immediate vicinity of each other,
in one of the dark and gloomy morasses of Carolina in June last. No
naturalist has heretofore spoken as having seen its nest, except Mr Ab-
bot, in his letter to Mr Ord, who describes the eggs as blue, and the
nest containing six young and two eggs. I have sometimes thought
that my excellent old friend mistook some heron’s nest for that of this
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 207
species, as the nests I examined contained only three eggs, and in one
instance four, on which the females had for some time been sitting,
and the eggs were white, covered over with a calcareous matter, like
those of Cormorants. The young were brought home, fed on fish,
and became very familiar and amusing. The sexes, when young, are
alike of a brown colour. The male commenced moulting in Novem-
ber. The young feathers came out black, and seemed to assume nearly
all their bright colours immediately. When it had nearly arrived at
full plumage, in January, it was unfortunately killed by a dog, in re-
venge for the severe bites it was wont to inflict on all intruders upon
it at meal time. In this species the full plumage is received before it
is a year old. In all the instances I have enumerated, it will be per-
ceived that in the changes which occur in the plumage of birds, from
the young to the adult state, nature is nearly uniform in her opera-
tions. ‘That these changes occur immediately after the moulting of
the bird, and that many feathers may, in process of time, become of a
different colour; in short, that the colour may change without a change
of plumage.
This leads to a further inquiry.
2. Whether old birds, whose plumage has arrived at full maturity,
are subject to the same general law with those who advance from im-
mature to perfect plumage. In other words, does their plumage be-
come perfect at once, or is it subject to gradual changes, as in the case
of young birds?
It is admitted that in a great majority of birds, as in the Crow,
Blackbirds, Blue Jays, &c., these colours are permanent, and there is
no perceptible change in colour from the formation of the feathers till
they have matured and drop off. But in many species this is not the
case. Many instances have fallen under my observation, to satisfy me
fully, that feathers change their colours in adult as well as in young
birds.
A female wild Turkey was sent to me eighteen months ago by my
friend Dr Tidyman, in order to enable me to ascertain whether this
species, when taken wild and full grown, could be domesticated. It
had been just caught in a trap, and was excessively wild. By subject-
ing it to confinement with the tame variety, and excluding the light,
VI.—3 B
208 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
in part, it lost all its wild habits, and eventually became so gentle as
to approach my hand to be fed. In the month of October last it
moulted, like the tame turkeys, with which it now associated. But
I was surprised to find many of the tail and wing feathers, and some
of the feathers on the back, coming out of a light ash colour, whilst
others were nearly white; insomuch, that some of my friends were in-
duced to pronounce it only one of our varieties of the tame turkey.
Shortly afterwards these feathers began to change in colour, and gra-
dually become darker and brighter, till, after the expiration of a month,
it had again all the rich plumage of the wild female turkey.
A male of the Summer Duck (.4nas sponsa) has been in my pos-
session for several years. In the moulting season, which occurred in
August last, he lost all his fine plumage, and the new feathers were at
first so much of the colour of the female, that the sexes could scarcely be
distinguished by the plumage. Shortly afterwards, however, a change
commenced; from day to day the beautiful tints of the male were
returning; his rich colours were gradually restored ; and in the course
of six weeks, this, the most elegant of all the species, was again in full
plumage.
These observations are calculated to strengthen the opinion advanced
by the Rev. Mr Whitear, contained in the twelfth volume of the Trans-
actions of the Linnean Society of London, that “a change in the co-
lour of the plumage of birds does not always arise from a change of
feathers, but sometimes proceeds from the feathers themselves assum-
ing at one season of the year a different colour from that which they
have at another.”
To this theory I am disposed to subscribe, to a certain extent, and
under some limifations. That feathers are changed in colour, without
a change of the plumage, is admitted, and, I think, satisfactorily proved.
But, as far as I have been able to ascertain, this change is always pre-
ceded by a recent moult.
At this stage of our inquiries we arrive at an interesting point.
‘There are many birds that are subject to a semi-annual change of co-
lour, after they have arrived at full maturity. The male Rice Bird
(Emberiza oryzivora) is of a brownish yellow colour during six
months of the year, and returns to its breeding place, in the northern
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 209
and middle states, clothed in a livery of white and black. The male
American Goldfinch (Fringilla tristis) is of a homely olive brown co-
lour during winter, whilst in summer it isa bright yellow. The Yel-
low Crowned Warbler is ash coloured during half of the year; of a
beautiful blue in the other. Our Plovers, Tringas, Gulls, &c., are
subject to the same changes. Our ornithologists have widely dif-
fered in investigating this part of the physiology of birds. The sub-
ject of inquiry here seems to present itself under a new aspect, and the
inquiry is:
3. Do birds which are subject to these semi-annual changes in plu-
mage receive their new colours in the spring,in consequence of a fresh
moult, as they do in summer, or are they produced bya gradual fading
or brightening of the feathers, without a fresh moult?
Mr Ord, in a well written article published in the third volume,
new series, of the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society,
has advanced the following theory. “It being now satisfactorily
proved that a change of colour obtains, in some birds, in the winter
and spring, without a change of plumage, I am disposed to conclude
that the state of moulting, properly so called, takes place in all birds
but once a year.”
To this theory the following difficulties seem to present themselves.
The colour in the plumage of birds, especially in the small feathers,
most subject to a change, appears to be advanced to the extent it is in-
tended to arrive at, in a few weeks, or, at furthest, in a few months.
At that point it seems to become stationary, and to remain so for a
considerable length of time. If the same feathers are afterwards to
receive a fresh set of colours, there must be some secretions in the
body of the bird, and a fresh impulse given to the feathers already ad-
vanced to maturity, imparting to them properties which they did not
possess before. When it is necessary fora bird, in summer, to receive
a new dress, differing in colour from the old, there are no secretions
by which it can impart fresh colouring matter to its old feathers, which
have long become stationary in their growth and colour. It is, then,
essential that these feathers should be thrown off, and those substituted,
which, in the progress of their growth, and their advance to maturity,
may receive those hues destined for them by nature. This law of
210 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
nature seems to be so simple, that it can be easily comprehended ; but
if a different and opposite process is observed, in giving new and en-
tirely different colours to the old feathers of the bird in spring, the law
of nature, so uniform in other respects, cannot be traced. The fea-
thers and other appendages in birds may (without adopting the nice
distinctions and scientific terms used in botanical science) be compared
to the leaves and other appendages of plants. In early spring, the
juices, together with the influence of sun and air, impart that nourish-
ment which causes the leaf to expand, and assume its beautiful colours ;
but when the leaf has arrived at maturity, no fresh growth of the tree
will give a new colouring to its leaves. New ones may be formed,
and these may continue to grow and flourish, but the old ones fade and
drop off. Even among our evergreens of the south, whose leaves are
persistent, as the orange tree, &c., which may be said to have two pe-
riods of growth (April and September), the leaves, when once ma-
tured, seem to have lost the power of further circulation; they cease
to grow; their rich colours fade ; and they only await the time appointed
them by nature, to return to the ground. If the feathers in birds,
then, which have been long stationary in their growth, are capable of
receiving a new set of secretions, and of assuming opposite colours, we
must seek for some new law of nature, not hitherto understood.
The origin of the feathers is the matrix which is placed in the skin,
or under it. The structure of the matrix is a pulpy substance called
bulb, and a capsule, which is composed of several layers. The bulb
furnishes the material of the stem and vane, which, when complete,
disappears, leaving no residue but the almost imperceptible ligament,
connecting the quill to the bottom of the cavity, which receives and
embraces it. Whenever a new feather is to be formed, a new matrix
is necessary to the process. ‘The early connection of this matrix with
the body, is by means of vessels. From these the pulp or bulb de-
rives its nourishment. ‘The feather is, whilst young, enclosed in a
sheath, and this, as well as the quill itself, is filled with a coloured
fluid. In a few weeks the secretions have been imparted to the fea-
thers, and the sheath, by a process of absorption, becomes dry, and is
rubbed off. In the tube of the feather now remains a jointed mem-
branous body, which every one has observed in the barrel of a common
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. Q11
quill. This shaft is now filled with air. After this process, the ob-
ject of nature in providing covering and the means of flight to the bird,
seems to have been accomplished, and the feather ceases to grow.
In order to renew the nourishment of the quill, it would be neces-
sary to renew the vascular connection. It is doubtful whether any
revivescence of colour can take place without this. As long as this
lasts, the assimilative powers within the feather may continue to act.
When this ceases, these are extinguished with it. As the vascular fluid,
then, which fills the sheath and the quill gradually disappears, as also
the bulb which nourishes it, after the feather has arrived at full ma-
turity and becomes stationary in its growth, it would appear that after
this period no further change of colour can take place. ‘This point,
however, has not been so satisfactorily investigated by physiologists, as
to enable us to express a positive opinion, and, until this is done, we
are obliged to resort to an examination of individual species, in order
to ascertain how far there is a uniformity in these changes of colour
in all birds.
The fact that birds in winter are, by a wise Creator, furnished with
a thicker covering than they possess in summer, does not appear to
have received that attention from naturalists who have made inquiries
on the subject, that its important bearing on this point seems to require.
Several of the birds subject to these semi-annual changes in colour,
spend their winter in climates comparatively cold. The Sylvia coro-
naéa is seen by thousands in Carolina, where the thermometer, during
winter, stands for several days in succession, below the freezing point.
The Fringilla tristis also braves our coldest winters; and the Sazicola
sialis and Sylvia petechia linger among our copse woods and orange
groves. ‘These birds are clothed with a covering suited to the rigorous
season. In summer their dress is lighter, as well as more gaudy. If,
then, there is no dropping off of feathers, it would be reasonable to in-
quire what becomes of their winter clothing? This would have to be
borne through all the heats of summer, till the moulting season; and
their thick blanket of down would damp their ardour, and silence many
a joyous song.
i am well aware, however, that we may build theories, and indulge
in speculations, which, however plausible they may appear, and however
VI.—3 ©
ee
212 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
satisfactory to our own minds, may be easily overturned by asingle glance
at the manner in which nature performs her operations. Admonished,
therefore, to resort to a better book than philosophers can write, the
book of nature itself, I was determined in some hour, not devoted to
any higher pursuits, to make the inquiry by a simple examination of
facts, not difficult to collect. The point in dispute seemed susceptible
of an easy solution, by a careful examination of those birds that are
subject to semi-annual changes of colour, and to ascertain if they moult-
ed once or twice in a year.
The following was the result of my investigations. I copy from
notes taken ona succession of visits into the country.
February 23, 1837. Visited a country residence about two miles
from Charleston. Slight indications of early spring. Weather windy
and unsettled; a slight frost during the night. A few of the trees in
the city in blossom, especially the peach and plum. In the country
the Laurus geniculatus, Prunus chicasa, Acer rubrum and Salix nigra,
the only trees in bloom. Procured a number of specimens in ornitho-
logy.
The following had no change from winter plumage, and no appear-
ance of a moult. Mocking Bird ( Turdus polyglottus), one specimen.
Pine Creeping Warbler (Sylvia pinus), two specimens. Sylvia coro-
nata, two specimens. Solitary Thrush (Zurdus minor), one speci-
men. White Eyed Fly-Catcher (Vireo noveboracensis), one specimen.
Fringitla trislis, ten specimens, of both sexes. The males of the latter
species differed considerably in colour in the different specimens.
Whilst some strongly resembled the females in their plumage, others
were considerably brighter in colour, especially on the breast; and in
two or three specimens there were irregular markings of black on the
frontlets, as if nature during the last moulting season had been making
an effort at advancing the birds to the bright plumage of which they
had just been deprived.
The following had commenced moulting. Wax Bird (Bombycilla
Carolinensis), two specimens, males. Both birds were considerably
advanced in the moult; new feathers, in great quantities, were coming
out on every part of their bodies; these were much more brilliant than
the old, and seemed to receive their bright colours at once. Crested
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 213
Titmouse (Parus bicolor), one specimen, moulting along the sides and
on the head. Solitary Fly-Catcher (Vireo solitarius), one specimen.
(This bird, contrary to the assertions of ornithologists, has a soft and
melodious song. It is becoming more common every spring.) A
great many young feathers were appearing on the head, around the
lores of the eyes, and on the breast and back. Savannah Finch (Frin-
gilla Savanna), one male specimen; far advanced in the moult;
about one half of the feathers on the breast young, and still sheathed.
Bay Winged Bunting (Fringilla graminea); a row of young fea-
thers appearing on each side of the neck. Chipping Sparrow (Frin-
gilla socialis); moulting commenced on the breast, and a few young
feathers on the head.
The same day I examined some living birds, in a state of confine-
ment. ‘The male of the Caraceara Eagle (Polyborus vulgaris), flew
fiercely at my face whilst I was inspecting the female. Neither of
them was in moult. ‘The English Pheasant (Phasianus colchicus), the
Wild Turkey (Meleagris gallipavo) and Virginian Partridge (Perdrix
Virginiana) showed no indication of moulting. This was also the
case with the different species of pigeon, and among all the E’mberize
and Fringiliz. 'The Song Sparrow (Fringilla melodia) was only shed-
ding its feathers.
March 3. Visited thecountry. No very perceptible advance in ve-
getation. Nights cool, with slight frosts. The only additional plants
in flower were Leontodon taraxicum, Laurus sassafras and Ovalis
stricta. These facts, with regard to the advance of spring, are noted
in order to enable us to form some idea of its probable effects on the
time of the moulting of birds.
Obtained the following birds.
Bombycilla Carolinensis, fifteen specimens. About one half of this
number were moulting on the breast, neck, and under the throat;
some of them extensively ; and in one of them especially, it appeared as
if every feather on the body, except these in the tail and scapulars, was
already replaced by new ones, half formed. In some of the specimens
moulting had not yet commenced, or had already been completed.
Bonaparte states, in regard to the genus Bombycilla, “ that they moult
once a year.” Fringilla graminea, two specimens, moulting exten-
214 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
sively on every part of their bodies. I noticed that these two birds,
which were males, were in full song. Jringilla socialis, two speci-
mens. In one a large quantity of new feathers were coming out from
the sides; and in the other the whole head was covered over with
young feathers still sheathed. Zroglodytes xdon, one specimen. Far
advanced in the moult along the breast.
The following had no appearance of any change in colour or of
moulting.
Fringilla hyemalis, two specimens; Fringilla cardinalis, three spe-
cimens ; Regulus cristatus, two specimens; Troglodytes Carolinensis,
two specimens; Sylvia coronata, eleven specimens; Turdus migrato-
rius, six specimens; Lringilla tristis, twenty-two specimens.
The Fringilla tristis and Sylvia coronata seemed wild and restless,
as if preparing to migrate. ‘Their numbers had also considerably di-
minished, and it is possible that they may not remain long enough to
enable me to ascertain the process of their change of colour in spring.
March 6. Since I last visited the country there has been a fall of
snow of about three inches in depth, remaining on the ground for
twenty-four hours; an unusual occurrence in 8. Carolina. This cold
change brought back a number of birds that appeared to have left us
for the season.
Obtained and examined the following species of birds. Sylvia coro-
nata, twelve specimens. About one half of these (both males and fe-
males) had commenced moulting. ‘The new feathers were of the
bright colour which this bird assumes in summer plumage; the old
remained stationary. Fvringilla Savanna, seven specimens. These
birds were receiving new feathers on various parts of their bodies;
those on the head were all changing ; under the chin, the ash coloured
feathers of winter were replaced by those of pure white, the colour of
summer. Zurdus migratorius, two specimens. In one of these spe-
cimens a considerable number of young feathers were appearing along
the breast, under the chin and on the head. Troglodytes Carolinen-
sis. A row of new feathers along the sides.
No change was apparent in the following species. Corvus ossifra-
gus, six specimens; Corvus cristatus, two specimens ; Fringilla tristis,
sixteen speci:nens; Picus pubescens, three specimens; P. villosus, two
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 215
specimens ; P. auratus, two specimens; Icterus Pheeniceus, eleven spe-
cimens, females; the males of the last species are found in separate
flocks at this season, a few of the young males occasionally associate
with the females.
After the above period, I was for a short time in Georgia, where,
through the kindness of my friends, who furnished me with spe-
cimens, I was enabled to examine a number of species of birds.
On my return to Charleston I resumed my inquiries into this sub-
ject, and through my own exertions and the aid of some of my young
friends, had an opportunity of inspecting a considerable number of spe-
cimens, of various species, subject to a semi-annual change of colour.
The result of examinations made on the 13th, 16th, 17th, 21st, 23d
and 28th of March; on the 3d, 10th, 17th and 20th of April; and on
the 4th and 5th of May, I will condense under a notice of each species,
as the notes taken on these different occasions would swell this article
to an unreasonable length.
Fringilla Pensylvanica, White Throated Sparrow. Of this spe-
cies I was enabled to examine about thirty specimens, in addition to
those in an aviary. The light ash colour under the chin is in every
instance replaced by a fresh moult; the new feathers coming out pure
white. This is the case in both sexes. The birds too appear to moult
on every part of the body, some having the whole head covered with
young feathers still sheathed ; the same process is going on with others,
on the breast; and in others, moulting first commences in spots on the
back. ‘Thus nature seems to leave one portion of the clothing as a
covering to the bird, whilst it is renewing the rest; and the feathers of
one part of the body are fully formed before moulting commences on
other parts.
Fringilla Savanna, Savannah Finch; Fringilla palustris, Swamp
Sparrow; Fringilla melodia, Song Sparrow; Fringilla pusilla, Field
Sparrow. ‘The same process was observed in these species. They all
moulted extensively, but irregularly; and in many specimens every
feather, except those in the wings and tail, appeared to be renewing.
Fringilla erythropthalma, 'Towhee Bunting. Of this species I re-
ceived seven specimens. ‘T'wo males had the whole head covered with
new feathers; one other was moulting extensively on the back; not an
vI.—3 D
216 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
old feather was remaining on that part ; and in another this process was
going on among the featherson the breast and sides. In the remainder
there were a few young feathers, but no regular moult.
Sylvia petechia, Yellow Red-Poll Warbler. This species T was ex-
tremely anxious to examine, in reference to this subject. The differ-
ence of its plumage in winter and summer is as striking as that of
Sylvia coronata. It however becomes yellow olive in spring, whilst
the other becomes blue, streaked with black, with a yellow spot on its
rump and crown. The Sylvia petechia has been described under two
names, that of the above and Sylvia palmarum, by Bonaparte and‘ Au-
dubon; the latter recently acknowledged his error. I obtained of this
species twenty-four specimens. Every individual was moulting ex-
tensively. The new feathers came out at once in summer dress, leay-
ing not a shadow of doubt on my mind that this bird receives its
bright colours from a change of feathers, and not from a change of co-
lours in the old feathers.
Sylvia pensilis, Yellow Throated Warbler. This is one of the small
number of the species of this large genus that breeds in Carolina. Its
note was first heard on the 16th of March. Obtained, at various
times, thirteen specimens. In every instance the whole of the yellow
on the throat was replaced by young feathers just pushing forward,
and in several individuals moulting was general over other parts of the
body. ‘The above observations apply equally to Sylvia trichas, Mary-
land Yellow Throat, of which I inspected about five specimens.
Fringilla tristis, American Goldfinch. This was one of the birds
referred to by Mr Ord, as a proof of the correctness of his theory, that
birds moult but once a year. Although this species is common in
Carolina in winter, feeding on the seeds of the long moss ( Tillandsia
usnoides) that hangs in festoons from the limbs of our venerable live
oaks (Quercus virens), and at a later period on the imported, but very
common chick weed (Alsina media), it generally leaves us for the
north early in March, and, no doubt, undergoes its changes of plumage
in spring in the immediate vicinity of Philadelphia. This bird had
left us for about two weeks, but was driven back to this vicinity in conse-
quence of a succession of cold days; and from the 16th to the 22d of
March I had an opportunity of obtaining forty specimens. On the
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. Q17
former day two or three individuals were brought to me in which
moulting had commenced. From this period until every straggler ap-
peared to have left us, on the 23d, I discovered that the process of
moulting was advancing rapidly. It seemed to commence in the old
males, extending itself to the females; and on my last examination not
an individual of either sex was brought to me that was not in extensive
moult. ‘The young feathers on the head came out black; those on the
rest of the body of a bright yellow. In the old feathers no change
whatever had taken place. Mr Ord is correct when he states that this
species is in full song in March; this was the case in all the individuals
I observed; but he appears to have overlooked the opportunity of ascer-
taining that it was also in full moult. The theory that the song of
birds is silenced in consequence of the exhausting process of moulting,
is not calculated to bear the test of close examination. The Fringilla
tristis, Troglodytes don, Fringilla Pensylvanica, F. graminea, Syl-
via pensilis, and many others, were in full song, although they were
moulting very extensively. This is-also the case at the moment I am
writing, in several species nowin my aviary. It will probably be found
that the vocal powers of birds are called forth by an increased develop-
ment of the sexual organs, in the vivifying season of spring, and that
their song is suspended in autumn, when these organs are sensibly di-
minished.
Psittacus leucocephalus, White Fronted Parrot. A bird of this spe-
cies, now in the possession of my friend Dr Wilson of this city, was
carefully examined on the 20th of March. It was in fine health, re-
peated several words, and made attempts at a song. We found it in
extensive moult, and all who examined it were satisfied that it was
receiving a full set of new feathers on every part of the body. This
species exhibits a variety of colours, green, white, yellow, pink and red.
The feathers came out apparently in the bright hues which the bird
assumes when in perfect plumage. In pursuing my investigations on
the change of plumage in birds, I have observed that old birds, moult-
ing in spring, usually receive their bright colour at once, whilst many
species, that moult in autumn, have these colours imparted to them by
a gradual process.
Psittacus coccinocephalus, Scarlet Headed Parrot; Psittacus purpu-
218 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
reus, Purple Bellied Parrot. I have had in my possession, for several
years past, a living bird of the first named species, and frequently seen
one of the latter in the cage of a friend. Both species moult in sum-
mer, and again in the months of February and March. 'The moult,
with the exception of the larger feathers in the tail and wings, was as
general in spring as in autumn.
Emberiza oryzivora, Reed Bird. This species, which is so singular
in its habits and changes, passes under different names in various parts
of the country, referring either to its colour, food or song. In the
eastern states it is usually called Bob-Link, from its notes bearing a
fancied resemblance to those syllables. In New York Ihave heard the
farmers call it Skunk Bird, in consequence of its black breast and sides
and broad white streak on the back bearing a resemblance, in colour,
to that animal (Mephitis Americana). In the middle states it is called
Reed Bird, in consequence of its feeding on the seeds of that plant (Zi-
zania); and in the southern states the Rice Bird, from the extensive
depredations it commits on our rice fields ; hence its specific name (Ory-
zivora).
In autumn, the male of this bird, as is well known, lays aside its
black and white summer dress, not by a change of colour in the old
feathers, but by a thorough moulting, extending even to the large fea-
thers in the wings and tail. It now becomes of the plain colour of the
female. In thisdress it continues till March, when it gradually changes
again, and in May is once more in full summer plumage. Mr Ord
states, from personal observation, on birds confined in cages, that “du-
ring the time the male is undergoing this metamorphosis, there is no
change of feathers, their colours being altogether the result of their
organic secretions.” I have no positive evidence to prove that there
was any inaccuracy in his observations. ‘These birds generally make
their appearance in Carolina from the Ist to the 10th of May, when
they have already attained full plumage. Having never kept them
during winter and spring, I am obliged to consider the examinations of
Mr Ord, in reference to this species, as conclusive. This will, then,
show that the Rice Bird is an exception to the general rule, and that,
whilst all our other known species that assume two distinct colours in
a year moult in spring as well as in autumn, the Rice Bird is an in-
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 219
stance where a different process takes place. This, however, affords
no proof of the truth of the assertion that all birds moult but once a
year, since it is now certain that the majority of birds moult twice a
year. I do not however consider it impossible, that even in regard to
this species some mistake may have occurred. ‘These changes pro-
gress silently and rapidly, and unless watched with great care, are
effected without our observing the process. ‘The males made their
first appearance this year in our rice fields, in scattered flocks, on the
5th of May; and on that and the three following days I had an oppor-
tunity, through the politeness and attention of several planters, of exa-
mining fifty specimens. Nine-tenths of the birds were in full plumage,
and there was no appearance of their having moulted; but in five or
six specimens, where the black colour on the breast had not been fully
restored, I perceived several places where rows of young feathers, still
sheathed, existed in spots of an inch or two inextent. These feathers,
instead of coming out yellowish brown, as is the case with the species
when they moult in autumn, were black, narrowly edged on the points
with brown. Whether the moult was accidental in these specimens,
or whether it extends to every individual in the species, I had no means
this spring of ascertaining ; certain it is, that the young feathers percep-
tible on the specimens sent with this communication, do not undergo
the process of the change from brown to black, which must be the case
if the colours of spring are imparted without a fresh moult.
Sylvia xstiva, Blue-Eyed Yellow Warbler. This species, in autumn,
is of a pale yellow colour, changing in spring to bright yellow, streaked
on the breast with orange. It probably undergoes this change within
the tropics. On the 27th of April I had an opportunity of examining
eleven specimens; two of these were not in full plumage, and I ob-
served that in one instance the whole head was covered with new fea-
thers,and in another the young feathers on the back had recently been
produced, and were still enclosed in a tube.
Fringilla cyanea, Indigo Bird. This is a rather rare species in the
maritime districts of Carolina, and breeds but sparingly in these parts.
On the 3d of May I obtained three male Indigo Birds. ‘They were in
full song, and I was enabled to discover them by their notes. One of
the birds was in perfect plumage, and I could observe no evidences of a
VI.—3 E
220 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
moult; the other two were mottled, and the points of the feathers were
edged with brown. They were receiving new feathers extensively on
every part of their bodies ; one of the birds would probably have been
in full plumage in a week, the other was less advanced, and would have
required a longer time. Whether these were young birds receiving
their bright colours for the first time, or old birds renewing their co-
lours by a fresh moult, I could not ascertain.
The arguments of Dr Flemming (vol. II., p. 26, 27) in favour of
his theory that a spring moult is unnecessary to a change of colour in
feathers, as confirmed by the examination of Captain Cartwright on
the Ptarmagin (7Zefrao lagopus) of Labrador, is very far from being sa-
tisfactory to my mind; on the contrary, it appears to me that Cart-
wright’s own notes, taken on the spot, ought to have caused the Doctor to
have hesitated, before he adopted, so confidently, a theory which may
yet be discovered, on a more careful examination, to be wholly founded
in error. The following is an extract from the Captain’s Journal (see
Transactions, On the Coast of Labrador, vol. [., p. 278): “ When I was
in England, Mr Banks [Sir Joseph Banks], Dr Solander, and several
other naturalists, having inquired of me respecting the manner of these
birds changing colour, I took particular notice of those I killed, and
can aver for a fact, that they get at this time of the year (September
28) a very large addition of feathers, all of which are white, and that
the coloured feathers at the same time change to white. In spring,
most of the white feathers drop off, and are succeeded by coloured ones,
or, I believe all the white feathers drop off, and they get an entire new
set. At the two seasons they change very differently; in the spring
beginning at the neck, and spreading from thence ; now they begin at
the belly, and end at the neck.” Captain Cartwright here asserts that
the Ptarmagin, in autumn, receives a very large addition of white fea-
thers, but that the coloured feathers are changed to white. I perceive
no difficulty in explaining this autumnal change. Presuming that the
birds moulted in the middle of August, as is the case in Labrador, some
of the feathers would not come out pure white, but would gradually
become so, as is the case with other birds I have mentioned, and they
would thus, for a time, retain a mottled appearance. ‘The summer
moult in birds extends over the whole body, even to the wing and tail
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 221
feathers, in every species I have examined, and I presume that the Ptar-
magin does not form an exception. The only point of difficulty lies
in the spring moulting, and in this Captain Cartwright is pretty ex-
plicit. He states, with some hesitation, his belief, from an examination
of many specimens, that “all the feathers, in spring, drop off.” There
could have been no difficulty in ascertaining this fact, from the manner
in which young feathers are sheathed during the process of moulting.
Here, then, we have another well attested proof of a double moult in
those species of birds that are subject to a semi-annual change of co-
lour.
Before concluding my remarks on land birds, it may be necessary to
state how far I have found my observations to apply, in regard to a
second moult in birds in general. I have examined no species in which
an individual was not occasionally found, that was not moulting spa-
ringly during spring. This may, however,in some species, have been
accidental. The Mocking Bird, Blue Bird, Cardinal Grosbeak, Log-
gerhead Shrike (Lanius ludovicianus), and some others, I have reason
to believe, do not moult to any extent in spring, although a considerable
number of feathers drop off, which are not replaced; and yet in many
other species of the genera Turdus and Fringilla, even where no very
great change of colour occurred, the moult extended to every part of
the body; whilst the Mocking Bird and the Brown Thrush (Turdus
Jferrugineus) did not appear to moult. The Solitary Thrush ( Turdus
minor), which loses nearly all its spots on the breast in spring, seemed,
on the 29th of March, to have acquired a full set of young feathers on
the breast.
Although in many species the moult appeared to be complete in
other respects, yet in but two species, the Savannah Finch and Swamp
Sparrow, did I discover that the scapulars and tail feathers were moulted ;
these are stronger and firmer, and as far as my observations have gone,
seem, in most of the species, to be shed but once a year; this will not
surprise us, when we take into consideration the diversity in the ope-
rations of nature in other animals. The horse, for instance, sheds his
hair on every part of the body at least once a year,and yet the hairs in
the mane and tail continue to grow during the life of the animal. On
the other hand, the thinner and lighter hairs of animals, and feathers
222 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
of birds, are frequently removed, and easily replaced. The feathers on
the breast of female Canary Birds, and most other species that I have
noticed, drop off during incubation, and are successively replaced du-
ring the season, at every time they recommence building their nests.
On the spring moulting of water birds the following information has
been collected.
In the spring of 1825 a specimen of our beautiful Fresh Water Rail
( Rallus elegans) was sent me from the country. It was so completely
in moult, that it could not be preserved as a specimen. ‘The young
feathers came out in their full brightness.
On the 7th of April 1835 Texamined several Shearwaters (J2hincops
nigra). About one half of the birds were in the moult; the remain-
der still retained their winter dress and colours.
On the 20th of April 1836 I procured three males of the Semi-pal-
mated Snipe (Zofanus semipalmatus). 'They were changing from
winter to summer plumage, and were moulting very extensively.
Early in the month of May 1833 I saw a large string of Black Bel-
lied Plovers (Charadrius helveticus) in the markets of New York, and
being desirous of obtaining some specimens for the cabinet, as this bird
has not arrived at full plumage in its spring passage along the sea shore
of Carolina, I found so many of them in fresh moult, and their young
feathers still sheathed, that it was difficult to find specimens suited to
my purpose.
In September 1835 a Turnstone (Sfrepsilas interpres) was sent me
by a friend. It had been wounded and captured by his son, whilst in
its plain autumnal plumage. I entrusted it to a lady who fed it on
moistened corn meal, and on bread soaked in milk. It survived the
winter, and was in fine health on the following April, when it shed its
winter dress, and the new feathers, although not perfectly bright at
first, became so in three weeks.
March 20th, 1837, saw about two dozen of the Ruddy Duck (Fudi-
gula rubida) in the Charleston market. All that I examined were
males. ‘They were receiving their ruddy colour of spring, and were
moulting very extensively.
March 21st, examined a Black Headed Gull (Larus atricilla). On
every part of the head the ash coloured feathers were becoming re-
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 223
placed by young ones, still sheathed ; these were of a dark lead colour,
appearing in some lights quite black.
March 1834, received from Boston specimens of the Herring
Gull (Larus argenlatus), together with a number of northern species,
which are now lying before me. In the majority of them, moulting
had progressed to a considerable extent. Mr Ord conceives Montagu,
who had made similar observations on this species, as “labouring under
the influence of a theory,” when he recorded the result of his investi-
gations. ‘The correctness of Montagu’s assertions has been verified by
my own observations.
Mr Ord has, moreover, doubted the accuracy of Montagu’s observa-
tions on the changes of plumage in a Black Stork, taken in England.
The latter gentleman stated that this bird continued very gradually to
moult during summer and winter; that in the month of March, the
violet and purple feathers appeared on the back, and that the whole
upper parts had nearly assumed this beautiful plumage by the Ist of
April. He supposes that it could not have moulted, although Mon-
tagu asserts that to be the fact, and considers this statement of Montagu
as “affording one of the most apposite illustrations of the fact of a
change of colour in mature plumage, that could well be desired.” I
have not been able to regard it in this light. Admitting that all the
species of Storks and Herons moult but once a year, of which we have
no certainty, it does not appear difficult to account for the slow pace
with which this individual assumed its bright colours. It will be re-
collected that it was a foreigner, retained in captivity during winter,
in the moist, cold climate of England. Had it been left at liberty to
pursue its migrations to Africa, where this species hyemates, it would
probably have sooner attained full plumage. It is, moreover, highly
probable that this stork was changing from the young to the adult
plumage ; in this case the process was similar to that of the Plotus an-
hinga, referred to ina former part of this paper, and of the Blue Gros-
beak, now in my possession ; the latter having been gradually moulting
and receiving its bright colours during the winter and spring. Young
birds always shed and renew their feathers more slowly and irregu-
larly than the old; and in this instance, where we have a process so
similar in other species, we cannot avoid giving credence to the decla-
VI.—3 Vr
Q24 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
rations of a naturalist, who was an eye witness of the facts he describes,
in preference to the mere conjectures of another.
Although it has been more my intention in this paper to record the
facts which I have been able to collect on this subject, than to frame a
new theory, or endeavour to restore an exploded one; yet it has often
occurred to me, that the advocates of the two opposite theories have
run into extremes, in consequence of the adherence of each, with too
much pertinacity, toa preconceived opinion. Hence Montagu, having
ascertained that some birds are subject to two moultings in a year,
conceived that this was the only mode by which the colours of feathers
were changed, asserting that “he had no conception of the feathers
themselves changing colour.” On the other hand, Dr Flemming, and
those of his school, including the Rev. Mr Whitear and Mr Ord (the
latter advanced a step beyond all the rest, in stating as his opinion that
“all birds moult but once a year’), having observed that the colours
in feathers change in the early stage of their growth, came to the con-
clusion that the same process must always be carried on in the old
feathers, and that a fresh moult being unnecessary, would consequently
not take place.
The observations which I have made thus far, have led me to con-
ceive that the truth lies between these two extremes. Although my
investigations were not extended to as great a number of species as I
could have wished, or repeated through a succession of seasons, it has,
notwithstanding, been very apparent to my mind, that young feathers
frequently change colour, particularly in autumn; but that in those
cases where there is a semi-annual change of colours, there is in all, or
nearly all the species, a semi-annual moult. That a much greater
number of species change their feathers twice a year than is usually
supposed, and that our inquiries must be directed to individual species,
rather than to genera, since in the same genus one species is subject to
a double moult, whilst the others moult but once a year.
4, Having now seen in what manner nature performs her operations
in effecting the changes in the plumage of birds, I proceed to inquire
whether the same laws may be applied to those variations in colour to
which the hair of quadrupeds‘is subject. The vascular bulbs in which
the roots of the hairs are inserted, bear an analogy to the bulbs which
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 225
contain the rudiments or sheaths of the feathers. The hair, like fea-
thers, is nourished and receives its colour from the secretions of the
animal, and is exposed to the same sun, air and moisture. It continues
to grow during a certain period, and drops off when it has arrived to
full maturity, as do the feathers from the bird, and the leaf from the
tree. ‘There is also a striking similarity between the covering of birds
and quadrupeds, in the changes to which they are subject, from the
young to the adult state, and the mutations of others during the differ-
ent periods of the year. As the majority of the species of young birds
are of the colour of their parents, so are the young of quadrupeds.
Some young birds remain for a length of time of a very different co-
lour from that which they assume when they arrive at maturity, as is
the case with some of the species of our Fringiliz, Ardex, and other
genera. ‘This is also apparent in some of our quadrupeds. The young
of the Deer and Cougar (felis cougar), for instance, are striped or spot-
ted with white and red, whilst their progenitors are of a uniform dun
or fawn colour. Some birds are disguised in two such opposite sets of
colours, in the course of the year, that the gay visiter of spring can
scarcely be recognised under his homely dress in autumn. So also our
Ermine, and two, at least, of our species of Hares, are brown during
six months of the year, and of a snowy white pelage during the other
six months. Bearing so strong a similarity in many other particulars,
we are led to believe that in the process of moulting, or shedding of
the hair, this harmony of nature still continues to prevail.
Here, however, the same difference of opinion has obtained among
naturalists. Probably much has been written on the subject in Euro-
pean journals which has not fallen under my observation. Dr Flem-
ming (see Philosophy of Zoology, vol. II., p. 24) advances an opinion,
the result of personal observations, that “the change of colour in those
animals which become white in winter, is effected, not by a renewal
of the hair, but by a change in the colour of the secretions of the refe
mucosum, by which the hair is nourished, or perhaps by that secretion
of the colouring matter being diminished, or totally suspended.” This
theory, as far as I have been able to ascertain, has generaily been adopt-
ed by physiologists. I have also noticed the remarks of Dr Richardson,
on the changes in the colour of the American Hare (Lepus America-
its)
26 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
nus), in his Fauna Boreali-Americana, where he expresses a belief,
founded on examination of many specimens, that “the change to the
winter dress is produced, not by the shedding of its hair, but by a
lengthening and blanching of the summer fur.”
From these opinions I am obliged to dissent, for the reasons already
advanced, and the evidence I shall proceed to adduce.
There are but four quadrupeds yet found in our country, the Polar
Hare, Northern and Prairie Hares (Lepus pampestris, Bach.), and the
Ermine, in which these mutations are very striking. Let us now exa-
mine this peculiarity in some of these, and one or two other of our qua-
drupeds, and we shall be able to judge how far this theory is calculated
to maintain its ground among naturalists.
Lepus glacialis, Polar Hare. 1 have had no other opportunity of
becoming acquainted with the changes of colour to which this fine
Hare is subject, than that afforded by a specimen which was kindly
presented me by Audubon; but this, in itself, affords sufficient evi-
dence on which an opinion may be grounded with safety. The ani-
mal was purchased in the flesh by our distinguished American orni-
thologist, from an Indian, at Newfoundland, on the 15th of August
1833. At that early season, then, in the cold regions of the north,
this change from its summer to winter colours takes place. The spe-
cimen before me is in that interesting stage when the summer fur had
commenced dropping off, and the white winter dress was fast advanc-
ing to resume its place. This, as far as has been ascertained, is the only
specimen, in summer colour, that exists in any collection. The speci-
mens brought home by Dr Richardson, Captain Parry, and the other
adventurous explorers of our polar regions were all in the white pelage
of winter. Its summer colour is grayish brown above, with conspicu-
ously black ears. In winter the hairs all become snowy white, even
to the roots. In the specimen now before me there is a large spot,
nearly a hand’s breadth, of pure white on the back, extending nearly to
the insertion of the tail; three or four white spots, of about an inch in
diameter, also exist on the sides. The hairs forming these spots are
shorter than the surrounding fur; a few longer hairs of the summer
dress are still interspersed, which had not yet dropped off. The short,
white hairs are, in several places, seen pushing forward, whilst the sur-
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 227
rounding ones seem to have been thinning and falling. This, then, is
undoubtedly the process of the change of colour in this large and in-
teresting species.
Let us now examine how far other quadrupeds, subject to the same
mutations, differ from the above, in changing from the brown dress of
summer to their white clothing of winter, so much in unison with the
snows around them, and which, by concealing them from the view of
a host of enemies, is often the cause of their preservation.
Lepus Virginianus, Virginian or Northern Hare. This Hare, which
is an exclusively northern species, and not a resident of Virginia, seems
to have been not only improperly named, but very imperfectly described
by our naturalists. The habits, however, of quadrupeds and birds are,
in general, only alluded to in this article, so far as it may enable us to
throw some light on the subject now under discussion. I possessed
favourable opportunities of witnessing the semi-annual changes of colour
to which the Lepus Virginianus is subject ; having in early life, whilst
residing in the state of New York, had several of this species ina state
of domestication, where they produced and reared their young. The
notes made twenty-two years ago were mislaid, but I have a pretty
distinct recollection that the following was the process. ‘The animal
shed its white fur inspring. The hair, although yellowish, and soiled
by age and exposure, indicated no appearance of a change of colour
from white to brown, before dropping off. The new hairs came out
reddish brown, in which dress it continued till autumn, when the sum-
mer fur gradually dropped off, and the hairs composing the winter pe-
lage became visible through the rest. In four weeks the summer dress
had entirely disappeared. The new hairs did not, however, appear
pure white, but of a light iron gray colour, mixed with occasional white
and black hairs. Gradually the hair grew longer, and seemed to be-
come whiter, till, in the course of a few more weeks, the change was
complete. In this case, then, nature seems to pursue the same process
as in effecting the changes of colour in some birds, bya gradual blanch-
ing after the moult. It will be observed that in this species the hairs
are only white, although broadly so at the points, and not throughout
their whole extent, as in the Lepus glacialis.
Lepus Americanus, American Hare. ‘The changes of this Hare I
VI.—3 G
228 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
have also had an opportunity of witnessing, in a warren. It cast. its
hair in spring, and became of a yellowish brown colour. In the au-
tumn it again commenced shedding. Whether all of the hair dropped
off or not I cannot say with positive certainty; new hairs, however,
were continually adding; the points of these were white, as they came
forward. Jn the old hairs I could perceive no change. There were
many black ones interspersed, but whether these were of a new, or of
a former growth, I had no means of ascertaining. I felt confident,
however, that the light colour of winter was produced by the new
hairs it had received in autumn. ‘This Hare has, by some of our au-
thors, been described as becoming white in winter. It should be ob-
served, however, that the points of the hairs are so narrowly tipped
with white, and the markings of brown and cinereous still so visible,
that it can in no part of the northern United States be described as
white.
Lepus palustris, Marsh Hare. For a description of this species, see
Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, vol. VII., and an engrav-
ing in Audubon’s Birds of America, vol. IV., pl. 366. This singular
and almost aquatic species sheds its hair twice a year, as I have had an
opportunity of ascertaining from having had one in confinement. Al-
though much hair dropped off in autumn, I found it, however, difficult
to satisfy myself that this change was as thorough as that in the spring.
In the beginning of winter, the points of its hair, instead of growing
whiter, as in the American Hare, grow darker, until they have become
nearly black, thus proving that the effort of nature is to change the co-
lours from brown to pure white, in some species, and to black in others.
Mustela erminea,* ‘The Ermine. This animal, usually called
Godman has stated, on the authority of Charles L. Bonaparte (Nat. Hist. vol. I., p. 193),
that our common Weasel (J. vulgaris) has been proved to be the Ermine in summer pelage.
I had an opportunity of ascertaining, from actual examination, that there is some inaccuracy
in this statement. I preserved several of both species in the same cage, during a winter, in
the northern part of New York. ‘The Ermines became white in autumn, although some of
them were still young, and not more than two-thirds grown. ‘The other species retained
through the winter their brown colour. Richardson states that the latter species also beeomes
white in high northern latitudes. This is certainly not the case in lat. 45°. ‘There is another
peculiarity which I had occasion to notice. Whilst the Ermine is much abroad during win-
ter, its footprints appearing every where on the snow, the common Weasel is rarely, if at all,
seen during that period. A large brood that had made the root of a tree their residence in
COLOUR IN BIRDS AND QUADRUPEDS. 229
Weasel in the northern states, is brown during six months of the year,
and in winter becomes white, with the exception of the tip of its tail,
which is black. s
I was not aware, until this paper had been nearly written, that any
one had published an account of a particular examination of the Er-
mine during those periods when it is subject to change its colour. I
am indebted to my friend Professor Moultrie, for a reference to a pa-
ragraph in vol. IL., p. 24, of Flemming’s Philosophy of Zoology, where
the following remarks occur.
“The appearances exhibited by a specimen now before us are more
satisfactory and convincing. It was shot on the 9th of May 1814, in
a garb intermediate between its summer and winter dress. In the
belly, and all the under parts, the white colour had nearly disappeared,
in exchange for the primrose yellow, the ordinary tinge of these parts
insummer. ‘The upper parts had not fully acquired their ordinary
summer colour, which is a deep yellowish brown. There were still
several white spots, and not a few with a tinge of yellow. Upon exa-
mining those white and yellow spots, not a trace of interspersed, new,
short, brown hair could be discovered. This would certainly not have
been the case if the change of colour is effected by a change of fur.
Besides, whilst some parts of the fur on the back had acquired the
proper colour, even in those parts, numerous hairs could be observed of
a wax yellow, and in all the intermediate stages, from yellowish brown,
through yellow, to white.
“These observations leave little room to doubt that the change of
colour takes place in the old hair, and that the change from white to
brown passes through yellow. If this conclusion is not admitted, then
we must suppose that this animal casts its hair at least seven times in
the year. In spring it must produce primrose-yellow hair; then hair
of a wax yellow; and lastly of a yellowish brown. The same process
must be gone through in autumn, only reversed, with the addition of
winter, were seen around this retreat almost every day during autumn, till the ground became
covered with snow. They could now no longer be traced, till the snows began to melt, when
their holes were again opened, and they were seen as usual. Our Mustela vulgaris ought to
be carefully compared with that of Europe, which goes under the same name.
230 OBSERVATIONS ON THE CHANGES OF
a suit of white. The absurdity of this exposition is too apparent to be
further exposed.”
This examination, and the arguments which have been drawn from
it by so able a naturalist as Dr Flemming, would appear, at first sight,
to be conclusive. But, on a closer investigation of the subject, and a
more careful inquiry into the operations of nature, doubts will arise,
both as to the accuracy of his investigations and the soundness of his
theory. The Doctor’s observations were made, it will be recollected,
on the 9th of May, the very period when the Ermine is shedding its
winter fur. #92
By Capt. Talcott’s moon-culminations, Turtle Island, W.
of Greenwich, - - - - - - - 5 33 31°8
Deduct longitude of the Capitol (Section XI, note), --5 78) 7-0
By Capt. Talcott’s moon-culminations, 'T. Island west of
Capitol, - - - - - - - - - 25 24:8
By Tanner’s map, Turtle Island too far east, — - - 5°6
A similar comparison for South Bend, Lake Michigan,
gives,
South Bend, by Tanner’s map, west of he - = Pr 5-2
Deduct Tamer? s error, - - - - 25-0
Result by map, — - - - - - - - 40 50-2
Result by moon-culminations, - : - - - 41 11°6
By Tanner’s map, South Bend too far east, - - 21-4
SECTION II.
The full advantages afforded by moon-culminations, for perfecting
geography, were first pointed out by Mr Nicolai, director of the Man-
heim observatory, in 1821, in a paper which appeared in the first num-
ber of Schumacher’s celebrated Astronomische Nachrichten. The
same subject was shortly after proposed to the Astronomical Society of
VI.—3 L
Q44 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
London, by Francis Bailey, in a paper containing an original method
for their reduction. ‘This zealous astronomer selected lists of moon-
culminating stars, and caused them to be distributed in advance to
every observatory. ‘The labours of Bessel, Hansen, Mollweide, Du-
mouchel, and others, have further developed the method of making
and reducing this kind of observations. But the principal improve-
ment was made in this method by the Nautical Almanac Committee,
in causing the announcements of moon-culminations to be made in such
a form, since 1834, that the reduction of them consists merely in the
interpolation of the series there given for the right ascension of the
moon’s bright limb, at its upper and lower culminations at Greenwich.
These phenomena are now regularly observed at the British and
continental observatories, and their longitude from each other has been
determined by this method with an accuracy scarcely inferior to that
of geodetic measures, powder signals, or the aggregate of observed oc-
cultations and eclipses. The observations for longitude, made by Cap-
tain Talcott, consist of one occultation, and three series of moon-cul-
minations, at three different stations. In making the latter, a portable
transit instrument was used, of three and a half feet focal length, and
two inches and five-eighths aperture. Care was taken, previous to
each moon-culmination, to adjust the horizontal axis by a delicate level,
and the bias of the instrument was therefore as small as a temporary
mounting would permit. The line of collimation of the instrument
was adjusted for the mean of the wires, and does not appear to have
undergone sensible change during the series, though frequent observa-
tions were made with the reversed axis, to detect the error, if any, in
this adjustment. The deviation in azimuth was ascertained by ob-
serving high, low, and circumpolar stars, and a temporary meridian
mark served to give steadiness to this adjustment. The sum of the
deviations was usually less than 0-5 sec. in time. The results have
been corrected for this sum, as far as it could be ascertained. It is
difficult, with an instrument temporarily mounted, to furnish a greater
degree of precision. The error arising from deviations so small is al-
most insensible, in the longitudes deduced from moon-culminations.
The times were noted by calling out to assistants, and were registered
on two chronometers by Brockbank, the assistant noting to the nearest
.
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 245
beat 0:4 sec. The probable error of a transit thus noted, for each of
five wires (excluding the personal equation to which this and all other
methods are liable), may be stated at 6:2 sec., or at most 0-3 see. in
time. Below are given the observations, corrected for deviations, and
for rate and error of chronometers, in the usual form.
Station No. I. East of Huron, Ohio, Latitude 41°, nearly.
Name. Apparent R.A. Wires. Name. Apparent R. A. Wires.
he om 3. he om. Ss.
1835, July 8, Moonl., 18 5 3-95 38 1835,July 10, 59Sagittarii, 19 46 51:14 5
¢ Sagittarii, 18 35 23-14 Moon II., 20 20 i5°72 5
¢ Sagittarii, 18 45 4-20 vu Capricorni, 20 30 41°12 5
@ Aquilae, 18 57 51-64 + Capricorni, 20 36 21:25 5
9, MoonI., 19 12 31-77 tT ig Moon, 321 21-14-06) 5
Moon II.,19 15 2-81 k Capricorni, 21 33 28-08 5
y Aquile, 19 38 27°62 & Capricorni, 21 37 57:65 5
59 Sagittarii, 19 46 51-09 12, ¢ Capricorni, 21 37 57:46 2
10, h? Sagittarii, 19 26 42°17 Moon Il., 22 17 18:95 3
auaaw»nw ww
Station No. 2. Turtle Island, Lake Erie, Latitude 41° 45' 4".
Name. Apparent R.A. Wires. Name. Apparent R. A. Wires.
kh. ms s he om. s
1835, Aug. 1,4 Virginis, 13 16 31:00 5 1835, Aug.8, MoonIl., 21 51 48°83 5
2z Bootis, 14 8 9:14 35 Aquarii, 21 59 58°11 5
Moonl., 14 85 39°61 o Aquarii, 22 21 56:98 5
2, MoonI., 15 32 53°64 $, 35 Aquarii, 21 59 58:00 5
a Serpentis, 15 36 9-95 ¢ Aquarii, 22 21 57:08 5
é Scorpii, 15 50 36-98 Moon Il., 22 45 36:43 5
$ Ophiuchi, 15 5 43-83 2 Piscis Aust. 22 48 33°81 5
8, Moonl., 16 33 43-62 a Pegasi, 22 56 35:16 5
AOphiuchi, 17 5 14:57 ¢ Aquarii, 23 5 48:94 8
§ Ophiuchi, 17 11 55-16 10, ¢ Aquarii, 22 45 55°74 5
6, # Sagittarli, 18 3 56:13 > Aquarii, 23 5 48°64 5
x Sagittarii, 18 59 59-26 Moon II,, 23 35 42:07 5
Moon lI., 19 48 54:88 p Piscium, 23 50 15:65 5
¢ Capricorni, 20 9 54°52 7 Piscilum, 23 538 31:57 5
x Capricorni, 20 17 54°75 11, p Piscium, 23 50 15-65 5
7,¢ Capricorni, 20 9 54:43 r Piscium, 23 53 31°89 5
x Capricorni, 20 17 54:51 Moonll., 0 28 6:26 5
MoonI., 20 51 17-82 m Ceti, 0 44 36:59 5
*Moon IL., 20 53 41:31 14, MoonIL, 2 4015-99 5
x Capricorni, 20 59 8°66 a Tauri, 3 37 42:34 4
¢ Capricorni, 21 17 16°72 16, » Tauri, 3 37 42:48 5
@ Aquarii, 21 22 54:36 Moon II., .4 17 22:20 5
8, Capricorni, 20 59 8°45 2 Tauri, 4 26 28:33 5
avmvanartdauanwtanaaqanduantaanaa a
2 Capricorni, 21 17 16°58
* 0-17 sec. has been added to the time of the transit of the moon’s II. limb, for defective
illumination. See Table II,
246 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
Station No. 3. South Bend, Lake Michigan, Lalitude 41° 37' 6’.
Name. Apparent R.A. Wires. Name. dle R. A. Wires.
hom Ss. he ome s.
1835,Aug.31, Moonl., 17 17 52:15 5 1835, Sep. 6, « Capricorni, 21 44 20°34 5
D Ophiuchi, 17 33 34:17 5 av? Aquarii, 22 40 53:47 5
4 Sagittaril, 17 49 44:45 5 S$ Aquarii, 22 45 55°89 5
Sept. 1, 4 Sagittarii, 17 49 44-41 6 YAquarii, 23 10 25°23 5
MoonlI., 18 22 10:07 5 *Moon I., 23 138 2:95 5
2, Sagittarii, 18 35 23:03 5 Moon II., 23 15 12:49 5
¢ Sagittarii, 18 45 4:07 5 s Piscium, 23 56 55°53 5
Moonl., 19 26 25°69 5 7, 4° Aquarii, 23 10 24:86 5
c Sagittarii, 19 52 32-73 5 nPiscium, 23 89 30°21 5
3,59 Sagittarii, 19 46 51-44 5 s Piscium, 23 56 55°65 5
c Sagittarii, 19 52 32°88 5 Moon Il., 0 38 26°86 5
MoonI., 20 28 35:30 5 8,s Pisclum, 23 56 5578 5
+ Capricorni, 20 36 21:59 5 Moon Il, 0 49 54:54 3.
» Capricorni, 20 55 2-97 5 e Piscium, 0 59 55:13 5
4, Capricorni, 20 36 21°51 5 10, o Piscium, 1 36 43:16 5
» Capricorni, 20 55 2°87 5 é Piscium, 1-45 48:30 5
Moon L, 21 27 14:72 5 Moon IL., 2 21 28:19 4
6, ¢ Capricorni, 21 37 58°11 5 w Ceti, 236 3:87 5
# Capricorni, 21 44 20°61 5 4
7 Arietis, 240 7:29
SECTION III.
To facilitate the final determination of the longitudes of these sta-
tions, a subsidiary ‘Table I. has been prepared by interpolation from
the series in the Nautical Almanac, which expresses the right ascen-
sion of the moon’s bright limb at its upper and lower culmination at
Greenwich. In this Table, employing the usual notation for series,
& 9+, == The observed R. A., moon’s bright limb, as given in list
; of moon-culminations for the several stations,
i’ = The western longitude from Greenwich in seconds of time,
which must be used as an argument, in order to inter-
polate from the series in the N. Almanac, the value of
Gy 4, as observed,
log. n = Log. factor, to convert seconds of a ,,,, into seconds of ¢’;
in other words, to convert parts of the series into parts
of the argument.
*
0-10 sec. have been subtracted from the time of transit of the first limb, for defective
illumination. See Table II.
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. Q47
These values of ¢’ and log. m have been computed, at my request, by
E. O. Kendall.
TABLE I.
Resulting Longitude
No. of | Observed Right Ascen- ary
Teas, | Limb. | Sta- | sion Moon's bright limb | fom Greenwich not
OIL. error
eo + tl t! Log. n.
Vos A eS h. m. Ss.
July 8 I 1 18 5 3,95 5 29 45,16 1 -32818
9 if 1 1s PASS AT (9 / 46,61 1 -33355
9 II 1 OPUS 2,81 48,79 1 -33384
10 Il 1 20 20 15,72 55,29 1 +-35684
1l Il 1 21 21. 14,06 46,47 1 -39095
12 il 1 22 207 18595 32,58 1 -42817
Aug. 1 I 2 14 35 39,61 5 33 15,81 1 -41364
2 I 2 15 32 53,64 27,90 1 -38756
3 I 2 16 33 43,62 28,54 1 -36166
6 I 2 19 48 54,88 10,86 1 -35128
ir I 2 20 51 17,82 5,77 1 -37718
us I 2 20 53 44531 0,76 1 -37720
8 II 2 21 51 48,83 9,94 1 -41091
9 II 2 22 45 36,43 9,68 1 44408
10 II 2 23 35 42,07 12,77 1 -47204
1l II 2 0 238 6,26 12,99 1 -49155
14 II 2 2 40 15,99 24,23 1 -49046
16 II 2 4 17 22,20 38,85 1 -45126
3l I 3 V7 17) 52515 5 48 63,39 1 +35460
Sept. 1 I 3 18 22 10,07 55,44 1 -34786
2 I 3 19 26 25,69 63,06 1 +35545
3 I 3 20 28 35,30 57,82 1 -37610
4 I 3 QT 2 © 1472, 51,84 1 -40489
6 I 3 23 13 2,95 48,26 1 -46575
6 II 3 23 15 12,49 47,09 1 -46590
"if Il 3 0 3 26,86 50,64 1 -48462
8 Il 3 0 49 54,54 65,03 1 -49654
10 Il 3 2-21 28,19 62,69 1 -49294
The values of ¢’ and n, in Table I., have been interpolated by an
indirect process, which consists in deducing values of the argument
corresponding to given values of the series. A direct method of com-
puting the unknown quantity ¢’ has been given by Mollweide, Astr.
Nachr., No. 40. I have preferred the formule given by Bessel, No.
33, of the same. As his modification of Newton’s formula for inter-
VI.—3 M
248 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
polation adapted to this subject does not appear to have been translated
into English, I propose to give the substance of it here. The grounds
of preference of it are, its rapid conyergency, and its adaptation to com-
putation by logarithms.
For the arguments,
a2, = 1, — 0) + t+ 2, — 3,
let the values of a function be
G5 tes” a3 a's a's a.
Denoting the differences as in the following scheme,
I II lil IV v
b c
a ; d
e e
b d 7
a e
b c
ad
b c
a
and making
a@=%(a,+a’)
e = 3 (e,+ ¢’)
e=3(e, +e’)
g=3(s, +28")
then the value of the function for any argument ¢, expressed in parts
of the constant interval unity,
faz i.t=0 Papel pod
0 eG ee
1 L*;.2 PD BS
d
= at
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 249
£-ilisthih gree flee GN ts Bb d
T 1.2.3.4 ai 1420904, 5 t
(1)
ap ae Pinte l whiten brn 2 ot 8 ss
Di QihS Av. 6 5
Also the variation of the function for the unit of interval at the
rate for the arrangement ¢, being the first differential quotient of the
above formula,
ao 7b ON ae) SFP. —S3F +1
Saas [22 Griz Pe23 q
(2)
4 6954-3 5 — 10 Peosp—.1
5 0.9.4 ar 1.2.304e5 wh
6H 15.4 — 90.0 s. 46h ey To
a 445 e+ .
1.9.3.4.5%
If we denote, for conciseness, the co-efficients of B, ¢, d, &e., in (1),
by X, X’, X", &e.; and those of ¢, d, e, &e., in (2), by DT, ToT” &e..
we shall have :
Value of function for argument ¢, = a-+-bX-+-eX'+dX'+¢X”, &e.
Rate of variation for argument ¢, = 6+cT4+dT/+dT'+eT”, &e.
To apply these formule to the reduction of moon-culminations, for
an assumed meridian ¢ seconds in time +- west of Greenwich, we must
make the argument the difference of meridians, the unit of interval
being 43200 seconds. ‘Two sets of coefficients are required for each
* The coefficient of g in (2), in Bessel’s paper, is thus stated, owing to a typographical
error.
60 —15t— 408 + 90 f+ 18 ¢ — 27
1.2.3.4.5.6
250 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
new argument. The values of T, 'T’, &c. for the even hours, or twelfth
parts of the argument, are given by Bessel; those of X, X’, &c. by Ni-
colai, Astr. Nach., 37. Where a single, or few observations are re-
quired to be reduced for a particular station, the labour of computing
T, T, &c. may be saved by means of the following transformation,
which I do not recollect to have seen in any publication.
The comparison of (1) and (2) gives,
cT = c.xX
IT’ =a}*x Ae
C ——ya( sare
P 1
eT =e} x — > x
2.3
Wwe Ww pees he ie 1
fT =f}xX"+ 55% mat
iv er iv 1 W u
=e}x 2. K'4 eee X |
a a, ee “it
_ ah} ees x-q eX + a5e55
. ey ae a a 1 iv 1 " 1
- =i}x 2.9 * + a35% a
whence, making
0 ea ee ; h—, &e
ed Je EE Ear a dee ae aid
1 1
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 251
1 1
ga eg 8 eee
1
SS pee, Re
1 3
C= f= omar to Ke.
and calling
V = the hourly variation for argument #, we have, enclosing in
brackets the log. co-efficient,
ye = (« BX fp yX! 4 aX" 4 eX” 4 OX 4, &e.)
3600 1
a [3°55630] Vv
The value of V is the same as that given in the N. Almanac, viz.
the variation of the R. A. of the moon’s bright limb in one hour of
longitude, and may be obtained for the argument f,as above, from the
values of V, for Greenwich.
Although I have given several terms in the series for the value of V,
three are, in all instances, sufficient for reducing moon-culminations ;
hence, adopting the usual notation for the argument of a series, the
formule used in computing Table I. may be briefly recapitulated, ¢
being an approximate longitude, differing less than a minute from the
true longitude,
Go4, = a+ DX + cX' + dX" + eX”
1
= 2. Paleseagg as te
n N ott EE Hf a a= px + yx
1
t’ = EAN (Gog — H% 04, ceteris wD
where,
6 = the correction of the sidereal time of observation
vI.—3 N
252 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
X = [5-3645163] . (f— 6" 0” 0°)
X’ = [0-42800] ¢ . (¢ — 12" 0” 0°)
X’ = [9.5229] XX’
X” = [9.6499] X’ . (€-+ 12" 0" 0°) (¢ — 24" 0” 0°)
*X* = [9.3010] XX”.
SECTION VI.
The observed increase of the right ascension of the moon’s bright
limb, as derived directly from the lists of moon-culminations, requires
a correction, when the same stars have not been observed at both places,
as well as when the number of wires used at each place is not uniform.
The formula for computing this correction has been derived from a
combination of Gauss’s application of the calculus of probabilities to
the reduction of moon-culminations, as given by Nicolai, Astr. Nachr.,
No. 26, with Dumouchel’s method, No. 125 of the same, for the dif-
ferent stars. Thus, for the European observatory and western station
respectively, let
A’ and A
E
E
Zand’ =
ltl il
aanda’ =
7
ul —
mS
Then we have,
the observed R. A. of a star,
A’ — A for the same star,
a similar value for another star,
the number of wires on which each limb was ob-
served,
similar values for a star,
id qe
ror for the moon’s limb,
a for one star,
a similar value for another star,
the correction of the observed increase of the right
ascension of the moon’s bright limb,
symbol to denote the aggregate of similar quantities.
This term is not required for reducing moon-culminations.
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 253
Au
a. a)
Al
>
A+ u
SECTION VII.
In order to deduce the final correction of ¢’ in Table [L., let =, =’,
vy and 4’ denote for the European observatory values corresponding re-
spectively to ¢, ¢', n and 0, for a western station. Effecting the inter-
polation by means of the same values of a, b, c, &c.; 4, , y, &e.; and
with constant values of X, X’‘, &c., for the known value of 'T, or lon-
gitude of each observatory from Greenwich, we derive for the longi-
tude of the western station, independent of the stars’ and moon’s right
ascensions in the N. Almanac,
Lo t-? (a Oe Oe meee a
Also calling W the weight of each result, and 7 the probable error
of a transit over a single wire (assumed equal + 0.2 sec.), and mak-
ingo =u-+u' + u" +,&c. we have, after Gauss’s method, quoted
above,
ALG
No Se
\ (A+ « )nn
Probable error of final result for each station — oP
N = (a --¢ ) nn
The values of 'T, for the several Stations, are given below. The
weights of the Cambridge and Edinburgh observations are computed on
the supposition that the moon and stars are observed on five wires, as
this number is not stated in the lists of moon culminations published in
Mem. Royal Astron. Soc. When both limbs are observed at the same
culmination, Z or 1’ is the sum of the wires for both limbs. The re-
sult of a single comparison of a western station has the weight w.
The result for each day has the weight W computed by the above for-
mula, making a‘ and /’ equal to the sum ofall the wires on which the
moon or a star was observed at all the European observatories.
Q54 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
In a few instances an obseryation at the western station is compared
with a European observation of the succeeding day, in which case
T = 24" — western longitude of Greenwich from the station.
Station No.1. East of Huron, Ohio.
] : ] ji w for |
Date. Limb. | Observ atory com- Date.|imb: Resulting I _| Mean result W for
1835. | pared with | im.) Longitude. Seca: for each day. | each day.
hm. 8. hm. 8.
July 8 I Greenwich 8 | I | 5 29 48-4 | 0:00276
8 I Kremsmunster | 8 I 45°2 | 0°00331
5 29 46°65 | 0:00339
9/1 & II, Kremsmunster | 9 I 53-9 | 0:00307 53-90 | 0:00307
10 Il Edinburgh 10} Il 56:4 | 000387 56°40 | 0:00387
him. 8.
Final Result, Station No. 1, West of Greenwich, 5 29 52°46 | 0-01033
Probable Error, + 2°95
Station No. 2. Turtle Island, Lake Erie.
w for
| Date. ‘ Observatory com- < Resultin Mean Result W for
| 1835. | a pared hs adgine, pause Loavitdees ener for each day. | each day.
hym. 8 lhm. 8
Aug. 3 I Greenwich 3] LT |5 33 34-5 | 0-00315
| I Dorpat aed 30-1 | 0°00236
| 5 33 32°62 | 0-00384
6 I Edinburgh 6 I 34:4 | 0-00248
I Cracow 6) I 20°5 | 0:00324
I Dorpat Cet 27:9 | 0-00296
26:99 | 0.00488
7, 1&Il|} Edinburgh 74 32-1 | 0:00406
i. &Il Greenwich vf I 31-5 | 0:00406
| |] &Il| Cambridge va ea 25°6 | 0:00352
| 29-92 | 0:00680
8} Il Greenwich 8 | II 39-0 | 0:00301
I Cambridge 8 | Il 28-1 0:00283
33°72 | 0:00402
9 Il Greenwich 9 | II 37°6 | 0°00237
II Cambridge 9) I 29-3 | 0:00216
Il Dorpat 9 | II 36°9 | 0:00226
34°73 | 0°00381
10 II Greenwich 10 | II 40°3 | 0:00190 40°30 | 0:00190
1l Il Greenwich 11 | Il 36°2 | 0:00173
| Il | Dorpat 11} Il 25°6 | 000152
31°24 | 0°00232
hom.’ 8.
Final Result, Turtle Island, West of Greenwich, 5 33 31-82 | 0:02757
Probable error, am 1:81
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 255
Station No. 3. South Bend, Lake Michigan.
Datey yh Observatory com- - Resulting W for Mean Result W for
1835. | Limb. pared with Date. |Limb. Longitude. Gach’ com- for each day. | each day.
| parison.
hm. 8. he Ms) 8.
Aug. 31 I Edinburgh 31 | I | 5 49 27-3 | 0-00326
31 I Cambridge 31} I 21-3 | 000244
5 49 24°73 | 0:00414
Sept. 1 I Cambridge 1 I 19-4 | 0:00288 19°40 | 0:00288
2 I Greenwich 2 I 12°6 | 0:00324
2 I Cambridge 2 I 20°5 | 0:00324
2 I Cracow 2 I 10-4 | 0:00365
14:33 | 0-00608
3 I Kremsmunster | 3 I 16-7 | 0:00332
3 en Dorpat 3 I 18:5 | 0:00307
17°56 | 0:00459
4 I Edinburgh By Ay al 25°6 | 0-00194
4 I Greenwich 5 I 14-0 | 000194
4 I Cracow 5 if 8:5 | 0:00346
4) I Dorpat 40 hoi 14-3 | 0-00294
14-42 | 0:00482
6|/J & IL} Edinburgh 6 [&Il 23-1 | 0:00351
6|1 &IL| Cambridge 6 |[&Il) 16°6 | 0:00293
20°14 | 0:00355
UAeale Cambridge tt re 14:8 | 0:00135
at TE Dorpat Teal LE 23-2 | 0-00157
19-32 | 0:00245
8 Il Greenwich 8 Ir 25°6 | 0:00127
8], It Dorpat Sa 26:0 | 0:00134
25-81 | 0°00173
Final Result, South Bend West of Greenwich,
Probable error, on 1-74
SECTION Ix.
The longitudes of these stations may perhaps require a further correc-
tion for the comparative irradiation of Captain ‘Talcott’s and the Eu-
ropean transit instruments. This subject, though frequently discussed,
is still left in uncertainty. Corresponding observations, with tele-
scopes of different optical capacity, indicate that the apparent diameter
of the moon is subject to a small variation, depending upon this ca-
pacity, and upon the degree of illumination of the wires. If this were
the only effect of irradiation, it could be easily allowed for by reducing
VI.—3 0
256 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
the diameter, in the Nautical Almanac, to the same dimensions as
that which has been observed. It is obvious that the error arising
from this source must vanish, when each limb of the moon has
been observed the same number of times, and with equal weights.
Though this can hardly be expected, still, the error would vanish on
using the mean ofa great number of results for each limb, and giving
equal weights to the results by each limb. The mode of deducing the
correction of this error is given below, for the several instruments, and
is derived from the observed interval between the transits of the two
limbs of the moon, when nearly full; this duration being corrected for
the defective illumination of one of the limbs. It appears from ex-
perience that there still remains an error of irradiation, which no mul-
tiplication of observations by the same observers, with fixed telescopes,
can completely remove. Thus the Dorpat and Paris transit instru-
ments appear to be liable toa constant error of this kind; and the dif-
ference of longitude between those observatories, derived from moon-
culminations, cannot, without correcting for it, be made to agree
with the results of occultations and of geodetic measurements. Ar-
gelander found that his transit instrument at the Abo observatory,
while it gave correct longitudes, when compared with several instru-
ments of nearly equal capacity at the German observatories, required
a constant correction to reconcile with these the results by the Green-
wich ten feet transit instrument. Again, Dr Robinson finds that
without the application of such a correction, it is impossible to deduce
a correct difference of longitude by the Greenwich and Armagh
transit instruments. In some of the instances referred to, the outstand-
ing error, even when the mean of the results by both limbs is used,
amounts to three seconds of longitude in time. Dr Robinson has
proposed to deduce this correction by means of comparison of the ob-
served diameter of the sun, as deduced from the transits by the same
instruments. Though successful, in his own case, I do not know that
his method has been generally adopted. I will here make a remark
which I have not noticed in any papers on this subject, that it seems to
me highly probable that there is a personal equation, arising from the
difficulty of noticing the precise instant when the moon’s limb is tan-
gent to the centre of the wire of a transit instrument. If such be the
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 257
case, it must vary with the observer, and with the optical capacity of the
instrument used. It would also vary with the different limbs; since the
transit of the first limb exhibits the approach to tangency of the convex
side of an arc, that of the second limb of the concave side of the same.
Granting the existence of such an equation, it could hardly be the same
foreach limb; the difference, then, remains constant, with the same ob-
server and same instrument, and cannot be eliminated otherwise than
by a multiplication of observers and instruments. Whatever be the
cause of the error of irradiation, experience has shown that the results
of moon-culminations, like those of eclipses of Jupiter’s satellites, ap-
proach nearer to the truth in proportion as the instruments approach to
equality in their optical powers. 'The method of computing the cor-
rection of Burckhardt’s semidiameter, from observations of both limbs
of the moon, when nearly full, is given by Professor Airy, in the Green-
wich Observations for 1836. His method, combined with Encke’s
formule, in the Berlin Jahrbuch for 1832, p. 251, may be thus analy-
tically expressed.
S = the correct sidereal time of the moon’s semidiameter
passing the meridian,
S’ = the computed time,
21 = the observed duration of the transit of the moon’s de-
fective diameter,
a the sid. time of U. C. of moon’s defective limb,
A and D the sun’s R. A. and dec.,
(S—I) = S’cos. D (1 + cos. «a )
= compliment of duration of transit of moon’s defective
diameter,
i = S—S’ = correction of Burckhardt’s semidiameter,
m == the increase of the R. A. of the moon’s bright limb
in are, in a lunar day,
= Burckhardt’s constant value of —=orssemitamen
* == the moon’s horizontal equatorial parallax,
5 = the moon’s true declination,
°
a =o ee ee
360°
258 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
The value of i for the Greenwich transit instrument, viz. +- 0:2 sec.
in time, or + 3” in space, is given by the Astronomer Royal, and is
found to agree precisely with that which he derives from the mural
circles, from similar observations of the vertical diameter of the moon,
corrected for the defective illumination. -This coincidence would
seem to show that this correction is required by the actual dimensions
of the moon, and that if other transit instruments indicate a different
correction, it must be from inferior optical capacity.
For the other instruments, with which Captain Talcott’s must be
compared, I have computed, by the above formule, the requisite cor-
rection of Burckhardt’s semidiameter, as far as it could be derived from
all the observations of the transit of both limbs of the moon, on the
same day, which I have been able to find. The correction for the
mean of all the results is + 0:15 sec. in time, or 2-25,in space. The
separate results are given in the following Table.
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 259
TABLE II.
| Half com-
Moon’s pliment of
Date. Observatory. Limb.| Sid. time U. C. | Defective iS) S$‘ |¢=S—S! Meani.
Diameter | |
s-—L |
IO Ce i 8. 3. 3.
1835, July 9 | Station No. 1. I | 19 12 31-77} + 0-00 | '75°52 | 75°47 | + 0:05
9) 52281)
Aug. 7| Turtle Island | I | 20 51 17-82} + 0-08 | 71°74 | 71-85 | — 0-11
Lake Erie II | 20 53 41-14 38.
“ Sept. 6} South Bend | I |23 13 3-05] + 0-05 | 64:77 | 64:79 | — 0:02 | — 0-03
Lake Michigan] If | 23 15 12:49
& Cohen Edinburgh I | 23 1 23-18} + 0-00 | 65°17 | 65-01 | + 0:16 | + 0-16
II |23 3 33°52 |
1836, Jan. 3 Greenwich I 6 54 0-46] + 0-00 | 69-03 | 68-84} + 0°19 |
Il 6 56 18:52
«July 27 sf I | 20 17 44:10} + 0-06 | 76°60 | 76°35 | + 0-25
II | 20 20 17:19
se Sept. 24 a I 0 10 37-86 | + 0-02 | 65°66 | 65:46 | + 0:20 | + 0-20
II 0 12 49-15
1831, July 24 Cambridge I | 20 14 28:55} + 0:00 | 65:97 | 65-73 | + 0-24
II | 20 16 40-48 <
1832, Feb. 15 es I 9 46 34:31 | + 0-01 | 70°43 | 70-30 | + 0-13
| I 9 48 55-14
ce Aug. 11 £8 I | 21 42 44.20] + 0-08 | 63:89 | 63-63 | + 0:26
II | 21 44 51-83
1833, May 3 Us I | 14 46 11-42 | + 0-00 | 67-38 | 67-13 | + 0°25 |
II | 14 48 26:18
Sen Oct 25 es I 2 32 38°82] + 0-12 | 63:84 | 63-72 | + 0°12
I 2 34 46-26
1834, May 22 ss I | 15 58 44-84 | + 0-00 | ‘71:66 | 71-40] + 0:26 |
AP WW UGE Ie S15) |
te Sept. 17 ss I | 23 47 44-27] + 0-02 | 61°28 | 61:32 | — 0-04
Il | 23 49 46-79 | |
1835, Sept. 6 LU I |23 0 55-70| + 0-00 | 65°33 | 65:03 | + 0-30 | + 0-20
Il |'23 3 6°36
1832, July 12 | Kremsmunster I | 19 27 2-83] + 0:00 | 65-20 | 65-11 | + 0-09 |
IL } 19:29 13:23 |
1834, Sept. 17 ce I | 23 46 30°18} + 0-01 | 61°50 | 61-36 | + 0-14 | + 0-12 |
II | 23 48 33-17 |
coe Heb 23 Cracow I | 10 37 16-94 | + 0-06 | 71-41 | 71-47 | — 0:06
II | 10 39 39-64 |
| * May 22 Od I | 15 56 25:20 | + 0-00 | 71:55 | ‘71°34 | + 0-21
II | 15 58 48-30 |
1835, June 10 ss I | 17 11 19:04 | + 0-00 | 76:07 | 75:97 | + 0-10 | + 0-08
| Il | 17 13 51-18
1833, Oct. 28 Dorpat I | 229 7-64] + 0-09 | 63-92 | 63-60 | + 0-32
Il 2 31 15:40
1835, Oct. 6 bs I 1 1 19-41 | + 0-06 | 62°06 | 61-84 | + 0°22 | + 0-27
It 1 3 23°42 |
VI.—3 P
260 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
Calling
i = correction of Burekhardt’s semidiameter for Captain Tal-
cott’s transit instrument,
?% =~ asimilar correction for a European instrument,
© = 4 (i' —2) = comparative correction,
the above table gives,
.° == + 0:19 for Captain Talcott’s instrument with the Edinburgh,
~~ = 0-235 Greenwich,
© = > 0-23 « “ Cambridge,
= 7 O15 « «“ Kremsmunst.,
= 5 O11 « vs Cracow,
oOo = + 0:30 “ se Dorpat.
Then T, being the result of a single comparison of Captain Talcott’s
instrument with the Edinburgh, &c., we have the several results cor-
rected for the comparative values of the correction of Burekhardt’s
semidiameter, the upper sign for the first limb, the lower for the se-
cond,
= Tin.”
= Tine
= &. ,
Applying the correction for all the instruments in this manner, and
taking the means for each day according to the weights w, and the
means for the several days according to the weights W, we find the
correction for this part of irradiation, of the final result for each sta-
tion, to be:
Correction for station No. 1, near Huron, Ohio, — 0°72 sec.
es 2, Turtle Island, + 0:28 sec.
~~ 3, South Bend, — 2-56 sec.
This hypothetical correction, it appears, must be rejected; for on
submitting it to the best test which the nature of the subject furnishes,
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 261
the sum of the squares of the errors of the single results derived from
its application, far exceeds that which arises from the neglect of it.
SECTION X.
Reduction of Captain Talcott’s observation of the occultation of
Aquarii, at Station No. 2, Turtle Island, Lake Erie, August 9, 1835.
Latitude 41° 45’ 9”, longitude, as above, 5" 33" 31°82 sec.
By Brockbank’s gold
chronometer. Sidereal Time. Mean Time.
—" SSS SSS nase
hi - 7: s h. mM. s h. mM. s
Immersion ~* Aquarii, *20 7 59:40 20 8 35:10 10 56 49°55
Emersion “ “« = 20 45 «1°60 20 45 37:37) «11 33 46-15
Using Bessel’s method (Beitrage zur Theorie der Finsternisse, u. 8. w.)
Astr. Nachr. No. 152, and enclosing in a parenthesis the letters of his
notation, and substituting for his d and d’ their equivalents in the no-
tation above, viz. — 'T and — t’, we derive, from the moon’s and stars’
place in the Nautical Almanac,
GM). 175) 05.0" = mean time Greenwich.
(P) = —0-195736
(Q) = +0:624923
(N) + 67° 46’ 55-8" + (T’)x 8-1"
log cos(3) = + 9.987162
Ss
log (—) —= +3-793159 + (T’) x 0-:000015
—— FH SBE 1957s LL T-SbAy (e) + 4:357 (Z) + 4°720»~ (7).
— #' = —65 82 50:53 +1°814~x (e) — 2°807 x (¢) — 3:343 x (n).
The Greenwich observations, on the 9th and 10th, give, for the cor-
rections of the moon’s place, at the time of the occultation,
15x A(«) = — 16:38"
A(s)) == — = 280"
The time of beginning has been increased one minute, a correction found necessary, in
several instances, in reducing the transit observations.
262 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
The Dorpat observations of the moon-culmination that night, give
IbxA(a) = — 1471"
A (5) =_ not stated.
The mean corrections are,
15% A (a) = — 15-54!
A(s) = — © 2:30"
Also by Bessel’s formule,
(e)- = sin (N) cos (§) Aa + cos(N)A(S) = — 14:83"
(¢) == —cos(N)cos(s)Aw + sin(N)A(S) = + 3:57"
whence,
by imm. —T = — 5" 33™ 30:7 + 4:720 x (7)
by emer. — T = — 5 33 276 — 3:343 x (x)
mean, = — 5 833 292 + 0°688 x (x)
A result which agrees with the mean of the longitudes by moon-
culminations, viz., 5" 33m 31-8’, more nearly than could have been ex-
pected, when we consider the largeness of the co-efficients «, ¢ and %.
These results are derived from the assumption that Burckhardt’s semi-
diameter needs no correction, in which case (,) would be equal to 0.’
If, however, we adopt Airy’s correction for the results by meridian
observations + 0-2 sec. in time, whence , = + 3°", and apply this
correction to the results above, viz. to those for A q and A 4, as well as
to x, we derive,
by immer. — T = — 5" 33" 81°0
by emer. — T =— 5 33 39-7
mean, — T= — 5 33 35:3
It does not appear, from experience, that Burckhardt’s semidiameter
requires an additive correction, for occultations of small stars ; on the
contrary, most computers apply a negative correction of — 2-5" to the
value of y: this applied to the former mean result, would give,
T = 5" 33" 30°9, by the occultation ;
also, asabove,T = 5 33 31-8 byall the moon-culminations.
ee SE ae ee
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 263
SECTION XI.
ON THE LONGITUDE OF THE CAPITOL AT WASHINGTON.
Having in the early part of this memoir alluded to the error of Lam-
bert’s value for the longitude of the Capitol, I shall here cite the au-
thorities on which such a statement is founded. The American Al-
manac has, for years, pointed out this error in general terms, without
however tracing it to its source, viz., the omission,on the part of Lam-
bert, to correct his results by corresponding observations, for the errors
of Burg’s Tables, used in computing the Nautical Almanac. All the
observations yet published at Washington, or its immediate vicinity,
from which its longitude can be computed, are seven in number. The
results derived from them, with the names of the observers and com-
puters, are contained in the following table.
Phenomenon ob-
Longitude W. of Greenwich.
served. 5
Remarks.
ee
Solar eclipse of |5 8 4:3 By Bowditch.
April 3, 1791,
With corresponding observations at
Greenwichand Paris.—Mem. A.
observed at A. S., vol. IIL., p. 269.
Georgetown,D. 6:2 By De Ferrer. With same corr. obs.—Mem. 2. P.
C., by Andrew S., vol. VI., p. 359.
Ellicott.
Occultation of Al- | 5 7 51:6 By Triesnecker. | With meridian observations at
debaran, Jan. Greenwich and Paris.—Zphem.
21, 1793, by Vindob., 1806.
Andrew Elli- 54-4 By Wurm. With meridian observations near
cott, supposed Thoulouse.—Astr. Nach. No. |
to have been ob- 21.
served on the 6:4 By Lambert. Mem. A. P. S., N. Series, vol. I., |
site of the Capi-
tol.
VI.—3 Q
p- 106. This result must be re-
jected, because affected with the |
errors of Burg’s Tables, which
are eliminated as above by Tries-
necker and Wurm.
si
. ea =
| “* =
a ° ,
‘ .
2 -
ie
a *
264 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE OF SEVERAL
signi saa | Longitude W. of Greenwich. Remarks.
hom os.
| Occultation of Al- | 5 8 68 By Wurm.
eyone, Oct. 20,
1824, observed |
| near the Capi-
| tol, by Seth
Pease. . *
i
7 39:8 By Lambert.
With corresponding observations at
Vienna, Dessau,and Hohenneiche.
—Astr. Nachr., 91.
Ib., p. 109.—Rejected, for reason
similar to above.
Solar eclipse of | 5 8 11:4 By Bowditch.
Sept. 17, 1811,
observed near
the Capitol, by 62
Seth Pease.
By Wurm.
21-6 By Lambert.
With corresponding observations at
Salem, Massachusetts.—Ib., p.
269.
With corresponding observations at
Salem, N. Haven, and Bowdoin
College, and N. York.—.Asér.
Nachr. No. 181.
Ib., p. 114.—Rejected, as above.
|
Occultation of y | 5 8 27:3
Tauri, Jan. 12,
| 1813, observed
near the Capitol
by Seth Pease. | 5 7 45:5 By Lambert.
By Wurm.
{
| Solar eclipse of | 5 8
| Feb. 12, 1831,
observed by F.
R. Hassler.
7-2 By Paine.
Solar eclipse of
May 15, 1836,
observed by F.
R. Hassler.
Taking the mean of the results obtained by the different computers,
(those of Lambert being rejected, for reasons mentioned above) we
have, for the longitude of the Capitol,
h. m.
(1) 5 8
(2) 7
(3) 8
With corresponding observation near
Marseilles.x—.4st. Nach., No. 21.
This observation not good—local
time not well determined.
Ib., p. 114.—Rejected for double
reason.
With corresponding observations at
W. C. Bond’s observatory, Dor-
chester, Mass., and at Monomoy
Point— Am. Almanac.
5 8 18:5 ByS.C. Walker.
|
| With corresponding observations at
| the principal observatories in Eu-
| rope, reduced by H. C. F. Pe-
| ters.—Astr. Nachr., No. 326.
Be. —_
*
STATIONS NEAR THE NORTHERN BOUNDARY OF OHIO. 265
h. m. Ss
(4) Si aoe
(5) 8 27-4
(6) 8 7:2
Cine) 8 09-5
Mean of seven results Te Sin S39
Do. rejecting Nos. (2) and (5), Oe Se Seo
Do. rejecting (2), (5) and (7), Bry SO
Probable error of last result, + 0-4
Probable error of a single one of the four best results, + 0:8
The probability that this result is 10 sec. in error, is less than 0-0001.
The probability that the error amounts to 25-0 sec. (the quantity re-
quired to include Lambert’s longitude, reported to congress and ac-
cepted by that body) is too small to admit of computation. The high
authority of Bowditch, Triesnecker, Wurm, De Ferrer and Paine,
whose combined computations give the longitude of our prime meri-
dian *5" 8” 7-0° west of Greenwich, and the demonstrable error of
Lambert’s computations, which lead to aresult of 5" 7° 42°, as report-
ed to congress, leave to geographers no room for doubt as to the proper
* In the interval between the reading and printing of this paper, Robert Treat Paine,
Esq., by means of three chronometers, carried by himself from Boston to Washington, and
thence to Boston, through Philadelphia, obtained the following important results, for the lon-
gitude of the Capitol.
lism. 078:
Washington—Boston, going, 23 49-96
Co se returning, 23 50-06
Mean, 23 50-01
Washington—Philadelphia, going, 7 26-43
returning, 7 26°50
Mean, 7 26:46
Boston state house is, by Bowditch and Paine, 4 44 16°60
Philadelphia state house is, by my computations, 5 0 39:20
Whence, Washington by Boston, 5 8 661
Washington by Philadelphia, by 8h) 5:66
Mean, 5 98 6:14
Adopied for the longitude of the Capitol, 5 8." 7:0
266 DETERMINATION OF THE LONGITUDE, ETC.
location of the Capitol. It must, however, be generally regretted that
the omission, on the part of Lambert, of an essential correction (which,
for the eclipses of 1791 and 1811 had been previously pointed out by
Bowditch), should, from force of circumstances, have exercised for
many years so extensive an influence in the propagation of error.
ARTICLE VI.
On the Magnetic Dip at several places in the State of Ohio, and on the
relative Horizontal Magnetic Intensities of Cincinnati and London.
By John Locke, M. D., Professor of Chemistry and Pharm., Medical
College of Ohio. Ina letter to John Vaughan, Esq., Librarian of
the Am. Philos. Soc. Read June 15, 1838.
Tue extent of our continent and sea coast, the importance of our navi-
gation, and our proximity to the magnetic pole, all conspire to render ac-
curate magnetical observations highly interesting and useful. Yet,if we
except the labours of Professors Bache and Courtenay, very little has
been done by our countrymen, in this department of science. So far
as I know, nothing has yet been communicated from this side of the
Alleghanies. In my late journey abroad, it was no inconsiderable ob-
ject with me, to procure the instruments and the instructions neces-
sary for determining the elements of Dip, Declination, and Intensity,
especially in the western part of the United States. On arriving in
London, I was not a little gratified to find in the hands of one of our
own countrymen, Professor Bache, an apparatus invented by himself,
so perfectly adapted to the purpose of determining the Horizontal In-
tensity, by the vibration of the Hansteenian needles in a rarified me-
dium, that I at once ordered one to be made after the same model, by
the very skilful artisan Mr Robinson, of Devonshire street, London.
It has not disappointed my expectations. It is portable, easy of mani-
pulation, and gives results as consistent and satisfactory as the present
VI.—3 R
268 ON THE MAGNETIC DIP AT SEVERAL
state of our knowledge of the subject would authorize us to expect.
I furnished myself with a dipping apparatus, and two six inch needles,
adapted to it, made also by Robinson ; a chronometer made by Moly-
neux & Sons, and a declination or variation apparatus made by ‘Trough-
ton & Simms. I am under obligations to Professor Bache, for the
kind manner in which he communicated to me his mode of manipu-
lation, and for the opportunity of witnessing his experiments, both at
Westbourn Green and at the observatory of Paris. It would seem to
be a very simple operation to count the vibrations of a freely suspended
magnetic needle, and note their time by a chronometer; to perform
the various reversals with the dipping apparatus, &c., &c.; yet, although
not destitute of mechanical skill and experience, it was not until I had
had considerable practice, that I could proceed with confidence and
certainty. It had been my intention to make a series of observations
at or near to London, so often repeated as to be able to refer my obser-
vations on intensity especially, to the intensity of that place as unity.
But the delay of workmen to finish my instruments, and the pressure
of other business, permitted me to make only a single series.
The needles which I used for determining horizontal intensity were
three in number; two of them, Nos. 1 and 2, were of the Hansteenian
model, cylindrical, terminating in cones, one-eighth of an inch in dia-
meter, two and a half inches long, and weighing, with thin, light brass
stirrups for suspension, about sixty-five grains each. ‘The third, No.
3, was a flat needle, three inches long, one-fourth of an inch wide, and
about one-fortieth of an inch thick, terminating in an angle or point
of about sixty degrees, at each end, and weighing forty-four grains.
Through the politeness of Mr Airy, the astronomer royal, I was ena-
bled to vibrate these needles contiguous to the observatory at Green-
wich, and on the site lately laid off for a magnetical observatory.
From the vibration of these needles at Greenwich, August 26, 1837,
and at Cincinnati, January 17, 1838, in both cases in a medium so
rarified as to support only half an inch of mercury, after proper reduc-
tion for temperature, &c., I obtained indications of the ratio of horizon-
tal intensity at the former place, to that of the latter, as follows.
By needle No. 1, 1 to 1:1624; by needle No. 2, 1 to 1:1639; by
No. 3, 1 to 1:2037. Tattribute the disagreement of the results ob-
tained by Nos. 1 and 2, and that obtained by No. 3, to a probable di-
PLACES IN THE STATE OF OHIO, ETC. 269
minution of the magnetism in the two former by means of the appli-
cation of “keepers,” strips of soft iron to join their dissimilar ends.
The vibrations with No. 3 were twice repeated, and extended each
time to five hundred, in number; and as the magnetism of the needles
is liable to decrease, but not liable to increase, I attach the greater im-
portance to the last result, and would therefore conclude that the hori-
zontal intensity at Greenwich is, to that at Cincinnati, as 1 is to 1:2037.
But little weight can, however, be attached to these observations, until
they shall have been verified by repetition. I am, therefore, very de-
sirous, that after I shall have fully ascertained here the properties of
these needles, I may be enabled to send them again to Greenwich,
have them vibrated satisfactorily there, and returned to be verified
again in America.
It is not my intention, at this time, to go into the details of my ob-
servations on Intensity; this J will defer until my experiments shall
have been more extensive. I will now proceed to give you the results
of my experiments with the Dipping apparatus, at London and at se-
veral places in Ohio.
August 20th, 1837, I proceeded to the celebrated station of West-
bourn Green, near London, where Captain Ross has made many of
his observations, and obtained the following results:
No. of Needle. Polarity. Hand hin, Rice of Indication. Mean.
Pine Sr Se FE E E 69>) 15?
emeag ie E Ww 69 433
W E 69 06
W WwW 69 40
t Ww WwW 69 032
W E 69 44
E WwW 69 10
1 E E 69 24 69° 23/25
ig E E 70). 122
f A | E WwW 68 48
W E 69 56
WwW WwW 68 40
2.
WwW W 69 46
B W E 68 49
E W 70 083
Ue L E 69° 23/4375
ic
for}
@
cS
ney
%)
69° 23':3437 |
270 ON THE MAGNETIC DIP AT SEVERAL
These observations were made between the hours of twelve and two,
P. M., the mean temperature being 86° F. In the experiments made
at the same place by Captain Ross, as quoted by Professor Lloyd in
the Fifth Report of the British Association,
“ Needle B” gave the dip 69° 01-5,
“Needle P”, “ “ “ 69 42:0,
and these were the extremes; from the mean of which my mean
result differs only two minutes. It differs, however, from the mean of
all Captain Ross’s experiments, with eight different needles, near six
minutes of a degree.
The following results were obtained at the garden of N. Long-
worth, Esq., in Cincinnati, latitude 39° 6’ N., longitude 84° 27’ W.,
November 26, 1837.
No. of Needle. Polarity. | sre ir von Indication. Mean.
E E 70° 32’
[ " E Ww 70 56
W E 70 39
W Ww 70 53
1.
E E 71 20
: E Ww 70 25
[ W E 71 21
Ww Ww 70 10 | 70° 47’
E E 71 20 |
A E WwW 70 20
W E 71 15
Ww W 70 14
2.
E E 70 33
: ) E Ww 70 51
Ww E 70 33
| L ow W 70 60 | 70° 44/5
At Dayton, in the state of Ohio, latitude 39° 44’ N., longitude
84° 11 W., March 26, 1838, the dip
PLACES IN THE STATE OF OHIO, ETC. 271
by No. 1, was 71° 23’
by No. 2, 71 22+5
Mean, 71° 22'-75
Time, 9 to 11, A. M.; temperature 70°, F.
At Springfield, latitude 39° 53’ N., longitude 83° 46’ W., March
29, 1838, the dip
by Needle No. 1, was, 71° 26’
by “ No. 2, 71 28-75
ae
Means: > 71° (27-375
Time 6 to 8 o'clock, A. M.; temperature 53°, F.
Professor Lloyd, in the account of his “ Magnetical Observations in
Ireland,” points out, very clearly, the fact that there is, in some dip-
ping needles, “a source of constant error, which remains uncorrected
by the various reversals usually made.” He proposes to ascertain this
error, and “apply it as a correction to all future results within certain
limits.” From my observations at Springfield, I became satisfied that
the discrepancy between the results with the two needles, 2°’75, arose
from a want of perfect roundness in the pivots of one needle; for it
showed itself only at one of the reversals of polarity, and totally disap-
peared at other places, where the dip was either a little more or a lit-
tle less, so as to throw the pivot on another point of bearing. Such
mechanical errors would be expected ; yet when they are so small as
above, they are scarcely worth noticing, unless to point out their nature.
If the above view is correct, the “ error” is far too limited in its opera-
tion to justify the application of a correction which had been made at
any one place, to observations made at another. When it amounts to
as much as “twenty minutes,” it certainly shows a needle of bad me-
chanical qualities.
At Urbana, latitude 40° 03’ N., longitude 83° 44’ W., March 30,
1838, the dip by needle No. 1, was 71° 30'-44; by No. 2, 71° 29°44.
Mean, 71° 29/-94.
At Columbus, the seat of government for the state of Ohio, latitude
39° 57’ N., longitude 83° 90 W.,I had expected the dip to be nearly
VIL—3 §
272 ON THE MAGNETIC DIP AT SEVERAL
as at Springfield, in nearly the same latitude, but was surprised to find
it as follows.
By needle No. 1, 71° 04:5; by needle No. 2, 71° 0525; mean,
71° 04-875. The above observations were made in a field not far
east from the state house, April 3, 1838, from eight to nine o’clock,
A. M., temperature 40°. Suspecting local attraction, I removed to a
wood, north west of the lunatic asylum, and went through with an-
other series, which gave the following results.
Needle No. 1, 71° 04375; No. 2, 71° 05-375 ; mean, 71° 04875,
as before. Time, ten to eleven o’clock: temperature 43°. As these
results agree identically, I will give the observations in fuil.
No. of | Limb of fee of Indication. Indication.
| *°.% | Polarity. |. Instru- | 4° | Ist Experi- Mean. 2d Experi- Mean.
| cmeee ie , | ment, | Needle. °° i mene
| E E 70> 5D! 70° 53’
| m E W 71 30 71° 27
WwW E 70 45 70 47
L W | W [7 25 71 21
ie
E E 71 40 71 45
B E W 70 24 70 25
| W E 71 35 71 39
| L WwW WwW 70 22 71° 045 70 #18 71° 04/875
| E | E | 71 35 71 39
i. E W 70 32 70 29
W E 71 38 WL. 38%
w | w | 7 28 70 27
|} 2.
( E E 71 00 70 58
B E WwW 71 26 71 31
W E 70 45 70 40
Ww WwW 71 418 71° 05°25 71 22 71> 05'-375
| 71° 04'-875 71° 04'-875
’
As we cannot rely upon observations of this kind, but within a cer-
tain latitude of error, I consider the identity of the above results a mat-
ter of accident. In making the last observations, no reference was
made to the minutes of the first, lest an insensible leaning should be
given to the mind to make them agree.
The latitude and longitude of the several places, except Cincinnati,
PLACES IN THE STATE OF OHIO, ETC. 273
is only an approximation, by admeasurement, of a map supposed to be
accurate.
It appears from these observations, and those that have been made
in the Atlantic cities, that although the lines of equal dip, in travelling
from Britain westwardly, decline rapidly to the south, yet they attain
their greatest southing before they reach our continent, for we find
them, on the whole, in passing from the Atlantic to Ohio, proceeding
rather north of west. The line of dip equal to that of Philadelphia,
latitude 39° 57’ N., would pass through the western part of Ohio, in
latitude 40° 43’ N.; still, in Ohio itself, these lines are again declining
to the south ; for the line of equal dip of Columbus, in latitude 39° 57’,
would cross the meridian of Cincinnati, in latitude 39° 27’, declining half
a degree of latitude in 1° 27’ of longitude. It is my intention to extend
these observations over as large a portion of the western states as pos-
sible. The results, together with those for determining Intensity and
Declination, I hope to be able to communicate to you at an early
period.
Very respectfully,
Your obliged friend, and
Humble servant,
JOHN LOCKE.
Cincinnati, May 7, 1838.
_
4
— avail ADA Gamal) bre
1p ttt ts Line a
ia ar ad ew sis
fit WG, & 7 :
em G2 je oytentiiudt?) 7
wae rit A RG or) Oy
=a a - _
44 inn a 8 Crgireiin 2
‘ i. al os a?
irq tes »* aul’ i> =e = aun
h wes ah ew L Ge > dae) ieee”
>) Oe
Vn . ' i¥
4’
ve 7
7 mee
ARTICLE VII.’
New Formule relative to Comets. By E.Nulty, Philadelphia. Read
September 21, 1838.
Tue investigation which I here propose to make, respects the com-
ponent velocities of a comet, observed in three positions, at consecutive
and moderately small intervals of time. It has for its basis the theo-
rem of Maclaurin, as adapted to proximate states of a variable function,
and the known expressions for the sun’s attractive force on the comet
and the earth, referred as usual to rectangular solar axes. The means
which I employ are therefore the same as those presented by La-
grange in the Mécanique Analytique, and which Mr Pontécoulant
has recently adopted in his Théorie Analytique du Systéme du Monde,
where formule for determining the distances and orbits of comets are
given with appropriate developments. But the object which I have
here in view, is not the same as that of Lagrange, in his celebrated
work above mentioned ; and my investigation and results are different
from those of Mr Pontécoulant, and embrace a wider extent of sub-
ject. Similar diversity and extension, in mathematical research, are
in perpetual requisition. ‘They constitute an essential and important
part of analytic science; and with their peculiar attractions, always
lead to useful views and advantageous contrast. As to the instance
now adduced, the presumed novelty, and the great accuracy and sim-
plicity of the formule which I have obtained, entitle them, I should
VL—3 T
276 NEW FORMUL& RELATIVE TO.COMETS.
hope, to attention and preference. Their mode of investigation I also
judge important, and as peculiarly eligible. It has enabled me to ex-
hibit the formule hitherto given, as particular states of those just no-
ticed ; and besides others equally simple, it has furnished two new and
general sets of expressions for the exceptive cases in which the observed
latitudes and longitudes of the comet would render the general formule
doubtful or indeterminate. To the analysis of the principal of these
results, and with regard to practical applications, I have adjoined the
data of the comet of 1805, and for which I am indebted to the excel-
lent treatise of Mr Pontécoulant. The corresponding velocities I have
computed by the formule now given, and by others connected with
the method of La Place. ‘Their comparison has led me to some re-
marks with which I conclude this paper, and which I have inserted
from an opinion of their analytical and practical importance.
Before I enter on the proposed investigation, I think it may not be
improper to observe, that within a few days, I have been favoured with
the perusal of Mr Encke’s Astronomical, Annual Register (strono-
mische Yahrbuch) for 1833, in which its distinguished author has
given.a full and neat analysis of Dr Olbers’ method of determining the
orbits of comets. The greater part of that analysis I had in fact the
earlier pleasure of reading in Dr Bowditch’s Appendix to the Third
Volume of his Translation of the Mécanique Céleste. But I had not
been previously apprized of Mr Encke’s remarks on methods which
differ from that of Dr Olbers; and in this paper, I would be under-
stood as haying no wish to aim at lessening the predilection with which
I am now acquainted, and which may be well and reasonably founded.
My own mathematical partialities, I am not unwilling to avow. I
entertain them on methods and processes of computation which furnish
symnietrical and direct results; and in no slight degree am I favourable
to that method which is connected with the formule now occupying
my attention, and which I have endeavoured to present in such form
as to merit the approval of Mr Encke, and the author of the Théorie
Analytique du Systeme du Monde.
Consider a comet at any point C in its orbit,and let its place at the
distance r from the centre S of the sun, be determined by the rec-
NEW FORMULZ RELATIVE TO COMETS. QT7
tangular co-ordinates x, y, z. Refer the earth’s centre E, to the axes
of x, y, supposed to be in the plane of the ecliptic, and let (X, Y) de-
termine its place at the distance R from S$. The position of the comet
relatively to E, will then depend on the values of 2— X, y—Y, z;
and if we denote its co-ordinates measured from E by pa, p, py, we
shall have in its position C
Accent the different letters in these expressions, in order that they
may correspond to two different positions of the comet at C’, C’; the
first being supposed to precede, the second to follow C, at the compa-
ratively small intervals of time ¢’, ¢’. The co-ordinates C’, C’, in the
direction of the axes of a, and at the end of these intervals, will then be,
x! — xX a pa; a! — xe! =e pa" 5 (2)
and corresponding expressions will result in the directions of the other
axes of y and z.
The determination of these co-ordinates in terms relative to the in-
termediate position C of the comet, and to the corresponding place E
of the earth, may be effected by M’Laurin’s theorem, and the known
differentials
x x
which express the sun’s attractive force on the comet and earth. By
means of that theorem, we have the expressions
a =a2—z,t'-127,t°—Iia,,t°,&e.. X’=X—X,t'-4X,°— 1X, t,&e.
which, in virtue of the preceding differentials, take the usual form
“z=we—ve, X' =U X—V'X, (3)
the assumed coefficients of x, 2, and of X, X,, having in terms of the
interval ¢’, the following values :
278 NEW FORMUL® RELATIVE TO COMETS.
wie Sg TE pets Os a
7° a ed i ie (4)
U=1— I Re +3——> RE ;V=t — ‘Re +34 Be
The forms for x’, X” in (2) are similar to these, observing to change
the single into double accents, as respects wu, U; v, V; and also ¢ into
— ¢’; and like expressions will evidently apply in the directions of the
axes of y, z
Substitute (3) and the similar forms for x’, X” in (2), and then eli-
minate 2 by the first of equations (1). There will result the two ex-
pressions:
v (x, —X,) — u'p a—pa' + we’, v! (a,—X,) — pa’ —u ‘oa v! oF
in which, for brevity, we have assumed ;
v& = (V'—v')X, —(U'—w')X, vb" = (V’—v")X,4+(U'—u')X (5)
and which, being respectively multiplied by —, =; and added, will
give
/ // wu I u" / baat Por Ls “gl CV
@—X)04+o}=(50'—S » 2 +2, pla!fo't-fv8")
(y¥,—Y,)(v'+v’)= e ve ea—= vB’ 2 'Bpe'n-pon’ (6)
v!
: ae ae
z,(v-0"=(—o'— 5 » \pa— 2 py as, at Y's
the two last being formed by analogy from the first.
Expressions apparently more simple than these, might have been
found from the preceding values; but the present forms are more con-
venient for the determination of the component velocities 7,,¥,,z,, which
will become known by means of the earth’s velocities X,, Y,, when
we have expressed the geocentric distances p, p’, p”, in terms given by
observation of the comet in the corresponding positions C, C’, C’.
NEW FORMULZ RELATIVE TO COMETS. 279
For this purpose, equate the two values of 2, — X,, which result
from the expressions preceding (5); and from these and analogy we
obtain
TEST | pach a
(<< +7) al aay po! — a pia” = &,
u' u" 1 1 Ql 1 u
(Gio pe einige Algega PEC 7)
wu’ u" Ly Sl ;
loch eer mate set ©
in which we have put § = &"—&, 4» = 7" —y.
Resolve these equations relatively to p, 9, p’, with their coefficients ;
and in order to exhibit the results in brief terms, let the coefficients
which are found to affect £, 7 be denoted by
= Py 7] = Y, A’ = ys B"y— — By", A” —_— By'—B'y 3 (8)
B= a'y—ay", B= ay'—a'y, BY = ay—ay.
These are known from observation of this comet at C, C’,C’. They
give the conditional equations
A8 oe A’p' +. AY meee 0, Ay _ A’y oo A‘"y | ea == 0
BowaBa! 4 Ba = 0, > By Bi! 4 Bites ics A
and enable us to express the values now under consideration thus:
ae * AE+By 1 Pa Bee
emirates see INTS Lage a eee (10))
© as ty e= ee
the common denominator being either of the forms
D — Aa + A/a! + A’a!" — Be me Be’ + Bp’ ; (11)
which and (9) will be of immediate use in the simplification of for-
mule (6).
VI.—3 U
280 NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS.
Values analogous to these, though very different in their form and
object, are made the basis of Lagrange’s method of determining the
orbits of Comets. ‘They may be seen in his Mécanique Analytique.
In consequence of the supposed proximity of the extreme positions
C’, C’, to the mean position C of the comet, it is easily conceived that
the denominator D of (10) is a small quantity, liable to be affected by
unavoidable errors of observations. We shall therefore eliminate it,
and employ, instead of (10), the following values:
p= (S45). |
; é - (12)
pe’ = — pv’ (< + ) ae
in which we have assumed
N= A&+ By, N=AE+ By, N'=A'™+ BY. (13)
These quantities are the numerators of (10); they give, in virtue of the
conditional equations (9) and (11)
Na 4+ Ni’ + N’a"= Dé, N@+N6'+N'B"=Dn. (14)
Let now (12) be substituted in the general expressions (6), and let
us attend to the preceding forms for Dé, Dy. We shall then obtain
the following values:
RG | ee ee ve"+v't!
x,=*X, +5 (GN a = 7 N'a + wdi) +=", |
U 7] ee u , : vn Hi v Ny!
y =V¥,+4(GN8— ), both as to form
and facility of computation.
We presume that the advantage of our mode of solution is suffi-
ciently tested by the different results we have obtained. We shall
therefore proceed to the numerical application of formule (A). In
the example chosen, the intervals /, ¢’ are considerably different, and
¢—+t’ is of no small magnitude. We have taken it as before men-
tioned from the Théorie Analytique du Systeme du Monde, vol. IL.,
p- 68.
Data of Comet of 1805.
Latitudes Observed. Intervals.
Nov. 23°-32241 | J’) — 24°41'04" a’ = 27°25! 35"
30 -51095|1 —15 39 40 a — 19 25 28
Dec. 5:29581|l’= 2 711 A” = 3 20 45
Times of Observation. | Longitudes Observed.
# = 7°18854
t' = 4-78486
These have been corrected for aberration and parallax, and with re-
ference to mean time at Paris.
From the tables of Delambre have been taken
(Long. of © + 180°) or L = 68° 2541"; log R = 9:9936673.
To these I add from values before noticed ;
os = 99° 3413"; L—o = 31° 8/32"; sine = -01685151.
NEW FORMUL&E RELATIVE TO COMETS. 291
Preliminary Quantities for (A).
t’ =9:0922228 | p = 7:°9403288 | a4+/7—L=—42°55'51”
t"=8'9154514 | ¢ = 0-0062710 | a+ /—L=—51 5715 | s = 9:9937738
—t"=8°6164587 | a= 4+ 48/46” | a +l'—L=—65 29 44
The numbers in this and the following are sufficiently distinguished
from the logarithms by the prefixed signs + and — .
From Computation of Formule (A).
Values of X, Y.,.
pcos a—gq sin a psma+qcosa
— 0087163 — -0143914 — 0001236 + 1:0144421
X, = — 0231077. Y, = + 1:01438185.
Values of A, A’, A”, &c.
By” — Bly’ By By. | By' — By
—°'0398195 + 4722050 | —'3208804 + °0460401 | — 4086707 + °2401851
A = + °4323855. A’ = — ‘2748403. | A” = — ‘1684856.
At’ At’ Att” Aa
8°7280941 8°5513227 76435455 + °2664756
ee — ar) | Salers)
| ds ae At’
0°7528734; 0°1162696 | 0°7209781; 0°4574862 | 0:6028708; 9:2653444
|
—5°654229 + 1:306982 | +5:259907 — 2:867386 | —4:007474 + 0:184223
—p(4:347247). | + 9(2°392521). — p (3'828251).
We have supposed in this computation that the factors u, uw’, &c. are
each unity. But if we take for greater precision the distance r = 1,
log w’=9° iat ; logw’= 99977807; log g = 9°9992627 ; logy= 99985244,
vi.—3 x
292 NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS.
we shall find the corresponding values,
— p (4341140). + (2395257). — p (3°815140).
If to the value of Aa = -2664756, we join A’a’ = — :2012315,
A‘a" = — -0698817, obtained from the logarithms used in the pre-
ceding computation, there will result D = — :0046376, and then we
shall get
t’—t’ X, oe
e (Der + D 5x5) e (Daa5)
8°6392065; 5:9232877. 75657013
+ 0435719 + ‘0000838 — pe (003679).
+ (043655). |
In these values we have taken w = 1, « = 1, &c. If we employ
the logarithms which correspond to r = 1, there will result, instead of
the preceding :
+ p (043581), — p (003662) ;
by virtue of which and the value before given, we obtain for the co-
met’s velocities :
x, = —0°023108 — p (4297559),
y, = +1014319 + p (2391595), (d)
z, =— p (3815140);
in which p is the curtate distance from the centre of the earth.
Had we retained the values found in case of «= 1, wv = 1, &c.,
the coefficients of p would have been
(4°303592), (2°388842), (3823251);
which are not so accurate as those in (d).
The preceding expressions for 2,, y,, z,, may be easily changed so as
to correspond to any required position of the axis of z, and to the ray
drawn from the centre E of the earth to the comet at C. If we sup-
NEW FORMUL# RELATIVE TO COMETS. 293
posed this axis to be directed to E, we shall find in terms of p before
used ;
2, = — 0:008716 — p (4:263202),
y, = + 1:014544 + p (2:452316), (e)
z, = — p (3815140). J
But if we also change p into p cos 4, so that » may denote the ray
CE, we shall get
x, = —0°008716 — p (4020544),
y, = + 1°014544 + (2°312732),
z, = —p (3°597985).
The accuracy of these results we believe to be very considerable.
Mr Pontécoulant’s values in terms of p are the following:
x, = —0:008686 — p (4.026273), y, = + 1°014545 + p (2:314020) ;
2, =— e(3°605632). (See Theorie Analytique, &c., vol. IT., p. 70.)
With the desire of making a comparison between the principal terms
of formule (E), and the values (d) above given, I have subjected them
to computation. By taking the first expressions for E, EK’, E’ and ’,
the coefficients of the curtate distance p were as here given:
xz, = X,— (4050920) — &c.
y, = Y, +(2'047392) + &e.
z, = — (3646140) — &c.
so that the terms affected by K differ little from — p (:245653),
+ p (345974), —p(-168997), and will in the destined use of (E)
not exceed the order of the intervals /, ¢’.
To the data of the example now considered, I have been induced to
apply the method of La Place; and with surprise I found results
294 NEW FORMUL&® RELATIVE TO COMETS.
which it may be proper here to insert. By means of the two expres-
sions
yD HED pp = CHOP DE.
fi +t")
a La ib
which are deducible from the values of /’, /’, expressed by Maclaurin’s
theorem ; I obtained in parts of radius, d7 == — 2-232849; d°/ =
— 15+51507. The similar values which depend on the geocentric
latitudes were dA —= —2-498243, dA = — 22:139036 ; and
adopting in this method the formule :
aa Qdr*
sin AcosA at cos A2/”
dp= mes m = d@l+ tan(L—I) (d+
n= 2d1+2 tn(L—j— "4 _;
which may be found expressed differently in the Mécanique Celeste
and Theorie Analytique, &c. J obtained ~ or i = — 3-278562.
The three equations
z,=X,+e(ta—6dl),
y= Y,+p(¢8+adl),
resulting from the differentiation of (1), andin which a = cos (/— L),
8 =sin(I—L), y = tana, then gave me the following values:
z,= X, — p (3761473),
y, = Y, + p (1261091),
Zz, = — p (3:965141);
which are exceedingly different from (e), with regard to the coeffi-
cients of ¢ in the values of z, and y,.
NEW FORMULE RELATIVE TO COMETS. 295
In addition to these results, I would join the remark, that the com-
puted values of 2,, y,, z,, expressed by the preceding differential for-
mulz, cannot be made to agree with (e), so long as are employed the
above numerical quantities found for d/, d%; and that from this and
other instances, I consider as defective the manner in which the first
and second differentials of the geocentric longitudes and latitudes are
determined in the method here noticed; and which, I think, should
not be used for determining the component velocities of a comet, or
the position of its orbit.
We might now particularize further the expressions (d) by means
of (25) and (26), and the consequent values of the distances r and p.
But our principal aim in the present paper has, we imagine, been suf-
ficiently attained. We intend again to resume the subject on an early
occasion.
vVi—3 Y
ARTICLE VIII.
Account of a Tornado, which, towards the end of August 1838, passed
over the suburbs of the city of Providence, in the stale of Rhode
Island, and afterwards over a part of the Village of Somerset. Also
an Extract of a Letter on the same subject from Zachariah Allen,
Esq., of the city of Providence.
Communicated by Robert Hare, M.D., Professor of Chemistry in the
University of Pennsylvania. Read October 26, 1838.
I propose to lay before the Society, fora place in their Transactions,
an account of a tornado which occurred in the state of Rhode Island,
towards the end of August last.
This phenomenon was first observed near Providence, over the south
western suburbs of which it passed in a course generally from west by
north, to south by east. Only a few days subsequently I visited some
of the most remarkable scenes of its ravages,
The characteristics of this tornado, from all that I could see or hear,
are quite similar to those of the tornado which occurred at New Bruns-
wick, New Jersey, in June 1835, and to which I referred in my paper
upon the causes of tornadoes and water-spouts, published in the sixth
volume of the Society’s Transactions.
This recent tornado was advantageously seen by J. L. Tillinghast,
Esq. from a window of his mansion, which is so situated, on the brow
of a hill on the eastern side of the city of Providence, as to afford an
298 ACCOUNT OF A TORNADO WHICH PASSED
unobstructed view of the country opposite. Mr Tillinghast alleges
that his attention was at first attracted by seeing to the westward a
huge inverted cone, of extremely dark vapour, which extended from
the clouds to the earth. In the contortions and spiral movements
of its lower extremity, this cone was conceived to resemble the
proboscis of an enormous elephant, moving about in search of food.
Sometimes it was elongated so as to reach the ground; at others
it skipped over the intervening space without touching it; but at
each contact with the terrestrial surface, or bodies resting thereon,
a cloud of dust, intermingled with their fragments, was seen to rise
within the vortex. To those who were sufficiently near to the meteor,
a fearful explanation of these appearances was simultaneously evident.
Ponds were partially exhausted. Trees uprooted or deprived of their
leaves or branches. Houses were unroofed, or uplifted and then —
dashed to pieces. Farms were robbed of their grain, potatoes, fruit-
trees or poultry: nor were human beings secure from being carried
aloft, and more or less injured by subsequent descent. It was alleged
that at Somerset two women were carried from a wagon over a wall,
into an adjoining field. Within the same village a cellar door frame,
with its doors bolted, was lifted, and then deposited on one side of its
previous position; although situated to windward of the mansion to
which it belonged. This result was the more striking, because, in con-
sequence of their presenting an inclined plane to the blast, the doors
and their frames would have been pressed more firmly upon their foun-
dation by an ordinary wind. In consequence of the same dilatation of
the air within the house, which lifted the cellar door, the weather-
boarding on the leeward side was burst open, while that to the wind-
ward was undisturbed.
About four o'clock on the afternoon during which this tornado
passed near Providence, there was heard at the farm at which I resided,
twenty-five miles south of Providence and about fifteen miles from
Somerset, the loudest thunder which I ever heard. It made the house
in which I was tremble sensibly.
I have received from an estimable friend, Mr Allen, a most interest-
ing account of this tornado, which passed over the river, and there
produced the appearance of a water-spout, while he was sufficiently
OVER THE CITY OF PROVIDENCE, ETC. 299
near for accurate observation. In one respect his narrative tends to
justify my opinion, that the exciting cause of tornadoes is electrical
attraction. In two instances in which flashes of lightning proceeded
from the water, Mr Allen remarked that the effervescence produced
by the tornado in the water very perceptibly subsided.*
Extract froma Letter written by Zachariah Allen, E'sq., of Providence.
“It was about three o’clock, P. M., during a violent shower, that I
observed a peculiarly black cloud to form in the midst of light, fleecy
clouds, and to assume a portentous appearance in the heavens, having
a long, dark, tapering cone of vapour extending from it to the surface
of the earth. The form of this black cloud, and of the cone of yapour
depending from it,so nearly resembled the engraved pictures of ‘ water
spouts’ above the ocean, which I had frequently seen, that I should
have come speedily to the conclusion that one of these ‘ water spouts’
was approaching, had I not been aware that this phenomenon occupied
a space in the heavens directly above a dry plain of land. Whilst at-
tentively watching the progress of the cloud, with its portentous dark
cone trailing its point in contact with the surface of the earth, I no-
ticed numerous black specks, resembling flocks of blackbirds on the
wing, diverging from the under surface of the clouds, at a great eleva-
tion in the air, and falling to the ground. Among these were some
objects of larger size, which I could discern to be fragments of boards,
sailing off obliquely in their descent. This alarming indication left
no room for doubt that a violent tornado was fast approaching, and
that these distant, dark specks were fragments of shingles and boards
uplifted high in the air, and left to fall, from the outer edge of the
black conical cloud. This fearful appearance was repeatedly exhibited,
as often as the tornado passed over buildings.
“The whirlwind soon swept towards an extensive range of buildings,
within a few yards of me, the roof of which appeared to open at the
top, and to be uplifted fora moment. The whole fabric then sunk
into a confused mass of moving rubbish, and became indistinctly visi-
ble amid the cloud that overspread it, as with a mantle of mist.
* See Essay on the Cause of Tornadoes or Waterspouts in sixth vol. American Philo-
sophical Transactions, or in Silliman’s Journal, vol. 32, for 1837.
YI.—3 Z
300 ACCOUNT OF A TORNADO WHICH PASSED
“The destructive force of the tornado now became not only apparent
to the eye, but also fearfully terrific, from the deafening crash of break-
ing boards and timbers, startling the amazed spectator in alarm for his
personal safety, amid the roar of the whirlwind, and the shattered frag-
ments flying like deadly missiles near him. At one instant, when
the point of the dark cone of cloud passed over the prostrate wreck of
the building, the fragments seemed to be upheaved, as if by the explo-
sion of gunpowder, and I actually became intensely excited with the
fear that the moving mass might direct its march toward the open
area of the yard, to which I had resorted, after abandoning a building
in which I had previously found shelter.
“ Fortunately the course of the tornado was not over the building used
as a depot by the Stonington Railroad Company in Providence, where
there was a numerous assemblage of passengers awaiting the departure
of the cars; otherwise several lives might have been lost.
“The most interesting appearance was exhibited when the tornado
left the shore, and struck the surface of the adjacent river. Being
within a few yards of this spot, I had an opportunity of accurately
noting the effects produced on the surface of the water.
“The circle formed by the tornado on the foaming water was about
three hundred feet in diameter. Within this circle the water ap-
peared to be in commotion, like that in a huge boiling cauldron; and
misty vapours, resembling steam, rapidly arose from the surface, and
entering the whirling vortex, at times veiled from sight the centre of
the circle, and the lower extremity of the overhanging cone of dark
vapour. Amid all the agitation of the water and the air about it, this
cone continued unbroken, although it swerved and swung around, with
a movement resembling that of the trunk of an elephant whilst that
animal is in the act of depressing it to the ground to pick up some
minute object. In truth, the tapering form, as well as the vibrating
movements of the extremity of this cone of vapour, bore a striking re-
semblance to those of the trunk of that great animal.
“ Whilst passing off over the water, a distant view of the cloud might
have induced the spectator to compare its form to that of a huge um-
brella suspended in the heavens, with the column of vapour represent-
ing the handle, descending and dipping into the foam of the billows.
OVER THE CITY OF PROVIDENCE, ETC. 301
The waves heaved and swelled, whenever the point of this cone passed
over them, apparently as if some magical spell were acting upon them
by the effect of enchantment. Twice I noticed a gleam of lightning,
or of electric fluid, to dart through the column of vapour, which served
as a conductor for it to ascend from the water to the cloud. After the
flash the foam of the water seemed immediately to diminish for a mo-
ment, as if the discharge of the electric fluid had served to calm the
excitement on its agitated surface.
“'The progress of the tornado was nearly in a straight line, following
the direction of the wind, with a velocity of perhaps eight or ten miles
per hour.
“Near as I was to the exterior edge of the circle of the tornado, I
felt no extraordinary gust of wind; but noticed that the breeze con-
tinued to blow uninterruptedly from the same quarter from which it
prevailed before the tornado occurred.
“T also particularly observed that there was no perceptible increase of
temperature of the air adjacent to the edge of the whirlwind, which
might have caused an ascending current by a rarefaction of a portion
of the atmosphere. After passing over the sheet of water, and gaining
the shore, I observed the shingles and fragments of a barn to be ele-
vated and dispersed high in the air; and the dark cloud continued to
maintain the same appearance which it at first presented, until it
passed away beyond the scope of a distinct vision of its misty out-
lines.
“The above imperfect sketch can convey to your mind only a feeble
impression of this exciting scene, which in passing before me excited
just enough of terror to impart to the spectacle the most awful sense
of the power, sublimity and grandeur of the Almighty, as described in
the glowing words of the Psalmist. ‘He bowed the heavens also, and
came down; and darkness was under his feet ; and he did fly upon the
wings of the wind. He made darkness his secret place; his pavilion
round about him were dark waters and thick clouds of the skies.’ ”
ae. Tee ee a Cs he
*
To A a | 2 “erie .
Torernq ooo ated Yo dotuq sald arrest ¢ define ban baveed ereew. at
sant Ts wiblan wre [los igalven orca Bh en Tihavieran yen TM)
arbrtibatl Wo camel. we ivestei ee turer ity wa dunt (a
ween s (Wie TOMEI GN UV GE Gam Dh hs rage aieés ny “a
PAA WT. | Ulric Ad ood "eNyte pO feet) Laver a) 1 mt) vebaabigs foam
: = had A aesy etal cert SEAL tees Pigaieet “eatipaty GRE cer ape wea eel!
* r
A ra] * iy au * oe: = .
" JUV! 2) Hoe Kee iv Se SA y 4g vd Tie uF AM 2
. A EN Te SS ye AU este
ayy IMR PRR TO ghe hes beeen
haa Sere Ce we) Dror sond aeE
ve
fit wr fh AR PO yet ahs “es sepia won of Beane gree
_ ; _ aetnte CORRES 4 Wine Teta nes,
eed) SO ies OV Brn rary
: ow footage the dal ae Veiterseag
- : 7 . ' 7 ,
Slot ea : ge 6 Bo? sy Rew Hep 14 0 UR a aye igh
-, fe Paty, Oat. a sayy inna ott TY
&) gece) igg4 8 wie Pedi S reap
: ) wud} ee \y wads oft] @ et eghir sajadil at his fe tid P> earw
2 : . ii « hig 1
: fa coll 18 ae nae id ley ME SMW Hd Beier NPD
© ; | 7 - oo dn
ARTICLE IX.
Contributions to Electricity and Magnetism. By Joseph Henry, Pro-
Jessor of Natural Philosophy in the College of New Jersey, Prince-
fon.
No. I1I.—On Electro-Dynamie Induction. Read November 2, 1838.
INTRODUCTION.
1. SincE my investigations in reference to the influence of a spiral
conductor, in increasing the intensity of a galvanic current, were sub-
mitted to the Society, the valuable paper of Dr Faraday, on the same
subject, has been published, and also various modifications of the prin-
ciple have been made by Sturgeon, Masson, Page and others, to increase
the effects. ‘The spiral conductor has likewise been applied by Cav.
Antinori to produce a spark by the action of a thermo-electrical pile ;
and Mr Watkins has succeeded in exhibiting ali the phenomena of
hydro-electricity by the same means. Although the principle has
been much extended by the researches of Dr Faraday, yet lam happy
to state that the results obtained by this distinguished philosopher are.
not at variance with those given in my paper.
2. I now offer to the Society a new series of investigations in the
same line, which I hope may also be considered of sufficient impor-
tance to merif a place in the Transactions.
3. The primary object of these investigations was to discover, if
vI.—4 A
304 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
possible, inductive actions in common electricity analogous to those
found in galvanism. For this purpose a series of experiments was
commenced in the spring of 1836, but I was at that time diverted, in
part, from the immediate object of my research, by a new investiga-
tion of the phenomenon known in common electricity by the name of
the lateral discharge. Circumstances prevented my doing any thing
further, in the way of experiment, until April last, when most of the
results which I now offer to the Society were obtained. The investi-
gations are not as complete, in several points, as I could wish, but as
my duties will not permit me to resume the subject for some months
to come, I therefore present them as they are; knowing, from the in-
terest excited by this branch of science in every part of the world,
that the errors which may exist will soon be detected, and the truths
be further developed.
4. The experiments are given nearly in the order in which they
were made ; and in general they are accompanied by the reflections
which led to the several steps of the investigation. The whole series
is divided, for convenience of arrangement, into six sections, although
the subject may be considered as consisting, principally, of two parts.
The first relating to a new examination of the induction of galvanic
currents; and the second to the discovery of analogous results in the
discharge of ordinary electricity.*
5. The principal articles of apparatus used in the experiments, con-
sist of a number of flat coils of copper riband, which will be desig-
a represents coil No. 1, b coil No. 2, and c coil No. 3; ¢ the battery, d the rasp.
The several paragraphs are numbered in succession, from the first to the last, after the
mode adopted by Mr Faraday, for convenience of reference.
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 305
nated by the names of coil No. 1, coil No. 2, &c.; also of several coils
of long wire; and these, to distinguish them from the ribands, will be
called helix No. 1, helix No. 2, &e.
6. Coil No. 1 is formed of thirteen pounds of copper plate, one inch
and a half wide and ninety-three feet long. It is well covered with
two coatings of silk, and was generally used in the form represented in
Fig. 1, which is that of a flat spiral sixteen inches in diameter. It
was however sometimes formed into a ring of larger diameter, as is
shown in Fig. 4, Section III.
7. Coil No. 2 is also formed of copper plate, of the same width and
thickness as coil No. 1. It is, however, only sixty feet long. Its
form is shown at 6, Fig. 1. The opening at the centre is sufficient to
admit helix No. 1. Coils No. 3, 4, 5, 6, &c. are all about sixty feet
long, and of copper plate of the same thickness, but of half the width
of coil No. 1.
8. Helix No. 1 consists of sixteen hundred and sixty yards of cop-
per wire, ;sth of an inch in diameter. No. 2, of nine hundred and
Fig. 2. ninety yards; and No. 3, of three
hundred and fifty yards, of the same
wire. These helices are shown in
C Fig. 2, and are so adjusted in size
a represents helix No. 1, } helix No. 2, chelix No.3. aS to fit into each other ; thus form-
ing one long helix of three thousand yards: or, by using them sepa-
rately, and in different combinations, seven helices of different lengths.
The wire is covered with cotton thread, saturated with beeswax, and
between each stratum of spires a coating of silk is interposed.
9. Helix No. 4 is shown at a, Fig. 4, Section III.; it is formed of five hun-
dred and forty-six yards of wire, 2;th of an inch in diameter, the several
spires of which are insulated by a coating of cement. Helix No. 5
consists of fifteen hundred yards of silvered copper wire, +3;th of an inch
in diameter, covered with cotton, and is of the form of No. 4.
10. Besides these I was favoured with the loan of a large spool of
copper wire, covered with cotton, ~.th of an inch in diameter, and five
miles long. It is wound on a small axis of iron, and forms a solid cy-
linder of wire, eighteen inches long, and thirteen in diameter.
11. For determining the direction of induced currents, a magnetiz-
306 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
ing spiral was generally used, which consists of about thirty spires of
copper wire, in the form of a cylinder, and so small as just to admit a
sewing needle into the axis.
12. Also asmall horseshoe is frequently referred to, which is formed
of a piece of soft iron, about three inches long, and 2ths of an inch thick ;
each leg is surrounded with about five feet of copper bell wire. This
length is so small, that only a current of electricity of considerable
quantity can develope the magnetism of the iron. The instrument
is used for indicating the existence of such a current.
13. The battery used in most of the experiments is shown in Fig. 1.
It is formed of three concentric cylinders of copper, and two inter-
posed cylinders of zinc. It is about eight inches high, five inches in
diameter, and exposes about one square. foot and three quarters of zine
surface, estimating both sides of the metal. In some of the experiments
a larger battery was used, weakly charged, but all the results men-
tioned in the paper, except those with a Cruickshank trough, can be
obtained with one or two batteries of the above size, particularly if
excited by a strong solution. The manner of interrupting the circuit
of the conductor by means ofa rasp, b, is shown in the same Figure.
SECTION I.
Conditions which influence the induction of a Current on itself.
14. The phenomenon of the spiral conductor is at present known
by the name of the induction of a current on itself, to distinguish it
from the induction of the secondary current, discovered by Dr Fara-
day. The two, however, belong to the same class, and experiments
render it probable that the spark given by the long conductor is, from
the natural electricity of the metal, disturbed for an instant by the induc-
tion of the primary current. Before proceeding to the other parts of
these investigations, it is important to state the results of a number of
preliminary experiments, made to determine more definitely the con-
ditions which influence the action of the spiral conductor.
15. When the electricity is of low intensity, as in the case of the
thermo-electrical pile, or a large single battery weakly excited with
dilute acid, the flat riband coil No.1, ninety-three feet long, is found to
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 307
give the most brilliant deflagrations, and the loudest snaps from a sur-
face of mercury. The shocks, with this arrangement, are, however,
very feeble, and can only be felt in the fingers or through the tongue.
16. The induced current in a short coil, which thus produces defla-
gration, but not shocks, may, for distinction, be called one of quantity.
17. When the length of the coil is increased, the battery continuing
the same, the deflagrating power decreases, while the intensity of the
shock continually increases. With five riband coils, making an aggre-
gate length of three hundred feet, and the small battery, Fig. 1, the de-
flagration is less than with coil No. 1, but the shocks are more in-
tense.
18. There is, however, a limit to this increase of intensity of the
shock, and this takes place when the increased resistance or diminished
conduction of the lengthened coil begins to counteract the influence
of the increasing length of the current. The following experiment
illustrates this fact. A coil of copper wire 7;th of an inch in diame-
ter, was increased in length by successive additions of about thirty-two
feet at a time. After the first two lengths, or sixty-four feet, the bril-
lianey of the spark began to decline, but se shocks constantly in-
creased in intensity, until a length of five hundred and seventy-five
feet was obtained, when the shecks also began to decline. This was
then the proper length to produce the maximum efiget with a single
battery, and a wire of the above diameter.
19. When the intensity of the electricity of the battery is increased,
the action of the short riband coil decreases. With a Cruickshank’s
trough of sixty plates, four inches square, scarcely any peculiar effect
can be observed, when the coil forms a part of the circuit. If how-
ever the length of the coil be increased in proportion to the intensity
of the current, then the inductive influence becomes apparent. When
the current, from ten plates of the above mentioned trough, was passed
through the wire of the large spool (10), the induced shock was too
severe to be taken through the body. Again, when a smal] trough of
twenty-five one-inch plates, which alone would give but a very feeble
shock, was used with helix No. 1, an intense shock was received from the
induction, when the contact was broken. Also a slight shock in this
arrangement is given when the contact is formed, but it is very feeble
V¥L.—4B
308 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
in comparison with the other. The spark, however, with the long
wire and compound battery is not as brilliant as with the single bat-
tery and the short riband coil.
20. When the shock is produced from a long wire, as in the last
experiments, the size of the plates of the battery may be very much
reduced, without a corresponding reduction of the intensity of the
shock. ‘This is shown in an experiment with the large spool of wire (10).
A very small compound battery was formed of six pieces of copper
bell wire, about one inch and a half long, and an equal number of
pieces of zinc of the same size. When the current from this was
passed through the five miles of the wire of the spool, the induced
shock was given at once to twenty-six persons joining hands. This
astonishing effect placed the action of a coil in astriking point of view.
21. With the same spool and the single battery used in the former
experiments, no shock, or at mosta very feeble one, could be obtained.
A current, however, was found to pass through the whole length, by
its action on the ealvanometer; but it was not sufficiently powerful to
induce a current which could counteract the resistance of so longa
wire.
22, The induced current in these experiments may be considered
as one of considerable intensity, and small quantity.
23. The form of the coil has considerable influence on the intensity
of the action. In the experiments of Dr Faraday, a long cylindrical
coil of thick copper wire, inclosing a rod of soft iron, was used. This
form produces the greatest effect when magnetic reaction is employed ;
but in the case of simple galvanic induction, I have found the form of
the coils and helices represented in the figures most effectual. The
several spires are more nearly approximated, and therefore they exert
a greater mutual influence. In some cases, as will be seen hereafter,
the ring form, shown in Fig. 4, is most effectual.
24. Inall cases the several spires of the coil should be well insulated,
for although in magnetizing soft iron, and in analogous experiments,
the touching of two spires is not attended with any great reduction of
action; yet in the case of the induced current, as will be shown in the
progress of these investigations, a single contact of two spires is some-
times sufficient to neutralize the whole effect. .
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 309
25. It must be recollected that all the experiments with these coils
and helices, unless otherwise mentioned, are made without the reaction
of iron temporarily magnetized ; since the introduction of this would,
in some cases, interfere with the action, and render the results more
complex.
SECTION Il.
Conditions which influence the production of Secondary Currents.
26. The secondary currents, as it is well known, were discovered in
the induction of magnetism and electricity, by Dr Faraday, in 1831.
But he was at that time urged to the exploration of new, and appa-
rently richer veins of science, and left this branch to be traced by
others. Since then, however, attention has been almost exclusively
directed to one part of the subject, namely, the induction from mag-
netism, and the perfection of the magneto-electrical machine. And I
know of no attempts, except my own, to review and extend the purely
electrical part of Dr Faraday’s admirable discovery.
27. The energetic action of the flat coil, in producing the induction
of a current on itself, led me to conclude that it would also be the
most proper means for the exhibition and study of the phenomena of
the secondary galvanic currents.
28. For this purpose coil No. 1 was arranged to receive the current
from the small battery, and coil No. 2 placed on this, with a plate of
glass interposed to insure perfect insulation; as often as the circuit of
Fig. 3. No. 1 was interrupted, a
“9 2 powerful secondary current
), wasinducedin No.2. The
arrangement is the same as
that exhibitedin Fig. 3, with
= the exception that in this the
a represents coil No. 1, } helix No. 1, and c,d, handles for compound helix is repre-
So Sag sented as receiving the in-
duction, instead of coil No. 2.
29. When the ends of the second coil were rubbed together, a spark
was produced at the opening. When the same ends were joined by
310 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
the magnetizing spiral (11), the inclosed needle became strongly mag-
netic. Also when the secondary current was passed through the wires
of the iron horseshoe (12), magnetism was developed; and when the
ends of the second coil were attached to a small decomposing appara-
tus, of the kind which accompanies the magneto-electrical machine, a
stream of gas was given off at each pole. The shock, however, from
this coil is very feeble, and can scarcely be felt above the fingers.
30. This current has therefore the properties of one of moderate in-
tensity, but considerable quantity.
31. Coil No. 1 remaining as before, a longer coil, formed by uniting
Nos. 3, 4 and 5, was substituted for No. 2. With this arrangement,
the spark produced when the ends were rubbed together, was not as
brilliant as before; the magnetizing power was much less; decompo-
sition was nearly the same, but the shocks were more powerful, or, in
other words, the intensity of the induced current was increased by an
increase of the length of the coil, while the quantity was apparently
decreased.
32. A compound helix, formed by uniting Nos. 1 and 2, and there-
fore containing two thousand six hundred and fifty yards of wire, was
next placed on coil No. 1. The weight of this helix happened to be
precisely the same as that of coil No. 2, and hence the different effects
of the same quantity of metal in the two forms of a long and short
conductor, could be compared. With this arrangement the magnetiz-
ing effects, with the apparatus before mentioned, disappeared. The
sparks were much smaller, and also the decomposition less, than with
the short coil; but the shock was almost too intense to be received
with impunity, except through the fingers of one hand. A circuit of
fifty-six of the students of the senior class, received it at once from a
single rupture of the battery current, as if from the discharge of a Ley-
den jar weakly charged. The secondary current in this case was one
of small quantity, but of great intensity.
33. ‘The following experiment is important in establishing the fact
of a limit to the increase of the intensity of the shock, as well as the
power of decomposition, with a wire of a given diameter. Helix No.
5, which consists of wire only +3sth of an inch in diameter, was placed
.—
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 311
on coil No. 2, and its length increased to about seven hundred yards.
With this extent of wire, neither decomposition nor magnetism could
be obtained, but shocks were given of a peculiarly pungent nature;
they did not however produce much muscular action. ‘The wire of
the helix was further increased to about fifteen hundred yards; the
shock was now found to be scarcely perceptible, in the fingers.
34. As a counterpart to the last experiment, coil No. 1 was formed
into a ring of sufficient internal diameter to admit the great spool of
wire (11), and with the whole length of this (which, as has before
been stated, is five miles) the shock was found so intense as to be felt
at the shoulder, when passed only through the forefinger and thumb.
Sparks and decomposition were also produced, and needles rendered
magnetic. The wire of this spool is #;th of an inch thick, and we
therefore see from this experiment, that by increasing the diameter of
the wire, its length may also be much increased, with an increased
effect.
35. The fact (33) that the induced current is diminished by a fur-
ther increase of the wire, after a certain length has been attained, is
important in the construction of the magneto-electrical machine, since
the same effect is produced in the induction of magnetism. Dr God-
dard of Philadelphia, to whom I am indebted for coil No. 5, found
that when its whole length was wound on the iron of a temporary
magnet, no shocks could be obtained. The wire of the machine may
therefore be of such a length, relative to its diameter, as to produce
shocks, but no decomposition; and if the length be still further in-
creased, the power of giving shocks may also become neutralized.
36. The inductive action of coil No. 1, in the foregoing experiments,
is precisely the same as that of a temporary magnet in the case of the
magneto-electrical machine. A short thick wire around the armature
gives brilliant deflagrations, but a long one produces shocks. "This fact,
I believe, was first discovered by my friend Mr Saxton, and afterwards
investigated by Sturgeon and Lentz.
37. We might, at first sight, conclude, from the perfect similarity
of these effects, that the currents which, according to the theory of
Ampere, exist in the magnet, are like those in the short coil, of great
vi—4c
312 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
quantity and feeble intensity; but suceeeding experiments will show
that this is not necessarily the case.
38. All the experiments given in this section have thus far been
made with a battery of a single element. This condition was now
changed, and a Cruickshank trough of sixty pairs substituted. When
the current from this was passed through the riband coil No. 1, no in-
dication, or a very feeble one, was given of a secondary current in any
of the coils or helices, arranged as in the preceding experiments. The
length of the coil, in this case, was not commensurate with the inten-
sity of the current from the battery. But when the long helix, No. 1,
was placed instead of coil No. 1, a powerful inductive action was pro-
duced on each of the articles, as before.
39. First, helices No. 2 and 3 were united into one, and placed
within helix No. 1, which still conducted the battery current. With
this disposition a secondary current was produced, which gave intense
shocks but feeble decomposition, and no magnetism in the soft iron
horseshoe. It was therefore one of intensity, and was induced by a
battery current also of intensity.
40. Instead of the helix used in the last experiment for receiving
the induction, one of the coils (No. 3) was now placed on helix No. 1,
the battery remaining as before. With this arrangement the induced
current gave no shocks, but it magnetized the small horseshoe; and
when the ends of the coil were rubbed together, produced bright
sparks. It had therefore the properties of a current of quantity ; and
it was produced by the induetion of a current, from the battery, of in-
tensity.
41. This experiment was considered of so much importance, that
it was varied and repeated many times, but always with the same re-
sult; it therefore establishes the fact that an intensity current can in-
duce one of quantily, and, by the preceding experiments, the converse
has also been shown, that @ quantily current. can induce one of inten-
sity.
42. This fact appears to have an important bearing on the law of
the inductive action, and would seem to favour the supposition that
the lower coil, in the two experiments with the long and short secon-
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION, 313
dary conductors, exerted the same amount of inductive force, and that
in one case this was expended (to use the language of theory) in giving
a great velocity to a small quantity of the fluid, and in the other in
producing a slower motion in a larger current; but in the two cases,
were it not for the increased resistance to conduction in the longer
wire, the quantity multiplied by the velocity would be the same. This,
however, is as yet an hypothesis, but it enables us to conceive how in-
tensity and quantity may both be produced from the same induction.
43. From some of the foregoing experiments we may conclude, that
the quantity of electricity in motion in the helix is really less than in
the coil, of the same weight of metal; but this may possibly be owing
simply to the greater resistance offered by the longer wire. It would
also appear, if the above reasoning be correct, that to produce the most
- energetic physiological effects, only a small quantity of electricity,
moving with great velocity, is necessary.
44. In this and the preceding section, I have attempted to give
only the general conditions which influence the galvanic induction.
To establish the law would require a great number of more refined
experiments, and the consideration of several circumstances which
would affect the results, such as the conduction of the wires, the con-
stant state of the battery, the method of breaking the circuit with per-
fect regularity, and also more perfect means than we now possess of
measuring the amount of the inductive action; all these circumstances
render the problem very complex.
SECTION II.
On the Induction of Secondary Currents at a distance.
45. In the experiments given in the two preceding Sections, the
conductor which received the induction, was separated from that which
transmitted the primary current by the thickness only of a pane of
glass; but the action from this arrangement was so energetic, that I
was naturally led to try the effect at a greater distance.
46. For this purpose coil No. 1 was formed into a ring of about two
814 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
Fig. 4 feet in diameter, and helix No.
Pak placed as is shown in the
figure. When the helix was
/ at the distance of about sixteen
© eo ye inches from the middle of
——" the plane of the ring, shocks
could be perceived through
the tongue, and these rapidly
increased in intensity as the
helix was lowered, and when
it reached the plane of the ring
they were quite severe. The effect, however, was still greater, when
the helix was moved from the centre to the inner circumference, as at
ce: but when it was placed without the ring, in contact with the outer
circumference, at b, the shocks were very slight; and when placed
within, but its axis at right angles to that of the ring, not the least
effect could be observed.
47. With a little reflection, it will be evident that this arrangement
is not the most favourable for exhibiting the induction at a distance,
since the side of the ring, for example, at c, tends to produce a current
revolving in one direction in the near side of the helix, and another in
an opposite direction in the farther side. The resulting effect is there-
fore only the difference of the two, and in the position as shown in the
figure; this difference must be very small, since the opposite sides of
the helix are approximately at the same distance from ¢. But the dif-
ference of action on the two sides constantly increases as the helix is
brought near the side of the ring, and becomes a maximum when the
two are in the position of internal contact. A helix of larger diameter
would therefore produce a greater effect.
48, Coil No. t remaining as before, helix No. 1, which is nine
inches in diameter, was substituted for the small helix of the last ex-
periment, and with this the effect at a distance was much increased.
When coil No. 2 was added to coil No. 1, and the currents from two
small batteries sent through these, shocks were distinctly perceptible
through the tongue, when the distance of the planes of the coils and
the three helices, united as one, was increased to thirty-six inches.
a represents helix No. 4, b coil No. 1, in the form ofa ring.
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 315
49. The action at a distance was still further increased by coiling
the long wire of the large spool into the form of a ring of four feet
in diameter, and placing parallel to this another ring, formed of the
four ribands of coils No. 1, 2,3 and 4. Whenacurrent from a single
battery of thirty-five feet of zinc surface was passed through the riband
conductor, shocks through the tongue were felt when the rings were
separated to the distance of four feet. As the conductors were ap-
proximated, the shocks became more and more severe; and when at
the distance of twelve inches, they could not be taken through the
body.
50. It may be stated in this connection, that the galvanic induction
of magnetism in soft iron, in reference to distance, is also surprisingly
great. A cylinder of soft iron, two inches in diameter and one foot
long, placed in the centre of the ring of copper riband, with the bat-
tery above mentioned, becomes strongly magnetic.
51. I may perhaps be excused for mentioning in this communica-
tion that the induction at a distance affords the means of exhibiting
some of the most astonishing experiments, in the line of physique amu-
sante, to be found perhaps in the whole course of science. I will men-
tion one which is somewhat connected with the experiments to be
described in the next section, and which exhibits the action in a strik-
ing manner. ‘This consists in causing the induction to take place
through the partition wall of two rooms. For this purpose coil No. 1
is suspended against the wall in one room, while a person in the ad-
joining one receives the shock, by grasping the handles of the helix,
and approaching it to the spot opposite to which the coil is suspended,
The effect is as if by magic, without a visible cause. It is best pro-
duced through a door, or thin wooden partition.
52. The action at a distance affords a simple method of graduating
the intensity of the shock in the case of its application to medical pur-
poses. ‘The helix may be suspended by a string passing over a pulley,
and then gradually lowered down towards the plane of the coil, until
the shocks are of the required intensity. At the request of a medical
friend, I have lately administered the induced current precisely in this
way, ina case of paralysis of a part of the nerves of the face.
53. I may also mention that the energetic action of the spiral con-
vi.—4 D
316 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
ductors enables us to imitate, in a very striking manner, the inductive
operation of the magneto-electrical machine, by means of an uninter-
rupted galvanic current. For this purpose it is only necessary to ar-
range two coils to represent the two poles of a horseshoe magnet, and to
cause two helices to revolve past them ina parallel plane. While a
constant current is passing through each coil, in opposite directions, the
effect of the rotation of the helices is precisely the same as that of the
revolving armature in the machine.
54. A remarkable fact should here be noted in reference to helix
No. 4, which is connected with a subsequent part of the investigation.
This helix is formed of copper wire, the spires of which are insulated
by a coating of cement instead of thread, as in the case of the others.
After being used in the above experiments, a small discharge from a
Leyden jar was passed through it, and on applying it again to the coil,
I was much surprised to find that scarcely any signs of a secondary
current could be obtained.
55. The discharge had destroyed the insulation in some part, but
this was not sufficient to prevent the magnetizing of a bar of iron in-
troduced into the opening at the centre. The effect appeared to be
confined to the inductive action. The same accident had before hap-
pened to another coil of nearly the same kind. It was therefore noted
as one of some importance. An explanation was afterwards found in
a peculiar action of the secondary current.
SECTION IY.
On the Effects produced by interposing different Substances between
the Conductors.
56. Sir H. Davy found, in magnetizing needles by an electrical dis-
charge, that the effect took place through interposed plates of all sub-
stances, conductors and nonconductors.* The experiment which I
have given in paragraph 51 would appear to indicate that the induc-
tive action which produces the secondary current might also follow
the same law.
* Philosophical Transactions, 1821.
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 317
57. To test this the compound helix was placed about five inches
Fig. 5. ee above coil No. 1, Fig. 5, and a plate of
sheet iron, about ;,th of an inch thick,
interposed. With this arrangement no
shocks could be obtained; although,
when the plate was withdrawn, they
were very intense.
Cs 58. It was at first thought that this
@ represents coil aa ial No. 1, and c effect might be peculiar to the iron, on
Spat reper Pineal abe account of its temporary magnetism;
but this idea was shown to be erroneous by substiiuting a plate of
zinc of about the same size and thickness. With this the screening
influence was exhibited as before.
59. After this a variety of substances was interposed in succession,
namely, copper, lead, mercury, acid, water, wood, glass, &c.; and it
was found that all the perfect conductors, such as the metals, produced
the screening influence; but nonconductors, as glass, wood, &c., ap-
peared to have no effect whatever.
60. When the helix was separated from the coil by a distance only
equal to the thickness of the plate, a slight sensation could be per-
ceived even when the zine of jth of an inch in thickness was inter-
posed. ‘This effect was increased by increasing the quantity of the
batterycurrent. If the thicknessof the plate was diminished, the induc-
tion through it became more intense. Thus a sheet of tinfoil inter-
posed produced no perceptible influence ; also four sheets of the same
were attended with the same result. A certain thickness of metal is
therefore required to produce the screening effect, and this thickness
depends on the quantity of the current from the battery.
61. The idea occurred to me that the screening might, in some
way, be connected with an instantaneous current in the plate, similar
to that in the induction by magnetic rotation, discovered by M. Arago.
The ingenious variation of this principle by Messrs Babbage and Her-
schell, furnished me with a simple method of determining this point.
62. A circular plate of lead was interposed, which caused the induc-
tion in the helix almost entirely to disappear. A slip of the metal
318 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
was then cut out in the direction of a radius of the circle, as is shown
Fig. 6. in Fig. 6. With the plate in this condition, no screening
a ) was produced; the shocks were as intense as if the metal
& were not present.
eal plate, of ~—63. This experiment however is not entirely satisfactory,
ee mick. since the action might have taken place through the open-
ing of the lead; to obviate this objection, another plate was cut in the
same manner, and the two interposed with a glass plate between them,
and so arranged that the opening in the one might be covered by the
continuous part of the other. Still shocks were obtained with undi-
minished intensity.
64. But the existence of a current in the interposed conductor was
rendered certain by attaching the magnetizing spiral by means of two
wires to the edge of the Rep ns in the circular plate, as is shown in
Fig. 7. Fig. 7. By this arrangement the latent cur-
*rent was drawn out, and its direction ob-
Gen SY) tained by the polarity of a needle placed in
“representing spiral. the spiral at b.
65. This current was a secondary one, and its direction, in confor-
mity with the discovery of Dr Faraday, was found to be the same as
that of the primary current.
66. That the screening influence is in some way produced by the
neutralizing action of the current thus obtained, will be clear, from
the following experiment. The plate of zinc before mentioned, which
is nearly twice the diameter of the helix, instead of being placed be-
tween the conductors, was put on the top of the helix, and in this po-
sition, although the neutralization was not as perfect as before, yet a
great reduction was observed in the intensity of the shock.
67. But here a very interesting and puzzling question occurs.
How does it happen that two currents, both in the same direction, can
neutralize each other? I was at first disposed to consider the pheno-
menon as a case of real electrical interference, in which the impulses
succeed each other by some regular interval. But if this were true
the effect should depend on the length and other conditions of the cur-
rent in the interposed conductor. In order to investigate this, several
modifications of the experiments were instituted.
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 319
68. First a flat coil (No. 3) was interposed instead of the plates.
When the two ends of this were separated, the shocks were received
as if the coil were not present; but when the ends were joined, so as
to form a perfect metallic circuit, no shocks could be obtained. The
neutralization with the coil in this experiment was even more perfect
than with the plate.
69. Again, coil No. 2, in the form of a ring, was placed not between
the conductors, but around the helix. With this disposition of the
apparatus, and the ends of the coil joined, the shocks were scarcely per-
ceptible, but when the ends were separated, the presence of the coil has
no effect.
70. Also when helix No. 1 and 2 were together submitted to the in-
fluence of coil No. 1, the ends of the one being joined, the other gave
no shock. :
71. The experiments were further varied by placing helix No. 2
within a hollow cylinder of sheet brass, and this again within coil No.
2in a manner similar to that shown in Fig. 12, which is intended to
illustrate another experiment. In this arrangement the neutralizing
action was exhibited, as in the case of the plate.
72. A hollow cylinder of iron was next substituted for the one of
brass, and with this also no shocks could be obtained.
73. From these experiments it is evident that the neutralization
takes place with currents in the interposed or adjoining conductors of
all lengths and intensitics,and therefore cannot, as it appears to me, be
referred to the interference of two systems of vibrations.
74. This part of the investigation was, for a time, given up almost in
despair, and it was not until new light had been obtained from another
part of the inquiry, that any further advances could be made towards
a solution of the mystery.
75. Before proceeding to the next Section, I may here state that the
phenomenon mentioned, paragraph 54, in reference to helix No. 4, is
connected with the neutralizing action. The electrical discharge
having destroyed the insulation at some point, a part of the spires would
thus form a shut circuit, and the induction in this would counteract
the action in the other part of the helix; or, in other words, the helix
VL—4 E
820 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
was in the same condition as the two helices mentioned in paragraph
70, when the ends of the wire of one were joined.
76, Also the same principle appears to have an important bearing
on the improvement of the magneto-electrical machine: since the
plates of metal which sometimes forms the ends of the spool containing
the wire, must necessarily diminish the action, and also from experi-
ment of paragraph 72 the armature itself may circulate a closed cur-
rent which will interfere with the intensity of the induction in the
surrounding wire. I am inclined to believe that the increased effect
observed by Sturgeon and Calland, when a bundle of wire is substituted
for a solid piece of iron, is at least in part due to the interruption of
these currents. I hope to resume this part of the subject, in connec-
tion with several other points, in another communication to the So-
ciety.
77. The results given in this Section may, at first sight, be thought
at variance with the statements of Sir H. Davy, that needles could be
magnetized by an electrical discharge with conductors interposed.
But from his method of performing the experiment, it is evident that
the plate of metal was placed between a straight conductor and the
needle. The arrangement was therefore similar to the interrupted
circuit in the experiment with the cut plate (62), which produces no
screening effect. Had the plate been curved into the form of a hollow
cylinder, with the two ends in contact, and the needle placed within
this, the effect would have been otherwise.
SECTION Y.
On the Production and Properties of induced Currents of the Third,
. Fourth and Fifth order.
78. The fact of the perfect neutralization of the primary current by
a secondary, in the interposed conductor, led me to conclude that if the
latter could be drawn out, or separated from the influence of the for-
mer, it would itself be capable of producing a new induced current in
a third conductor.
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 321
79. The arrangement exhibited in Fig. 8 furnishes a ready means of
Fig. 8.
a coil No. 1, boil No. 2, c coil No. 3, d helix No. 1.
testing this. The primary current, as usual, is passed through coil No.
1, while coil No. 2 is placed over this to receive the induction, with
its ends joined to those of coil No. 3. By this disposition the secondary
current passes through No. 3; and since this is at a distance,and with-
out the influence of the primary, its separate induction will be rendered
manifest by the effects on helix No. 1. When the handles a, 6 are
grasped a powerful shock is received, proving the induction of a tertiary
current.
80. By a similar but more extended arrangement, as shown in Fig.
9, shocks were received from currents of a fourth and fifth order; and
with a more powerful primary current, and additional coils, a still
greater number of successive inductions might be obtained.
81. The induction of currents of different orders, of sufficient inten-
sity to give shocks, could scarcely have been anticipated from our pre-
vious knowledge of the subject. The secondary current consists, as
it were, of a single wave of the natural electricity of the wire, dis-
turbed but for an instant by the induction of the primary; yet this has
the power of inducing another current, but little inferior in energy to
itself, and thus produces effects apparently much greater in proportion
to the quantity of electricity in motion than the primary current.
82. Some difference may be conceived to exist in the action of the
induced currents, and that from the battery, since they are apparently
different in nature; the one consisting, as we may suppose, of a single
impulse, and the other of a succession of such impulses, or a continu-
ous action. It was therefore important to investigate the properties of
these currents, and to compare the results with those before obtained.
83. First, in reference to the intensity, it was found that with the
322 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
small battery a shock could be given from the current of the third
order to twenty-five persons joining hands; also shocks perceptible in
the arms were obtained from a current of the fifth order.
84. The action at a distance was also much greater than could have
been anticipated. In one experiment shocks from the tertiary current
were distinctly felt through the tongue, when helix No. 1 was at the
distance of eighteen inches above the coil transmitting the secondary
current.
85. The same screening effects were produced by the interposition
of plates of metal between the conductors of the different orders, as
those which have been described in reference to the primary and se-
condary currents.
86. Also when the long helix is placed over a secondary current
generated in a short coil, and which is therefore, as we have before
shown, one of quantity, a tertiary current of intensity is produced.
87. Again, when the intensity current of the last experiment is
passed through a second helix, and another coil is placed over this, a
quantity current is again produced. ‘Therefore in the case of these
currents, as in that of the primary, a quantity current can be induced
from one of intensity, and the converse. By the arrangement of the
apparatus as shown in Fig. 9, these different results are exhibited at
once. The induetion from coil No. 3 to helix No. 1 produces an in-
tensity current, and from helix No. 2 to coil No. 4 a quantity current.
Fig. 9.
a coil No.1, b coil No. 2, ¢ coil No. 3, d helix No. 1, e helix No. 2 and 3, f coil No. 4, and ¢
’ ? ?
magnetizing spiral.
88. If the ends of coil No. 2, as in the arrangement of Fig. 8, be
united to helix No. 1 instead of coil No. 3, no shocks can be obtained ;
the quantity current of coil No. 2 appears not to be of sufficient inten-
sity to pass through the wire of the long helix.
89. Also, no shocks can be obtained from the handles attached to
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 323
Fig. 10.
7 c
a coil No. 2, b helix No.1, ¢ coil No. 3, and d helix No, 2.
helix No. 2, in the arrangement exhibited in Fig. 10. In this case
the quantity of electricity in the current from the helix appears to be
too small to produce any effect, unless its power is multiplied by pass-
ing it through a conductor of many spires.
90. The next inquiry was in reference to the direction of these cur-
rents, and this appeared important in connection with the nature of the
action. The experiments of Dr Faraday would render it probable, that
at the beginning and ending of the secondary current, its induction on
an adjacent wire is in contrary directions, as is shown to be the case
in the primary current. But the whole action of a secondary current
is so instantaneous, that the inductive effects at the beginning and end-
ing cannot be distinguished from each other, and we can only observe
a single impulse, which, however, may be considered as the difference
of two impulses in opposite directions.
91. The first experiment happened to be made with a current of
the fourth order. The magnetizing spiral (11) was attached to the
ends of coil No. 4, Fig. 9, and by the polarity of the needle it was
found that this current was in the same direction with the secondary and
primary currents.* By a too hasty generalization, I was led to con-
clude, from this experiment, that the currents of all orders are in the
same direction as that of the battery current, and I was the more con-
firmed in this from the results of my first experiments on the currents
of ordinary electricity. ‘The conclusion, however, caused me much
useless labour and perplexity, and was afterwards proved to be erro-
neous.
92. By a careful repetition of the last experiment, in reference to
* Jt should be recollected that all the inductions which have been mentioned were pro-
duced at the moment of breaking the circuit of the battery current. ‘Ihe induction at the for-
mation of the current is too feeble to produce the effects described.
VI.—4 F
324 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
each current, the important fact was discovered, that ‘here exists an
alternation in the direction of the currents of the several orders, com-
mencing with the secondary. ‘This result was so extraordinary, that it
was thought necessary to establish it by a variety of experiments. For
this purpose the direction was determined by decomposition, and also
by the galvanometer, but the result was still the same ; and at this stage
of the inquiry I was compelled to the conclusion that the directions of
the several currents were as follows:
Primary eurrentGs 2. se...) 2
Secondary current, . :
Current of the third order,
Current of the fourth order,
Current of the fifth order, .
I+ 1++
93. In the first glance at the above table, we are struck with the
fact that the law of alternation is complete, except between the pri-
mary and secondary currents, and it appeared that this exception might
possibly be connected with the induced current which takes place in the
first coil itself, and which gives rise to the phenomena of the spiral
conductor. If this should be found to be minus, we might consider it as
existing between the primary and secondary, and the anomaly would
thus disappear. Arrangements were therefore made to fully satisfy
myself on this point. For this purpose the decomposition of dilute
acid and the use of the galvanometer were resorted to, by placing the
apparatus between the ends of a cross wire attached to the extremities
of the coil, as in the arrangement described by Dr Faraday (ninth se-
ries); but all the results persisted in giving a direction to this current
the same as stated by Dr Faraday, namely, that of the primary current.
I was therefore obliged to abandon the supposition that the anomaly in
the change of the current is connected with the induction of the bat-
tery current on itself.
94. Whatever may be the nature or causes of these changes in the
direction, they offer a ready explanation of the neutralizing action of
the plate interposed between two conductors, since a secondary current
is induced in the plate; and although the action of this, as has been
shown, is in the same direction as the current from the battery, yet it
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 325
tends to induce a current in the adjacent conducting matter of a con-
_trary direction. The same explanation is also applicable to all the
other cases of neutralization, even to those which take place between
the conductors of the several orders of currents.
95. The same principle explains some effects noted in reference to
the induction of a current on itself. If a flat coil be connected with
the battery, of course sparks will be produced by the induction, at each
rupture of the circuit. But if in this condition another flat coil, with
its ends joined, be placed on the first coil, the intensity of the shock is
much diminished, and when the several spires of the two coils are
mutually interposed by winding the two ribands together into one coil,
the sparks entirely disappear in the coil transmitting the battery cur-
rent, when the ends of the other are joined. To understand this, it is
only necessary to mention that the induced current in the first coil is
a true secondary current, and it is therefore neutralized by the action
of the secondary in the adjoining conductor; since this tends to pro-
duce a current in the opposite direction.
96. It would also appear from the perfect neutralization which en-
sues in the arrangement of the last paragraph, that the induced current
in the adjoining conductor is more powerful than that of the first con-
ductor; and we can easily see how this may be. ‘The two ends of the
second coil are joined, and it thus forms a perfect metallic circuit;
while the circuit of the other coil may be considered as partially in-
terrupted, since to render the spark visible the electricity must be pro-
jected, as it were, through a small distance of air.
97. We would also infer that two contiguous secondary currents,
produced by the same induction, would partially counteract each other.
Moving in the same direction, they would each tend to induce a cur-
rent in the other of an opposite direction. This is illustrated by the
following experiment: helix No. 1 and 2 were placed together, but not
united, above coil No. 1, so that they each might receive the induc-
tion; the larger was then gradually removed to a greater distance from
the coil, until the intensity of the shock from each was about the
same. When the ends of the two were united, so that the shock
would pass through the body from the two together, the effect was
apparently less than with one helix alone. ‘The result, however, was
326 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
not as satisfactory as in the case of the other experiments; a slight dif-
ference in the intensity of two shocks could not be appreciated with
perfect certainty.
SECTION VI.
The production of induced Currents of the different Orders from
ordinary Electricity.
98. Dr Faraday, in the ninth series of his researches, remarks, that
“the effect produced at the commencement and the end of a current
(which are separated by an interval of time when that current is sup-
plied from a voltaic apparatus) must occur at the same moment when
a common electrical discharge is passed through a long wire. Whe-
ther if it happen accurately at the same moment they would entirely
neutralize each other, or whether they would not still give some defi-
nite peculiarity to the discharge, is a matter remaining to be exa-
mined.”
99. The discovery of the fact that the secondary current, which
exists but for a moment, could induce another current of considerable
energy, gave some indication that similar effects might be produced by
a discharge of ordinary electricity, provided a sufficiently perfect insu-
lation could be obtained.
100. To test this a hollow glass cylinder, Fig. 11, of about six
inches in diameter, was pre-
pared with a narrow riband of
ee Mg tinfoil, about thirty feet long,
<2 pasted spirally around the out-
side, and a similar riband of
the same length, pasted on the
inside; so that the correspond-
m3 ing spires of the two were di-
a glass cylinder, b Leyden jar, c magnetizing spiral. ye¢tly opposite each other. The
ends of the inner spiral passed out of the cylinder through a glass tube,
to prevent all direct communication between the two. When the
ends of the inner riband were joined by the magnetizing spiral (11),
containing a needle, and a discharge from a half gallon jar sent through
Fig. 11.
a
aa
WEFT
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 327
the outer riband, the needle was strongly magnetized in such a manner
as to indicate an induced current through the inner riband in the same
direction as that of the current of the jar. This experiment was re-
peated many times, and always with the same result.
101. When the ends of one of the ribands were placed very nearly
in contact, a small spark was perceived at the opening, the moment
the discharge took place through the other riband.
102. When the ends of the same riband were separated to a conside-
rable distance, a larger spark than the last could be drawn from each
end by presenting a ball, or the knuckle. A
103. Also if the ends of the outer riband were united, so as to form
a perfect metallic circuit, a spark could be drawn from any point of the
same, when a discharge was sent through the inner riband.
104. The sparks in the two last experiments are evidently due to
the action known in ordinary electricity by the name of the lateral
discharge. To render this clear, it is perhaps necessary to recall the
well known fact, that when the knob of a jar is electrified positively,
and the outer coating in connection with the earth, then the jar con-
tains a small excess of positive electricity beyond what is necessary to
perfectly neutralize the negative surface. If the knob be put in com-
munication with the earth, the extra quantity, or the free electricity, as
it is sometimes called, will be on the negative side. When the dis-
charge took place in the above experiments, the inner riband became
for an instant charged with this free electricity, and consequently
threw off from the outer riband, by ordinary induction, the sparks de-
scribed. It therefore became a question of importance to determine,
whether the induced current deseribed in paragraph 100 was not also
a result of the lateral discharge, instead of being a true case of asecond-
ary current analogous to those produced from galvanism. For this
purpose the jar was charged, first with the outer coating in connection
with the earth, and again with the knob in connection with the same,
so that the extra quantity might be in the one case plus and in the
other minus; but the direction of the induced current was not affected
by these changes; it was always the same, namely, from the positive to
the negative side of the jar.
VI.—46G
328 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
105. When, however, the quantity of free electricity was increased,
by connecting the knob of the jar with a globe about a foot in diame-
ter, the intensity of magnetism appeared to be somewhat diminished,
if the extra quantity was on the negative side; and this might be ex-
pected, since the free electricity, in its escape to the earth through the
riband, in this case would tend to induce a feeble current in the oppo-
site direction to that of the jar.
106. The spark from an insulated conductor may be considered as
consisting almost entirely of this free or extra electricity, and it was
found that this was also capable of producing an induced current, pre-
cisely the same as that from the jar. In the experiment which gave
this result, one end of the outer riband of the cylinder (100) was
connected with the earth, and the other caused to receive a spark from
a conductor fourteen feet long, and nearly a foot in diameter. The
direction of the induced current was the same as that of the spark from
the conductor.
107. From these experiments it appears evident that the discharge
from the Leyden jar possesses the property of inducing a secondary
current precisely the same as the galvanic apparatus, and also that this
induction is only so far connected with the phenomenon of the lateral
discharge as this latter partakes of the nature of an ordinary electrical
current.
108. Experiments were next made in reference to the production
of currents of the different orders by ordinary electricity. For this
purpose a second cylinder was prepared with ribands of tinfoil, in a
similar manner to the one before described. The two were then so
connected that the secondary current from the first would circulate
around the second. When a discharge was passed through the outer
riband of the first cylinder, a tertiary current was induced in the
inner riband of the second. ‘This was rendered manifest by the mag-
netizing of a needle in a spiral joining the ends of the last mentioned
riband.
109. Also by the addition, in the same way, of a third cylinder, a
current of the fourth order was developed. ‘The same result was like-
wise obtained by using the arrangement of the coils and helices shown
in Fig. 9. For these experiments, however, the coils were furnished
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 329
witha double coating of silk, and the contiguous conductors separated
by a large plate of glass.
110. Screening effects precisely the same as those exhibited in the
action of galvanism were produced by interposing a plate of metal be-
tween the conductors of different orders, Figures 8 and 9. The pre-
caution was taken to place the plate between two frames of glass, in
order to be assured that the effect was not due to a want of perfect in-
sulation.
111. Also analogous results were found when the experiments were
made with coils interposed instead of plates, as described in paragraph
68. When the ends of the interposed coils were separated, no screen-
ing was observed, but when joined, the effect was produced. The
existence of the induced current, in all these experiments, was deter-
mined by the magnetism of a needle in a spiral attached to one of the
coils.
112. Likewise shocks were obtained from the secondary current by
an arrangement shown in Fig. 12.
Helices No. 2 and No. 3 united are put
within a glass jar, and coil No. 2 is
placed around the same. When the
handles are grasped, a shock is felt at
the moment of the discharge, through
the outer coil. The shocks, however,
Ne Pcs Sen — were very different in intensity with
c helices No, 2 and 3. different discharges from the jar. In
some cases no shock was received, when again, with a less charge, a
severe one was obtained. But these irregularities find an explanation
in a subsequent part of the investigation.
113. In all these experiments, the results with ordinary and galvanic
electricity are similar. But at this stage of the investigation there ap-
peared what at first was considered a remarkable difference in the ac-
tion of the two. I allude to the direction of the currents of the dif-
ferent orders. ‘These, in the experiments with the glass cylinders,
instead of exhibiting the alternations of the galvanic currents (92), were
all in the same direction as the discharge from the jar, or, in other
words, they were all plus.
330 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
114. To discover, if possible, the cause of this difference, a series of
experiments was instituted ; but the first fact developed, instead of af-
fording any new light, seemed to render the obscurity more profound.
When the directions of the currents were taken in the arrangement of
the coils (Fig. 9) the diserepancy vanished. Alternations were found
the same as in the case of galvanism. ‘This result was so extraordinary
that the experiments were many times repeated, first with the glass
cylinders, and then with the coils; the results, however, were always
the same. The cylinders gave currents all in one direction; the coils
in alternate directions.
115. After various hypotheses had been formed, and in succession
disproved by experiment, the idea occurred to me that the direction of
the currents might depend on the distance of the conductors, and this
appeared to be the only difference existing in the arrangement of the
experiments with the coils and the cylinders.* In the former the dis-
tance between the ribands was nearly one inch anda half, while in
the latter it was only the thickness of the glass, or about th of an
inch.
116. In order to test this idea, two narrow slips of tinfoil, about
twelve feet long, were stretched parallel to each other, and separated
by thin plates of mica to the distance of about ¢;th of aninch. When
a discharge from the half gallon jar was passed through one of these,
an induced current in the same direction was obtained from the other.
The ribands were then separated, by plates of glass, to the distance of
goth of an inch; the current was still in the same direction, or plus.
When the distance was increased to about 3th of an inch, no induced
current could be obtained; and when they were still further separated
the current again appeared, but was now found to have a different di-
rection, or to be minus. No other change was observed in the direc-
tion of the current; the intensity of the induction decreased as the
ribands were separated. The existence and direction of the current, in
this experiment, were determined by the polarity of the needle in the
spiral attached to the ends of one of the ribands.
* This idea was not immediately adopted, because I had previously experimented on the
direction of the secondary current from galvanism, and found no change in reference to dis-
tance. ;
~~
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 331
117. The question at this time arose, whether the direction of the
current, as indicated by the polarity of the needle, was the true one,
since the magnetizing spiral might itself, in some cases, induce an op-
posite current. To satisfy myself on this point a series of charges, of
various intensity and quantity, from a single spark of the large conduc-
tor to the full charge of nine jars, were passed through the small spiral,
which had been used in all the experiments, but they all gave the same
polarity. The interior of this spiral is so small, that the needle is
throughout in contact with the wire.
118. The fact of a change in the direction of the induced current
by a change in the distance of the conductors, being thus established,
a great number and variety of experiments were made to determine
the other conditions on which the change depends. ‘These were sought
for in a variation of the intensity and quantity of the primary dis-
charge, in the length and thickness of the wire, and in the form of the
circuit. The results were, however, in many cases, anomalous, and
are not sufficiently definite to be placed in detail before the Society.
I hope to resume the investigation at another time, and will therefore
at present briefly state only those general facts which appear well esta-
blished.
119. With a single half gallon jar, and the conductors separated to
a distance less than z>th of an inch, the induced current is always in
the same direction as the primary. But when the conductors are gra-
dually separated, there is always found a distance at which the current
begins to change its direction. This distance depends certainly on the
amount of the discharge, and probably on the intensity; and also on
the length and thickness of the conductors. With a battery of eight
half gallon jars, and parallel wires of about ten feet long, the change in
the direction did not take place at a less distance than from twelve to
fifteen inches, and with a still larger battery and longer conductors, no
change was found, although the induction was produced -at the. dis-
tance of several feet.
120. ‘The facts given in the last paragraph relate to the inductive
action of the primary current; but it appears from the results detailed
in paragraphs 110 and 114, that the currents of all the other orders
also change the direction of the inductive influence with a change of
Yi-——4.H
332 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
the distance. In these cases, however, the change always takes place
at a very small distance from the conducting wire ; and in this respect
the result is similar to the effect of a primary current from the dis-
charge of a small jar.
121. The most important experiments, in reference to distance,
were made in the lecture room of my respected friend Dr Hare of
Philadelphia, with the splendid electrical apparatus described in the
Fifth Volume (new series) of the Transactions of this Society. The
battery consists of thirty-two jars, each of the capacity of a gallon. A
thick copper wire of about th of an inch in diameter and eighty feet
in length, was stretched across the lecture room, and its ends brought
to the battery, so as to forma trapezium, the longer side of which was
about thirty-five feet. Along this side a wire was stretched of the
ordinary bell size, and the extreme ends of this joined by a spiral, simi-
lar to the arrangement shown in Fig. 13.
Fig. 13. - . o4y.s
“¢ The two wires were at first placed within
the distance of about an inch, and after-
wards constantly separated after each dis-
charge of the whole battery through the
thick wire. When a break was made in
the second wire at a, no magnetism was
developed in a needle in the spiral at 4, but
when the circuit was complete, the needle
at each discharge indicated a current in the
same direction as that of the battery. When
c place of the battery, b spiral. the distance of the two wires was increased
to sixteen inches, and the ends of the second wire placed in two glasses
of mercury, and a finger of each hand plunged into the metal, a shock
was received. The direction of the current was still the same, but the
magnetism not as strong as at a less distance.
122. The second wire was next arranged around the other, so as to
enclose it. ‘The magnetism by this arrangement appeared stronger than
with the last; the direction of the current was still the same, and con-
tinued thus, until the two wires were at every point separated to the
distance of twelve feet, except in one place where they were obliged
to be crossed at the distance of seven feet, but here the wires were
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 333
made to form a right angle with each other, and the effect of the ap-
proximation was therefore (46) considered as nothing. The needle at
this surprising distance was tolerably strongly magnetized, as was shown
by the quantity of filings which would adhere to it. The direction of
the current was still the same as that of the battery. The form of the
room did not permit the two wires to be separated to a greater distance.
The whole length of the circuit of the interior large wire was about
eighty feet; that of the exterior one hundred and twenty. The two
were not in the same plane, and a part of the outer passed through a
small adjoining room.
123. The results exhibited in this experiment are such as could
scarcely have been anticipated by our previous knowledge of the elec-
trical discharge. 'They evince a remarkable inductive energy, which
has not before been distinetly recognized, but which must perform an
important. part in the discharge of electricity from the clouds. Some
effects which have been observed during thunder storms, appear to be
due to an action of this kind.
124. Since a discharge of ordinary electricity produces a secondary
current in an adjoining wire, it should also produce an analogous effect
in its own wire; and to this cause may be now referred the peculiar
action of a long conductor. It is well knowm that the spark from a
very long wire, although quite short, is remarkably pungent. I was
so fortunate as to witness a very interesting exhibition of this action
during some experiments on atmospheric electricity made by a com-
mittee of the Franklin Institute, in 1836. Two kites were attached,
one above the other, and raised with a small iron wire in place of a
string. On the occasion at which I was present, the wire was extended
by the kites to the length of about one mile. The day was perfectly
clear, yet the sparks from the wire had so much projectile force (to
use a convenient expression of Dr Hare) that fifteen persons joining
hands and standing on the ground, received the shock at once, when
the first person of the series touched the wire. A Leyden jar being
grasped in the hand by the outer coating, and the knob presented to
the wire, a severe shock was received, as if by a perforation of the
glass, but which was found to be the result of the sudden and intense
induction.
334 CONTRIBUTIONS TO ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM.
125. These effects were evidently not due to the accumulated inten-
sity at the extremities of the wire, on the principles of ordinary elec-
trical distribution, since the knuckle required to be brought within
about a quarter of an inch before the spark could be received. It was
not alone the quantity, since the experiments of Wilson prove that the
same effect is not produced with an equal amount of electricity on the
surface of a large conductor. It appears evidently therefore a case of
the induction of an electrical current on itself. The wire is charged
with a considerable quantity of feeble electricity, which passes off in the
form of a current along its whole length, and thus the induction takes
place at the end of the discharge, as in the case of a long wire trans-
mitting a current of galvanism.
126. It is well known that the discharge from an electrical battery
possesses great divellent powers; that it entirely separates, in many
instances, the particles of the body through which it passes. This
force acts, in part, at least, in the direction of the line of the discharge,
and appears to be analogous to the repulsive action discovered by Am-
pere, in the consecutive parts of the same galvanic current. ‘To illus-
trate this, paste on a piece of glass a narrow slip of tinfoil, cut it through
at several points, and loosen the ends from the glass at the places so
cut. Pass a discharge through the tinfoil from about nine half gallon
jars; the ends, at each separation, will be thrown up, and sometimes
bent entirely back, as if by the action of a strong repulsive force be-
tween them. This will be understood by a
reference to Fig. 14; the ends are shown
bent back at a,a, a,a. In the popular expe-
a periment of the pierced card, the bur on each
) glass plate ; a. 4-4, openings side appears to be due to an action of the same
kind.
127. It now appears probable, from the facts given in paragraphs
119 and 120, that the table in paragraph 92 is only an approximation
to the truth, and that each current from galvanism, as well as from
electricity, first produces an inductive action in the direction of itself,
and that the inverse influence takes place at a little distance from the
wire.
128. To test this the compound helix was placed on coil No. 1, to
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. 335
receive the induction, and its ends joined to those of the outer riband
of tinfoil of the glass cylinder, while the magnetizing ‘spiral was at-
tached to the ends of the inner riband. ting the secondary current is represented
« by 6, that conducting the tertiary by c,
Fig. 16.
11 jlo+
° ; : :
o - a and the other wire, to receive the induc-
anes tion from these, by d. The direction of
the influence, as before, is indicated by
+ 0 — —, &e., and the third wire is again seen to be in the plus re-
gion of the one current, and in the minus of the other. If, how-
ever, d is placed sufficiently near ¢, then neutralization will not take
place, but the two currents will conspire to produce in it an induc-
tion in the same direction. A similar effect would also be produced
were the wire c, in Fig. 15, placed sufficiently near the conductor b.
133. Currents of the several orders were likewise produced from the
excitation of the magneto-electrical machine. The same neutralizing
effects were observed between these as in the case of the currents from
the galvanic battery, and hence we may infer that also the same alter-
nations take place in the direction of the several currents.
134. In conclusion, I may perhaps be allowed to state, that the facts
here presented have been deduced from a laborious series of experiments,
and are considered as forming some addition to our knowledge of elec-
tricity, independently of any theoretical considerations. They appear
to be intimately connected with various phenomena, which have been
known for some years, but which have not been referred to any gene-
ral law of action. Of this class are the discoveries of Savary, on the
alternate magnetism of steel needles, placed at different distances from
the line of a discharge of ordinary electricity,* and also the magnetic,
screening influence of all metals, discovered by Dr Snow Harris of Ply-
mouth.+ A comparative study of the phenomena observed by these
distinguished savants, and those given in this paper, would probably
* Annales de Chimie et de Physique, 1827.
+
+ Philosophical Transactions, 1831.
ON ELECTRO-DYNAMIC INDUCTION. SEY
lead to some new and important developments. Indeed every part of
the subject of electro-dynamic induction appears to opena field for dis-
covery, which experimental industry cannot fail to cultivate with im-
mediate success.
NOTE.
On the evening of the meeting at which my investigations were
presented to the Society, my friend, Dr Bache of the Girard College,
gave an account of the investigations of Professor Ettingshausen of Vi-
enna, inreference to the improvement of the magneto-electric machine,
some of the results of which he had witnessed at the University of
Vienna about a year since. No published account of these experiments
has yet reached this country, but it appears that Professor Etting-
shausen had been led to suspect the development of a current in the
metal of the keeper of the magneto-electric machine, which diminished
the effect of the current in the coil about the keeper, and hence to
separate the coil from the keeper by a ring of wood of some thickness,
and afterwards, to prevent entirely the circulation of currents in the
keeper, by dividing it into segments, and separating them by a non-
conducting material. I am not aware of the result of this last device,
nor whether the mechanical difficulties in its execution were fully over-
come. It gives me pleasure to learn that the improvements, which I
have merely suggested as deductions from the principles of the inter-
ference of induced currents (76), should be in accordance with the ex-
perimental conclusions of the above named philosopher.
ARTICLE X.
Engraving and Description of an Apparatus for the Decomposition
and Recomposition of Water, employed in the Laboratory of the
Medical Department of the University of Pennsylvania. By R.
Hare, M. D., Professor of Chemistry. Read December 7, 1838.
Havine to illustrate the decomposition and recomposition of water
to a class of between three and four hundred pupils, I have found it
expedient to exhibit the process on an extensive scale.
For many years I have employed a glass tube, of about an inch and
a half in bore, and about two feet in height.
The tube (A), which I have used for three years past, has been fur-
nished with two tubulures (B, 5), about three inches below the upper
extremity, where it converges to an apex, having an aperture not larger
than a goose quill. Upon this apex there is an iron cap, in which a
vVi.—4 K
tuk |
840 DECOMPOSITION AND RECOMPOSITION OF WATER,
female screw is wrought so as to allow a large iron valve cock (C) to
be screwed to it.
Upon the tubulures also iron caps are cemented, which are so
wrought as, with the aid of appropriate screws, to constitute stuffing
boxes.
Through each of these a platina rod (D, d) is introduced, and
fastened to plates of platina, to act as “electrodes,” agreeably to the
language of the celebrated Faraday.
The tube being supported over the mercurial cistern, by means of
a communication with an air pump, through the valve cock and flexi-
ble leaden pipe, the bore of the tube is exhausted of air, so as to cause
the mercury to take its place.
The mercury is so far displaced by a solution of borax, consisting of
equal parts of water and saturated solution of that salt, as to sink the
surface of the column of metal in the tube about an inch or more
below the “electrodes.” The projecting end of one of the rods (D, d),
to the other ends of which the “electrodes” are severally attached, is
bent at right angles outside of the tube, so as to enter some mercury in
an iron capsule, supported purposely at a proper height, and communi-
cating with one end of my deflagrator of an hundred pairs of Cruick-
shank plates of about eight inches by fourteen. Of course the rod of
the other electrode must have a communication with the other end of
the deflagrator. Under these circumstances, if the circuit be com-
pleted by throwing the acid on the plates of the deflagrator, a most
rapid evolution of hydrogen and oxygen will ensue in consequence of
the decomposition of the water, so that within a few seconds, several
cubic inches of gas will be collected.
The action being now suspended by throwing the acid off the plates,
and the foam being allowed to subside, the resulting gaseous mixture
may be ignited, and of course condensed, by completing the circuit
again as at first, and at the same time causing the ends of the “elec-
trodes” to come into contact with each other, and thus to produce a
spark.
This contact is effected by causing a very slight movement in the
rod, bent at right angles, and entering the mercury in the iron capsule.
Of course the process may be repeated as often as can be reasonably
desired.
ARTICLE XI.
Improved Process for obtaining Potassium. By Robert Hare, M. D.,
Professor of Chemistry in the University of Pennsylvania. Read
December 7, 1838.
In evolving potassium, agreeably to Brunner’s plan, I have substi-
tuted for the luting usually employed to protect the iron bottle, a cy-
linder of iron, which is made to surround the bottle; also a disk of the
same metal, of a diameter and thickness equal to that of the cylinder.
The disk is supported by bricks of Kaolin. The bottle being verti-
cal, the blast acts more equably on the surface of the iron, and the
operator can, by additional fuel, protect any part from that undue ex-
posure, to which the under surface is always liable, when the bottle is
horizontal.
The potassium is received into an iron tube, of which the bore is
two inches in diameter. This tube screws at one end into the bottle,
and at the other is closed by a perforated plug, terminating in a small
orifice. To this a leaden tube is fitted, which is so adjusted by bend-
ing, as to cause the vapour resulting from the burning of the gas, to go
into the ash-hole. By these means the hydrogen, being ignited as soon
as it comes over, serves as an index of the success and progress of the
process. In this way no resort to naphtha is in the first instance ne-
cessary. The potassium is extricated from the tube by cooling it by
affusion of water, detaching it from the bottle, and then closing the
342 IMPROVED PROCESS FOR OBTAINING POTASSIUM.
end thus exposed by a cap, in which a suitable conical female screw is
wrought.
The part of the tube containing the potassium is then made in a
vertical position to occupy the axis of a cylindrical furnace, the end
terminating, as above mentioned, in a tapering plug, being lowermost,
and projecting below the bottom of the furnace. Before the tempera-
ture reaches redness, globules of the metal begin to descend; but to
extricate the last portion, a white heat is requisite. The potassium
may be received in bottles, kept full of hydrogen by a constant eur-
rent, or in naphtha. The first portion, which descends before the
temperature is high, can be more easily received without naphtha than
the latter portion.
* ¥
*
ARTICLE “XI.
Engraving and Description of a Rotatory Multiplier, or one in which
one or more Needles are made to revolve by a Galvanic Current.
By R. Hare, M. D., Professor of Chemistry in the University of
Pennsylvania. Read December 7, 1838.
Tue preceding engraving represents a rotatory galvanometer, or mul-
tiplier, which I contrived in November 1836, and which must have
value as an addition to the amusing, if not to the useful implements of
science. It is well known that by passing a temporary discharge
through the coil of a multiplier, the needle may be made to perform a
revolution, whereas if the current be continuously applied, the move-
ment is checked as soon as the situation of the poles is reversed. To
produce a permanent motion, the discharge must be allowed to take
place only when the poles are in a favourable position, relatively to the
excited coil. This object I attained by means of two pins, descending
from the needle perpendicularly,so as to enter two globules of mer-
Vi.—4 L
344 DESCRIPTION OF A ROTATORY MULTIPLIER.
cury, communicating, on one side, with a galvanic pair, on the other
with the coil of the multiplier. In the next place, by winding over
the first coil, another of similar length, but ina direction the opposite
of that in which the first coil was wound, I was enabled, by two other
globules, situated so as to communicate severally with the lower ends
of the pins, at the opposite side from that on which the first mentioned
globules were, to cause an impulse at every semi-revolution.
The one coil being wound to the right, the other to the left, the al-
ternate effect of each upon the needle was-similar in opposite parts of
the orbits described by the pins. Lastly, a second needle, furnished
with pins in like manner, being fastened at right angles to the first, so
as to form with it a cross, as represented in the engraving, each nee-
dle is made to receive two impulses during every revolution. Hence
one of Danell’s sustaining batteries, as made by Newman, is quite ade- -
quate to cause a revolution as rapid as consistent with a due degree of
stability in the mercurial globules employed.
One end of each coil, by means of the branching wire A, communi-
cates with one pole of the galvanic pair; the other ends of the coils
terminate in mercurial globules contained in cavities on opposite sides
of the wooden dise G, upon the centre of which the spindle of the mag-
netic needle rests. The branches of the wire K proceeding from the
other galvanic pole, terminate in globules situated in the vicinity of
those above mentioned, so that as the needles revolve, the pins pro-
ceeding therefrom perpendicularly may touch a pair of the globules
first on one side and then on the other. Whenever this contact
takes place, the circuit iscompleted, and a discharge is effected through
one or the other of the coils of the multiplier.
Supposing E and F to be north poles, a discharge through one of the
coils will cause E to move off a quarter of a circle, or more. As this
ensues, the pins of F will come in contact with the globules which
those of E touched before. Of course F will be propelled so as to
cause the pins of E to reach the pair of globules at G, which, com-
pleting the circuit of a coil wound in a way the opposite of that first
mentioned, concurs with that coil in its influence, so as to promote
the rotation previously induced. ‘The same result ensues when the
DESCRIPTION OF A ROTATORY MULTIPLIER. 345
pins proceeding from F come in contact with the globules situated at
G, and when E returns to its original starting point. It follows that
by a repetition of the process the galvanic action is sustained. The
phenomenon is as well illustrated by employing the single needle, N,
N, as by two, but the most pleasing and energetic effect is produced
by the crossed needles. In this simple form the spindle on which the
needle rests and revolves is represented at S; the pins at P,P. Each
coil, consisting of copper bell wire, is about thirty feet in length, and
is contained in the groove C. The frame of the multiplier is con-
structed of mahogany and is levelled by the milled headed screws,
on the ends of which it is supported.
y's
‘8 ARTICLE XIII.
Contributions to the Geology of the Tertiary formations of Virginia.
—Second Series. By William B. Rogers, Professor of Natural
Philosophy in the University of Virginia, and Henry D. Rogers,
Professor of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Penn-
sylvania. Read March 1, 1839.
GEOLOGY OF THE PENINSULA BETWEEN THE POTOMAC AND RAPPA-
HANNOCK RIVERS.
Tue portion of the state referred to under this head, embraces the
counties of Lancaster, Northumberland, Richmond, Westmoreland
and King George, together with the eastern part of Stafford county,
thus including the district usually denominated the Northern Neck,
and extending some distance beyond it to the west.
This area forms the northern portion of the tertiary region of Vir-
ginia, presenting extensive deposits of each of the two subordinate di-
visions of the tertiary formation, which were described in our former
paper as occupying the tidewater districts of the state. ‘The more
recent of these subordinate formations, the mezocene, or middle tertiary,
extends from near the bay shore, westward, over the larger portion of
the peninsula; while the older, or eocene deposit, occupies the remain-
ing area on the west. The precise boundaries of these formations, as
recently determined, will be hereafter described.
VI.—4 M
348 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF
Topographical Features.
The general aspect of the peninsula, and more especially of the four
eastern counties, is that of a nearly level plane, maintaining an average
elevation of from sixty to seventy feet above the tide. ‘This plane,
gently furrowed by numerous ravines, subordinate to the creeks and
inlets indenting the peninsula, frequently subsides to a lower level, in
approaching the rivers on either side. The wide bench thus formed,
sometimes extends in a direction parallel to the river for a distance of
several miles, presenting an unvarying uniformity of elevation, and
reaching nearly to the water’s edge. A third, and lower plane fre-
quently intervenes between the river bank and the table land above
described, but in many eases this ferraced configuration of the surface
is not observed, and the high and precipitous cliffs which rise very
near the water’s edge, retain the general level of the inland portion of
the peninsula. Although the usual elevation of this district is such as
above described, at several points a far higher level is attained. The
ridge which forms the water shed of the streams flowing into the Po-
tomac and Rappahannock, approaching very near to the former, con-
stitutes, in some places, the river bank. At these points it attains an
unusual elevation, towering, as at Stratford and Chantilly, to a height
of about one hundred feet above the water’s edge, and affording from
its summit an extensive and enchanting view of the noble river which
layes its base, of the cultivated farms around, and of the cliffs on the
opposite, or Maryland side of the Potomac. At Sprize Hill, about four
and a half miles from Smith’s Point, the ridge bends round to the
south, and continues for some distance in a direction across the penin-
sula, preserving an eleyation of about sixty feet. Its declivity on the
east forms an abrupt termination of the higher level of the neck, be-
tween which and the bay shore is an extensive flat, of from two to
four miles in width, rarely rising beyond the height of ten feet above
the level of the tide, and in some places so low as to be occasionally
overflowed.
The western portion of the peninsula, though still, in the main, pre-
senting a similar uniformity of surface, is somewhat more abruptly fur-
rowed. This inequality, increasing as we proceed further to the west,
THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 349
becomes quite conspicuous at the Paspitansy hills, in King George, and in
the neighbouring parts of Stafford county, adjacent to the line of secon-
dary sandstone, which forms the western limit of the tertiary formation.
The material forming the superficial strata, in the lower portion of
the peninsula, is usually a mixture of sand and clay, ina state of minute
subdivision, and more or less tinged with the oxide of iron. Some-
times this is intermixed with small gravel, of a ferruginous appearance,
but it rarely contains pebbles or boulders of any notable dimensions.
The diluvial matter assumes a coarser texture, as we proceed westward,
presenting, when denuding forces have not removed the superficial
beds, alternate strata of sand and pebbles, the latter varying from a
half inch to several inches in diameter. In many places these boulders,
derived in great part from the neighbouring beds of sandstone, are
strewed profusely over the surface, and, together with the superficial
layers of white and siliceous sand, render the soils of the higher por-
tions of this district comparatively unproductive. While upon the
lower levels, contiguous to the large rivers, or their tributaries, the beds
of marl, and their associated sands and clays, mingling their fertilizing
materials with the soil, have contributed to impart to it a far higher
agricultural value.
Of the Limits of the Meiocene and Eocene Districts of the Peninsula.
Bounded on the west by the secondary sandstone, before referred
to, the eocene formation extends eastward for some distance down the
neck, until at length, with a very gentle eastern dip, it disappears be-
low the level of the tide. The most eastern points in which it con-
tinues visible, are here regarded as forming the boundary of the for-
mation towards the east, and the district included between a line traced
through these points and its boundary to the west, is, for convenience
sake, designated as the Eocene district ; although, at some places within
its confines, as in the peninsula of the James and York rivers, beds of
meiocene occur overlying the eocene.
In tracing the boundary of the eocene and meiocene marls, as ex-
posed in the neck, several localities, marking the eastern termination
of the former deposit, were carefully inspected in the anticipation of
discovering beds of meiocene shells above them, or immediately be-
350 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF
yond them to the east. It was found, however, that strata of clay,
lying adjacent to the eocene on this side, occupied an interval in which
fossils of neither of these formations could be distinctly found; and
that still further on, the beds of the meiocene came in view. This
intervening tract, as seen upon the Potomac and Rappahannock, is flat
and low.
Without, then, pretending to an exact delineation of the boundary
in question, which, from the nature of the case, would be impracticable,
it will be sufficient for the present to consider it as coincident with a
right line, connecting the mouth of Chingoteague creek on the Rap-
pahannock, with Mathias’s Point upon the Potomac. A brief account
of the character and situation of the strata, as observed at these two
points, will serve to illustrate the propriety of fixing upon them as its
termination.
To the west of the mouth of Chingoteague creek, for a distance of
more than half a mile, the north bank of the Rappahannock has an
average height of about fifteen feet above the river. At its upper end
this bank consists of a stratum of the green sand marl, extending to
the height of twelve feet above the water line, upon which reposes a
layer of diluvial sand and clay, about three feet in thickness. In ap-
proaching the creek, the level of the marl stratum is observed steadily
to decline, while the thickness of the incumbent bed augments until,
at a point within two hundred yards of the mouth of the creek, the
former entirely disappears below the level of the river. At this point
the diluvial capping is about fourteen feet in thickness, consisting of a
Jayer of sand and pebbles about seven feet thick, resting upon a stra-
tum of whitish clay, which reaches to the water line.
The eocene character of these subjacent beds is unequivocally marked.
At the base of the bank a dark greenish layer presents itself, rising to
the height of five or six feet, containing numerous impressions of
the eocene Carditas, and other shells of a brownish colour. Over this
is a layer of a lighter hue, containing bands of white calcareous matter,
obviously the remains of shells.
To the east of Chingoteague creek the bank preserves its former
height for about three-fourths of a mile; after this it becomes much
depressed, and continues to be low for some distance down the river.
THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF YIRGINIA. 351
Here no trace of fossils of either the eocene or meiocene period
could be discovered, the bank consisting exclusively of diluvial sand
and gravel. But still further down the river, beds of the latter are
observed, and these continue, at intervals, to near the extremity of the
peninsula.
An equally marked termination of the eocene is presented in the
neighbourhood of Mathias’s Point, on the Potomac. At Woodstock,
abont one-third of a mile above the Point, the cliffs rise to the height
of from forty to fifty feet, exhibiting an exposure of the eocene strata,
reaching to a distance of nearly twenty-five feet above the surface of
the river. The lower bed, about eight or nine feet thick, is rich in
the fossils characteristic of the eocene, but the layer, incumbent on
this, though filled with ferruginous impressions of shells, retains none
of the shells in an unchanged condition. The bed of reddish clay
which forms the upper portion of the bank, is separated from the strata
just described by a thin band of ferruginous gravel and sandstone, such
as is frequently seen occupying a similar position on the Pamunky and
in other localities.
Above this place, on the adjacent estate called “Borodino,” the resi-
dence of Mr Parke, the banks, after sinking to a level with the flats,
again rise, with some abruptness, to an elevation of from forty to sixty
feet. The lower stratum of the marl, containing shells in considera-
ble number, is here but little raised above the level of the water. A
layer deeply tinged with green sand, and blotched with oxide of iron,
rests on this to the height of from four to five feet. Another, but not
fossiliferous bed, belonging to the same. series, reposes upon the latter,
but the piles of fallen earth at present preclude an accurate examina-
tion of its character and extent. Still further westward, at “ Albion,”
the estate of Mr Mason, the fossiliferous eocene strata vary from four to
seven feet in height above the river, and are overlaid by heavy beds of
whitish and mottled clay. Strata recur, at intervals, in ascending the
river, rising to greater elevations, and presenting a greater abundance
and variety of fossils as we proceed.
Below Woodstock the banks gradually decline, and on the side of a
little creek or gut between this and Mathias’s Point, the eocene strata
entirely disappear. To the east of this creek and at the Point, the
vyI.—4N
352 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF
banks rise to twenty or twenty-five feet, and consist of yellowish and
reddish clays, containing no trace of the green sand or fossils of the
eocene. Still further down, the cliffS are replaced by a low and re-
tiring shore, beyond which the beds of meiocene mar] first come in
view.
It is obvious from these details, that the eastern limit of the eocene
is marked on both rivers by the occurrence ofa region of like geologi-
cal and topographical features, immediately east of it, and by great simi-
rity in the arrangement and composition of the contiguous strata. As on
the James and Pamunky rivers, as well as in the district of which
we are now treating, the eocene is skirted on the east by a level and
comparatively low district, comprising only beds of sand and clay, des-
titute of fossils. It would seem a probable conclusion that these bar-
ren strata mark the period of disturbance which terminated the epoch
of the eocene deposits, a period attended with such important changes
in the condition of the neighbouring seas, as to destroy all, or nearly
all, the species of shell fish then inhabiting them, and to adapt their
waters to that multitude of new species which were brought to light
in the succeeding epoch of the meiocene.
Between the two points thus fixed upon as the extremities of the
eastern boundary of the eocene in the neck, several intermediate locali-
ties have been marked, but from the obscurity of the exposures, no
very certain indication could be derived as to the precise figure of the
boundary line, in the intervening space. There is little doubt, how-
ever, that it will be found to depart but in a very slight degree from
the right line connecting the two points above described.
The western boundary of the eocene remains next to be described.
In drawing the line of demarcation here, as in the former case, a few
well determined points are relied upon for fixing its general direction,
and the intervening irregularities are not attempted to be laid down.
Indeed the absence of any satisfactory exposures of the strata, through-
out a distance sometimes of several miles, renders this the only method
of proceeding at present practicable.
‘The guiding points, in fixing the western limits of the eocene in the
peninsula, are; ;
First, The mouth of Massaponax river, in Spotsylvania county.
THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 353
Second, The plantations of Mr Bowen and Dr Welford, in Stafford
county, opposite to Fredericksburg, somewhat more than a mile from
the town.
Third, A locality near, but a little east of Stafford.
Fourth, A point on Acquia creek, about one mile below the mouth
of Auston’s Run.
Fifth, A point on the Potomac, between Cook’s Landing and the
mouth of Meadow Branch.
An inflected line, passing through these points, will present a close
approach to the actual boundary of the eocene, in this portion of the
state.
On the west side of the mouth of Massaponax, the freestone, which
constitutes so valuable and interesting a feature in the geology of
this district, terminates, and at a short distance below, eocene strata
come distinctly into view. Where the main road leading down the
Rappahannock crosses the Massaponax, the greenish yellow bed, which
frequently forms the highest stratum of the eocene, may be plainly
discerned in the hill side, its clayey texture turning off the water,
which makes its escape along its upper surface.
On Snow creek, on the edge of Spotsylvania county, and less than
a mile to the east of Massaponax, several extensive exposures of the
eocene occur. Near the point at which the road before mentioned
crosses the creek, a bank of from thirty to forty feet in height exhibits
the following series:
1. A dark bluish green stratum, containing a little sulphate of lime, a
considerable proportion of green sand, and a great many shells, among
which are eocene Cardita (planicosta ?), Cytherea ovata (nobis), Tur-
ritella Mortoni.
2. Stratum of greenish yellow, and somewhat micaceous clay, con-
taining some sulphate of lime, and a little sulphate of iron, or copperas.
3. Stratum of a yellowish brown mixture of clay and sand, with
ferruginous markings, indicating the former places of shells. This
contains a small amount of sulphate of lime.
4, An upper bed of diluvial sand and gravel.
On the same stream, nearer the river, and at the base of the first
low grounds, another exposure occurs, which, from the peculiar con-
354 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF
dition of the fossils it contains, merits a description in this place. The
strata are follows:
1. A layer, consisting of common and green sand, the latter in re-
markably large grains, and amounting to more than twenty per cent of
the whole. viema.
Mactra delumbis. Venericardia granulata.
“ confraga. Fusus quadricostatus.
“ —modicella. “ parilis.
Chama corticosa. Fulgur carica.
“ congregata. Turritella ter-striata.
Pectunculus subovatus. e alticosta.
as pulvinatus. Cope pieneia:
Perna mazillata. Serpula granifera.
Isocardia fraterna. Crepidula costata.
Artemis acetabulum. Buccinum laqueatum.
Arrangement and Composition of the Eocene Strata of the Peninsula.
But little uniformity prevails in the arrangement of these beds, as
observed at different localities. In general, the lowest stratum of the
series is of a dark greenish blue colour, and those which lie above it
have various shades of yellow, greenish gray and brown. In many
instances the upper stratum is devoid of shells, but replete with their
casts and impressions. Frequently it is more or less impregnated with
sulphates of lime, iron and alumina, which impart to it a styptic or
astringent flavour, and with a small amount of sulphur, recognized by
the odour it exhales when heated. All these ingredients, however,
enter into the lower beds, though in less proportion, and are not ex-
cluded from strata containing shells. A thin band of ferruginous
gravel, sometimes partially cemented, frequently overlies these beds,
and forms the boundary between them and the meiocene.
We thus see a striking correspondence in the situation and condi-
VI.—4R
368 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF
- A ,
tion of these and the upper meiocene strata, and we infer that chemical
agencies of a like nature have operated upon both.
Localities on the Potomac.
Extensive and valuable exposures of the eocene are met with on this
river. These strata first show themselves a little above the mouth of
Acquia creek, and continue, with but few considerable interruptions,
as far as the eastern boundary of this deposit, at Mathias’s Point.
Throughout much of this distance a portion of the marl has the
character of a hard rock, of a yellowish white or greenish gray appear-
ance, abounding in shells and their impressions. The lighter coloured
variety is always more or less specked with green sand, in rather large
granules, and the darker contains this substance in larger quantity,
uniformly diffused throughout the mass. The material enclosing the
fossils, or their casts, consists largely of carbonate of lime, acting, ap-
parently, asa cement. This rock may therefore be regarded as an
eocene limestone.
At a point about a quarter of a mile below the mouth of Acquia
creek, the cliff, having a height of forty feet, exposes the following
strata:
1. From the water to the height of twelve feet is a yellowish gray
marl,specked with green sand, and abounding in shells, chiefly Cythe-
rea ovata (nobis) and Crassatella (nobis).
2. A ledge of rock, three feet in thickness, closely resembling the
marl in colour and composition.
3. A layer of sandy clay, of a sulphur colour, containing shells,
principally Turritella Mortoni. 'This is five feet thick.
4. A stratum of yellowish clay enclosing impressions of Turritelia,
&c., and impregnated with the sulphates. This is twenty feet thick.
About midway between the mouths of Acquia and Potomac creeks,
the bank has an elevation of about fourteen feet, and consists of :
1. A layer of dark greenish blue marl, very remarkable for the mul-
titude of shells, principally Crassatella (nobis), which it contains.
This rises only one foot above the water.
2. A bed of shell rock, resembling the stratum beneath, but very
hard. One and a quarter feet thick. .
THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 869
3. A layer of yellow sandy clay, containing Turritella Mortoni, and
other shells. This is at least seven feet in thickness, and is capped by
a thin stratum of yellow clay.
In proceeding downwards, the shell rock, dipping gently to the east,
becomes lower in the bank, and at length disappears near the mouth
of Potomac creek. The bluish marl continuing beneath, first passes
out of view.
The greenish blue marl again comes in view at the landing on the
south side of Potomac creek, and still further down, at about half a
mile below the mouth of Paspitansy creek, the bank of the Potomac
presents :
1. A stratum of this dark coloured marl, seven feet thick, contain-
ing some green sand and numerous shells, chiefly Turritella Mortoni,
Crassatella (nobis) and Ostrea.
2. A bed of yellowish and reddish clay, thirteen feet thick.
A little below this point a ledge of the shell rock makes its appear-
ance in the bank, and continues, with but little interruption, down the
river for several miles.
At some points, two of these ledges are seen, one near the water
leve], and one at a considerable height on the face of the bank. This
rock is replete with fossils and their casts, and consists, in large part,
of carbonate of lime. In the same bank the marl is seen in the softer
condition, and of both the yellowish and greenish blue varieties, over-
laid by astratum of the gypseous and acid clay. Among the interest-
— ing fossils here found, are two beautiful species of Cueullea.
At the Eagle’s Nest and Mount Stuart, about three miles above
Boyd’s Hole, the eocene strata are well exposed for some distance along
the river bank.
At the former locality, the banks, which are from twenty to twen-
ty-five feet in height, are composed of two strata, the lower, which is
about twelve feet thick, consisting of dark bluish clay and sand strongly
imbued with copperas and containing a little gypsum, and the upper
of coarse ferruginous sand and gravel. A few hundred yards below
this point a thin layer, containing fossils, comes in view, about midway
between the top and bottom of the bank, and as we proceed down the
river this shelly stratum expands in thickness, its upper boundary con-
370 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF
tinuing horizontal, while its lower limit approaches the level of the
beach. Ata point about four hundred yards below the beginning of
this layer the strata are as follows:
1. Blue clay, one foot in thickness.
2. Shelly stratum, seven feet thick, indurated in some places so as
to form arock. This abounds in fossils, among which Carditas are
most numerous.
3. Blue clay, containing copperas, and showing ferruginous stains.
Three feet thick.
4. Clay and sand, in part diluvial. Seventeen feet thick.
For upwards of half a mile below this the bank presents the same
series, the marl occasionally, at base, a stratum from four to seven feet
thick, consisting of blue clay, sometimes fossiliferous and sometimes
without shells, covered by a bed of ferruginous sand and clay, of vary-
ing thickness.
At Boyd’s Hole the shelly stratum is not seen, but further down,
especially at Albion, and the other localities near Mathias’s point, before
described, it again makes its appearance in the cliffs (and furnishes
marls of a very useful quality).
On the Rappahannock, opposite Port Royal, at H. L. Carter’s, and
other localities on and near this river, the eocene occurs under circum-
stances very similar to those which have been described. In the in-
terior of the peninsula these strata are revealed in many places at the
bottoms of the deep ravines, and in general consist of the dark green-
ish blue stratum, containing shells, overlaid by a bed of the gypseous
and copperas clays. Frequently, however, only this latter bed is ex-
posed in these situations, and some digging becomes necessary to reach
the layer containing shells.
Towards the western limits of the eocene, the shell rock very fre-
quently presents itself, and, together with the other strata of the for-
mation, generally attains a greater height than in the localities further
to the east.
ARTICLE XIV.
Contributions to the Geology of the Tertiary Formations of Virginia.
—Second Series—Continued: Being a Description of several Spe-
cies of Meiocene and Eocene Sheils, not before described. By Wil-
liam B. Rogers, Professor of Natural Philosophy in the University
of Virginia, and Henry D. Rogers, Professor of Geology and
Mineralogy in the University of Pennsylvania. Read March 8,
1837.
Turritella fluxionalis.
Specific character.—Shell elongated, turrited, whorls about twelve,
slightly convex, subcarinated at base, longitudinally striated with five
principal hardly granulated revolving striae, the lowest being double,
between these are very fine ones, most numerous towards the base of
the whorl. Very obtuse nearly obsolete transverse strie give to the
principal longitudinal stria a sub-granulated undulation. Aperture
sub-quadrangular. Length, one inch and two-tenths.
Locality, Williamsburg and the neighbourhood, in the meiocene of
eastern Virginia.
Description. — This delicately striated shell has two of its finer class
of lines separating the two stronger threads of the first, or carinal stria,
about six of them between this and the second, about five between
the second and third, either two or three between the third and fourth,
vi—4 s
372 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF
one between the fourth and fifth, and from the fifth or uppermost to
the top of the whorl about two more occur. It is the most convex in its
whorls of all our meiocene Twurrifellz, if we except the 7. variabilis,
and from this it may readily be distinguished by the greater number,
delicacy and remoteness of its principal longitndinal striz.
Cytherea lenticularis. Plate XXVIII, fig. 1.
Specific character.—Shell large, depressed, discoidal, rather thick,
length nearly equal to the breadth; transversely striated; lunule long,
ovate, obscurely defined by a very faint impressed line; umbones ra-
ther depressed; beaks small, hardly recurved; teeth straight, diver-
gent; cavity of the shell not deep; margin entire. Diameter about
two inches.
Locality, eastern Virginia, in the eocene, where it is a common
species.
Remarks.—From the extreme friability of this shell it has been
impossible, hitherto, to procure a perfect specimen. It differs from
all the Cytherex of our American eocene beds in its nearly orbicular
form, and in its slight degree of inflation. The insulated tooth of the
right valve is long, straight, and not much elevated. he anterior
cardinal tooth in the same valve is slightly bifid. The striz upon the
surface of the dise are almost obsolete, where decay has not removed
the external laminae. ‘The small incurvation in the beaks distin-
guishes it from C. Poulsonii of Conrad (C. globosa, Lea), to which
species it bears some resemblance.
Cucullea onochela.* Plate XXVIIL., fig. 2.
Specific character.—Shell ovate, subtrigonal, subcordate, oblique, the
anterior margin nearly straight, inequilateral, inequivalve, thick, pon-
derous, globose; longitudinal costa numerous, depressed and flat, upon
the left valve obsolete; transverse striae minute, obscure, except near
the inferior margin; hinge line very straight; umbones not very pro-
* From its resemblance to an ass’s hoof.
THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA. 373
minent; beaks small, slightly incurved, and not distant. Length equal
to the breadth, three inches.
Locality, western part of the peninsula of the Potomac and Rappa-
hannock, Virginia, in the eocene.
Description.—Alternate longitudinal striae, very obscure and deli-
cate, divide many of the cost along the centre, and throw them, espe-
cially next the anterior side, into pairs. ‘The beak has four-sevenths
of the length of the hinge on its posterior side. This species may be
known from the C. incerta of Deshayes by its much greater size, its less
quadrangular form, by the greater number of its lateral teeth, and the
less incurvation of its beaks. It is not less readily distinguished from
C. gigantea, a species prevailing in the same beds with it, by its less
width, compared to its height, by the less obliquity and greater length
of its posterior margin, by the beaks being less remote and less in-
curved, and by the shell being smaller, but materially thicker, and
more inflated near the base. A prominent feature is the great infla-
tion of the valves, especially towards their base. The hinge is well
marked by from four to five lateral teeth, next the posterior side, and
from three to four next the anterior, all being slightly curved, striated
by deep irregular grooves on their sides, and of nearly equal obliquity.
The central longitudinal teeth are numerous, irregular, and slightly
oblique. ‘The area of the ligament is nearly a segment of a circle, the
straight hinge line being the chord; its surface is marked by about six
deep, rather waved grooves. The right valve is the largest, overlap-
ping the left on the lower margin, which is moderately crenulated in
both. In the cabinet of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadel-
phia there are, besides three large casts of C. gigantea, two apparently
of the present species, somewhat larger than the shell now described.
These latter, I have satisfied myself, belong to C. onochela, as an inter-
nal cast of this made in wax is precisely like them, though very dif-
ferent from the casts of C. gigantea.
Cucullea transversa. Plate XXIX., fig. 1.
Specifie character.—Shell subovate, subtrapeziform, oblong, oblique,
inequilateral, inequivalve; longitudinal striza numerous and delicate,
374 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF
the alternate ones nearly obsolete, dividing the coste into pairs; trans-
verse striz very minute; hinge straight, area of ligament narrow,
with from three to four furrows; beaks small, somewhat incurved,
and not distant. Length four-fifths of the breadth, but these propor-
tions variable.
Locality, King George county, Virginia, in the eocene, near the
Potomac river.
Description.—The division of the cost into pairs, the great obli-
quity of the posterior margin, and its great breadth, are among the
characteristics of this shell. The area of the ligament rises from the
hinge at a more obtuse angle next the anterior side than at the poste-
rior, so that it curves upon an axis not coincident with the hinge line.
The transverse lateral teeth are very slightly oblique, they are on the
anterior side three, and on the posterior four; fine acute grooves or
striae mark both sides of these teeth. The central longitudinal teeth
are few, irregular and rather oblique. The anterior and inferior mar-
gins of the right valve, especially, are strongly crenulated on the inner
edge. The anterior muscular impression is subtriangular and de-
pressed, the posterior one is nearly rectangular, the inner angle being
a little elevated. Shell moderately thick.
Venericardia ascia. Plate XXIX., fig. 2.
Specific character.—Shell subovate, subcordate, not thick; costae
much depressed except on the beak; about thirty; transverse strie
numerous from the margin to the umbones, nearly obliterating some
of the longitudinal sulci; lunule profound, subcordate, triangular and
equilateral; anterior muscular impression rather remote from the
hinge; cardinal teeth arcuated, oblique; inferior and posterior margins
crenulated. Length, three inches two-tenths; breadth, three inches
six-tenths.
Locality, King George county, Virginia, near the Potomac, in the
eocene.
Remarks.—This shell can be confounded only with the / plani-
costa, to which it is possible we ought to refer it as a variety. ‘They
THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS: OF VIRGINIA. 375
are readily distinguished, however, by the greater length and curva-
ture of the whole anterior margin, especially the portion along the
ligament; the hinge is broader and longer, and the teeth are less promi-
nent and more arcuated; the muscular impression, on the anterior
side, is further from the hinge; and the whole valve is wider, flatter
and thinner. ‘These differences, with the flatness of the costa, appear
to warrant us in regarding this shell as a distinct species from Veneri-
eardia planicosta. ‘That shell also is found in the eocene of Virginia,
but usually not in the same bed with V. ascia.
Cardium quadrans. Plate XXX., fig. 1.
Specific character—Shell subtrapeziform, oblique, inequilateral,
posteriorly much expanded, compressed anteriorly; thin and fragile;
longitudinally ribbed, cost about thirty-five, broad, depressed, and
slightly convex; transverse striae somewhat coarse or squamose near
the margin. Binikiones small, beaks incurved, lunule long; posterior
cardinal tooth small, and of nearly uniform breadth, posterior lateral
tooth large; margin crenulated by distinct but not deep undulations.
Length, three inches seyen-tenths ; breadth, two inches EatGI ant; tenths.
Eaoality, eastern Virginia, meiocene.
Remarks.—Owing to the extremely friable state in which this fossil
is found, and to its being associated with C. magnum and C. laquea-
tum, its fragments have passed for these species; but its trapezoidal
form, and the great width and depression of the longitudinal coste,
show a strong contrast to the /aqueatum, while, in addition, its less
size and less inflation prove it different from the magnum.
The great expansion of the posterior slope into an almost auriculated
margin, is highly distinctive of it as a new species.
Crassatella capri-cranium. Plate XXX., fig. 2
Specific character.—Shell oyate, oblong, compressed, sub-rostrate,
rather thin, with coarse, obtuse, transverse wrinkles, and fine transverse
striz; a prominent sinus extends from the beak to the anterior ter-
mination of the inferior margin; truncated anteriorly, at a right angle
Vi.—4 T
376 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE GEOLOGY OF
to the base; margin slightly concave at the lunule, which is deep,
wide and ovate; inferior margin delicately crenulated within. Length,
one inch four-tenths; breadth, two inches two-tenths. es
Locality, peninsula, between the Potomac and Rappahannock rivers,
in Virginia, in the eocene.
Remarks.— This species may readily be distinguished from the C.
melina, which it somewhat resembles, by its less thickness, and by the
crenulation on its inner margin, but especially by its different outline
being much more contracted on its anterior side.
Fasciolaria rhomboidea. Plate XXX., fig. 3.
Specific character.—Shell turrited, fusiform, and nearly smooth,
greatest dilatation about the middle, spire conical, whorls convex, with
longitudinal, obsolete or interrupted striz, the lower seven or eight
upon the body whorl, and those upon the upper whorls, being distinct
and slightly undulated. On the body whorl are ten or eleven very
faint, brown, narrow, longitudinal lines, three of which are traceable
upon the spire. Transverse stria, distinct, moderately distant, and
arcuated. Aperture a little less than two-thirds the length of the
shell, columella arcuated, plicated with three very oblique folds, the
middle one the most elevated, labium delicately striated within the
edge, beak slightly recurved. Length, two inches four-tenths ; breadth,
one inch two-tenths.
Locality, Surrey county, Virginia, meiocene.
Description.—This is a thin shell, though not difficult to procure en-
tire. - From the F. mutabilis, the only other species of our tertiary, it
will readily be known by the greater length and arcuation of its beak,
by its less regularly fusiform outline, and by the difference in the num-
ber of its whorls, and of the plications on the columella. The high
preservation of the specimen from which the description has been
taken, permits us to trace upon its whorls its longitudinal coloured
bands, affording a very interesting specific character.
THE TERTIARY FORMATIONS OF VIRGINIA.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
Figure 4.
Figure 5.
Figure 6.
Figure 7.
Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 1.
Figure 2.
Figure 3.
PLATE XXVI.
Turritella ter-striata.
Turritella quadri-striata.
Natica perspectiva.
Fissurella catilliformis.
Arca protracta.
Lucina speciosa.
Venus cortinaria.
PLATE XXVII.
Ostrea sinuosa.
Cytherea ovata.
PLATE XXVIII.
Cytherea lenticularis.
Cucullea onochela.
PLATE XXIX.
Cucullea transversa.
Venericardia ascia.
PLATE XXX.
Cardium quadrans.
Crassatella capri-cranium.
Fasciolaria rhomboidea.
377
*.
ae |
+
v. /ietomy 80 anutraAno:
+
weve) GH to “OPC Ra,
WAL SALE :
Bonn Witte. Hy
- : Shsheveivay olla herp - 4 aye i
: Assy ay wee Ra ahr ef :
dy Vie eG pena i vsti
OLUPL ATI, | Ai, ay Veit , 7
A NWS LAD A ;
- we i? Lee Ale : Mine
: PAW ANTT A AA REE pity
oe eae ea EA : =)
ats wi YAY zt cre ae - - fs,
abc 2 dtiend oe] oe
> : ae ; i i | 7
> é 3 Le ; z ri Hr a
. : oilyc = SPATE Oo : : ay
Histo “wound ef a ie a a
y Nagin waVirstny Bs § Aig Cpe :
. _ -
Fieger i ; ' 42
)
evan WAIN. Puand:
- eat Wivinn erry te asviais s uv
val ~
i TH a wee “_e
o> Mi liows wile,
Sika) ater! er 4 at s\yieern) wieght, rm A
t
imbdatials ot Wyhipionaty 7) arp
: -
= ‘—
. . : oe
er
ih 3 eae 3
7 @
" Plate XXVF.-
Fig
FY8
Lig.) LT erriballia ler Sl7vakW.
2.Lurridellid Guadre-stviaa
3. Natica perspecttva
¢. Fissuretla cuttllitor nis
”
”
”
On Stone by A Newsat
hig. & Area protracda
OL UCM SPECIOSA
7 Vereus (OTTRASLH.
Plate XX VIL,
OVEN:
On Slosie ty »
Plate XXVIII
Pls
S
a
&
P.
CULMS bs
Ta
Lew On0CH CN:
OP CE LCF,
ACT
7 Orth
BG.
Fa.
7 Stor Bt A NEWS Hi
\
*
sf
t
8
NBN
NS
EN
2 4
» Ny
N
8
xX
S
Nut
<8
S
N
S
NS
WW
2b
lial Cuciul
SAIL
Plate XXX.
LG. LV Cardlan GUAT ANS.
2 Crassatlla CLIT COANE
Kascrolaria rhonbowled,
ZS Dural, let. Pits
On Store by ANewsamn
ed
a
»
ARTICLE XV.
Report of the Committee on the Solar Eclipse of May 14 and 15,
1836. Read July 19, 1839.
Tue committee on Astronomical Observations, to whom were re-
ferred several communications relative to the Solar Eclipse of May
14 and 15, 1836, respectfully report: ;
‘That the American observations, as far as received, on whose accu-
racy sufficient reliance may be placed, are the following, and are
given in mean time of the places cf observation. a
No. Observer. piace teas Latitude. pounce ALE Phase. seems uimue of Ob-
— es Mai. iti eve +7 ae Fist
Persie 8s Gel pet Co ee Baa
1|F. R. Hassler | Washington | 38°53’12'-7 |5 8 7:00 |Begin.) 14 18 53 58:0 |
| 2 End. 2120 80)
3 | J. Gummere Haverford 40 1'12’-0 |}5 1 15:00; B 19 3 24:5
4 EW 21 31 47:0
5 | C. Wistar Germantown} 40 1/59/70 |5 0 41°70) B 19) PS bbs5
6 | EB 21 32 495
| 711. Lukens se oe se B 19 3 54:5
8 E 21 32 44:5
9|T. M’Euen Philadelphia | 39 56'57'"6 |5 0 41°33 | B 19 3 38:0
10 | E 21 32 38-1
[1d WHC. Riggs) aaa s ee 6 B 19 3 50:0
i2 E 21 32 26°5
13 |S. C. Walker 56 39 56’54"-0 15 0O 40-01 B 19 3 40-2
14 E 21 32 43°7
vI.—4 U
. ‘ “mn
*
«
382 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE
used. In the paper of Professor Bessel, above referred to, are given
the analytical formule, perhaps the most perfect yet furnished, for the
reduction of observations of a solar eclipse for geographical purposes.
In Dr Peters’s paper, Bessel’s method has been applied to the European
observations of this eclipse; below will be given the result of an ap-
plication of the same to the American observations, by Mr Walker.
The committee notice, with pleasure, the adoption of these formule,
in making announcements of solar eclipses, in the Berliner Jahrbuch
for 1840, by which nearly one half the labour of an isolated compu-
tation will be saved. The committee have also to acknowledge,
on behalf of the Society, the receipt, through the attentions of Mr —
A. D. Bache, of a valuable paper on the solar eclipse of the 3d and
4th of March 1840, by Mr C. Rumker, director of the Hamburg ob-
servatory. This present was accompanied with a circular, requesting
a communication of the American observations of the solar eclipse of
May 14, 1836, of which the European ones had been already reduced
by that distinguished astronomer, and published in No. 319 of the
Astr. Nachr.
A copy of the American observations was furnished to Mr Rumker,
through Mr John Vaughan, by a member of this committee. In re-
turn for this, the Society has received from Mr Rumker the paper read
at their last meeting, which the committee recommend for publication
among the documents connected with this eclipse.
It wonld have been highly acceptable to the committee, had Mr
Rumker resolved the equations of condition, which he has obtained,
in order to afford to the Society all the advantages which this eclipse
is capable of furnishing, for geographical purposes. In the absence of
such a result, the committee have appended the computations of Mr
Walker, in which the longitudes derived from Rumker’s eqna-
tions of condition are compared with those formerly obtained by Mr
Walker, from the same observations, reduced by Bessel’s method, using
chiefly Peters’s co-ordinates and corrections of the tabular elements.
The circumstance noticed by Mr Rumker, that the coefficients of the
corrections of the moon’s latitude and parallax, are affected with op-
posite signs in the European and American observations, is one of
sreat importance, inasmuch as it facilitates the determination of the
latter, and thus affords a rare comparison with the results of meridian
a
SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 383
altitudes of the moon in northern, contrasted with those made in
southern parallels of terrestrial latitude. The value of da, or
the correction of Burckhardt’s constant of parallax, as found by Mr
Walker, is +-- 1516. Burckhardt’s constant is 57’ 0"-5, making,
when this correction is applied, 57' 2”-0. It appears from Mr Hen-
derson’s memoir on the Constant Quantify of the Moon’s Equatorial
Horizontal Parallax, (see Memoirs of the Royal Astronomical Society,
vol. 10, p. 294,) in which he has discussed an extensive series of me-
ridian observations of 1832 and 1833, with mural circles, at Green-
wich, Cambridge and the Cape of Good Hope, that the value of this -
éenstant is 5%" UM. ied
It is seldom that solar eclipses have been accurately observed over
a portion of the earth’s surface large enough to admit of the coeffi-
cient of parallax thus changing its sign; occultations of planets and
stars of the first Paeuieds can hardly be expected to furnish | es
tions of condition capable of determining the constant of the moon’s
parallax with precision. The difficulty of locating observers at con-
venient places for this purpose, and the uncertainty concerning the
precise instant of an immersion or emersion at the moon’s bright limb,
must continue to furnish obstacles nearly insuperable. The impor-
tance, therefore, of Mr Rumker’s paper is much enhanced by the rare
opportunity which itaffords. For the purpose of comparison, the prin-
cipal values of the moon’s horizontal equatorial parallax, yet obtained,
collected together. ‘They are found chiefly in Mr Hender-
emoir. “They are as follows:
ih:
57’ 0”-00 Burg, from Laplace’s formule, moon’s mass —_ of the earth’s.
57’ 1”00 Burg, in his lunar tables.
57’ 050 Burekhardt, from Laplace’s theory.
1
ani 0”-90 panera from the same, using for moon’s mass war
; ; 1
57! 3 10 Plana, Theorie de la Lune, using for moon’s mass ck
57’ 2”:00 Henderson, from the same, using 9'*:25 for the coefficient of lunar nutation,
a - * 1
which gives, for moon’s mass, STAI
79
ne nN, a] °
Seed ee es ceils | From European observations compared with those of La Caille, at
57’ 3"70 Laland —& the Cape of Good Hope.
57’ 6”:00 Du Sejour)
vi.—4 Vv
é\
384 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE
wy) aye 5 , 1
57 2-64 Olufsen, from the same, using compression 30202 eA
;, . : 1
57’ 2-76 Henderson, from the same, using compression 300°
57' 1°-80 Henderson, as above mentioned, from meridian observations at the Cape’ and
at Greenwich and Cambridge, in 1832 and 1833. This result depends
: 1 : 1
upon an assumed compression, 300° and gives the moon’s mass —
759" and
the coeflicient of lunar nutation 9”+28.
57’ 0-43 De Ferrer, from fifteen occultations with meridian observations, and six corre-
sponding occultations.
57’ 2°00 S.C. Walker, from Rumker’s computations of the eclipse of May 14 and 15,
P i
183 ST TTC
836, compression 302-78
R. M. PATTERSON,
S. C. WALKER,
R. T. PAINE, Committee.
P ANDREW TALCOTT,
;
Letter of Mr Charles Rumker to Mr John Vaughan, Librarian of
the American Philosophical Society at Philadelphia.
Observatory, Hamburg, March 27, 1839.
Sir:
I have to apologize for the delay of the calculation of the valuable
American observations of the Solar Eclipse of May 1&, 1836, and
have now the pleasure of sending you them, together with those of a
number of European ones, that have partly been communicated to me
since. On account of the opposite parallaxes and latitudes of the moon,
her elements might, by a comparison of the American observations
with the European ones, be correctly determined. I have used in
the calculation, moon’s latitude at mean noon at Greenwich, =
19' 43:17, N., c’ssem. = 14’ 50°"4, ©’s semidiameter = 15’ 48-"4,
which is founded partly upon a comparison of all the observations,
partly upon actual measurement of breadth of the ©’s illuminated
disc at the time of the greatest obscuration, and finally, upon a com-
parison of the calculation at places situate upon the borders of the an-
nulus, with the observations made there.
Your most obedient servant, ;
CHARLES RUMKER.
SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 385
- PS. The calculations of the true ecliptic conjunction, as well as of
* the coefficients of the corrections of semidiameters, c’s lat. and par.
have been carefully revised, so that I believe this collection of obser-
vations to be useful for determining the errors of the lunar elements.
Particularly, I think that the annular observations, where the signs
of the moon’s apparent latitude change, deserve some attention.
The weather was not favourable, at Hamburg, for observing the
solar eclipse of March 15, 1839, but at Rostock, in latitude 54° 5’ 45’ N.
“4 , and longitude 39° 20’ east of Paris, it was observed by Professor Karsten.
ao ;
Ph .
B. 45 16™19s -19, mean time
H. Karsten.
E.4 54 8-69, « «
a E. 4 54-8 29, « © Dr Walter. re
P|
America. Mean Time 14th May 1836.
|
PI f Observa- | Latitude, and Longitud | Mean Ti f Mi Ti f | ( §
doreid Otssiner + pam se arecneniene | Onseivation: Gonruncuione a ‘o) ae Ke ree: C CLT
' : h. mm: 's: h. m. s. |
Qi or 2. Re FQ. co) 5s 5R.5 “68 5 A te | -4 O1F
Washington, Lat. 38° 52: 44” | B. 18 53 58-0 | 2058 565 | + 26845 | 4+ 15754 | + 0-2166
F.R. Hassler. | 7 ong. + 5n8mes6| E. 2120 80 | 2058 44-0 | — 21753 | — 0-0438 | + 0-s496
' Ow © & = R “6S mt 4 8) - 7
Haverford, | Lat 409112 | B.19 3265 | 21 5539 | 4+ 26811 | 415607 | + 01731
John Gummere. | jong, 5h im 158 | E. 21 31 47-0 | 21 5 41-4 | — 21753 | — 0-0316 | + 0-7576
| |
Lat. 40°2' 40" | B.19 3555 | 21 6257 | 4+ 26763 | 4 1:5578 | + 0-1805
Germantown, Lon. a few secs. east
C. Wistar. | ofState House, Phil.| E. 21 32 495. | 21 6236 | — 21751 | — 0-0239 | +. 0-7460 |
: | | |
i Lat. 40° 2' 40" |B. 19 3545 } 21 6 24-79 | 42-6764 | 4.15580 | + 04804
{ Germantown, Lon. a few secs. east |
Isaiah Lukens. | o¢State House, Phil.| E. 21 32 44:5 | 21» 6 20-18 | — 2:1752 | — 0-0245 | + 0:7468
Philadelphia,
T. MiBuen. | Tat, 39° 56 59” | E. 21 32 381 | 21
|
|
|
25:8 west State H. | B.19 3 38:0 |.21 6 21:5 | 4+ 26741 | +4 1:5577 | 4 0-1848
6 22-68 | — 21751 | — 0:0201 | 4 07472
: C 50): e 94.59 | 6725 5549 | 4g
- | Philadelphia, 23-8 west State H. | B. 19 350°0 | 21 6 34:59 | 4+ 26725 | + 1:5549 + 0:1833
| W. H.C. Riggs.| p54 390 56’ 59 | E. 2132265 | 21 6 14-21 | — 21752] — o-0216 | + 0-7491
: 23-8 SBT 185
. : Philadelphia, ” Is west of State H. | B. 19 3 40:9 | 21 6 23-82 | + 26741 | + 1:5576 | + 0-1850
S$. C. Walker.
Lat. 39° 56 54” | E. 21 3244-1 | 21 6 28-55 | — 2.1752 | — 00193 | + 0-7463
386 REPORT OF THE COMMITTER ON THE
America—continued.
!
|
|
|
H
Mean Time of
Conjunction.
Place of Observa- | Latitude and Longitude | Mean Time of Ob-
tion and Observer. | + west of Greenwich. servation.
«4O0+C d Lat. © a Parr.
ih. m. ‘6. h. m. s.
Philadelphia, 08-12 eastof St. H. | B. 19 3 45:8 | 21 G6 20-87 | + 2-6732 | + 1:5561 | + 0-1861
R. M. Patterson. | 1 44 390 56 58" | E. 2192383 | 21 6 2258 | — 21752 | — 0-0201 | + 0-7473
; G i 1 i : p F
| Philadelphia, In Merid. of St. H. | B. 19 3 41:0 | 21 6 24-31 | 4 2-6740 } +. 1-5574 | + 01850
S. Sellers. — | pat 39° 57° 5” | BE. 2192340 | 21 6 19:34 | — 2.1752 | — 09-0209 | + 0-7480
| 7 " c R.5 7 Pee
West Hills, | Lat) 40° 48 49°2) B. 19.12 48:5 | 21:13 388 | + 20576 | + 15802 | + 01674,
2. Perganon: | Long. 4h 53m 45s| E. 21 43 40-0 | 2113 7-5 | — 21751 | — 0-0018 | + 0-6590
} 7 50.9 5 57- ye R A-4-4 |
Sollliiek, — Lat. 41°59 0” | B. 1917522 | 2115579 | + 26738 ) + 21-5572 | + 0-0940
A.Holeomb. | Long. 4n 51m 13°3| BE. 21 49 201 | 21 15 45-0 | — 2-1752 | — 0-0292 | + 0-6132
| Denmark. Mean Time 15th May.
gran lqat. es a oy |B. 240 soo | 245 1437) + 21800 | F 0 B005 | — T2545
: BA.4 0 48 | 244522 | 422960 + 0-4730 | — 16780
| Hansen. =
| Long. — 37m 455 |p a4 4238 | 244528 | — 21834 |= 0-1912 | — 1:3315
J Lat, 65° 40 53" |B: 255528 | 2572893] + 21876 +4 0-2378 | — 1-3140
openhagen, |
B.A.4 15 532 | 257 138 fed | o oc
Pedersen. :
Long. — 50™ 208 | 5.59 929 | 257 11-0 | — 21757 | — ooren | — 15950
B. 237151 | 242349 | + 21899 | + 0-2009 | — 1-5974 |
Tondern, | Lat. 54° 56 16"1) pa 3 57 296-88 | 2 42 34-68 | + 2:1793 | + 0-1957 | — 1-4900
| Petersen. | pono. — qin 1ge-4 [E-A-4 1481 | 242342 | — 21797 | + 01421 | — 15065
BE. 5145112| 242313 | — 21775 | + 0-0903 | — 1-6404
| Germany.
| Alona. | Lat. 88° BRAS” | BB AT 5075 | VAG STOR | fF 2AM | + OTe? — TRB
7
Schumacher. | song, — 30m 465-6) E. 5 21 2315 | 2 46523 | — 21810 | + 0-1523 | — 1-7162 |
| | |
i |
Wan Lat. 52°31’ 13"5; B. 3 2438 | 3 0413 | 4+ 21751 | + 0-0451 | — 12838 |
: |
Encke. | Long. — 53m 3555) E. 5 37319 | 3 0451 | — 21820 | + 01670 | — 1-766) |
| |
aon | Lat. 46°57 6” | B. 237 86 | 2371763) + 21962 | + 0-2997 | — 1-0900
| Treschel. | Long. — 29m 463 | E. 5 16 4326 | 2 36 43:36 | — 22468 | + 05608 | — 21640 |
SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 387
Germany—continued.
Pl f Ob. a- | Latitud d Longitude | M Ti f Ob- | M Ti fi
tlon-and Observer. |'-4 weat of Greenwich. |, sexration Conjunction, | 7 OFC | ata € | aPar.
; h. mm. s. bet mi B. y
Bremen, | Lat. 58° 436" |B. 238 70 | 242 1338 | + 21764) + 0.0883 | — 1.1902 |
Cluver. Long. — 35m 1589| E. 5 1656-9 | 242148 | — 21850 | + 0-1998 | — 41-7406
Bremerhaven, | Lat 53°32 31" |B. 23727 | 241 587 | + 21783} + 01264 | — 16614
Thulesius. | Tong. — 34m 19s-6| E. 5 15 27 2 41 24:17 | — 21821 | + o-1678 | — 1-7163
|
Brussels, | Lat. 50° 60 39” | B. 216 0-5 | 2 24 95-66] + 21750 | — 0-030 | — 1-0500
Quetelet. | Long. —17m 298 | E. 459473 | 224939 | — 22058 | + 0-365 | — 12432
Gera, ‘Lat. 50° 32’ 56” | B.
Engelhardt and
Metz. Long. — 48m 955/ BE. 53343 | 255939 | — 21996] 4 0-2724 | — 1.8530
B. 333 40-41| 3 26 41:39 | + 21807 | + 0-1779 | — 1-4430
Braunsberg, | Lat 54° 23’ 9” |B a4 49 23-64] 3 26 20-02 | + 3:1550 | + 20853 | — 2.8070
Feldt. Lon. —1h 19m 17«.94| E-A.4 52 3425 | 3 26 2816 | — 2-9450 | — 1-9856 | — 0-4588
E. 6 14011] 3 26 2016 | — 21756 | — 0-0069 | — 1-5115
Hamburg, | Eat 53° 33° 7" |B. 244 22 | 247 O54} 4 21776 | + 0-1195 | — 1.2240 |
Rumker. | yong, — 39m 533 | E. 521 405 | 247 889] — 21810 | + 0-1526 | — L-7156
Hamburg, | Lat. 58°33 7" |B. 244 74 | 247 57 | 4+ 21776 | + 0:1135 | — 1-240
Peters. Long. — 39m 53s | BE. 5 21 30:5 | 246595 | — 21810 | + 0-1521 | — 1-7156
Hanover, | Lat 52° 22 20" | B. 243 49:04) 246 6-69] 4 21750 | + o-0415 | — 1.2012
Lahmeier. | Pong. — gam 58s | E. 521 4873| 245 5643 | — 21866 | + 0-2182 | — 1-780
aed Lat. 50° 56’ 19” | B.
Sehroen. "| Long. — 46m 158 5 31 35:0 | 253 28-45 | — 21932 | 4 0-2749 | — 1-8501 |
|
Koenigsberg, | Eat: 54° 42°50" | B. 3.36 19:18 | 329 663 | + 21825 | + 01857 | — 1-451 |
pad Long. —1h22m055| E, 635866 | 329 318 | — 21759] — oosi2 | — 16137 |
Leipzig, | Lat. 51° 20' 14” | B. |
Moebius. Long. — 49m 318-5 | E. 5 34 46 256 47:88 | — 21893 | ++ 0-2447 | — 1-8300
|
Louvain, | Lat. 50° 53°26” | B. 217373 | 295 4755 | + 21748 | — 0-0289 | — 1-0588
Crahay- | pong. — 19m 472 | BE. 5 0526 | 225336 | — 2-2049| + 0-3580 | — 1-8418 |
vi.—4 w
-
» 4 _7 as
« ‘s bl ° >
~ Sa
.
388 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE
Germany—continued.
}
| Place of Observa- | Latitude d Longitud Mean Ti f M Ti f
tion anil Omeon: | + wear SSetscen wlan Ghearvation. Ganjunctlon! @O+ C aLat. C Y ap
| h. m. s. h.. im. ‘8.
Manheim, | Lat. 49° 29 13" | B.
| Nicolai. | Long. — 33m 508-8] E. 5 19 21-6 2 40 54:34 | — 2:2110 | + 0:3940 | — 1-9190
Neumuhien, | Lat: 53° 92 42" |B, 243544 | 246 54-4 | 4 21775 | + 01123 | — 1.2242
| Zabrimann- | pong. — gom 42s1] E. 5 21 206 | 2 46 49:9 | — 21810 | + 0-1530 | — 1-7165
|
Neustrelitz, | Lat. 53°20 0” |B. 3 0280 | 259315 | 4 21764 | + 0-0879 | — 1-2840
Lorentz and
Becker. Long. — 52m lis | E, 3 54 58 25917-7 | — 21799 | 4+ 0:1287 | — 1-7238
| B. 254431 | 255318 | 4 21788 | + 0-1297 | — 1-2762
| + er
Rostock, | Ea 54° 5°45" [pag iai97 | 255 996 | 42-4635 | — 11568 | — 1.6280
Karsten. Long. —48m 41s |B-A-4 17 582 | 255 353 | — 26073 + 1-4378 | — 23242
|
E. 529582 | 255230 | — 21401 | + 0-0997 | — 1-6856
5 nh Qt ‘ f 7 ‘ ae |
Se: Lat. 53°25' 8’ |B 3 7517 | 3 521 | 4 21772 | + 0:0997 1°3205
Dancke. =| Pong. — 58m 16s | E. 5 41163 | 3 521.9 | — 21782 | + 0-1061 | — 1-7150
B. 259 442 | 259 382 | 4 21803 | + 0-1556 | — 1.3025
Stralsund, | L 54°19 O" laa ais 70 | 259269 | 4 v1s01 | — 0-2469 | — 1-554
Steinort. Long. — 59m 4s |E-A.4 22.266 | 259.282 | _ ge954 | + 04705 | — 1-7530
E. 533492 | 259253 | _ 97785 | + 0-:0754 | — 1-6694
}
Strassburg, | Eat 48° 34’ 90"7| B. 2 36 251 238 1:37 | + 21830 | — 0-1911 | — 1-1081
Herrenschneider.| tong, gim 0s | E. 516 449 | 237486 | — 29939 | +4 0-4575 | — 1-9562
Vienna, Lat. 48° 12° 35” | B.
| Littrow and
Hallaschka. |Long.—1h5m31s9| E. 5 54 37-1 | 3 12 31-85 | — 9.9050 | + 0:3591 | — 21299
Wurzburg, | Lat 49° 56’ 16 | B. 247 40 | 246544 | 4 94773 | — 0-1071 | — 1-9804
Schoen. Long. — 39m 50s |
|
oer
Zeitz, Lat. 51° 5 23
J | Long. — 48m 12s 5 32 40 254 37-6 | — 21911 | + 02602 | — 1-8598
SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 389
Great Britain.
| ya~ itud d Longi M Ti f M Ti f x |
|'ton said Obscrvor. | ie wast opcreen tee | one ghaean, Tims 0 FSO rECa 2st Cola Par.
| Dem 8: hem.) " 8, |
| Camden Street, | Lat. 51° 32° 26” | B. 151 467] 2 65214 | 4.21752 | + 0-0435 | — o-9998 |
| Camden
Shearmann. | Long. + 3555 | E. 438 4112] 2 6 44-38 | — 22065 | + 03680 | — 1-785
Bainbureh, | Late 55° 57’ 99” |B-A.2 57 20-77 | 1 54 11-76 | + 3.0c04 | + 21662 | — 23519
= E.A.3 1 322] 1 54 23:55 | — 25243 | — 12798 | — 0-5166
Henderson. pe
| TORS. ot Leenaee 6) aa 98s | i 54 19.20) aoa + 0-1352 | — 11313
London, | Lat. 51°30’ 50” | B. 151 130 6 59-43 | + 21750 | + 0.04298) — 0.9514
Fleet Street,
W.Simms,Jun.} Long. + 258.1| E. 4 38 47-0 2 6 47-2 | — 2.2066 | + 0:3685 | — 1.6165
B. 136512 | 157172 | + 21967 | +. 0-3111 | — 0.9999 |
| Makerstown, | Ut 95° 34’ 45" Jpg 1 42 | 157191 | 4 20710 | + 0-6592 | — 15559 |
Sir T. Brisbane. | pong 4 10m 4s |E-A-3 5116 | 157 5:5 | — 21870 | — 0-2984 | — 1.1635 |
E. 423 06 | 157 40 | — 21809 | + 0-515 | — 1.5579 |
© | ~
North Shields, | Lat 55° 2’ 20” | B. 1 43 16 15812 | + 21903 | + 0:2642 | — 1-0070
Het. Hopkins. | Fong. + 5m51¢13| EB. 42855 | 2 13650) — 1697 + 01759 | — 1.5969
|
Ormskirk, | Lat. 58° 34” 18” | B. 134 4312] 1.55 9298 | + 21832] + 0-1947 | — 0 9317 |
Dawes. Long. + 11m 36s | E. 4 23 4202 | 1 55 38:93 | — 21904 | 4 0-2702 | — 1.6014 |
Shooter's Hill, | Lat. 51° 28’ 0” | B. 151521 | 2 7 2646) + 2.1750 | + 0-0402 | — 0.9538
Pune OMe GUPY ong. = 14078. varso!o0a | 9 a6y7 |" o0nR0 + 03670 | — 1-7831
|
Greenwich, | Lat 51° 28’ 39” | B. |
Bice Long. Om 0s | E. 4391232] 2 7 4-62 | — 22067 | + 0-3693 | — 1.7880 |
| {
| '
Tranby, Lat. 53° 43/ 26" | B. 148 59 | 2 5 18-68] + 21831 | + 01812 | — 0-996 |
Cooper. Long. -+ 1m 498.4 | E. 4 34 47-35 | 2 5 18-67 | — 21901 | 4 0.2496 | — 1-6726 |
Poland.
ne , 7 i Pe) Sa)
Warsaw, | Lat 82°13) 5” |B.
Baronowsky. | Long. —1h 24m9-7| EB. 6 9246 | 331 565 | — 21773 | + 0-0841 | — 1-756 |
| Spain.
StFernando, | pat. 360 27) 43” | B. 1 26 32:53 | 1 42 29-99 | + 23756 | — 0-9564 | — 05994 |
> {
Ceribere Mere | engi Bim dona. | E...4 9 620) | 4236s || -orars + 16775 | — 21818 |
tojo and Marquer.
br
Ee
390 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE
Note by the Committce.—The latitudes and longitudes of the Ame-
rican places of observation, reported by the committee, are the result
of the most recent determinations, and differ, in some instances, from
those furnished at an earlier date to Mr Rumker.
Letter of Mr Sears C. Walker.
Philadelphia, July 10, 1839.
To the Committee on Astronomical Observations.
Gentlemen:
Being desirous of deducing the longitudes of the American places
of observation from Rumker’s expressions for the mean time of con-
junction, I have formed thirty-eight equations of condition, from the
duration of the eclipse, by subtracting the expression of the conjunc-
tion-time derived from the end from that furnished by the begin-
ning, and in a similar manner have obtained seven equations from the
observed duration of the ring. Of the last I reject that which is derived
from No. 44. I thus find by
s(Q—)) 48 an
pas eae
No. (12) — No. (14); 0 = —108 + 0-0504 — 1-3730 — 0-3630
No. (41) — No. (18); 0 = —3-65 —0-5063 — 0-8249 +4 0:5336
No. (33) — No. (35); 0 = + 7°60 + 0:6563 — 1:8772 + 0:3036
whence,
(a) 2a Ghsek AB = 0°7044 4+ 0:0492 x 4(QO— yp) + 01163 x a7
Substituting this value in the seven equations of condition from the
duration of the ring, we have from
No. (12); 4(O—D)© = +0030 + 0:0606 x a7
No. (14); 1(O—D)) = —0:429 —0-0569 x az
No. (33); 4(O—D)") = —0-501 + 0:0812 x az
No. (18); 4(Q— p)*™ = +40-814 + 0:2966 x a7
No. (35); 4(O—y)*) = + 0-869 —0:0718 X az
No. (41); 4(Q9—D)™ = +1-626 + 02490 x az
No. (44); a(O—yp)) = —3:161 + 00644 x a7
te hee
SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 391
Rejecting Nos. (41) and (44), which differ most from the mean,
and taking the mean of the remaining numbers, there results,
4(Q9—D) = + 01566 + 0-:0619 x ax
AB = + 07121 + 0-1193 x a7
The sum of the equations Nos. (1) to (11), inclusive, rejecting Nos.
(16) and (10) from the United States observations, give (c), and the
equations from the European observations, rejecting Nos. (17), (18),
(20) and (45) give (d), as follows :
(c) . .0 50"86 + 436745 x 4(@ + yp) + 142733 x ag@— 51156 x Az
(d) . .0 = 113-19 + 101-1848 x 4(@ + )— 5°1929 x 44 4 13-7391 x 47
I
Equations (4), (c) and (d), give,
4(O + d)9 = — 13972 + 0:0781 x Ax
4(O + D)CY = —1 0823 —0-1297 x ax
and,
A (© + D) = — 1-279
A (O — D) = + 0°250
AB = + 0-893
Ar == 5-516
But according to Rumker’s letter,
’(O+)) = —17000
'(O— Dd) = —2-000
s’g@ = —7 ‘630
zr = 0:000
whence, denoting by d the sum of the corrections respectively denoted
by A and A, we have,
d(@O +d) = — 2279
d(O — y)- =. —1 750
dg = —6°736
dx = +1516
yvi.—4 x
ay
” . a * ‘ - a + ¥" . .
* < 4 r : *
«, . waka
+ . d Sr. eT
te ? ' a “4
? 7 s # 7
= 7 \
a & } 1
392 REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE - . |
which are the most plausible values of the corrections of the tabular
elements that I am able to deduce from Rumker’s expressions for the
conjunction-times. I have given the method of solution somewhat
at length, in order that every one may judge whether other modes of — |
combining together the equations of condition might not give more |
probable results.
With these corrections, and using the longitudes of observatories as |
given in Rumker’s letter, the Greenwich mean time of conjunction .
is as follows: |
Conjunction-time. Conjunction-time.
hom 8. h. m 3s.
By Altona, Beg. - - 2 6 59-88 By Copenhagen, B. - - 2 7 3:35
End, - - 66:03 By Bremerhafen, E. - - 4:91
By Berlin, B. - - 61-11 By Manheim, E. - - 3:81
a : 69-86 By Edinburgh, E. - - 4:18
By Brussels, B. - 62°26 By Greenwich, E. - - 5:06
| ec - 65°26 By Stettin, B., E. - - 3°24
By Hamburg, B. - 2 65-58 By Tranby, B., E. - - 6.24
BK. - - 71:52 By Neumiiblen, B..E. - - 7°95
by Hanover, B.c- - 64-12 Mean of 8 results, - - 2 7 4:84
E. - - 58°73
By Konigsberg, B. - = 61°30 Mean of 24 results, —- - 2 7 5:25
BE. - - 62°99
By Ormskirk, B. - - 64:25
E. - - 75:46
By St Fernando, B. - - 74:29
a. - - 64°65
Mean of 16 results, - - 2 T 5:45
This conjunction-time gives the following longitudes from Green-
wich, of the American places of observation; to which I have also
appended the results which I have already published in the Journal of 3
the Franklin Institute for August 1838, and which are obtained by
using Bessel’s method, with Peters’s co-ordinates for the end, and
mine for the beginning of the eclipse. ‘The corrections of the tabular
elements being those obtained by Dr Peters, viz.,
(== — 5°"472, » = 0.
Walker, from Rum-
ker’s Equations.
€ = — 3-650,
Walker, from Peters’s
Co-ordinates.
Ee OR Oe eae ote
he m. ce he om. 3
Washington Capitol, - - - -— = 5 8 13°83 5 8 13°45
Haverford school, Delaware Co., Pennsylvania, 5 1 16°53 5 1 15-05, ;
Germantown, C. Wistar’s private observatory, - 5 0 40°61 5 0 40-94
Philadelphia State House, - - - - 5 0 38°89 5 0 39-60
West Hills, coast survey, - - - - 4 53 41°11 4 53 42°05 “ "
Southwick, Mass., A. Holcomb’s private observatory, 4 51 12°89 4 51 18-25
Providence, Brown University, - - - not reduced. -4 45 38-33
Dorchester, Mass., W. C. Bond’s private observatory, te be 4 44 16-92
SOLAR ECLIPSE OF MAY 14, 15, 1836. 393
Robert Treat Paine, Esq. has informed me that he has found the
longitude of Brown University, Providence, 4h 45m 42-03, and that
of Dorchester, 4h 44m 20"-45, from the observations of this eclipse, at
these two places and at Greenwich. In making the computations he
has used, dA = — 3"-60, d@ = —7"-63, d(o + ») = — 187.
The longitude of Providence from Boston is the same by both com-
putations.
The mean time of the ecliptic conjunction, by the N. Almanac, is
2h 7m 0:3; by observations as above, 2h 7m 5:25s; whence,
da = — 2"-276.
The corrections, da, d@ and da, from Rumker’s equations, may
readily be referred to the moon’s orbit, and its secondaries, by means
of formule derived from Airy’s Table of Factors (Greenwich obser-
vations, 1836), and from Bessel’s Theory of Equations, as follows :
We pate ie Saa + Qa
anes: 7 SPS— OR,
et Raa + Pap
- PS—QR
c= sin Ncosdaw + cosN ad
£ = —cosNecosd4a + sinNad — «cos ra x
Where, from Peters’s co-ordinates for 3h m. t., Berlin, and Airy’s
factors, we have,
x = + 0:°47147 = Lsin 1” cosecz.
Ls least distance of centres on true orbit in seconds of arc.
Nc 70°11’ 104 = moon’s orbital angle.
on 52 13 482 = moon’s true right ascension.
6 = +19 22 403 = moon’s true declination.
ze 54 24”1 == moon’s horizontal equatorial parallax.
P= + 13720
yess. 0-244
R= + 3”-470
Ss = + 0”-969
< We .
a
-
‘
- ama.” ‘<
a 4
- 394 REPORT HE COMMITTEE ON THE ECLIPS
6 come cums
Whence there results the fol lowing comparison :
x"
on 7 From Rumker. From Peters.
: = . = —2"934, e& = —3"650 .
> ¢ = —7:198, € = —5 +472 — 0159 x 7’
% "i "750 ae
: ‘a In which « is the correction of the moon’s tabular place on its orbit,
, CO and § on a secondary to its orbit. *
| Respectfully,
a SEARS C. WALKER.
; _ -
ARTICLE XVI.
Abstract of Meteorological Tables in the possession of the American Philo-
sophical Society.
TABLE I.
Abstract of a Journal of the State of the Thermometer at Philadelphia, during the years 1758,
1759, 1767, 1768, 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772, 1773, 1774, 1775, 1776, 1777.
Jan.
1758—Greatest Heat.| 64°
Least Heat. 19
Mean Heat. Bye
a Orcolert Heat. 43
Least Heat. 18
Mean Heat. 30
1767—Greatest Heat.) 51
Least Heat. 12
1768—Greatest Heat.) 45
Least Heat. aS
Mean Heat. 28
vi.—4 ¥
Mean Heat. 3L -
Feb.
47°
i)
3
March. | April.
579 «| 74°
25 35
38 °6 | 53
61 70
19 44
41 49
63 69
13 42
41 51
59 =| 69
22 23
39 -5 | 46
i May. | June.
|74° | 85°
47 63
63 5 | 72 -]
77 85
| 51 54
52 -4) 71 -6
78 86 -5
45 63
61 -6 | 71 -2
77 78
41 5) 57
59
July.
87°
64
| 62
59
} Mean
Annual
Temp.
53°-6
53-5
cS]
we
936
Jan.
1769—Greatest Heat.) 479-5
4
Least Heat. 17
_ Mean Heat. 33
Least Heat.
Mean Heat.
1772—Greatest Heat.
Least Heat.
Mean Heat.
x
—
1773—Greatest Heat.
Least Heat.
Mean Heat.
1774—Greatest Heat. 43 -5
Least Heat. 7
Mean Heat. 27
1775—Greatest Heat. 54
Least Heat. | 17
Mean Heat. | 35 6
1776—Greatest Heat. 54
Least Heat. | 10
Mean Heat. 32. 77
1777—Greatest Heat. 53
Least Heat. 14
Mean Heat. 31
METEOROLOGICAL TABLES OF THE
1770—Greatest Heat.) 46
Least Heat. 1l
Mean Heat. 30 °5
1771—Greatest Heat.) 51 -5
|
Feb. | March.! April. | May. | June.| July. | Aug. | Sept. Oct. | Nov. | Dec. | Annual
58° |70° | 70° | 74° | 8705] 880-5 | 850-5 | 780 | 750 |56° | 44.05
8 |18 |32 |41 |50 |67 |63 |50 |33 |19 |1455
32 |42 |50 |57 |6s |77 |74 |6a |55 138 |32 {1520
[o)
3
ow
an
cs
ce)
ou
an
a
on
J
o
~
w
a
~)
=
on
lor)
=
a
wo
an
>
a
oa
w
w
a
a
©
[<7]
ee
—
3
a
@
aa
7
a
MD
wo
is)
a]
a
@
=
a
for)
uw
for)
w
i
©
52 °5
cs
Oo
ou
eo
Oo
an
=
on
lor)
Q
i
~~
a
~
~~
a
Qa
I
an
—
a
ol
is)
a
a
55 64 72 cheb
an
@
1
un
iia}
_
a
@
on
wD
we
lor)
we
a
~~
33 7) 42 -1| 52 -2) 62 -7| 73 -4/ 79 -6 | 76 63 9/58 +2) 42 -2| 39 -9/| 54 -7
Ps
©
R
an
@
Co
wo
‘ual
oO
wo
ao
a
a
a
un
~
=
a
a
P<
x
Qa
_
46 -5 | 62 73 76 83 81 90 79 72 56 48 |
13 8 34 45 55 5 | 61 62 45 33 +5 | 22 6
| 31 -6| 40 +3 | 52 -2]57 1) 70 -4]70 6/75 -9|59 -2) 50 39 5 | 33 -7 | 51
AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY. 397
TABLE II.
Abstract of a Journal of the State of the Thermometer at Nazareth, Pennsylvania, during the years
1787, 1788, 1789 and 1790, by Charles Gotthold Reichle.
4 Mean
Jan. Feb. |March.| April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. Oct. | Nov. Dec. || Annual
Temp.
1787—Greatest Heat. 50° | 48° |68° |77° |78° | 89° 920 | 909 | B88 "7209 =| 700° [52°
Least Heat. 11 10 26 28 44 45 59 55 42 24 21 16 52°
1788—Greatest Heat.) 44 50 60 79 88 90 {90 88 88 76 76 62
Least Heat. 8 12| 4 31 40 50 62 52 44 20 24 2 50
1789—Greatest Heat.) 50 44 60 72 72 99 92 «-| 93 84 68 66 62
Least Heat. 10 8 8 32 40 51 62 44 | 40 31 22 16 | 50
1790—Greatest Heat.' 56 54 68 75 90 88 90 89
Least Heat. 10 3 00 31 46 48 56 54
TABLE III.
Abstract of a Journal of the State of the Thermometer at Philadelphia, during the years 1829, 1830,
1831, 1832, 1833, 1834, 1835, 1836, 1837 and 1838, by Thomas Hewson, M.D.
j Mean
May. | June. | July. Aug. | Sept. Oct. | Nov. | Dec. || Annual
Jan. Feb. | March.| April.
| Temp.
1829—Greatest Heat.}519 |44° | 63° | 789 |88° | 88° |88° | 899° | 85° | 709° | 60° | 62°
56 60 44 32 24 25
Least Heat. 7 8 24 34 44 56
Mean Heat. 30 25 35 51 64 70 72 61 61 52 43 43 50° -7
1830—Greatest Heat.) 51 50 66 73 78 80 90 86 83 70 65 60
Least Heat. 10 10 20 33 44 53
Mean Heat. 33 30 41 53 63 68
60 58 44 46 36 8
76 72 64 54 50 37 53 +5
Least Heat. 6 10 24 32 37 59 54 54 46 36 32 8
Mean Heat. | 27 27 44 51 62 72 74 74 64 55 42 23 51 -2
| |
1831—Greatest Heat.) 60 46 66 73 90 90 88 87 82 74 62 40
398 METEOROLOGICAL TABLES OF THE SOCIETY.
|
'1832—Greatest Heat
Least Heat.
| Mean Heat.
Jan. Feb. | March.| April. | May. | June. | July. | Aug. | Sept. Oct. Nov. | Dec. || Annual
age [62 | 70° [ree [76° eso | ese (sao |7e0 | 75° | 3° | Re
1 Jas {1a lev [4s [48 [56 |52 [46 [92 |26 |19 ‘
a1 |s3 j41 [48 [58 [os [70 |70 jo3 [54 |44 Jar |i 5105
1833—Greatest Heat.
Least Heat.
60 57 66 82 84 84 | 90 84 84 71 60 a
13 18 6 37 | 46 49 58 50 45 31 26 24
Mean Heat. | 35 33 33 55 64 66 73 69 65 53 42 35 52 0
1834—Greatest Heat.
ss ies [72 |s0 |e |so |93 |es ea [78 [54 on :
° Least Heat. |12 |21 /23 |30 |31 |49 [60 |57 |40 |32 |30 | 9 x, ;
Mean Heat. [29 [43 |44 [52 |57 |os |77 |73 |os |57 |43 |35 |ls3-5 .
i j
1835—Greatest Heat.
A
a Least Heat. 2 af 8 30 40 49 55
* _ Mean Heat. | 32 27 39 49 60 69 73
|
& ‘ '1836—Greatest Heat.
Least Heat.
Mean Heat.
a rae Heat.
Least Heat.
Mean Heat.
Greatest Heat.
Least Heat.
Mean Heat. | 37 24 41 47 58 74 80
DONATIONS
Received by the American Philosophical Society, since the Publication
of Vol. VimNew Series. -
FOR THE LIBRARY.
FROM SOVEREIGN PRINCES, GOVERNMENTS AND STATES.
From Great Brirain.—From the Commissioners of the Public Records of the United King-
dom of Great Britain and Ireland.
General Report to the King in Council from the Honourable Board of Commissioners on the
Public Records. London, 1887.
Inquisitionum in Officio Rotulorum Cancellarie Hibernie asservatarum, Repertorium.
Dublin. Vol. 1, 1826; Vol. 2, 1829.
Rotulorum Patentium et Clausorum Cancellarie Hibernie Calendarium. Vol. 1, Part 1.
Dublin, 1828.
Rotuli de Oblatis et Finibus in Turri Londinensi asservati, tempore Regis Johannis. Lon-
don, 1835.
Proceedings and Ordinances of the Privy Council of England. London. Vol. 5, 1835; Vol.
6 and 7, 1837.
Excerpta é Rotulis Finium in Turri Londinensi asservatis, Henrico Tertio Rege. Vol. 2.
London, 1836.
The Ancient Kalendars and Inventories of his Majesty’s Exchequer. 3 Vols. London,
1836.
Documents and Records illustrating the History of Scotland. Vol. 1. London, 1837.
Rotuli Chartarum in Turri Londinensi asservati. Vol. 1, Part 1. London, 1837.
Registrum vulgariter nuncupatum ‘‘ The Record of Caernarvon;’’ & Codice MS. Harleiano
696 descriptum. Londen, 1838.
From the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.
A Catalogue of the Circumpolar Stars, deduced from the Observations of Stephen Groom-
bridge. Edited by Sir George B. Airy. London, 1838.
From the NetHEertanps.—From his Majesty the Kine of the NevHERLANDs.
Flora Batava, of afbeelding en beschrijving van Nederlandsche Gewassen, door Jan Kops, en
VI.—4:Z
400 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
H. C. Van Hall. (Being the completion of Vol. 7, and No. 110 to 117 of Vol. 8.)
Amsterdam, 1837, 1838.
Tijdschrift voor Natuurlijke Geschiedenis en Physiologie. Uitgegeven door J. Van der
Hoeven, M.D., en W. H. de Vriese, M.D. Vols 1 to 5. Leyden. 8vo.
1834—9.
Recherches sur |’Hist. Nat. et l’Anatomie des Simules, par S. Van der Hoeven. Leyden.
18388. Fol.
From the Two Sictrres.—From his Majesty the Kine of the Two Siciuies.
Real Museo Borbonico. Vols 10, 11, 1834, 1835. Vol. 12, Parts 45, 46,47. Naples, 4to.
From the GovernMenT or Spatn.—From Don M. T. Navarrete, the Director of the
Hydrographia Espanola.
Coleccion de los Viages y Descubrimientos que hicieron por mar los Espanoles desde fines
del siglo XV. Fol., 4 Vols. Madrid, 1825, 1829, 1837.
Derrotero de las Islas Antillas, de las costas de Tierra Firme y de las del serro Mexicano.
3d Ed. Madrid, 1837.
From the Svate or Maryianp.
Proceedings of the Conventions of the Province of Maryland, held at the City of Annapolis
in 1774, 1775 and 1776. Baltimore, 1836,
The History of Maryland, from its first Settlement, in 1633, to the Restoration, in 1660. By
John Leeds Bozman. Vols 1 and 2. Baltimore, 1837.
From the State or Pennsytvania. Printed at Harrisburg. ”
Journal of the Senate of Pennsylvania. Sessions of 1836, 1837; 3 Vols. Sessions of 1837,
1838; 3 Vols. House of Representatives. Sessions of 1836, 1837; 3 Vols.
Sessions of 1837, 1838; 3 Vols. Senate.
Accounts of the Treasury and Expenditures of the State, in 1835, 1836, 1837 and 1838.
Minutes of the Provincial Council of Pennsylvania, under the Proprietary Government.
Vols 1, 2, from 1683 to 1717. Harrisburg. 8vo. 1838.
From the GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED States.
The Light-Houses, Beacons, and Floating Lights of the United States, for 1838; also those
of France to 1837, and of the British Islands to 1832, prepared by order of Ste-
phen Pleasanton, Fifth Auditor. Washington, 1838.—From the Author.
Congressional Documents for First and Second Sessions of Twenty-lourth Congress. 30
Vols. 1835—7. 8vo. For First and Second Session of 'Twenty-Fifth Con-
gress. 28 Vols,8vo. 1837,1838. Three Vols relative to Pensions. 1833, 1834.
Chart of St George’s Shoals, surveyed by Stephen Wilkes. 1837.
From John Forsyth, Secretary of State.
Accounts, Receipts and Expenditures of U.S, for 1836, 1837.—from Treasurer of U.S.
_ _ ‘7
¢
Shp
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 401
FROM AMERICAN AND FOREIGN SOCIETIES.
Arsany. ‘Transactions of the Albany Institute. Vol. 2, No. 2, 3,4. 1838.
Discourse before the Institute, on the Life and Services of Stephen Van Rensselaer.
By D. Barnard. 1839.
—— Annual Report of the Regents of the University of the State of New York. Made to
the Legislature, March 1, 1838. Albany, 1838.
AmsTerpam. Nieuwe Verhandelingen der Herste klasse van het Koninklijk-Nederlandsche
Instituut te Amsterdam. Vols 6 and 7. Amsterdam, 1837 and 1838.
Bautimore. ‘Transactions of the Maryland Academy of Science and Literature. Vol. 1,
Part 1. Baltimore, 1837.
Beruin. Abhandlungen der Kéniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. Aus dem
Jahre, 1835, 1836. Berlin, 1837, 1838.
Bericht iiber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Kénigl. Preuss.
Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. From May to December 1836; for
1837, and 1838, January to June.
Darlegung des Verfahrens der Preussischen Regierung gegen den Erzbischof von Céln.
Berlin, 1837.
Beilagen zu der Darlegung des Verfahrens der Preussischen Regierung gegen den Erz-
bischof von Céln. Berlin, 1837.
Boston. Journal of Natural History. Published by the Boston Society of Natural History.
Vol. 1, No. 3, 4; Vol. 2, No. 1, 2. Boston, 1836—9.
— — Address of H. Winslow, before the Soc. of Nat. Hist. 1837.
—— Collections of the Massachusetts Historical Society. ‘Third Series, Vols 6,7. Bos-
ton, 1837, 1838.
Brussets. Nouveaux Mémoires de l’Academie Rayale des Sciences et Belles Lettres de
Bruxelles. Tomes10,11. 1837, 1838. 4to.
—— Mémoires couronnés par l’Academie Ruyale des Sciences et Belles Lettres de Bruxelles.
Vols 11, 12, 18. Vol. 14, Part 1. 4to. - Brussels, 1837, 1838.
—— Bulletin de la Séance Generale. Vol 4, May to December 1837. Vol 5, January to
December 1838. 8vo.
—— Annuaire de l|’Observatoire de Bruxelles. Par le Directeur A. Quételet. Brussels,
1856, 1837, 1838, 1839.
Annuaire de ’Acad. 1838, 1839.
Caxcurra. ‘I'ransactions of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India. Vols 3, 4,
5. Serampore, 1836, 1837, 1838. Proceedings of the Society, January to
April 1838.
Researches of the Asiatic Society of Bengal. Vol. 19, Part 1, and Vol. 20, Part 1.
Fol. Calcutta, 1836.
Journal of the Asiatic Society. Edited by James Prinsep, Secretary. Vol. 5, 1837.
Vol. 6, 1838. Vol. 7, No. 73 to 76, 78, 1838.
CamprincE, G. B. ‘T'ransactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. Vols 3, 4, 5and
6, Parts 1, 2. Cambridge, 1833, 1835, 1887.—From the Society.
-—— Laws and By-Laws of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, Cambridge, 1887,
402 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Camprince, G. B.—continued.
Catalogue of the Collection of British Quadrupeds and Birds in the Museum of the
Cambridge Philosophical Society, &c. Cambridge, 1836.
Cnarzeston, S. C. Catalogue of Library of Charleston Library Society. 1831—5. 8vo.
Copennacen. Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries. Report for 1835, with List of
. Founders and Prospectus of its Objects.
—— Narrative of an Expedition to the East Coast of Greenland, sent by order of the king of
Denmark, in search of the lost Colonies, under the command of Captain W. A.
Graah, of the Danish Royal Navy. ‘Translated for the Royal Geographical So-
ciety of London. London, 1837.—From the Society.
Annals and Memoirs of the Royal Society of Northern Antiquaries. First Series,
1836, 1837. Copenhagen, 1837.—From the Society.
Cornwatt. ‘Transactions of the Royal Geological Society. Vol. 1. London, 1818. Vol.
2, 3,4. Penzance, 1822—32. 8vo. ,
Dvunsttn. ‘I'ransactions of the Royal Irish Academy. Vol. 17, 1837, Vol. 18, Part 1, 1838.”
Dublin.—From the Academy.
Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy, 1836, 1837, 1838. Part 1 and 2, October
1836 to June 1837.
By Isaac Weld. 8vo. 1829—1831.
Prize Essays on Potatoes, &e. By W.G. Andrews and others. 1835.
Blacher on the Management of landed Property in Ireland. 1834.
—— Memorandum of the Objects of Geological interest near Dublin. Communicated to the
British Association. 1835.
Description of the Skeleton of the Fossil Deer of Ireland. By John Hart, 1830.
Edmund Dewy, On a New Acid and its Combinations. 8vo. Dublin, 1829.
Epinsurcu. ‘Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Vol. 13, Part 2. 4to.
1836. Proceedings of the Society. No. 4 to9. 1833—1836.
Leypen. C. Hugenii aliorumque Seculi XVII Virorum Celebrium Exercitationes Mathe-
matice et Philosophice. Ex MSS. in Bibliotheca Academie Lugduno Batave
servatis edidit P. J. Uylenbroek. Fasc. 1 & 2, Hague, 1833.
Lispon. Memorias da Academia R. das Sciencias de Lisboa. Vol. 12. Part 1. Lis-
boa, 1837. Fol.
—— Roteiro geral dos Mares, Costas, Ihas, reconhecidos no Globo. Por Antonio Lopes
da Costa Almeida. Vol. 1. Part 3. 1837. 4to.
Compendio de Botanica do Doutor Felix de Avellar Brotero. Vol. 1. 1837. to.
Principios geraes de Castrametacao, applicados ao Acampamento das Tropas Portu-
guezas. Por F. J. Barreiros. 1838.
—— Manual de Instrucgoes praticas sobre a Sementeira, Cultura e Corte dos Pinheiros, &c.
Por F. L. G. de Varnhagen. 1836.
— Glossario de Vocabulos Portuguezes derivados das Linguas Orientaes e Africanas, ex-
ceptoa Arabe. Por D. F.de 8S. Luiz. 1837.
— Ensaio sobre os Principios geraes de Strategia, e de Grande Tactica. Por F. J. Bar-
reiros. 1837.
Colleccao de Noticias para a Historia e Geografia das Nacoes Ultramarinas, que vivem
nos Dominios Portuguezes. Por Joio Ribeiro. Vol. 5. 1836.
Loxpon. Rovyat Society. Their Transactions for 1836, 1837, 1838. 4to. Catalogue of
Members, 1836, 1837, 1838. 4to.
f
—— Royal Dublin Society. Agricultural Essays, and an account of the Dublin Society. :
NONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 403
Lonpon—consinued.
—-~ Addresses of the Duke of Sussex, President, 1836, 1837, 1838. 8vo. Proceedings of
the Society, No. 25 to 38, 1837, 1838, 1839.
—— Proceedings relative to Excise.
—— Abstract of Papers in Trans. of Roy. Soc. Vol. 3. 1830—1837. 8vo.
Defence of the Resolution for omitting Pannizzi’s Bibliograph. Notes from Catal. of
Lib. of Roy. Soc. 8vo. 1838.
Astron. Obs. Roy. Obs. Greenwich, No. 2, 3, 4,5. Fol., 1835. By Stephen G. B.
Airy, Ast. Roy. Also for 1836, 1837; by the same ; with Appendixes.
— The Entomology of Australia, by G.R. Gray. 4to. London, 1833.
— Astronom. Soc. ‘Their Transac., Vol. 10, 1838, 4to ; and Proceedings, Vol. 4, No. 1 to
28. 8vo. 1836—1839.
— Horticult. Soc. Their Trans., completion of Vol. 1, N.S. Vol. 2, N.S., No. 1, 2,
3,4. 1837, 1838. 4to. Proceedings of the Society, No. 1 to 6, May.1838 to
April 1839. 8vo.
Soc. of Arts, Manuf. and Comm. ‘Their Transac., Vol. 47, Part1. Vol. 51. Vol. 52,
Part 1. 8vo. 1837, 1838. :
—— Astronom. Obs. of Sir John Herschell, for June and Oct. 1836, at Cape of Good Hope.
— A Report to the Royal Society of Sir J. F. W. Herschell, Chairman of a Committee of
the Society, relative to establishing, by the British Government, Fixed Magnetic
Observations in the Antarctic Seas.
— Geological Soc. Their Trans., completing Vol. 4, N.S.,and Vol. 5, Part 1, 1837. 4to.
Their Proceedings, completion of Vol. 2 and Vol. 8, No. 59 to 62. 1837, 1838,
1839.
—— Zoological Soc. Vol. 2, Parts 1,2, 3. 1836—1839. Proceedings. ,_8vo. 1835,
1836, 1837, 18388. Reports of the Council and Auditors to annual meeting.
April 1839.
—— Linnean Soc. Their Trans., Vol. 17, Part 4, Vol. 18, Part 1. 1887, 1838. List of
Memb. 1839. Proceedings. November 1838 to April 16, 1839. 8vo.
—— Royal Geographical Soc. Vol. 1 to 9. 8vo. 1833—1839. Narrative of Captain
Graah’s Expedition to Coast of Greenland, by order of the Danish Government,
in search of the lost colonies. Translated by the late G. M’Dougal for the So-
ciety. 1837.
—— Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland, No. 4 to 9. 1835—1838. 8vo. Pro-
ceedings of the Committee of Agriculture and Commerce. 1837, 1838, 1839.
8vo. Catalogue of the Chinese Library of the R. A. Soc. By the Rev. S. Kidd.
1838.
—— Antiquarian Society. Their Trans. Vol. 28. 4to. 1838.
Botanical Society of London. Proceedings of the Society. November 1836 to Feb-
ruary 1839. 8vo. With list of Members.
Maprip. Real Acad. Espanola Diccion. de la Lengua Castellana. PorlaAcad. Fol. 8th
Ed. 1837.
Moscow. Soc. Imp. des Naturalistes. Their Trans., Vol. 4. 1835. Bulletin of the Soc.,
Vol. 9. By G. F. de Waldheim. 1836. Also No. 1 to 4. 1837. Svo.
New York. Lyceumof Natural History. Their Annals, Vol. 3, completed; Vol. 4, Parts
lto4. 1837.
New York Soc. Library Company. Their Catalogue. 1838.
VI.—5 A
-
404 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Oxrorp, G. B. Ashmolean Society. Proceedings of the Society, containing various Essays
and Memoirs. 1832—1837.
Paris. Institut Royal de France. Mém. des Sc. Mor. et Pol. 2d series, Vols 1, 2. 1837—
1839. Report to Inst. by Arago and others, sur la Filtration des Eaux, proposée
par M. Trouville. 1837.
Soc. Roy. des Antiquaires de France. N.S. Their Memoirs. Vols 3,4. 1837,
1838.
Soc. Roy. de Géographie. Recueil des Voyages et des Mémoires. Publié par la Soe.
Vols 4,5. 4to. 1837,1838. BulletindelaSoc. N.S. Vols6to10. 1836—
1838.
Museum D’Hist. Nat. Nouv. Annales, Vols 2, 3,4. 4to. 1833—1835.
—— Ingenieurs des Mines, &c. Ann. Vols9,10,11,13 ; Vol. 14, Liv. 4—6 ; Vol. 15, Liv.
1839.
Pestu. Hungarian Acad. Se. List of Members, with almanac for 1838 prefixed.
PuitapeLputa. Reports of the ‘Trustees of the City Gas Works, with the history of the
establishment. 1838. 8vo.
—— City Library. Catalogue of the Logan Library. 1837.
Members. 1837.
—— American Journal of Medical Sciences. Isaac Hays, Ed. 8vo. 1837—1839. -
—— American Med. Intelligencer. Robley Dunglison, Ed. 2 Vols. 14 vols repub. of
foreign authors. 1838—1839.
Eclectic Journal of Medicine. John Bell, Ed. 1837, 1838. 10 vols repub. of foreign
authors.
—— Atheneum of Philadelphia. Chart of St George’s Shoal, Surveyed by Lt Wilkes,
for U.S. 1837.
Provipence, R. I. Their Trans. Vol. 4. 1838.
St Pererssurc. Mem. de l’Acad. Imp., &c. 6me série.
Sc. Math. Phys. et Nat. From this period each volume published in two parts.
Se. Math. et Phys. Vol. 3, being 1st of M. et P; Vol. 4, No. 1, 2. Commencement
of 2d vol. M.et P. 1838. 4to.
Se. Nat. Vol. 3, being Ist of N. H; Vol. 4, being 2d of N. H. 1835—1838.
Sc. Pol. Hist. Philol. Vol. 3; Vol. 4, No. 1, 2,3. 1836—1838. 4to.
—— Mém. de divers Savans, lus dans ses Assemblées. Vol. 3, No. 3, 4,5, 6. 1837.
' 4to. No. 1, 2, not received.
— Recueil des Actes publ. de l’Acad., Dec. 1836, 1837. 4to.
The following were received from the Academy, transmitted by Mr. P. von Goetz
through the Russian Minister. All printed at St Petersburg.
—— Periodical collection, published by the Imperial Academy of St Petersburg. 4 Vols.
(In Russian.) 1829—1832.
Memoirs of the Russian Academy. 12 Vols. (In Russian.) 1815—i828.
—— Continuation of the Memoirs of the Russian Academy. 3 Vols. (In Russian.)
1834, 1835.
—— Works and Translations, published by the Russian Academy. 7 Vols. (In Russian.)
1805—1823.
—— Dictionary of the Russian Academy. 6 Vols. (In Russian.) 1806—1822. 4to.
Academy Nat. Sci. Their Trans. Vol. 7, Part 2. Act of Incorporation and list of —
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 405
Sr Pererssurcu—continued.
Complete Works of Admiral Schischkoff, President of the Academy. 16 Vols. (In
Russian.) 1818—1834,
—— On the aflinity of the Russian and Greek languages. 3 Vols. (In Greek and Russian.)
1828.
—— Recherches sur les Racines des Idiomes Slavons. Par l’Amiral Chichekof. ‘Traduit du
Russe. Part 1. 1832.
Relation of the Maritime War between Russia and Sweden, in the years 1788, 1789
and 1790. By Admiral Schischkoff. (In Russian.) 1826,
Popular Songs of the Greeks. (In Russian.) 1825.
—— Memoirs of Admiral Schischkoff for the year 1812. (In Russian.) 1831.
—— A Brief and True Relation of Napoleon. (In Russian.) 1814,
—— Proceedings of the Russian Academy at their Sitting, January 18th, 1836, for the Re-
ception of the Prince of Oldenburgh as an Honorary Member. (In Russian.)
1836.
—— Untersuchungen iiber die Sprache, mitgetheilt in den Nachrichten der Russischen Aka-
demie, von Alexander Schischkow. Aus dem Russischen iibersetzt von P. von
Goetze. 3 Vols. 1826, 1827 and 1837.
Serbische Volkslieder, in’s Deutsche iibertragen von P. yon Goetz. 1827.
—— Stimmen des Russischen Volks in Liedern. Gesammelt und iibersetzt von P. von
Goetz. Stuttgart. 1828.
—— Observations Météorologiques et Magnétiques, faites dans ’Empire de Russie, redigées
et publiées par A. T. Kupffer. No. 1,2. 4to. 1837.
Srocknorm. Kongl. Vetensk. Acad. Handlingar. 1835, 1836. 8vo.
Aorsberiittelser om Vetensk. Framsteg afgiven af Acad. Embetsman. 1835, 1836. 8vo.
Turin. Meémorie della Real Acad. delle Scienze di Torino. Vol. 38, 39, 40. 1835—
1838. 4to.
Ursat. Nova Acta Regie Societatis Upsalensis. Vol. 10. 1832. Ato.
Worcester. Amer. Antiq. Soc. Their Trans. Vol. 2. Worcester. 1836.
FROM INDIVIDUALS.
Abert, (Col. J. T.) ‘Topographical Department of U.S. Published by the Secretary of
War at Washington.
—— Report of a Survey around the Falls of Niagara, with a view to a Ship Canal, made in
1835, under the direction of Capt. W. G. Williams, of the U.S. Topog. En-
gineers. With numerous Maps.
—— Report of Lieut. R. E. Lee and others, U. S. Engineers, on the Rock River and Des
Moines Rapids of the Mississippi River, and on the Harbour of St Louis. With
Maps. 1838.
—— Maps of the Kennebeck and Androscoggin Rivers, and of Wilson’s and Winthrop
Ponds, &c. 1838.
—— Reports of the Surveys of the Mouths of Milwaukie, Root, Manitowoe, Sheboygan and
Kewaunee Rivers, and of Havre Bay. 1838.
—— Report to Congress relative to a Canal from Lake Erie to Ontario. With estimates.
Lee, Engineer. 1836.
: 7
ian *
. #)
406 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Abert, (Col. J. T.)\—continued. h
Havre Bay, Michigan. Surveyed by Centre and Pole. 1836.
Captain Turnbull’s Survey and Construction of the Potomack Aqueduct. With 28
Plates. .
—— Report on Harbour of Province Town, Cape Cod, Mass. 1838.
Essay on Meteorological Observations. By J. N. Nicolet. Printed by order of the
War Department, Washington. 1839. 8vo. ®
Adam (Wm.) Second Report on the State of Education in Bengal. By order of the Gov.
General of Calcutta. 1838. '
— Third Report on the State of Education in Behar, and means suggested for extending
Public Education. 1836. Calcutta. -
Alexander (J. H.) J. 'T'. Dueatel’s Report of the Geologist and Engineer of the new Map of
Maryland. 1836. 8vo.
Allison (Jos. J.) His Observ. relative to Lymphatick Hearts. Philad. 1838.
Andrew (W.) Views on the Improvement of the Maltese Language, and its use for the pur- —
poses of Education and Literature. By C.F.Schisenz. Malta, 1838. 12mo.
Arfwedson (C. D.) Férenta Staterna och Canada. 1832, 1838, 1834. 2 Vols. Stock-
holm. 1335.
Scener i Nord America. Stockholm. 1836.
Minners fran Europa och America. Stockholm. 1837.
Awl (W.M.) Third Annual Report of the Directors of the Ohio Lunatic Asylum. Colum-
bus. 1837.
Ayerigg (B.) Communication relative to W. Branch and Alleghany Canal.
Supplement to Report of 1836, 1837. Harrisburg. 1839.
Bache (A. D.) Major Edward Sabine’s Report on the Phenom. of Terrestrial Magnetism ;
being an abstract of Magnetismus der Erde of Prof. Hansteen. 8vo. London.
1836.
Report on the variations of the Magnetic Intensity, observed at different points on the
Earth’s Surface. With Plates. London. 8vo. 1838.
—— J.C. Ross on the Position of the North Magnetic Pole. 4to. London. 1834.
Jarhbuch fur 1837, von H. Schumacher. Sittgard: 1838.
Catalogue of British Association, of Philos. Instrum., Models of Inventions, Products af
Nat. Industry, &c., at the exhibition of the Assoc. Newcastleon Tyne. 1838.
—— Address of the General Secretaries of the eighth meeting of the British Association.
New Castle. 1838. ”
— Statistique de la Peine Capital en Belgique,en France, en Angleterre et en Prusse. Par
“E. Dupéctiaux. 1835.
Bache (Hartman.) His Survey of Pensacola Harbour and Bar in Florida. 1832.
Chart of the Entrance of Sandusky Bay. By Lt Graham. 1826.
Baena (A. L. M.) Compendio das Eras de Para, Bruges. 4to.
Bagster and Marshall. Catalogue and Specimen Book of Oxford and Polygott Bibles and
Theological Works. 1838,
Bailey (Francis.) His Supplement to the account of Rev. John Flamstead, First Astron. Roy.
London. 4to. 1837. “9
a eBerclay ( (James.) Report of House of Ref. ; Abstracts of 2d and 3d Report on the State of
British Prisons.
Report of Moravian Brethren, of British and Foreign Bible Society, and of American
Bible Society.
2 z
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 407
at ee of Russia, Wal. 1, writien for Lerdnues’s Cyclopedia. London
12mo.
Bell (John, M-D., Editor.) Select Medical Library. (See Philad.)
Bellingeri (C. F.J.) Dissertatio is Tom 131
—— Ragionamenti, Sperienze ed iehe comproventi FAmtgomisms Nervose.
Turm. Svo. 1833. = ;
; with 2 ation from them, pointing oat Defects. Washington, 1838.
—— E. M. Bluni’s Theo. and Pract. Seamanship. 2dEd New York. Sve. isze
—— Edwards's New Lunar Tables, for correctimg the 2pparent Distance of the Moon from
the Sun, Pixed Stxs, Ge. 3d Ei New York. 1834 oy
— h Blunt's Shipmaster’s Assistant, or Commercial Dizest. New York i837.
Bonaparte (Joseph, Comte de Sarvilliers.) Iconographi2 Fame Imlic= dz Carlo L. Boss
parte, Principe di Canine. Fol. 11 to 1G. 1834—6. 3
Bowditch (From his Family-) His Trans. 2nd Comm. of Bz Place, Vol. 4, with = Bio
gtaphy by his Son, Nath. Bowditch. Boston. 1839. 4io.
o Bowen (J. T.) Panorama and Views of Philadelphis and Vicinity, from Pzintings of J. E.
Wiid : Ilustrations by A. M”"M2ckin. Phikdelphiz. 4ip. 1938
Bradford (Alden.) Memoir of the Life and Writings of the Rev. J. Mayhew. Bostan. -
1833.
Bradford (T. G.) Boston Journal of Natural History, Part 1, No. 1, 2, 3, 4. 1sss—7-
—— First Rep., by H. Coleman, on the Agriculture of the county of Essex, Mass. Bostam.
1837.
—— Reports 2nd Resolves of the Joimt Commitice of the Legislature of Mascachusetts on
Public Lands, im relation to the Mzine N. E. Boundary Question.
—— First Annual Report of the American Beard of Education of Massachnse+ts. 183.
Briggs ae rms Their Furst Report of Geolog. Survey of the State of New York, zided
Beck, Emmons Vanuxem, Torry-De Ruys. Albeny. 1837.
Brighem (W.
>. Browne (P. A.) Essoy om the Veterinary Art, and an Account of the Veterinary Colleges of
ia. 1837
- Burns (M.) . Pal ey's (J. G.,) Academical Lectures on the Jewish Seriptares, Andiguities, “e
Vol. 1, Four last Books of the Pentateuch. Boston. Svo. 1838. .
1833, 1839. Harrisburg. to
| © Capers (N.) George Combe’s Testimonials in his behalf ax Candidate for the Chair of |
7 Logie im the University of Edinburgh. 1836. ad
408 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Carey (Mathew.) Lithographic Copies of Two Letters from General Washington to M. C.
March 15, 1785 ; June 25, 1788.
—— His Vindicie Hibernicw, or Ireland Vindicated. 3d Ed., enlarged. 8vo. Philadel-
phia. 1837.
Laws of Maryland at large, from the Record Office ; collected by State authority, by
Thomas Bacon. Annapolis. Fol. 1765.
Laws of Maryland of Session of 1783. | Annapolis.
Two Vols of Congress Documents. 8vo. 1826.
Carey (H. C.) His Principles of Political Economy, Part 1, Laws of Production and Distri-
bution of Wealth. 8vo. Philadelphia. 1837. ;
—— His Credit System of France, Great Britain and the United States of America. Phila-
delphia. 1838. 8vo. :
—— His Principles of Political Economy, Part 2; The Causes which retard the Production
of Wealth. Philadelphia. 1838. 8vo.
Carey, Lea & Blanchard. William Buckland’s Geology and Mineralogy, considered with
respect to Natural Theology.- (Bridgewater Treatise.) 2 Vols, 8vo. Philadel-
phia edition. 1837.
Carton (L’Abbé.) Le Sourd-muet et l’Aveugle, Journal mensuel par l’Abbé C., Directeur de
l'Institut d Bruges. 148 liv. 1887.
Casanova (J. N.) Essai sur le Madar (Calotropis Madarii Indico-Orientalis), translated from
the English by L. A. Richy. Calcutta. 1833.
General Observations respecting Cholera Morbus. Philadelphia. 1834.
Castelnau (Le Comte de.) Baron Walchenaer’s Hist. Nat. des Insectes Aptéres. Vol. 1.
Paris. 1837. Formant nouvelles suites & Buffon.
Catullo (T. A.) Saggio de Zoologia Fossile. 4to. Padova. 1837.
Memoria Geognostico-Zoologica sopra alcune Conchiglie Fossili nel Territorio di Bel-
luno. 1834, 4to.
Chacon (Consul-General of Spain.) Calendario de Madrid y guia de Forasteros. 1835.
Christie (S. H.) Discussion of the Magnetical Observations made by Captain Back, Royal
Navy, during his Arctic Expedition. London. 4to. 1836.
Charlesworth (Ed.) New Series Mag. of Nat. Hist. (Late Loudon’s), Vols 1, 2. 1837,
1838. Vol. 3, Nos. 25, 26, 27, 29. (28 not received.) 1839.
Cogswell (W. and Edward R. B.) The American Quarterly Register, published by the
American Education Society, Boston. Vol. 10 and Vol. L1, No. 1, 2, 3. 1838,
1839.
Coleman (Henry.) Reports as Commissioner on the Agriculture of the State of Massachu-
_ setts. No. 1; County of Essex, 1837. No. 2; County of Berkshire, 1838.
Combe (Geo.) On the Functions of the Cerebellum, by Dr Gall, Vimont and Broussais ;
translated from the French by him; also Answers to objections of Roget and
others against Phrenology. Edinburgh. 1838.
Conrad (J. A.) See Vanuxem.
Conyngham (R.) Abstract of state of Banks of Pennsylvania to. the Legislaturo, at Quarterly
Periods. 1838. Harrisburg.
—— Report on Elementary Public Instruction in Europe, communicated to the General
Assembly of Ohio. 1837.
—— H. Hage’s Second Report on the Railroad from Chambersburg to Pittsburgh, and from
Loughlin to Chambersburgh. 1838.
a
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 409
Conyngham (R.)—continued.
—— T. H. Burrough’s Draft of a revised Common School Law, and relative to preparing
Common School Teachers. 1838.
Cooper (William.) His Researches on the Cheroptera of the United States. New York.
1837. 4
Cooper (Fenimore.) His History of the Navy of the United States of America. 2 Vols,
8vo. Philadelphia. 1839.
Cowell (J. W.) Two Reports of Cameron, Wrottesly, &c., addressed to his Majesty’s Com-
missioners, appointed to inquire “into the Operation and Administration of the
Poor Laws in Great Britain, and a Letter from C. Arrivabene on the same Subject
in Belgium.
Cumplido (Y.) Proyecto del Primero Camino de Hierro de Mexico a Vera Cruz.
Calendario Portatil de Mexico, por ano 1838.
Cramer (C.) Et was iiber die Natur Wunder in N. America Zuramenge hugen von C. C.
St Petersburg. 1837.
Cresson (Elliot.) Bigelow’s Statistical Tables of the State of Massachusetts, and condition
of certain branches of industry, 1836—7. Boston. 1838.
Dahlgren (J. A.) Translation of H. I. Paixhan’s Account of Experiments made in the French
Navy for the trial of Bomb Cannon. 12mo. _ Philadelphia. 1838.
Dahlborn (Gustavo.) Clavis Novi Hymenopterorum Systematis. Lunde. 1835. 4to.
Prodromus Hymenopterologie Seandinavice. Lunde. 1836. 8vo.
Darlington (W.) Flora Cestrica ; or Account of the Flowering and Fibioid Plants of Chester
County, state of Pennsylvania, with their Uses. West Chester. 12mo. 1837.
—— An Essay on the Development and Modification of the External Organs of Plants, tran-
slated chiefly from J. W. Von Goethe. West Chester. 1839.
Davis (J. P.) Sixth Annual Report of the Trustees of Massachusetts State Lunatic Asylum
at Worcester. Boston. 1838,
Second Annual Report of Secretary of Board of Education to the Senate of Massachu-
setts. Boston. 1839.
— C. T. Jackson’s Annual Report to the Legislature of Massachusetts of Geology of Pub-
lie Lands of Maine and Massachusetts. 1838.
David Henshaw’s Letters on the Internal Improvement and Commerce of the West.
Boston. 1839.
—— Further Reports and other Documents relative to Massachusetts Lunatic Hospital.
1837. Boston.
—— Account of an Important Invention of Joseph Dixon, engraver, Boston, of transferring
Printing or MS. of any kind to Stone, and multiplying Copies, accompanied by
Specimens, executed by him in October 1839, on an Hebrew Book, sixty years
old. Certified by Gov. Everett and others. His Invention was published in
Salem, Mass., 1832.
Davis (Robert.) Logic, or the Art of Reasoning simplified, by S. E. Parker. Published by
R. D. Philadelphia. 1837.
D’Avezac. Notice des Travaux de la Société Géographique de Paris, et du Progrés des Sci-
ences Géographiques pendant 1836, par D’Avezac. Paris. 1836.
—— Esquisse Générale de l’Afrique ; par D’Avezac, Paris. 1837.
Daubeny (E.) See Oxford.
De La Forest (A. P.) Son Essai sur la Vie et les Ouv. de S. F. Schoell. Paris. 1835.
iv y - > | baal —_ a —_
“ 4 ? o « * < y
* " ad *
=. 5 r: a ;
° a }
410 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Demme (R. R.) The whole works of Flavius Josephus, in German, with his Life, written by
himself, translated from Greek by Professors Cotta and Sfrérer, edited by C. R.
D., with remarks, in German, from Rosenmiiller, Michzlis and others. Phila- cal
delphia. 1839. 4to.
Desmond (Daniel, J.) His Transl. of the Good Fellow, by Paul de Kock. Philadelphia.
1837. 2 Vols.
De Wette (L.) Bericht iiber die verhandlungen der natur forchenden Gesellschaft in Basel. J
3 Parts. August 1834 to July 1838.
Dickerson (M.) The Rev. W. Whewell’s researches on the Tides, 6th series, being results
of an extensive system of Tide Observations made on the Coasts of Europe and
America, in 1885. London. 4to. 1836.
D’Homergue (John.) ‘The Silk Culturist’s Manual; or Popular Treatise on Raising Mul-
berry Trees and Silk Worms, and preparing Raw Silk for Exportation. Phila-
de!phia. 1839.
Dobson (J.) John Millington’s Elements of Civil Engineering, for the Use of Students.
Philadelphia. 1839.
—— Correspondencia de M. E. Gorostiza que ha medido entre la Legacion Extraord. de
Mexico y et el departamento de Estado de los Estados Unidos, sobre el passo de
Sabina por las tropas del Gen. Gaines. : ,
Dorr (Rev. B.) Proceedings of the Protestant Episcopal Convention in " Philadelphia.
Philadelphia. 1836. September 1838, with Constitution and Canons.
—— Bishop Mead’s Sermon on opening the Convention, September 5, 1838.
—— Twenty-Seventh Annual Report of the Trustees of the Society of the Protestant Epis-
copal Church for the Advancement of Christianity in Pennsylvania. Philadel-
phia. 1839.
—— Proceedings of the Board of Missions of the Episcopal Church in the United States of
America, at their Third Annual Meeting in Baltimore, 1838, and Report of the ‘
Committee of the Foreign and Domestic Society. New York. 1838. : .
Drayton (Lt. P.) Anglo-Arabie Primer and Vocabulary. Malta. 1832. |
Arabic Testament, consecrated in the Church at Jerusalem. 1836.
Drayton (Lt. Wm.) Otaheite Newspaper, in the Language of the Sandwich Islands. July,
1836.
Duane (W. J.) Navigation made Easy; dedicated to Thomas Jefferson, by F. Hoskins. #
MS. Philadelphia. 1803. |
Ducatel (J.T. and J. H. Alexander.) Report of the Geologist and Engineer on the New Map
of Maryland. 1836. ;
Ducatel (J.,T.) s Report as Geologist for 1837, 1838.
Dunglison (R.) See Philadelphia.
Dunn (N.) A Peep into China in N. Dunn’s Chinese Museum, Philadelphia, with a Notice
of Chinese Customs, &c., by E. C. Wines.
Duponceau (P. S.) The Poles in the United States of America, with History of Poland and
the Sclavonians, by C. Kraitzer. Philadelphia. 1837.
— Philological Letter to A. Gallatin, by F. Lieber. 1837.
—— Hist. de la Isla de Cuba, por Don A. Maldez. 1813. *
Original Notes of M. de la Palun, on Father Morrone’s Cochin-Chinese Vocabulary,
printed in the Second Volume of the Historical Transactions of the Society, (MS.).
—— His Dissertation on the Nature and Character of the Chinese System of Writing, in a
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 411
Duponceau (P. S.)—continued.
Letter to John Vaughan. (With Cochin-Chinese Vocabularies.) Philadelphia.
1838. Published by the Society.
—— Observa. on the Justificative Memorial of the Court of Great Britain, translated from the
French, by the donor. 1781.
—— A Narrative of the Mission of the United Brethren among the Delaware and Mohegan
indians, from 1740 to 1808, by John Heckewelder. Philadelphia. 1820.
Johann Heckewelder’s Nachricht von der Geschichte, der Sitten, und Gebriiuchen der
Indianischen Vélkerschaften. Aus den Englischen iibersetzt, von Fr. Hesse.
Nebst einem Zusatze von G. E. Schulze. Géttingen. 1821.
—— Discorso di un Vaso Greco dipinto che si conservatc nel Real Museo Borbonico del
C. B. Quaranta.
Engles (J. F.) The English Instructor; in the Burman Language.
Harmony of the Gospels; in the Choctaw Language. Utica. 1831.
—— Spelling Book in the Choctaw Language, with English Translation.
— Novum Testamentum ad Exemplar Millianum. Editionem primam Americanam recen-
suit Josephus P. Engles, A.M. Philadelphia. 1839.
Sermones Pomerii Fratris Adelbarti de Themeswar. Hagenau. 1498.
—— Grammar and Vocabulary of New Zealand. London. 1820.
Proverbs in Hinduwee. Prayers in Armenian. 1835.
Bengalee Almanac. Jeremiah in ihe Persian Language.
—— L’Exercice d’un Microscope, by F. Watkins. London. 1754.
Burke and his associates, Trial of Westport Murderers. Edinburgh. 1829.
—— Hindoostanee Maps, as an Introduction to Astronomy.
—— Hindostanee Atlas,
—— Biblical Apparatus in Four Parts; a Plan to correct the present Version of the Sacred
Scriptures, by Rev. W, Yates. Calcutta. 1837.
Fairbank (W.) On the Strength and other Properties of Cast Iron, ebisinod from the hot
and cold Blast, a W.F. London. 1838.
Faraday (M.) His Experimental Researches in Electricity. 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th and
15th series. London. 1838, 1839. And Index to Series, 1 to 14.
Fisher (J. F.) Description of the various Museums of Paris.
Schlegel’s Lectures on the History of Literature, Ancient and Modern, translated from
the German. 2 Vols, 8vo. Edinburgh. 1836.
—— J. D. Knowles’s Memoir of Roger Williams, the Founder of the State of Rhode Island.
Boston. 1834.
—— Lucani Pharsalia, cum Notis Hugonis Grotii et Ricardi Bentleii. Glasgow. 1816.
—— C. Crisp. Sallust. Opera. No imprint.
—— M. Valerii Martialis Epigrammata. Leipsic. No date.
Catalogue, and Collection of Political Tracts and MSS. relating to the History of the
Colony of Pennsylvania, from 1681 to 1770. Fol.
—— F. H. Burroughs, Superintendent of Common Schools; his System, reported to the
Legislature of Pennsylvania. 1839.
Fitton (W. H.) On the Strata between the Chalk and Oxford Oolite, in S. E. of England.
4to. London. 1836.
Forbes (J. D.) Experiments made in different parts of Europe on Terrestrial Magnetic In-
tensity, with reference to Height. 4to. Edinburgh. 1837.
Forster (T.) His Illustrations of the Atmospherical Origin of Epidemic Diseases, by T. F.
- Chelmsford. 1829.
VI.—5 ¢
es
.
‘
. .
wr ages
' a
412 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. gy, ,
Forster (T’.)—continued.
Medicina Simplex; or the Pilgrim’s Way Book, by T. F. London. 1832.
—— Observations sur |’Influence des Cométes sur les Phénoménes de l’Atmosphére. Ad-
dressés & M. Arago, par ‘I’. F. Aix-la-Chapelle. 1836.
—— Recueil de ma Vie, mes Ouvrages et mes Pensées. Opuscule Philosophique, par ‘l’.
F. Brussels. 1837.
Facts and Inquiries respecting the Source of Epidemic, by T. Ff. London. 1832.
— Observations on the Brumal Retreat of the Swallow, by T. F. London. 1817.
— His Moral Reflections on the Actual Condition of the Animal Kingdom. Brussels.
1839.
Fraley (F.) H. Strong’s Report of the Legislature of Pennsylvania, containing a Description
of the Swatara Mining District, illustrated by Diagrams. Harrisburg. 1839.
—— E. Miller’s First Report, as Engineer, of the Sunbury and Erie Railroad, made to the
Managers, January 1839. Harrisburg.
Frazer (W. C.) New Testament in the Chippewa Language. Albany. 1833.
Frias (J. de) Cinco Meses en los Estados Unidos de America, por Ramon de Sagra. Paris.
1835.
Viage & los Estados Unidos d’America, por L. de Zavala. Paris. 1834.
Gajani (Dr M.) ‘Three Surgical Essays in Italian. Macerata. 1838, 1839.
Gallatin (A.) Archeologia Amer.; Vol. 2 (principally consisting of the donor’s Synops. ol
the Indian Lang. of the United States). Cambridge, Mass. 1836.
Gene (J.) Synopsis Reptilium Sardinie Indigenorum. ‘Turin.
Gerstner (F. A.) A Treatise on Mechanics, by F. J. Chev. de Gerstner; edited and aug-
mented by F. A. de Gerstner. ‘The commencement of the First Chapter.
Vienna. 1834.
First Russian Railroad, from St Petersburg to Zarscoe, Selo and Pawlowsk. London.
Getz (G.) Merchants and Mechanics’ Guide to the Iron Trade. Reading. 1838.
Gluge (W.) Ses Notes sur la Structure des Hydatides et de l’Epiderme dans quelques Ani-
maux. Brussels. 1838.
—— Note sur la Terminaison des Nerfs et sur les Canaux Nerveux dans les moignons des
amputés, by the same. Brussels. 1838.
Godon (L. 8.) Some Leaves of a Siamese Book of Astrology.
—— A Siamese 'Tale, written in White Letters, on black paper, one Sheet, curiously folded.
—— Missionary Tracts, in Siamese, Hindostanee, Burman.
Tract in the Language of the people called Bugis, inhabiting Celebes. a
Goetze (P. Von.) Serbische Volkslieder, in’s Deutsche iibertragen von P. Von Goetze. St
- Petersburg. 1827.
—— Stimmen des Russischen Volks in Liedern. Gesammelt und iibersetzt von P. Von
Goetze. Stuttgart. .1828.
Graham (H.) His Essays on unexplained Phenomena. Glasgow. 1838.
Graham (J. D.) Topog. Eng. of the United States ; Report on the Milit. and Hydrog. Chart
of the Extremity of Cape Cod, with Sea Coast and Harbour, executed in 1833,
1834, 1835. :
Gray (G. R.) Synopsis of the Species of Insects of the Family of Phasmide. London.
1835.
Graff (Fred., Engineer of the Philadelphia Watering Committee.) His Reports for 1822,
1823 ; 1837, 1838. Philadelphia. 1837, 1838, 1839.
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 413
Gratz (Joseph.) ‘Third Annual Report of the Geolog. Survey of Pennsylvania. Harrisburg.
1839. By H. D. Rogers.
Green (Jacob, M. D.) Chemical Diagrams of many interesting Changes produced by Che-
miecal Affinity. Philadelphia. 1837.
Review of his Remarks on the Trilobites.
Greenough (F. W.) See M’Kinney.
Griffith (Wm.) On the Family Hizophorie. Madras. 1836.
Grigg & Elliot and S. A. Mitchell. Illinois in 1837; on the Cultivation of the Prairies.
Anonymous.
Gutzlaff (Rev. Charles.) Chinese Magazine, published at Canton by himself, 1 to 17, with
English Table of Contents and with Maps.
—— Collection of Chinese Missionary Pamphlets.
His Universal History, in Chinese, with Maps of both Hemispheres. Canton. 1839.
Hall (James.) Indian Portraits. See M’Kenney.
Hall (Robert.) Popular Lectures on Geology, by R. C. Von Leonhard, of Heidelberg, tran-
slated from German by J. G. Morris, and edited by R.H. Baltimore. 1839.
Haswell, Barrington & Haswell. Form of Prayers, according to the Customs of the Spanish
and Portuguese Jews. Edited by Isaac Leeser. 6 Vols. Printed by them.
Philadelphia. 1838.
Harris (T. W.) His Remarks upon the North American Insects belonging to the Genus
Cychrus of Fabricius; with Descriptions of some newly detected Species. Bos-
ton. 1839, :
Hammer Purgstall (J.) Jahrbiicher der Literatur fiir 1836, 1837, 1838. Vienna.
O Kind die beriihmte abhandlung Ghasalis ; Arabitch und Deutsch ars neujahrsgeschenk.
Vienna. 1838.
—— Flower Garden of Mysteries ; A Mystical Persian Poem, translated by him into German
Verse. Pesth. 4to. 1839.
Harris (Thomas, M.D.) ‘The Life and Services of Commodore William Bainbridge, of the
United States Navy, by him. Philadelphia. 1837.
Hays (Isaac, M.D.) See Philadelphia.
Hersant (M.) Nouveau Procédé pour la Conservation des Grains, par M. le Général Demar-
cay. Paris.
Hodgson (W.B.) Extrait d’une Traduction d’un MS. en Langue Berbére de quelques parties
de l’Ecriture Sainte; 12me Chap. de St Luc. London. 1833.
Arte dela Lengva Moxa. Compuesto por el M. R. P. Pedro Marban. Lima. 1702.
Hopkinson (Jos.) His Speech on the Judicial Tenure, delivered in the Convention of Penn-
sylvania for revising the Constitution. Philadelphia. 1838.
—— Speech in the Convention on the same subject, by C. Chauncey. Philadelphia.
1838.
Hodgkinson (Eaton.) His Essay on the relative Strength and other mechanical Properties
of Cast Iron, obtained by hot and cold Blast. London. 1838.
Holbrook (J. E., M.D.) His North American Herpetology ; or, a Description of the Rep-
tiles inhabiting the United States. Vol. 1, 1836; Vol. 2, Philadelphia, 1838.
Horner (W. E., M.D.) His Necrological Notice of Dr Philip Syng Physick ; delivered
before the American Philosophical Society, May 4, 1838. Philadelphia. 1838.
Howe (S. G., Principal.) Annual Report of the Trustees of the New England Institution for
instructing the Blind. Boston. 1887.
Seventh Report of the same. 1839.
. a
; at
414 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
a
Jackson (James, Jun., M.D.) Cases of Cholera, collected at Paris, in the Hospital La Pitié.
Boston. 1832.
Jackson (R, 'T’.) First Report of the Geology of the State of Maine, by him, as State Geo-
logist, with Plates. Augusta. 1837.
Jackson (James, M.D.) A Memoir of James Jackson, Jun. M.D., with Extracts from Let-
ters to his Father, and Medical Cases collected by him. Boston. 1835.
Jarvis (E.) Documents of the Kentucky Legislature, Session of 1837, 1838.
Jay (J. C., M.D.) A Catalogue of the Shells arranged according to the Lamarekian System,
together with Descriptions of new or rare Species, contained in his Collection.
New York. 1839. 4to.
Ingersoll (J. R.) His Address before the Phi Beta Kappa Society of Maine, in Bowdoin
College. September 1837.
—— Message of the President of the United States, December 1836. Report on State
Banks. 1837.
Ingraham (E. D.) A Collection of recent London Book Catalogues.
Johnson (E. J.) Report of Magnetic Experiments tried on Board an Iron Steam Vessel, by
order of the Lords of the Admiralty, G. B., compared with Observations on those
with the same Instruments. London. 4to. 1836.
Jomard (Le Chev.) Notice Historique sur la Vie et les Voyages de Réné Caillié. Paris.
1839.
Jussieu (M. de.) De Floribus et Affinitatibus Balsaminearum Scripsit J. Rolper. Brazil.
1830.
Justice (G. M.) Tables of the Self-registering Anemometer and Rain Gauge, with Draw-
ings, anda Description, by Mr Follett Ostler.
Kay (James, Jun. & Brother.) Principles of Geology, by Charles Lyell; 1st American from
the 5th London edition. Philadelphia. 1837.
Elements of Geology ; 1st American from the 1st London edition. Philadelphia. 1839.
Leaming (J. F.) Sir Dudley Diggs’s Complete Ambassador, or ‘Treaties of an intended
Marriage of Queen Elizabeth. London. Fol. 1655.
Le Clere (Fred.) Lettres sur l’Amérique, par M. Chevalier. 2 Vols, 8vo.
Lee (Dr.) Proceedings of the London Astronomical Society. Vol. 4, No. 23. May
1839.
Proceedings of the Numismatic Society, London, and Account of its institution. 1836.
1837, 1838; also his Address. 1837. i
Leucacio (J. S. P.) Genieida. Poema Philos. et Allegorico, sobre a lucta da Liber
contra a Tyrrania. Lisbon. 1835. 2 Vols.
Lieber (Francis.) Popular Essay on subjects of Penal Lae tSélitary Confinement with La-
bour, and Joint Labour by day, by himself. Philadelphia. 1838.
Linah (James.) National Portrait Gallery, conducted by Longacre & Herring, No. 42, ore
Biography of Gen. Charles C. Pinckney, written by Mr Linah. |
Lorin (Theod.) Ses Poesies. Paris. 1836, 1837.
Ses Epitres, Fables et Poesies. 1839.
Loudon (J. C.) Magazine of Natural History, Vol. 1, N.S. London. 1837.
Lubbock (J. W.) An Elementary ‘Treatise on the Tides. London. 1839.
Martjni (L.) Patologia Generale di Lorenzo Martini. 2 Vols. Capolago. 1834.
Polizia Medica di Lorenzo Martini. Capolago. 1834.
Mather (W. W., & Briggs.) First Annual Report to the Governor, from ihe state Geolo-
gists of the State of New York.
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 415
Mather (W. W., & Briggs.) —continued.
Second Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Ohio. Columbus. 1838.
Mayo (Robert.) His Political Sketches of Eight Years in Washington; also a Synopsis of
the Constitution of the several States and of the United States, Baltimore.
1839.
M’Call (P.) His Discourse before the Law Academy of Philadelphia, September 1838.
Meigs (C. D., M.D.) His Philadelphia Practice of Midwifery. 1838.
Mendenhall (B. Franklin.) Illuminated MS. Book in the Pali Language.
Mercer (C. F.) His Speech on the Bill to suspend the Payment of the Fourth Instalment of
the Surplus Revenue of the United States. Washington.. 1837.
Meredith (William.) Communication from Governor Marcy to the Legislature of New York,
relative to the Geological Survey of the State for the year 1837. With Plates.
Albany. 1838.
Milne (Joshua.) ‘Treatises on the Laws of Mortality, and on Annuities. Edinburgh.
1837.
Mitchell (T. D., M.D.) Transylvania Catalogue of Medical Graduates, with an Appendix,
containing a concise History of the School. Lexington. 1838.
Montgomery (J. C.) Report of the Directors of the Little Schuylkill and Susquehanna Rail-
road Company. Philadelphia. 1838.
Morelli (Chev.) Vocabulario Universale de la Lingua Italiana ; completion of Vol. 4, Vol.
5, and Vol. 6, Nos. 34,35, 36. Fol. 1837—9.
—— Almanacco della Real Casa e Corte per l’anno bisestile 1832. Naples. 1832.
M’Kenney (‘Thomas L., and James fall, E. C. Biddle and F. W. Greenough.) History of
the Indian ‘Tribes of North America, accompanied by the Biography and Por-
traits of remarkable Individuals, from Paintings in the possession of the Govern-
ment of the United States. No. 1to3. Imp. fol. 1837—9.
M’Clelland (John.) His inquiries in the Province of Kemaon, relative to Geology and other
Branches of Natural Science. Calcutta. 1835.
Nagy (C.) The Elements of Arithmology; being a Treatise on Arithmetic, by the donor.
(In Hungarian.) Bécs. 1835.
—— The Elements of Arithmography; being a Treatise on Algebra. (In Hungarian.)
Bécs. 1837.
—— A Treatise on Arithmetic. (In Hungarian.) Bées. 1887.
— A Treatise on Geometry. (In Hungarian.) Bécs. 1838.
Catalogue of the Hungarian Academy of Sciences, with an Astronomical Almanac pre-
fixed. (In Hungarian.) Buda. 1838.
Navarrete (M. F.) Su Coleccion de los Viages y Deseubrimientos que hicieron por Mar los
Espanoles desde fines del Siglo XV. Vol.4,5. 4to. Madrid. 1837.
Discurso leido a la Acad. de Ja Hist., por su Director (N.) 1837. Madrid. 1838.
Nicklin (P. H.) His Remarks on Literary Property. Philadelphia. 1838.
Niemcewicz (J. W.) La Vieille Pologne, 800 to 1796; Album Hist. et Poetique ; Introd.
by Charles Forster, Nos. 11, 12. Fol. Paris. 1834, 1835.
Niles (H.) His Weekly Register, Pol. Hist., &c., Vol. 50. Baltimore. 1836.
Niles (W. O.) His Weekly Register, Pol. Hist., &c., Sess. 1837, Vols 51,52. Baltimore.
1837. f
Ord (Geo.) Loudon’s Magazine of Natural History. Vol. 9. 1836. London.
Pancoast (J., M.D.) A System of Anatomy, by C. Wistar, with Notes by W. E. Horner.
7th edition, remodelled by J. P.. 2 Vols. 1839.
Vi——9) D
416 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Park (R.) Selection of his Juvenile and Miscellaneous Poems. Philadelphia. 1836.
Patterson (R. M.) Acts of Congress in force respecting the Mint and Coinage of the United
States. 1837. —
Penn (Granville.) The Book of the New Covenant, or revision of the English version of
the New Testament. London. 1836.
—— Annotations on the book of the New Covenant, &c., areprint of the work of J. L. Hug,
De Antiquitate Codicis Vaticani Commentario. London. 1837.
Peters (Robert, Editor.) Transyly. Journ. of Med. Vol. 10, No. 2. Lexington. 1887.
Trans. Journal Medicine and Associate Sciences. Catalogue of Medical Graduates
from commencement, 1818, to the present time. Lexington. 1888.
— Trans. Journal Med., &c., Vol. 11, Catal., &c.
Catalogue of Students for 1839.
Perrine (H.) Report in Senate of United States on his Application for a Tract of Land in
Florida, to introduce Tropical Plants, enumerated by him. 1838.
Penington (John.) A complete Collection of Protests, made in the House of Lords from
their Origin, 1641 to 1745. London. 1745.
Allgemeines Bibliographisches Lexikon. 2 Vols, 4to. Leipzig. 1821.
Pickering (John.) His Remarks on the Indian Languages of North America, 1831.
His Review of the Works written in the South Sea Islands. Philadelphia. 1836.
— A Catechism, Spelling Book and the Elements of Arithmetic, in the 'Faiti Language.
Oahu. 1832.
— Book of Samuel, 1831; a Journal, 1835, in the Taiti Language. Ohau.
—— St Luke in the Chippewa Language, by George Copway and 8. Hall. Boston.
: 1837.
—— Choctaw Arithmetic. Boston. 1835.
— Choctaw Spelling Book. ‘Third Edition, revised. Boston. 1835.
—— His Eulogy on Dr Nathaniel Bowditch, President of the Academy of Arts and Sciences.
Boston. 1838.
Prinsep (James, Secretary.) Journal of the Asiatic Society, edited by him. Vol. 5. Cal-
cutta. 1836. .
Useful Tables, forming an Appendix to the Journal of the Asiatic Society, by H. Pid-
dington. Part 4. Calcutta. 1836.
Useful Tables. Part 2. Indian Chronological and Genealogical Tables. Calcutta.
1836.
Prescott (W.) His History of the Reign of Ferdinand and Isabella, the Catholic. % Vols.
Third edition. Boston. 1838. +
Quaranta (Chev. B.) Discorso di quatordici vasi d’argento disotterrati in Pompei nel
1835. '
Quetelet (A.) Ses Notes sur le Magnétisme Terrestre, suivie des Résultats des Observations
Horaires, faites & ’Equinoxe du Printemps de 1838. Brussels. 1838.
Ses Notes sur le Magnétisme Terrestre. Suivie des Resultats des Observations Ho-
raires, faites & l’Epoque du dernier Solstice d’Eté, en 1838. Brussels. 1838.
— Son Annuaire de l’Observatoire de Bruxelles, pour l’An 1838. Brussels. 1838.
Ses Observations Horaires faites au dernier Solstice d’Hiver (1837), & Bruxelles,
Louvain, Alost et Londres, &c. Brussels. 1838.
Ses Observations sur l’Influence des Saisons sur la Mortalité aux différens Ages dans
la Belgique. Brussels. 1838.
alt
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 417
Quetelet (A.)—continued.
Note sur les Etoiles Filantes du 12 Nov. 1838.
Meteorologie et Tables Meteorologiques pour l’Année 1838, d’aprés l’Obs. a Brussels,
4 fois par jour au Solstice d’Hiver. 1838.
Sur la possibilité de mesurer I’Influence des Causes qui modifient les élémens sociaux,
by the donor. Brussels. 1832.
Quincey (Josiah, Jun.) Statistical Tables, exhibiting the Condition and Product of certain
Branches of Industry in Massachusetts, for the Year ending the Ist of April
1837, by John P. Bigelow, Secretary of the Commonwealth. Boston. 1838.
Quinby (J. B.) Arte de los Metales, el beneficio de los de Oro y Plata, por Azoque, &c.
Lima. 1817. Por A. Alonzo Barba. :
Rafn (C. C.) Son Mémoire sur la Découverte de l’Amérique au Dixiéme Siécle. Traduit
par Xavier Marmier. Paris. 1838.
Randolph (J., M.D.) His Memoir of the Life and Character of Philip S. Physick, M.D.
Philadelphia. 1859.
Rebello (J. 8S.) O Auxiliador da Industria Nacional ; periodico. 1835, 1836, 1837, 1838.
Rio Janeiro.
Relatorio da Reporticao dos Negocios Estrangeros dos Ministros da Justicia, Marina,
Guerra, Fazenda, Estado. 1836, 1837.
Redfield (W. C.) On the Courses of Hurricanes ; with Notices of the ‘Tyfoons of the China
Sea, and other Storms.
—— His Letter to the Secretary of the Treasury on the History and Causes of Steamboat
Explosions, and the Means of prevention. New York. 1839.
Richards (B. W.) Choix de Morceaux, Fac-Simile d’Ecrivains cotemporaires et de Per-
sonnages célébres, destinés & enseigner & lire dans toutes les écritures; 76 ex-
emples, par M. E. Cassin. Paris. 1833.
Rolper (J.) See Jussieu.
Rogers (H. D., State Geologist.) First, Second and Third Annual Reports on the Geological
Exploration of Pennsylvania. Harrisburg. 1838, 1839.
Rogers (W. B.) Elementary Treatise on the Strength of Materials, being the Substances of
Lectures delivered in the School of Engineers of the University of Virginia.
Charlottesville, Va. 1838.
Roux de Rochelle. Etats Unis d’Amérique, by the donor. Paris. 1837.
Les Trois Ages ou les Jeux Olympiques, l’Amphithéatre, et la Chevalerie. By the
same. Paris. 1838.
Fernand Cortés, Poéme. By the same. Paris. 1838.
Histoire du Regiment de Champagne. By the same. Paris. 1839.
Sabine (Edward.) Report on the Variations of the Magnetic Intensity observed at different
points on the Earth’s Surface. London. 1838.
—— Report on the Magnetic, Isoclinal and Isodinal and Isodynamic Lines in the British
Islands, from Observation, by Lloyd, Philips, Fox, C. Ross and himself. Lon-
don. 1839.
Schroder (J. H.) Legenda Suceana Vestuta S. Magni (Earl of the Orkney Islands), by C.
E. Berlin Upsal. 1839.
Numi Ducum Reipublice Veneta in numophylacio Academie Upsaliensis. By H. G.
Von Gegerfelt.
Sergeant (John.) The Third Annual Report of the Geology of Maine, by C. T. Jackson,
Geologist of the State. Augusta. 1839.
*
418 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Sergeant (‘Thomas.) A View of the Land Laws of Pennsylvania, with Notices of its early
History and Legislation, by T. 8S. Philadelphia. 1838.
Sherman (C.) Constitution of the United States, Rules of the 'T'wo Houses of Congress, and
Jefferson’s Manual. Printed by C. Sherman & Co. Philadelphia. 1887.
Short (C. W., M.D.) Trans. Journal of Med. and Assoc. Sciences. Vol. 10. Lexington.
Catalogue of Officers and Students of Louisville Med. Institute. 2d Sess., January
1839.
Silliman (B. and Son.) The American Journal of Science and Arts, conducted by Benjamin
has Silliman, M.D., LL.D., aided by Benjamin Silliman, Jun., A. By Vol. 25, No. 2,
and Vols 33 to St. New Haven. 1837—9.
Silliman (Benj.) A Report on the Geological Survey of Connecticut, by Charles UF Biicpard,
M.D. New Haven. 1837.
—— His Suggestions relative to the Philosophy of Geology, and its accordance with Sacred
History, being an Appendix to the 3d edition of Bakewell’s Geology. New
Haven. 1839.
Catalogus Senatiis Academici, in Collegio Yalensi. New Haven. 1888.
Catalogue of the Library belonging-to the Society of Brothers in Unity of Yale Col-
lege. New Haven. 1838.
Catalogue of books in the Library of Yale College. New Haven. 1823.
Sorgo (Ant. de.) Fragments sur l’Hist. Pol. et Lit. de ’ancienne Repub. de Raguse et sur
la Langue Slave. By the donor. Paris. 1839. :
Sparks (Jared.) The Diplomacy of the United States, and its foreign relations, from the
Treaty with France, 1788, to the present time, by 'T. Lyman, Jun. 2d Edition.
2 Vols. Boston. 1828.
—- His Library of American Biography, Vols 4 to 10. Boston. 1836, 1837.
—— His Works of Benjamin Franklin. Vols 2 to 5, large 8vo. Boston. 1836, 1837.
—— The Writings of Washington, Vol. 1, and from Vol. 8 to 12. Boston. 1835, 1836,
1837.
Stevenson (D.) His Observations on the Liverpool, Manchester and other Railways.
Edinburgh. 1836.
Storer (D.H.) His Reports on the Ichthyology and Herpetology of Massachusetts. Boston.
1839.
Stout (L. B.) Geological Report of the State of New York, by the State Geologists, made
to the Gov ernor and Legislature. February. 1839.
Strickland (Wm.) Brief Outlines of the Alterations in the House of Commons, relative to
Acoustic and Ventilating alterations. Edinburgh. 1837.
—— Calculations relating to the Equipment and Displacement, &c., of Ships and Vessels of
War. London. 1832.
Strong (N. J.) Haunaudyuh, a Seneca Chief; Alphabet, Fables, &c., in the Seneca Lan-
guage. 1836.
Sturgeon (William.) Experimental and Theoretical Researches in Electricity. Mem. 1, 2,
read before the London Electrical Society. 1839.
Sullivan (William.) His Familiar Letters on Public Characters and Public Events. Boston.
1834.
—— The Political Class-Book, intended for the Higher Classes in Schools, by William Sul-
livan, with an Appendix upon the Studies of Practical Men, by G. R. Emerson.
Boston. 1837. '
Cat logue of the Library of the Linonian Society of Yale College. N. Haven. 1837. -
P he
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 419
Sullivan (William.)—confinued.
Historical Causes and Effects, from the Fall of the Roman Empire, in 476, to the Re-
formation, in 1517. Boston, 1888.
Sullivant (J.) An Alphabetical Catalogue of Shells, Fossils, Minerals and Zoophites, in the
Cabinet of Joseph Sullivant. Columbus, Ohio. 1838.
Sully (Thomas.) Memorial of Facts connected with the History of Medallic Engraving, and
the Process of M. Collas, by*V. Nolte. London, 1838.
Verzeichniss der Kéniglich Siichsischen Gemiilde-Galerie zu Dresden, von Friedrich
Matthiii, Director, &e. Dresden. 1837.
Talbot (H. F.) On the Art of Photogenic Drawing, by which Natural Objects may be made
to delineate themselves without the Aid of the Artist’s Pencil. Read before the
Royal Society, January 1839.
Tanner (H. 8.) Atlas Classica, No. 4 to 9. Philadelphia. 1838.
Taylor (Josiah.) Oration at the Celebration of the First Centennial Anniversary of the South
Carolina Society, in Charleston, March 28th, 1837, by Joshua W. ‘Toomer.
Charleston. 1837. ;
Taylor (Richard Loudon.) No. 1, Scientific Memoirs, selected from the Transactions of
Foreign Academies. August 1836,
Taylor (R. C.) His Notes respecting certain Indian Mounds and Earthworks, chiefly in
the Wisconsin Territory, U.S. Philadelphia. 1838.
Taylor (O. A.) Triennial Catalogue of the Theological Seminary at Andover. 1839,
Tinelli (L.) Hints on the Cultivation of the Mulberry, and Observations on the Cultivation
and Filature of Silk. New York. 1837.
Torrey (John.) Discovery by him of Vauquelinite, a rare Ore of Chromium. Also an
Account of several New Genera and Species of N. A. Plants, by John Torrey,
M.D. New York.
Catalogue of Plants, native or naturalized, in the vicinity of Newbern, North Carolina,
by H. B. Croom.
Townsend (J. K.) Narrative of his Journey across the Rocky Mountains to the Columbia
River, and of a Visit to the Sandwich Islands. Philadelphia. 1839.
Troost (Lewis.) Documents relating to the Improvement of the Navigation of the River
Mississippi, published by the Commissioners. New Orleans. 1837.
Tucker (George.) His Life of Thomas Jefferson, Third President of the United States,
with Notices of his Opinions on Government, &c., &c. 2 Vols 8vo. Phila-
delphia. 1837.
— The Laws of Wages, Profits and Rent investigated by him. Philadelphia. 1837.
Tydiman (P.) ‘The Statutes at large of South Carolina, edited by Thomas Cooper, 4 Vols,
Vol. 1 containing Acts of a constitutional character, Vols 2, 3, 4 containing the
Statutes, 1682 up to 1786. Columbia. 1836—8.
—— His Letters on the Pennsylvania System of Solitary Imprisonment. Philadelphia.
2d Ed. 1837.
Tyson (J. R.) His Essay on the Lottery System. 3dEd. Philadelphia. 1837.
—— T. P. Cope’s Speech in the Pennsylvania Convention on Banks and Currency. De-
cember 1837.
—— A Lecture delivered by him before the Athenian Institute and Mercantile Library, on
the Social and Moral Influence of the American Revolution. Philadelphia.
1838.
viI.—5 E
th
420 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Vanuxem (L. and T. A. Conrad, engaged in the Geol. State Survey.) Communication from
“Governor Marcy to the Legislature of New York, relative to the Geological
Survey of the State, for the year 1837; with Plates. Albany. 1838.
Vaughan (William.) Observations of Herschell, at the Cape of Good Hope, 20th, 21st,
and 22d September 1836.
—— Addresses to the Royal Society of the President, the Duke of Sussex, 1837, 1838.
—— Descriptive Index and Bibliographical Account of the great Work of the Egyptian
Institute ; presented to the London Institute by Sir Thomas Baring. 1838.
Railway Map of England and Wales, showing those executed, and those projected.
—— List of the Light Houses of the British Islands, corrected to July 1836. Hydrographic
Office, Admiralty. London. 1836.
—— List of the French Light Houses; translated from the ‘Description sommaire des
Phares et Fanaux, &c.,’’ corrected to 1836.
—— Letters to denote the State of the Weather, and Figures to denote the Force of the
Wind ; proposed as a convenient mode of Registry in the Log-Book of a Ship,
by F. B. London. By Capt. T. Beaufort, Hydrographer to the Admiralty.
— His Tracts on the London Docks (of which he was the chief Projector), and Hints on
Commerce; written between 1793 and 1800, now first collected, with an Introdue-
tion, Memoir, &c. London. 1839.
Vaughan (John.) Foreign Quarterly Review ; American reprint of October 1836, containing
a Review of the Works on Mexican Antiquities, of which the Society have a
large and valuable Collection, presented by J. R. Poinsett, with Additions by W.
H. Keating. See Vol. 3, N. 8., of the Trans. of the Society.
Antiquities of Greece, by John Robinson. London. 1807.
Roman Antiquities, by Alexander Adam, with Notes by P. Wilson. New York.
1819.
—— Compendium of Ancient Geography, by M. D’Anville; translated from the French,
with Maps, &e., by John Horsley. 2 Vols. New York. 1814.
— Observations on the Winds and Monsoons, by James Capper. London. 1801.
—— Bija Ganita: or the Algebra of the Hindus, by Edward Strachey. London. 1812.
—— Algebra, with Arithmetic and Mensuration, from the Sanscrit. ‘Translated by Henry
Thomas Colebrooke, Esq. London. 1817.
Grammaire des Grammaires, ou Analyse Raisonnée des meilleurs Traités sur Ja Langue
Francoise, par Girault Duvivier. 2 Vols. Paris. 1822.
—— A Catalogue of American Minerals, with their Localities, by Samuel Robinson, M.D.
Zoston. 1825.
—— A History of the Parliament of Great Britain, from the Death of Queen Anne to the
“ Death of George 2. London. 1764.
— — The Poetical Works of John Trumbull, LL.D. 2 Vols. Hartford. 1820.
—— The Reign of Doctor de Francia in Paraguay ; being an Account of a Six Years’ Resi-
dence in that Republic, from July 1819 to May 1825, by Messrs Rengger and
Longchamps ; translated from the French. London. 1827.
Memoir on the ‘Topography, Weather and Diseases of the Bahama Islands, by P. 8S.
Townsend, M.D. New York. 1826.
— The Campaign of 1781 in the Carolinas, by H. Lee. Philadelphia. 1824.
— The Charter granted by his Majesty King Charles II. to the Governor and Company
of the English Colony of Rhode Island and Providence Plantations in New Eng-
land. Newport. 1767. Fol.
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 421
Vaughan (John.)—continued.
The New Testament translated into the Greenland Language by the Missionaries of the
Unitas Fratrum. London. 1822.
—— Description Géographique des Isles Antilles possédées par les Anglois. Paris. 1758.
—— A Hist. Sketeh of the Formation of the American Confederacy, &c., by Joseph Blunt.
New York. 1823.
—— A View of the Constitution of the United States of America, by William Rawle. Phi-
ladelphia. 1825.
An Analysis of the Gaelic Language, by William Shaw. Edinburgh. 1778.
Svensk Botanik, utgifven af J. W. Palmstruch. Vols 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6. Stockholm.
1803, 1804, 1805—7—9.
Svenska Lafvarnas Fiirg historia. Af Joh. P. Westring. Vol. 1. Stockholm. 1805.
-—— Elémens de Philosophie Chimique, par H. Davy. ‘Traduit de l’Anglais, avee des Ad-
ditions, par J. B. Van Mons. 2 Vols. Paris. 1826.
Essai sur la Théorie des Proportions Chimiques, par J. J. Berzelius. Paris. 1819.
—— The History of Kentucky, by H. Marshall. 2 Vols. Frankfort. 1824.
—— A View of the Commerce between the United States and Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, by
John M. Baker, late U. S. Consul for Rio de Janeiro. Washington. 1838.
—— Museum Ichthyologicum, sistens Piscium qui in Museo L. T. Gronovii adservantur.
Amsterdam. 1754.
—— Bibliotheca Numismatica. Collecta et Indice Rerum Instructa & Joh. Christ. Hirsch.
Nurenberg. 1760.
Storia Naturale e Generale dell’ Etna, del Canonico Giuseppe Recupero. 2 Vols. Ca-
tania. 1815,
— Anales de Ciencias Naturales. Vol. 1 to 6. Madrid. 1799 to 1803.
Descripcion de las Plantas que D. Antonio Josef Cavanilles demostré en las Lecciones
Publicas del Ano 1801, precedida de los principios elementales de la Botanica.
Madrid. 1802.
Curso Elemental de Botanica, dispuesto para la ensenanza del real Jardin de Madrid,
por el Dr Don Casimiro Gomez de Ortega. Madrid. 1795.
— Voyage de l’Ambassade de la Compagnie des Indes Orientales Hollandaises, vers l’Em-
pereur de la Chine, dans les années 1794 et 1795. Philadelphia. 1798.
Memoirs comprising the Navigation to and from China, by the China Sea, and through
the various Straits and Channels in the Indian Archipelago; also the Navigation
of Bombay Harbour. London. 4io. 1805. By J. Horsburg.
— A Journal of Natural Philosophy, Chemistry and the Arts, by W. Nicholson. Vols 1,
2,3. 4to. London. 1797—1800.
—— A Geographical, Commercial and Agricultural View of the United States of America,
forming a complete Emigrant’s Directory, &c., by Daniel Blowe. Liverpool.
1820.
—— Remarks on the Statistics and Political Institutions of the United States, with some
Observations on the Ecclesiastical System of America, her Sources of Revenue,
&e., by William G. Ouseley, Esq. Philadelphia, 1832.
—— Sketches, Historical and Topographical, of the Floridas, by James Grant Forbes.
New York.
— Remarks during a Journey through North America, in the years 1819, 1820 and 1821,
by Adam Hodgson, Esq. New York. 1823. ,
422 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Vaughan (John.)—continued.
Statistics of South Carolina; a View of its Natural, Civil and Military History, by Ro-
bert Mills. Charleston. 1826.
—— The Oxford University Calendar, for 1838.
—— The Cambridge University Calendar, for 1838.
—— Memorie e Lettere di Galileo Galilei, dal Cav. Giambatista Venturi. Vols 1 and 2.
Modena. 1821. 4to.
—— Storia della Scultura dal suo risorgimento in Italia fino al seculo di Canova del Conte
Leop. Cicognara. Prato. 1824. Vol. 1to7. 8vo. Fol. vol. Plates.
—— Del suo resorgimento in Italia al Serato di Canova, Vol. 1 to 7, 8vo., with folio Vol. of
Plates. Prato. 1823.
—— The Colonial Policy of Great Britain. London. 1816.
Notes on the Medical Topography of the interior of Ceylon, by Henry Marshall.
London. 1821.
Jay’s ‘Treaty, with an Appendix. Philadelphia. 1795.
—— A Practical Treatise on Rail Roads and Carriages, by Thomas Tredgold. New York.
1825.
Memoirs of the Rev. David Brainerd, Missionary to the Indians, by S. E. Dwight.
New Haven. 1822.
Flora Gconomica Suecie, or an Essay on the Swedish Plants suited to Domestic Use,
by A. J. Retzius. 2 Vols 8vo. Lund. 1802.
—— Meteorological Essays and Observations, by J. Fred. Daniel. 2d Ed. London.
1827. 8vo.
—— A Sketch of Chinese History, ancient and modern, and retrospect of the foreign Inter-
course and ‘Trade with China, by Rev. C. Gutzlaffe. 2 Vols. New York ed.
1834.
Vethake (H.) Journal fiir die Baukunst. Herausgegeben von Dr A. L. Crelle. Vols 1 and
2. Berlin. 1829, 1830.
— Journal fiir die reine und angewandte Mathematik. Herausgegeben von Dr A. L.
Crelle. 5 Vols. Berlin. 1826 to 1830.
His Principles of Political Economy. Philadelphia. 1838.
Wael (Chey. de.) Considerations sur les Ethers, et sur leur composés, par J. B. Van Mons.
Brussels. 1837. ,
Walleck (N., M.D.) Notes on the Drugs called Mishme, Teela and Padra Pest. Calcutta.
1836.
Walker (S. C.) Formula for the Announcement of the principal Phases of the Annular
Eclipse of the Sun, September 18, 1838, by E. A. Kendall.
Account of Solar Eclipse, May 15, 1836.
Walker (Timothy.) Annual Discourse delivered by him before the Ohio Historical and Phi-
losophical Society, at Columbus, December 23, 1837. Cincinnati. 1838.
—— His Introductory Lecture on the Dignity of the Law, delivered before the Cincinnati
College, November 1837.
Warden (D. B.) Documents Statistiques sur la France, publiés par le Ministre du Com-
merce. Paris. 1835. 4to.
—— L’Art de vérifier les Dates, Vol. 10; Chronologie Hist. des Isles de l’Amerique, by the
Marquis de Fortia. Paris. 1837.
—— Extrait d’un Mémoire sur la Distribution Geog. des Crustacées, par Edward Milne, lu
a l'Institut. 1838.
x
a
“a
|
»
a
DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY. 423
Warden (D. B.)—continued.
Explication de la Pierre de ‘Taunton, dans l’Am. Sept., par Morena de Dammartin.
Séance Pub. Ann. des cing Académies ; May 1839. Paris.
Séance Pub. Ann. de l’Acad. des Sci. Morales et Politiques. Paris. May 1839.
—— Hist. de l’Introduction et de Ja Propagation des Mérinos en France, par 'Tessut. Paris.
1839.
Mémoires publiés par le Soc. Roy. d’Agriculture, pour l’année 1838.
Note sur l’Origine de nos Chiffres, et sur l’Abacus des Pythagoriciens. Paris. Par J.
A. H. Vincent.
— Soe. Philom. de Paris, Séances 1836, 1837, 1838; also a constant succession of Lite-
rary and Agricultural Notices, and Prospectus of New Publications.
Ware (Henry, Jun.) Selections from the Works of Joseph Priestley, with a Memoir of his
Life. Cambridge. 1834,
Watmough (J. G.) Atlas Maritime, 1693, Thirty-Two Maps and Charts of European
Coasts, by order of King of France; also a Dutch Atlas of Nine Maps of
Coast of G. B., Holland, &c., engraved by De Hooge, Amst., 1693, for the Use
of the British Navy. 1693.
Wegener (C. F.) De Aula Attalicé Literarum Artiumque Fautrice Libri Sex. Volumen 1.
Copenhagen. 1836.
Wetherill (J. P.) Journals of the Select and Common Councils of Philadelphia, for 1835
—1836, 1836—1837, 1837—1838. Philadelphia.
White (D. A.) His Eulogy on the Life and Character of Nathaniel Bowditch, LL.D., F.R.S.
Salem. 1838.
Whittlesey (Elisha.) Report of the Board of Internal Improvement of Kentucky. 1837.
Copy of the Acts incorporating the Sandusky, Toledo and Michigan City Rail
Road Company, with the Report of the Survey of the Road, by John Hopkins,
Esq. Also the Report of the Survey of the Buffalo and Mississippi Rail Road,
through the State of Indiana, by James Seymour, Esq. Toledo. 1839.
—— The Charter and By-Laws of the Ohio Life Insurance and Trust Company. Cincein-
nati. 1838.
Williams (M. 'T.) An Inquiry into the Origin of the Antiquities of America, by John Dela-
field, Jun., with an Appendix, by James Lakey, M.D., of Ohio. New York.
1839. 4to.
—— The Statutes of Ohio and of the North Western Territory. Vols 1, 2 and 3, edited by
Salmon P. Chase. Cincinnati. 1833.
Wines (E. C.) Plaza Universal de todas Ciencias y Artes. Por el Doctor C. Suarez de
Figueroa. Perpignan. 1630.
Winthrop (A.) Letters from the English Kings and Queens to the Governors of the Colony
of Connecticut, from 1635 to 1749, by R. R. Hinman, A.M. Hartford. 1836.
—— The Blue Laws of New Haven Colony, usually called the Blue Laws of Connecticut ;
Quaker Laws of Plymouth and Massachusetts, &c. Hartford. 1838.
Winthrop (Hon. T. L.) Joseph B. Felt on Massachusetts Currency. Boston. 1839.
Worcester (J. E.) American Almanac and Repository of Useful Knowledge for 1838, 1839,
1840. (The Astronomical part by Paine.)
Wyatt (T.) A Manual of Conchology, by Thomas Wyatt, A.M. New York. 1838.
Young (A.) A Discourse on the Life and Character of the Hon. Nathaniel Bowditch, LL.D.,
F.R.S. Boston. 1838.
Zecchinelli (G. M.) Sulle Rotture del Cuore. Padua. 1824.
VE— our
424 DONATIONS FOR THE LIBRARY.
Zecchinelli (G. M.)—continued.
Commento ad alcuni passi d’Hyppocrate in 1825.
— Memoria sopra alcuni passi d’Hyppoerate relative alle malattie del Cuore. Padua.
1831.
Polizi intorno all’ acqua solforosa, &c. Padua. 1830.
—— Risposta con documento a D. Salvatore, &c., in 1833.
Vandermaelen’s Atlas of Europe, 165 sheets, subscribed for by some of the Members, and pre-
sented to the Society. Brussels. 1833.
The following Donations were omitted in their proper places.
M. Ad. Martini, Minister from the Netherlands to the U.S. L’Hivernage des Hollandais a
la Nouvelle-Zemble. 1596, 1597. ‘Traduction en Vers de Tollens, par A. Cla-
vareau. 3meed. Maestricht. 1839. 4to.
Royal Society of London. Vol. 2 of Astronomical Observations made at the Royal Obser-
vatory of Edinburgh, by ‘Thomas Henderson, for 1836. Published by order of
the British Government. Edinburgh. 1839. 4to.
Royal Institute of Sciences, Amsterdam, Vols 1 to 5. 4to. 1727—1836.
Andover Theological Seminary. A Catalogue of their Library, by Oliver A. Taylor. 1839.
Bell (John, M.D.) Vol. 3 of the Select Medical Library, edited by him, with republication
of foreign Medical Works. 12 Nos. 1838, 1839.
Dunglison (R.) New Remedies; the Method of preparing and administering them, with
their Effects. Philadelphia. 1839. 12mo.
— A new Dictionary of Medical Science, with a Vocabulary of Synonymes, in different
Languages. 2d Ed. Philadelphia. 1839. 8vo.
Outlines of Physiology, with an Appendix on Phrenology, by P. M. Roget. American
Ed. R. D. Editor.
—— An Appeal to the People of Pennsylvania, on the subject of an Asylum for the Insane
Poor of Pennsylvania. 1838.
— Human Physiology, illustrated by Engravings, with numerous Additions. 8d Ed.
2 Vols, 8vo. 1838.
Enactments by the Rectors and Visitors of the University of Virginia, constituting, d&c.,
that Institution, with MS. corrections in the handwriting of Thomas Jefferson.
- Charlottesville. 1825.
Dunn (Nathan.) A Descriptive Catalogue of his Chinese Collection in the Museum in Phi-
ladelphia, descriptive of the Trade, Government, Customs and Manners of the
Chinese. Philadelphia. 1839.
Du Ponceau (P.S.) A Military Map of Germany, 9 Sheets, and of the Northern part of
Italy, in 4 Sheets, by M. Chauchard. Paris. 1791.
Caspipina’s Letters on Various Subjects, to which is added the Life and Character of
William Penn, by the Rev. Jacob Duché, who resided some time in Philadel-
phia, and left it at the time of the Revolution. Bath, Great Britain. 2 Vols,
12mo. 1777.
— Memoirs of the Reign of George VI,; an Anticipation. 1763.
“4
EE
-
DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. 425
2
Ingersoll (C. J.) ‘The Journals of the State Convention of Pennsylvania, held for changing
the Constitution, convened at Harrisburg the 2d of May 1837, adjourned to Phi-
ladelphia, Nov. 1837. 2 Vols. Also the Debates and Proceedings of the Con-
vention, 13 Vols, ending February 22, 1838, containing the old Constitution and
new one proposed, which was accepted by the people October 1838.
Kintzing (Wm.) Renati Descartes Meditationes de prima Philosophia. His adjuncte sunt
varie Objectiones cum Responsionibus Oratoris. Amsilodanii. 1685.
Principia Philosophie, &c. Ultima editio. 1692.
Mease (James, M.D.) Annals of the county of Tryon, New York, by William Campbell,
New York. 1831. This work gives details of the sufferings of the People, from
the combined forces of Tories and Indians, during the American War.
Archives of Useful Knowledge, 3 Vols, devoted to Commerce, Manufactures, Rural
and Domestic Economy of the Useful Arts, of which he is the Author.
Medhurst (W. H.) An English and Japanese, and Japanese and English Vocabulary, com-
piled from native Works, by him. Batavia. 1830.
—— Translation of a Comparative Vocabulary of the Chinese, Corean and Japanese Lan-
guages, to which is added the Thousand Character Classic, in Chinese and Co-
rean, by Philosinensis. Batavia. 1835.
—— A Copy of the new Version of the Chinese ‘l'estament, drawn up by himself and the
Rev. Charles Gutzlaff.
Four Tracts in Malay.
Mercer (Hugh, Son of General Mercer, who fell at Princeton.) Received through the hands
of Dr James Mease. The MS. Orderly Book of the American Army, under the
immediate command of General Washington, from August 1777 to May 1778.
Stone (Lawson B.) A Collection of East India Tracts and Translations.
Malay. The Bible, Testament, Gospel of St John, and the favourite Story of Ab-
dulla and Sabat.
Tamul Translation of the Romans, 16 Chapters.
Gospel of St John in Siamese, Javanese, Hindustanee.
— Chinese Testament, Almanac and Three Missionary Tracts.
Japanese Testament, and Book of Genesis in Bengalee.
— Ordoo Proverbs; Tract in Bugis, or Language of the Celebes.
— The Acts in Arabic and Hinduwee.
—— MS. Copy of Credentials of Prince Raja-Laboo, deputed by the States of Sumatra to
the Court of the Sultan on the Peninsula.
Malay MS., entitled the History of the Prophets.
DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET.
Andrews (W. W., American Consul at Malta.) A Case of interesting Minerals, from Sicily ;
also Organic remains from Malta.
Clemson (Thomas G.) Minerals taken by him from their respective Localities.
— Inthe Island of Cuba, district Halguine, Rocks from the Silla de Gebara ; Sulphuret of
Copper, Iron Ore, Chromate of Iron, in large Masses, Oxide of Copper, from the
vein and surface, from Sabana Mine.
426 DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET.
call
Clemson (Thomas G.)—continued.
In the neighbourhood of Havana. Euphatide alternating with Silex, Syenite, Mineral
combustible.
—— /n Missouri. Per-Oxide of Iron from the Iron Mountain, Sulphuret of Copper, Sul-
phuret of Lead, Carbonate of Lead.
— In New Jersey. Sulphuret of Copper.
In Alabama. Bituminous Coal.
Casenova (J. N.—M.D.) Specimens of Ores from Chili, Quicksilver from Puntanqui, Silver
Ores from Coquimbo. Several Specimens of Copper Ore from the Provinces of
Coquimbo, Aconcagua and Colchagua; Pyrites of Iron from Huasco, of Porcel-
lania from Aconeagua; Sulphate of Barytes, argentiferous Galena from Coquim-
bo; Two Fossils from the Cordillera, near Coquimbo, 18,000 feet above the
Sea; Six Fossils from near Copiapo, 7000 feet above the Sea, 120 miles from
Coast; a Compact of Pebbles 12,000 feet above the Sea, near Mendoza; an
Ostrich’s Egg from the Pampas of Buenos Ayres.
Drayton (W.S.) MS. in the Pali sacred Language, on the Talipot leaves, used by the
Siamese as paper.
—— A Specimen of Lycopodium Patescens relaxing and expanding when wet, and con-
tracting again when it dries.
Drayton (Percival.) A Mummy of the Ibis, in an earthen Jar, like a Sugar-loaf, with small
Models of Mummies, figured in the Second Vol. of Plates of the great work of the
Egyptian Institute.
Gibson (Chief Justice of Pennsylvania.) His Bust, in Plaster.
Godon (Sylvanus.) An Indian Pipe, curiously wrought by the Indians of California.
Godon (V. L.—M.D.) A Mummy of the Ibis, in a Jar, from Egypt.
Hopkinson (Francis.) One of the Congress Chairs, used at the time independence was de-
celared, on the 4th of July 1776. When Congress left Philadelphia it was placed
in the Office of the Clerk of the District Court of the United States, and there
remained ; presented to the Society by the present Clerk, F. H.
Kane (J. K.) ‘The Chair, with a Writing Table annexed, which Mr Jefferson had in Phila-
delphia in 1776, and on which he copied the Report of the Declaration of Inde-
pendence, made to Congress, now in possession of the Society. From Philadel-
phia it was taken by Mr Jefferson to his residence, and after his death was taken
by his daughter, Mrs Randolph, to Washington, and when she removed from
thence was, at the request of Mr Kane, given to him and deposited with the So-
ciety.
Keating (W.H.) A Deposit of a considerable quantity of Mexican Antiquities.
Léwenstern (Isidore.) ‘Two Austrian Silver Medals, viz., Convention Thaler of Francis Ist,
and one of Ferdinand the Ist. One English Copper Coronation Medal of William
the 4th, of Great Britain.
Lynah (James.) A large Collection of Copper Coins and Medals, collected by his grandfa-
ther, Charleston, S. C., with many curious Relics, &c.
Mease (James.) A Specimen of Augite, in Steatite, from Oxford, N. Hampshire.
Peale (Franklin.) Two Specimens of a new Mineral, found near Charlotte, N. Carolina,
taken from a Dyke traversing the Granite of the Gold Region. Mr Featherston-
haugh proposed calling it Leopardite, from its Spots.
Physick (Philip.) A Theodolite which belonged to the old Proprietary family in Penn-
sylvania, and was used in their early Surveys. F
~ 7
%
»
4
«4
’
a a
we »
4 p -
Le
DONATIONS FOR THE CABINET. 427
Robertson (W. H.) A Stone Ball, one of Twenty-three, said to have been fired at the Boat
in which Queen Mary and Douglas made their Escape from Loch Leven, and
procured from a Fisherman, to whom Sir Walter Scott, some years before,
suggested that if the Lake was ever lowered, they would be found near a spot
marked out by him. The Lake having been subsequently lowered by the Pro-
prietor, the Fisherman made the search, and found twenty-one of the Balls, with
the Keys of the Castle. These are deposited in the Museum of the Edinburgh
Antiquarian Society. The Twenty-second was found afterwards, and procured
by Mr R. for our Cabinet.
Stone (L. B.) A Specimen of Pine Apple Hemp, made from the Stalk of the Pine Apple.
A Brush from Japan, made from the Fibres of the Cocoa-Nut.
Stone (Dexter.) Specimens of Flax and Hemp, prepared at the manufactory of Sands Ol-
colt, in this city, by a Process and Machinery invented by him, so as to be spun
by common Cotton Machinery. By this Process the rotting or hackling is not
required, and all the fibres of Hemp or Flax are converted into yarn, of any re-
quired quality or fineness, at a Cost not materially differing from Cotton.
Storey (a Captain in the employ of Messrs Eyre & Massey, of Philadelphia, who in his
name presented it to the Society.) A large Marine Cup, Gigantea Alcyona, ob-
tained at Singapore, from its place in the Sea, at the depth of twelve fathoms.
It is vulgarly called Neptune’s Punch Bowl. Inside depth twenty-four inches,
height, with the foot, or pedestal, thirty-five inches, diameter eighteen inches.
Taylor (R. C.) Chromate of Iron, found in large Masses in Cuba, near Gebara River. It
is of the finest quality, and yields seventy-five per cent of the finest Chromate
of Lead.
END OF VOL. VI.
VL—5 G
ERRATA.
Page 39, line 9 from top, for Carry fork read Cany fork
Page 48, line 15 from top, for 1837 read 1836.
Page 49, line 17 from top, for is read in.
Page 59, line 7 from top, for left valve read right valve.
Page 59, line 17 from bottom, for forms read performs.
Page 9%, line 8 from top, for Pepinianus vead Pepiniana.
Page 131, line 9 from top, for membranacea read membranaceus
Page 140, line 7 from bottom, dele obovate, and place angulata under crassa
Page 422, line 3 from bottom, for Tessut read Tessier
q
ae
Biss ORS on ioe
wih Mist a